MerlinGerin Compact 80 1250 PDF

Compact: presentation
an international reference
1 Compact NS circuit breaker With the Compact system, Merlin Gerin
053100
1 terminals is today Europe’s leading manufacturer of

2 cover moulded-case circuit breakers.
3 toggle and position indicator The Compact range covers all ratings from
4 push-to-trip button 15 to 1250 A:
5 trip unit c Compact NS, from 15 to 630 A;
6 test kit connector c Compact C, from 800 to 1250 A.
2 A number of versions:
c 1, 2, 3 or 4 poles;
c fixed, plug-in or withdrawable;
c a comprehensive range of trip units.
Circuit breakers designed for all
applications:
c 1000 V AC models;
c models for DC systems;
c source changeover systems.
3
applications
E26988
E44356
E20999
E44357
push
to
trip
push
to
trip push
to
trip
push
to
trip
M
G
push push
to to
trip trip
c protection of low-voltage
distribution networks
v installation in power distribution
switchboards c protection of c protection of incoming devices
v installation on symmetrical rails motor starters of industrial control panel c earth fault protection
E32454
E21272
N R
push
to
trip
push push
to to
trip trip
push push
to to
trip trip
c source changeover c switch-disconnectors
2 Merlin Gerin
E27836
E27837
E27838
ratings and breaking
compact compact
capacities NS 250 N NS 250 H
compact
NS 250 L
The rating plates on the front face of the Ui750V Uimp8kV Ui750V Uimp8kV Ui750V Uimp8kV
circuit breakers indicate the breaking Ue Icu Ue Icu Ue Icu
capacity: (V) (kA) (V) (kA) (V) (kA)
N: normal 220/240 85 220/240 100 220/240 150
380/415 36 380/415 70 380/415 150
H: high 440 35 440 65 440 130
L: very high. 500 30 500 50 500 70
525 22 525 35 525 50
660/690 8 660/690 10 660/690 20
250 50 250 85 250 100
Ics = 100 % Icu Ics = 100 % Icu Ics = 100 % Icu
IEC 947-2 cat A IEC 947-2 cat A IEC 947-2 cat A

UTE VDE BS CEI UNE NEMA UTE VDE BS CEI UNE NEMA UTE VDE BS CEI UNE NEMA
rated current (A)

E32456
ultimate breaking capacity Icu (kA rms)

at 380/415 V (IEC 947-2)
E22051
Even when equipped with standard trip

discrimination units, Compact circuit breakers offer the best
guarantee of electrical power availability
when faults occur. In most cases,
push
to
trip
discrimination between protective devices
is ensured for all types of faults (overloads,
low and high short-circuit currents).
push
to
push
to trip
trip
push
to
trip
push push
to to
trip trip
Merlin Gerin 3
A wider range of add-on modules makes it

modular system possible to adapt the Compact system to a
maximum number of configurations.
Trip units, auxiliaries and installation and
E24603
16 connection accessories are the same for all

models within each of following ranges:
c Compact NS80 and NSA125/160
15 c Compact NS100 to NS250,
c Compact NS400 to NS630,
c Compact C801 to C1251.
The common modules for Compact NS100
5 to NS250 circuit breakers and switch-
disconnectors are shown opposite.
The same principle applies to Compact
NS400 to NS630 and Compact C801 to
12 C1251 circuit breakers.
Fewer catalogue numbers means immediate
availability of parts for all solutions.
1. Breaking unit.
2. Trip unit.
3. Vigi earth-fault protection module.
1
4. Insulation monitoring module.
5. Voltage presence indicator.
7 8 6. Ammeter.
7. Voltage releases MN or MX.
11 8. Multifunction auxiliary switch.
9 9. Direct rotary handle.
10. Extended rotary handle.
10 11. Motor mechanism.
12. Plug-in base.
13. Connection of plug-in and
13 withdrawable configuration auxiliary
circuits.
14. Connection accessories.
15. Short terminal shields.
16. Long terminal shields.
2
2
4
3
6
14
System of add-on modules for Compact NS100N/H/L to NS250N/H/L.
4 Merlin Gerin
Compact circuit breakers make it possible Compact circuit breakers can be easily
simplified installation to standardise switchboards, meaning faster installed side-by-side in a minimum amount
installation and fewer errors. of space.
All type L Compact circuit breakers (150 kA)
are housed in the same frame as the type N
and type H models with the same ratings.
046893
4 sizes from 80 to 1250 A
053100
045345
046751
Compact 80 A 100 to 250 A 400 to 630 A 800 to 1250 A
connection
041650
Numerous connection possibilities, including

front and rear connections for bare cables,
cable lugs or bars, as well as plug-in or
withdrawable versions, are available using
a full set of accessories that can be rapidly
added to the circuit breaker.
Connection parts for Compact NS.

042788
plug-in and withdrawable Plug-in and withdrawable versions for:

c fast removal or insertion of the circuit
versions breaker without exposure to live parts;
c standby outgoing circuits ready for wiring
and circuit breaker installation at a later
date;
c for visible break disconnection.
Withdrawable Compact NS250N on a chassis.

E32455
prefabricated Compact NS circuit breakers can be

installed in junction boxes of the
trunking Telemecanique Canalis range of
prefabricated trunking (see corresponding
catalogue).
Merlin Gerin 5
Each Compact device provides different

interchangeable types of protection depending on the
trip units associated trip unit:
c standard protection,
c protection of networks supplied by
generators,
c protection of long cables,
c protection of DC networks,
c protection of motor-starters,
c service connection circuit breaker (for
special subscriber contracts).
041638
Compact NS100... 630 On Compact NS100 to NS250 circuit

breakers, the thermal-magnetic and
041625
electronic trip units are interchangeable and

may be rapidly fitted to the circuit breakers.
It is therefore easy to change the protection
of a given circuit following a modification in
Thermal-magnetic trip unit TM. an installation.
On Compact NS400 and NS630 circuit
041641
breakers, the electronic trip units are

interchangeable plug-in modules.
Trip unit STR53UE offers a large number of
protection settings.
Electronic trip unit STR22SE.
Compact NS250H.
Compact C801... 1251 Electronic trip units allow perfect adaptation

051166
of the protection to each circuit in the

046893
electrical distribution network, and, at the

same time, simplify the selection, installation
and operation of the devices:
c wider range of settings, so that a single
Electronic trip unit STR35SE. trip unit can provide several types of
protection,
c easier checking during assembly or on
site,
c new functions offered by the trip unit, such
as load monitoring and local indications.
Compact C1251H circuit breaker.
6 Merlin Gerin
other functions
045212
indication Four indication and measurement functions
may be mounted directly on Compact NS
and measurement circuit breakers:
c voltage presence indicator for the circuit
breaker terminals, particularly useful on
switchboard incoming units,
c display of current readings,
c remote transmission of current readings,
c earth fault indication for earth fault
detection on TNS systems or assistance in
locating earth faults on TT systems.
Compact NS250L with ammeter module.
options for trip unit On Compact NS400/630 circuit breakers,

053102
trip unit STR53UE offers:

STR53UE c specific indications for different faults
(overloads, short-circuits, etc.),
... and a number of optional functions:
c built-in ammeter;
c earth-fault protection;
Compact NS trip unit STR53UE. c zone selective interlocking;
c transmission of all information concerning
circuit-breaker operation to a monitoring,
control or automated distribution centre, via
Dialpact modules (see below).
Digipact: electrical installation management Compact circuit breakers incorporate or may

be equipped with Digipact communications
modules. From a remote location (standard
E37615
personal computer PC or programmable

logic controller PLC), the operator can:
c display the status of circuit breakers;
DC150 data concentrator
c control the circuit breakers;
Modbus / JBus c access information provided by the
electronic trip units.
It is also possible to check the status of the
UA150 automatic source-changeover
management controllers.
internal Digipact bus For more information: see Digipact
catalogue.
PM150 CLS150 circuit breaker or Multi 9 control UA150 automatic

power meter indication other power-circuit device and source-changeover
and local actuator ATB 1S controller
control interface
module
Merlin Gerin 7
common accessories
044314
c auxiliary switches:
044313
electrical auxiliaries
v Compact NS: just one model, the same for
all Compact NS80 to NS630 and NSA125/
160 circuit breakers, provides four different
functions (OF, SD, SDE and SDV)
depending on where it is fitted in the circuit
breaker,
v Compact C: two models, the same for all
Compact C801 to C1251 circuit breakers,
provide remote indications of circuit breaker
status and electrical faults (e.g. 30F + 1SD),
Auxiliary switch and MX release for Compact NS.
c the MN or MX voltage releases are
common for all models within each of
following ranges:
v NS80 and NSA125/160,
v NS100 to NS630,
v C801 to C1251.
c auxiliary switches for Compact NS are
also available in communicating version and
can be installed in place of the standard
switches (see Digipact catalogue).
motor mechanism A motor mechanism can be fitted to the front

047313
face of Compact NS100 to C1251 circuit

breakers. Remote control of the opening,
closing and reset functions is then possible
via 2 or 3 impulse or maintained signals.
If necessary, the circuit breakers can still be
operated locally via the controls on the front
face.
The motor mechanism modules for each
range have a common size.
The motor mechanism module for
Compact NS is also available in
communicating version (see Digipact
Compact NS250N with motor mechanism.
catalogue).
Vigi earth-fault protection Vigi modules can be added to Compact NS

044333
circuit breakers to provide earth-fault

module protection. The Vigi modules fit directly on
the circuit breaker terminals.
The addition of a Vigi module has no effect
on the other performance characteristics of
the circuit breaker.
Compact NS250H with Vigi earth-fault protection module.
8 Merlin Gerin
LV circuit breakers
and switch-disconnectors
Compact
80 to 1250 A
functions
and characteristics
page
Compact range and its applications 10

general characteristics 14
circuit breakers for:
low-voltage distribution 16
circuit breaker C1251N 1000 V 36
earth fault protection 38
motor protection 40
industrial control panels 50
switch-disconnectors 54
installation 58
connection 60
auxiliaries 64
accessories 72
source changeover systems 76
9
Compact: functions and characteristics
applications
circuit breakers for protection of low voltage distribution networks page 16

rated 12.5 … 12.5 … 12.5 … 60… 250… 320… 400… 500…
current (A) 100 160 250 400 630 800 1000 1250
E20999
046893
053100
push
to
trip
045345
push push
to to
trip trip
Compact NS100 NS160 NS250 NS400 NS630 C801 C1001 C1251

Vigicompact
breaking N 25 36 36 45 45 50 50 50
capacity (kA rms) H 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70
380/415 V L 150 150 150 150 150 150 150
for AC networks up to 1000 V : page 36
E43843
E43842
Compact NS400 N 1000 V

G + Compact C1251N 1000 V
protection page 22
The interchangeable thermal-magnetic or electronic trip units of the Compact NS are designed
to protect the following types of electrical installations:
c Standard installation (supplied by a transformer);
c Installations supplied by a generator;
push
push to
to trip
trip
c DC installations;
c Long cable lengths for IT and TN;
c Motors and motor starters.
circuit breakers for motor protection page 40

E26988
motor rating 0.37 … 37 1.1 … 220 110…250 160…670

power (kW)
051162
push
to
trip
045198
041624
046751
Compact NS80 NS100/160/250 NS400/630 C801/C1001/C1251

breaking N 25/36 50
capacity (kA rms) H 70 70 70 70
380/415 V L 150 150
10 Merlin Gerin
circuit breakers for protection of industrial control panels page 50
E44356
rated 12.5 … 100 12.5 … 12.5 ... 12.5 ... 60... 250...
current (A) 100 160 250 400 630
045198
push
to
trip
041624
054556
Compact NSC100 NS100 NS160 NS250 NS400 NS630
(CEI947-2 / UL508 / CSA22-2)
breaking capacity N 18 25 35 35 42 42
(kA rms) 380/480 V H 65 65 65 65 65
rated 15-100 15-250 60-600
current (A)
054580
054569
054561
log
Compact NSE100 NSF150 NSF250 NSJ400 NSJ600
ta
ca (UL 489 / CEI947-2 / CSA22-2)
e d
at
dic breaking capacity N 18 35 35 35 35
de
to
re
fe
r (kA rms) 480 V H 65 65 65 65
L 100 100
circuit breakers and relays for earth fault protection page 38

rated 100…630
current (A)
E44357
044333
054556
push
to
trip
M
G
Compact NSC100 N NS100 N/H/L NS400 N/H/L

Vigicompact NS160 N/H/L NS630 N/H/L
NS250 N/H/L
log Vigirex earth fault relays separate toroids

ta
ca
e d
at
dic
de
o
e rt
r ef
051352
044322
circuit breakers all Compact NS equiped by a voltage release (MN or MX)

associated
Merlin Gerin 11
applications (cont.)
source-changeover page 76
rated 12.5 … 12.5 … 12.5 … 160… 250… 320… 400… 500…
E32454
N R current (A) 100 160 250 400 630 800 1000 1250
manual source- by toggle
changeover by rotary handle
system by keylock
automatic
053042
push
to
trip
push
to
trip
source-
changeover
053060
systems
053058
Compact NS100 to NS250 NS400 to NS630 C801 to C1251
All NS100 to NS250 type All NS400 to NS630 type All C801 to C1251 type N/H/NI
N/H/L/NA fixed or plug-in N/H/L/NA fixed or plug-in and C801 to C1251 type L
devices. devices. fixed devices.
12 Merlin Gerin
switch-disconnectors page 56
rated 100…160…250 400…630 800…1250
current (A)
E21272
86081
86083
push
to
trip
86087
push push
to to
trip trip
Compact NSC100NA NS400NA C801NI

Vigicompact NS100NA NS630NA C1251NI
NS160NA
NS250NA
rated 40…63…80 100…125...160 250…400...630 1000...1600... 2500

current (A)
035053
052168
052164
log Interpact INS40 INS100 IN250 IN1000

ta
ca
t ed INS63 INS125 IN400 IN1600
d ica
de
er
to INS80 INS160 IN630 IN2500
f
re
rated 50...63 125...160 250...400 630

current (A)
084642
log
ta
d
ca Fupact UC50 UC125 UD250T UD630T
te
d ica switches UD63 UD125 UD400T
de
o
rt
re
fe UD160
Merlin Gerin 13
general characteristics
conformity with standards Compact circuit breakers and auxiliaries tropicalisation

comply with the following international
Compact and derived circuit breakers
E18567
recommendations:
MERLIN GERIN c IEC 947-1: general rules; comply with NF C 63-100 standard level 2
c IEC 947-2: circuit breakers; conditions (95% relative humidity at 45°C or
compact
c IEC 947-3: switches, disconnectors, 80% at 55°C, hot and humid climate
NS160 H conditions). They also comply with the
switch-disconnectors, etc;
Ui 750V. Uimp 8kV. c IEC 947-4: contactors and motors starters following standards:
Ue Icu c IEC 68-2-30 damp heat;
c IEC 947-5.1 and following - control circuit
(V) (kA) c IEC 68-2-2 dry heat;
220/240 100
devices and switching elements; automatic
control components. c IEC 68-2-11 salt spray;
380/415 70
In that these recommendations are applied c IEC 68-2-1 low temperatures.
440 65
500/525 50 in most countries, Compact circuit breakers
660/690 10 and auxiliaries comply with European environmental protection
250 85 (EN 60947-1 and EN 60947-2) and the
Ics = 100% Icu corresponding national standards: Compact circuit breakers take
cat A c France NF; into account current concerns for
c Germany VDE; environmental protection. Most components
c U.K BS; are recyclable and parts are marked as
IEC 947.2 specified in applicable standards.
UTE VDE BS CEI UNE NEMA c Austrialia AS;
c Italy CEI.
Standardised characteristics indicated
on the rating plate
They also comply with the specifications of ambient temperature
the marine classification companies (Veritas,
Ui: rated insulation voltage Lloyd’s Register of Shipping, Det Norske c Compact circuit breakers can be used at
Uimp: rated impulse withstand voltage Veritas, etc). temperatures ranging from -25°C to 70°C.
Icu: ultimate breaking capacity, for various Compact circuit breakers are also designed Above 40°C (or 65°C for circuit breakers
values of the rated operational voltage Ue for the protection of machine tools in that used to protect motor feeders), always take
cat: utilisation category they comply with French standard into account the derating coefficients
Icw: short-time withstand current NF C 79-130 and with the recommendations indicated in the documentation;
Ics: service breaking capacity issued by the CNOMO organisation. c wherever possible the circuit breakers
In: rated current Concerning the United States UL, Canadian should be put into service at their normal
: suitable for isolation CSA, Mexican NOM and Japanese JIS ambient operating temperature, however this
standards, please consult us. can be done at temperatures between -35°C
and -25°C as long as this condition does not
last for an extended period;
pollution degree c in their original pack, Compact circuit
Compact circuit breakers are certified for breakers may be stored at temperatures
operation in pollution-degree III ranging from -50° to +85°C.
environments as defined by IEC
standard 947 (industrial environments).
discrimination upstream Compact NS160N NS250N NS400N NS630N

In most cases, discrimination is total rating (A) 80 100 125 160 200 250 400 630
between two Compact NS circuit breakers downstream
equipped with standard trip units circuit breaker rating (A)
(or between Compact NS and Multi 9 circuit multi 9 C60N 10…25 c c c c c c c c
breakers). 32…40 c c c c c c
The table opposite indicates the 63 c c c c c
combinations providing total discrimination Compact NS80H 2.5…6.3 c c c c c c c c
for N-type circuit breakers equipped with
12.5 c c c c c c c
standard trip units.
25…80 c c c c c
NS100N 16…100 c c c c
E22037
NS160N 125…160 c c
NS250N 200…250 c
D1 c total discrimination: only the circuit breaker immediately upstream from a fault trips.
D2
14 Merlin Gerin
suitability for isolation All Compact circuit breakers are The isolation function is certified by tests
suitable for isolation as defined in IEC guaranteeing:
positive contact indication standard 947-2: c the mechanical reliability of the position
c the isolation position corresponds to the O indication system;
044 334
(OFF position); c the absence of leakage currents;

c the operating handle cannot indicate c overvoltage withstand capacity between
the "off" position unless the contacts are upstream and downstream connections.
effectively open;
E18569
c padlocks may not be installed unless the
contacts are open.
Installation of a rotary handle or a motor
mechanism does not alter the reliability
the position indication system.
installation in class II Installation requires no special operations

because the Compact provides class II
switchboards insulation between the front face and all
All Compact circuit breakers, even when internal circuits.
fitted with a rotary handle or a motor
mechanism, may be installed through
the door of class II switchboards (as per IEC
standard 664).
degree of protection
(as per standards IEC 529)
bare circuit breaker with terminal shields
with toggle IP40
E18570
push
to
trip
with direct rotary handle standard / VDE IP40

E28439
ON
I
push
to
trip
O
OFF
circuit breaker installed in switchboard

with toggle IP 40
E21277
push
to
trip
with direct rotary handle standard / VDE IP40

E28440
MCC IP43
ON
I
CNOMO IP54
push
to
trip
O
OFF
with extended rotary handle IP55

E28441
ON
I
push
to
trip
ON
O I
OFF
OFF
E28442
with motor mechanism IP40
push
to
trip
/auto
I
manu O ON
push
OFF
push
Merlin Gerin 15
protection of low-voltage distribution networks (cont.)
circuit breakers Compact circuit breakers

for power distribution number of poles
switchboards electrical characteristics as per IEC 947-2 and EN 60947-2
rated current (A) In 40°C
E20999
rated insulation voltage (V) Ui

rated impulse withstand voltage (kV) Uimp
rated operational voltage (V) Ue AC 50/60 Hz
push
to
trip
DC
ultimate breaking capacity Icu AC 50/60 Hz 220/240 V

(kA rms) 380/415 V
440 V
500 V
push push
to to
525 V
trip trip
660/690 V
DC 250 V (1 P)
500 V (2 P in series)
045345
service breaking capacity Ics (% Icu)

utilisation category
suitability for isolation
endurance (C-O cycles) mechanical
electrical 440 V - In/2
440 V - In
electrical characteristics as per standard Nema AB1
breaking capacity (kA) 240 V
480 V
600 V
Compact NS250H
protection (see following pages)
protection against interchangeable trip units
overcurrents (A) Ir setting current
048286
earth fault protection add-on Vigi module

Vigirex relay
installation and connection
fixed/front connection
fixed/rear connection
plug-in (on base)
withdrawable (on chassis)
indication and measurement auxiliaries
auxiliary switches
electronic trip unit related functions
voltage presence indicator
current transformer module
ammeter module
insulation monitoring module
control auxiliaries
auxiliary releases
motor mechanism
Compact NS630L rotary handles (direct, extended)
manual/automatic source changeover systems
installation and connection accessories
bare cable connectors
terminal extensions and spreaders
terminal shields and phase barriers
escutcheons
dimensions and weights
dimensions 2/3 poles, fixed, FC
L x H x D (mm) 4 poles, fixed, FC
weight (kg) 3 poles, fixed, FC
(*) 2P only for N-types
4 poles, fixed, FC
(**) for operational voltage up to 500 V
16 Merlin Gerin
NS100 NS160 NS250 NS400 NS630
2 (*), 3, 4 2 (*), 3, 4 2 (*), 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4
100 160 250 400 630

750 750 750 750 750
8 8 8 8 8
690 690 690 690 690
500 500 500 500 500
N H L N H L N H L N H L N H L
85 100 150 85 100 150 85 100 150 85 100 150 85 100 150
25 70 150 36 70 150 36 70 150 45 70 150 45 70 150
25 65 130 35 65 130 35 65 130 42 65 130 42 65 130
18 50 100 30 50 70 30 50 70 30 50 100 30 50 70
18 35 100 22 35 50 22 35 50 22 35 100 22 35 50
8 10 75 8 10 20 8 10 20 10 20 75 10 20 35
50 85 100 50 85 100 50 85 100 85 85
50 85 100 50 85 100 50 85 100 85 85
100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%** 100%** 100%**
A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c
50000 40000 20000 15000 15000
50000 40000 20000 12000 8000
30000 20000 10000 6000 4000
85 100 200 85 100 200 85 100 200 85 100 200 85 100 200
25 65 130 35 65 130 35 65 130 42 65 130 42 65 130
10 35 50 20 35 50 20 35 50 20 35 50 20 35 50
c c c c c
12.5...100 12.5...160 12.5...250 160...400 250...630
c c c c c
c c c c c
c c c c c
c c c c c
c c c c c
c c c c c
c c c c c
c c c c c
c c c c c
c c c c c
c c c c c
c c c c c
c c c c c
c c c c c
c c c c c
c c c c c
c c c c c
c c c c c
c c c c c
c c c c c
105 x 161 x 86 105 x 161 x 86 105 x 161 x 86 140 x 255 x 110 140 x 255 x 110
140 x 161 x 86 140 x 161 x 86 140 x 161 x 86 185 x 255 x 110 185 x 255 x 110
1.6 1.6 1.9 6.0 6.0
2.1 2.1 2.3 7.8 7.8
Merlin Gerin 17
Compact: functions et characteristics
circuit breakers for power Compact circuit breakers

distribution switchboards, number of poles
single-pole and two-pole electrical characteristics as per IEC 947-2 and EN 60947-2
circuit breakers rated current (A) In 40°C
E29210

DC
ultimate breaking capacity Icu AC 50/60 Hz 220 V

(kA rms) 277 V
380/415 V
440 V
500 V
525 V
660/690 V
DC 250 V (1 pole)
500 V (2 poles)
86099

electrical 440 V (277 V for 1P) - In/2
440 V (277 V for 1P) - In/2
electrical characteristics as per Nema AB1
breaking capacity (KA) 240 V
277 V
480 V
600 V
protection (see next pages)
single-pole Compact NS160H overcurrents (A) Ir setting current
Vigirex relay
86101
installation and connections

plug-in (on base)
auxiliary switches
voltage transformer module
ammeter module
control auxiliaries
auxiliary releases
two-pole Compact NS100N
motor mechanism
rotary handles (direct, extended)
bare-cable connectors
front panel escutcheons
dimensions: W x H x D (mm)
weight (kg)
18 Merlin Gerin
NS100 NS160 NS250
1 2 1 2 1
100 100 160 160 250

750 750 750 750 750
8 8 8 8 8
277 690 277 690 277
250 500 250 500 250
N H N H N H N H N
25 40 85 100 25 40 85 100 25
25 40 25 40 25
25 70 36 70
25 65 35 65
18 50 30 50
18 35 22 35
8 10 8 10
25 40 50 85 25 40 50 85 25
50 85 50 85
100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
A A A A A A A A A
c c c c c c c c c
20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 10000
n/2 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 10000
n/2 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 5000
25 40 85 100 25 40 85 100 25
25 40 25 40 25
25 65 25 65
10 35 10 35
16...100 16...100 125...160 125...160 160…250
c c c c c
c c c c c
c c
c c
c c c c c
c c c c c
c c c c c
c c c c c
35 x 161 x 86 70 x 161 x 86 35 x 161 x 86 70 x 161 x 86 35 x 161 x 86

0.7 1.2 0.7 1.2 0.7
Merlin Gerin 19
circuit breakers Compact circuit breakers

for power distribution number of poles
switchboards (cont.) electrical characteristics as per CEI 947-2 and EN 60947-2
046893

DC

(kA rms) 380/415 V
440 V
500 V
525 V
660/690 V
DC 125 V
250 V
500 V
750 V
short-time withstand current Icw kA rms
Compact C1251H
t (s)
The Compact range also includes a circuit
breaker for 1000 V AC distribution networks suitability for isolation
(see page 0023). endurance (cycles C-O) mechanical
440 V - In
electrical characteristics as per standard Nema AB1
480 V
600 V
protection against interchangeable trip unit
eart fault protection add-on Vigi module
Vigirex relay
plug-in (on base)
auxiliary switches
control auxiliaries
auxiliary releases
motor mechanism
escutcheons
(*) rated current In at 40°C for plug-in/withdrawable units:

- C1001N/H: 1000 A dimensions W x H x D (mm) 3/4 poles, fixed, FC
- C1001L: 910 A
- C1251N/H: 1160 A
weight (kg) 3/4 poles, fixed, FC
20 Merlin Gerin
C801 C1001 C1251
3, 4 3, 4 3, 4
800 1000 (*) 1250 (*)

750 750 750
8 8 8
690 690 690
750
N H L N H L N H
85 100 150 85 100 150 85 100
50 70 150 50 70 150 50 70
42 65 150 42 65 150 42 65
40 50 100 40 50 100 40 50
25 40 60 25 40 60 25 40
50 (1P)
50 (2P)
50 (3P)
25 (3P)
50% 50% 50% 50% 50% 50% 50% 50%
12 12 6.4 15 15 8 15 15
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
B B A B B A B B
c c c
12000 6400 15000 6400 15000
3000 3000 3000
1500 1500 1500
85 100 150 85 100 150 85 100

42 65 100 42 65 100 42 65
30 42 65 30 42 65 30 42
c c c
320...800 400...1000 500...1250
c c c
c c c
c c c
c c (*) c (*)
c c c
c c c
c c c
c c c
c c c
c c c
c c c
c c c
c c c
c c c
210 / 280 x 374 x 172 210 / 280 x 374 x 262 210 / 280 x 374 x 172 210 / 280 x 374 x 262 210 / 280 x 374 x 172
13 / 17 25 / 33 13 / 17 25 / 33 13 / 17
Merlin Gerin 21
protection of low-voltage distribution networks
trip units for Compact C801 to C1251
320 400 500 630 1000

E23659
800 1250
standard protection,
STR 25 DE
N
H STR 35 GE
protection of networks supplied by
generators,
STR 35 SE
L
STR 55 UE protection with discrimination on

short-circuits,
NH STR 45 AE
protection with total discrimination,

L STR 45 BE
N P21 / P41
protection of DC networks.
electronic trip unit STR25DE
E23820
E24039
1 1 7 5
t
STR 25DE 60 70 80 90 105 % Ir
Io .63 .8 t test Ir I
Ir .9 4 5
.95 3 6
.5 1 .85 2 8
xIn .8 1 1.5 10
xIo xIr
I
+ –
i 5
0 Ir I I
electronic trip units STR35SE/GE
E23821
E24040
1 8 1 7 3 4
t
STR 35SE 60 70 80 90 105 % Ir
Io .63 .8 t test Ir Im
.9 4 5
Ir
.95 3 6
.5 1 120s .85 2 8 3
xIn .8 1 1.5 10
xIo xIr
.3 .3
Im
tm + –
.2 .2
4
.1 .1
I 0 0
on It
2
off
5
1,5 Ir A i
C 801 N•H L
C 1001 N•H L C 1251N•H tm
A x In 15 8 12
0 Ir Im I I
Legend
1 "long time" protection threshold
2 "long time" protection time delay
3 "short time" protection threshold
4 "short time" protection time delay
5 "instantaneous" protection threshold
6 option (see page 34)
7 overload indication
8 test connector
30 Merlin Gerin
electronic trip unit STR45AE
E23823
E24037
1 8 2 1 7 4 3 6 t
2
STR 45AE 60 70 80 90 105 % Ir
fault
Io .63 .8 t Ir test Ir Im Ih
.9 4 5 .4
Ic1 .95 3 6 .3 3
.5 1 tr .85 2 8 .5
xIn .8 1 1.5 10 .2 .6
xIo xIr xIn
Ih Im S
120
60
240
.2
.3 .3
.2
.9
.95 .3
.4 .4
.3
4
tm
+ –
th .1 .1 .85 .2 .2
30
I
15 480
on
0
I2t
0
off
.8
xIr
1
on
.1
I2t
.1
off
5
A i – + at 1.5Ir Ic1
C 801N•H C 1001N•H C 1251N•H T tr tm th
TFR A x In 20 23 18
0 Ir Im I I
electronic trip unit STR45BE
E23824
E24036
1 8 2 1 3 7 4 6 t
2
STR 45BE 60 70 80 90 105 % Ir
Io .63 .8 t test Ir Im Ih
Ir .9 4 5 .4
.95 3 6 .3 3
.5 1 .85 2 8 .5
tr
xIn .8 1 1.5 10 .2 .6
xIo xIr xIn
Ih Im S
120
60
240
.2
.3 .3
.2 .3
.4 .4
.3
4
+ –
tm .1 .1 .2 .2
th 30
15 480 0 0 .1 .1
on I2t off on I2t off
i – + at 1.5Ir
T T tr tm th
0 Ir Im I
electronic trip unit STR55UE
E24038
E23822
1 8 2 1 7 4 3 5 6 t
2
STR 55UE 60 70 80 90 105 % Ir
fault
Io .63 .8 t Ir test Ir Im I Ih
.9 4 5 5 6 .4
Ic1
.95 3 6 4 8 .3 3
.5 1 tr .85 2 8 3 A .5
xIn .8 1 1.5 10 2 B .2 .6
xIn
Ih Im S 120
xIo
240 .3
xIr
.3 .9
xIn
.4 .4
4
60 .95 .3
tm
+ – .2 .2 .3
th
I 30
480
.1
0
.1 .85
.8 1
.2 .2 5
15 0 .1 .1
on I2t off
xIr on I2t off
C 801 N•H L i – + at 1.5Ir Ic1
C 1001 N•H L C 1251N•H
T tr tm th
TFR A 10 8 10
B 15 8 12
0 Ir Im I I
protection other functions

c "long time" protection against overloads; Overload indications Test
c "short time" protection against short- Load indication (LED) in front (7) allowing to Test connector in front (8) to check circuit
circuits of low intensity; avoid tripping: breaker operation, using a mini test kit or a
c "instantaneous" protection against short- c lit at 90% of Ir setting; calibration test kit (see page 73).
circuits of high intensity; c flashing at 105% or more of Ir setting. Indication and measurement options (6)
c residual earth fault protection as an option
(see page 34).
(see page 34).
Trip units do not have a predefined rating.
The "long time" protection threshold
depends only on the circuit breaker current
rating and on the "long time" protection
setting (see page 32).
Merlin Gerin 31
trip units for Compact C801 to C1251 (cont.)
trip units STR25DE STR35SE

for Compact C801...1251N/H c c
C801...1001L c c
overload protection (long time)
tripping threshold Ir adjustable (4 settings or adjustable (32 settings)
"fine setting" version: 32 settings)
0.4...1 x In 0.4...1 x In
thermal memory
OFF position
neutral protection 4P 3d no protection no protection
4P 4d 1 x Ir 1 x Ir
4P 3d + Nr 500 A x Ir/In 500 A x Ir/In
tripping time (s) type fixed fixed
(min...max) at 1.5 x Ir 96...120 96...120
at 6 x Ir 6.0...7.5 6.0...7.5
at 7.2 x Ir 4.2...5.2 4.2...5.2
short-circuit protection (short time)
tripping Im adjustable adjustable
threshold (A) 1.5...10 x Ir (*) 1.5...10 x Ir (*)
accuracy ±15% ±15%
time delay (ms) max. overcurrent fixed adjustable (4 settings)
time before tripping 0 0 i 60 i 140 i 230
total breaking time i 60 i 60 i 140 i 230 i 350
const I2t positions
short-circuit protection (instantaneous)
tripping I no fixed
threshold (A) C801N/H 15 x In
C1001N/H 15 x In
C1251N/H 12 x In
C801L 8 x In
C1001L 8 x In
other functions
overload indications c c
test connector c c
earth fault protection option (T)
fault indications option (F)
load monitoring option (R)
communication option (COM)
zone selective interlocking (Z)
(*) For Compact C801L and C1001L, current settings must not exceed eight times the circuit breaker rating (C801L: 6300 A, C1001L: 8000 A)
Tripping thresholds are indicated for 2 or Constant I2t positions Overload indication
3 poles on load. Inverse-time tripping (ST short-time LED in front of trip unit:
OFF position protection) to improve discrimination c lit at 90% of Ir setting;
LT (long time) protection deactivated for (particularly with downstream fuses). c flashing at 105 % or more of Ir setting.
motor-starter protection. Neutral protection Option F offers a five threshold indication
In the event 4P 4d or 4P 3d + Nr devices (60, 70, 80, 90, 105%).
Thermal memory
Conductor cooling time following tripping and the corresponding trip units are supplied Test
taken into account by LT protection. separately, a current sensor must be Test connector to check circuit breaker
installed on the fourth pole inside the circuit operation using a mini test kit or a calibration
breaker. test kit (see page 73).
Indication and measurement options (see
page 34).
32 Merlin Gerin
STR35GE STR45AE STR45BE STR55UE
c c c
c c c
adjustable (32 settings) adjustable (32 settings) adjustable (32 settings) adjustable (32 settings)
0.4...1 x In 0.4...1 x In 0.4...1 x In 0.4...1 x In

c
c
no protection no protection no protection no protection
1 x Ir 1 x Ir 1 x Ir 1 x Ir
500 A 500 A x Ir/In 500 A x Ir/In 500 A x Ir/In
fixed adjustable (6 settings)
12...15 12...15 24...30 48...60 96...120 192...240 384...480
0.75...0.94 0.75...0.94 1.50...1.88 3.00...3.75 6.0...7.5 12...15 24...30
0.50...0.65 0.52...0.65 1.04...1.30 2.06...2.60 4.2...5.2 8.3...10.4 17...21
adjustable adjustable adjustable adjustable

1.5...10 x Ir (*) 1.5...10 x Ir 1.5...10 x Ir (*) 1.5...10 x Ir (*)
±15% ±15% ±15% ±15%
adjustable (4 settings)
0 i 60 i 140 i 230
i 60 i 140 i 230 i 350
c
fixed fixed no adjustable

15 x In 20 x In 2...15 x In
15 x In 23 x In 2...15 x In
12 x In 18 x In 2...12 x In
8 x In 2...8 x In
8 x In 2...8 x In
c c c c
c c c c
c c c
c c
c c c
c c c
c
Merlin Gerin 33
trip units for Compact C801 to C1251 (cont.)
options for electronic trip units STR45/55
E23825
t
Earth fault protection (T)
The earth fault protection is of the residual
E24042
Im I Ih current type. The circuit breaker trips, after

4 5 4 6 .4
an adjustable time delay th, at an adjustable
3 6 3 8 .3
threshold In that depends on the rated
2 8 2 A .5 current In.
1.5 10 1,5 .2 .6 On request, the earth fault protection may be
B xIn
xIr .4 .4 of the "W" type (source ground return) or of Ih
.3 .3
.2 .2 .3 .3 the neutral protection type.
.2 .2 The thermal memory is identical to that of th
.1 .1
.1 .1 the LT protection, with a time constant of
0 0
on I2t off
on I2t off 20 seconds.
For distributed neutral systems, option T
tm th
requires installation of the 4th pole
sensor downstream the circuit breaker.
0 I
Load monitoring (R) Two adjustable threshold (only one, Ic1, if
E23826
t
option R is combined with option T), that
3 6 3 8 depends on the LT setting, control the opto-
E24041
decoupled outputs (transistors) or send a Ic2 Ic1

2 8 2 A
10
signal via the communication outputs. These
1.5 1,5 B
xIr two thresholds (Ic1 and Ic2) are used for
.3 .3 .9 .8
.95 applications such as load shedding and
.2 .2 .7 9
reconnection, interlocking systems and
.1 .1 .85 alarms.
0 .8 1
0
xIr .5 xIr 1
on I2t off
Ic1 Ic2
tm
0 I
Fault indications (F) In addition to indications for standard faults

(toggle, SD and SDE auxiliary switches), this
option differentiates between the three
E24043
possible causes of tripping via three LEDs:

60 70 80 90 105 % Ir c overload (LT);
c short-circuit (ST + INST);
fault c earth fault.
Ir Im I Ih A three-LED load monitoring function
.9 4 5 4 6 .4 indicates 60, 70 and 80% of the LT
.95 3 6 3 8 .3 thresholds in addition to the standard 90 and
.85 2 8 2 A 105% indications. Option F is not available
.8 1 1.5 10 1,5 B .2 . on STR45BE trip units. It requires an
xIo xIr
external power supply.
Communication (COM) Zone selective interlocking (Z) Possible combinations

The following information is transmitted to A number of circuit breakers are c option Z;
Digipact distribution monitoring and control interconnected one after another by a pilot- c options Z, R and F;
modules: all data concerning the currents wire. In the event of a short-time or earth c options Z, T, R and F;
passing through the CTs, all trip-unit fault, the control unit applies the set time c options Z, F and COM;
settings, including those of options T and delay only if it receives a signal from a c options Z, R, F and COM;
R,load-shedding orders, fault indications downstream circuit breaker. If not, it trips c options Z, T, F and COM;
provided by option F and an alarm indication instantaneously (tripping time as 0.1 short- c options Z, T, R, F and COM.
when the internal temperature is 10°C below time setting). In this way, the fault is cleared
the circuit breaker self-protection threshold. rapidly by the nearest circuit breaker. The
thermal stresses in the installation are
minimised while maintaining time
discrimination throughout the entire
installation.
Opto-electronic outputs
The use of opto-transistors ensures total
isolation between the internal circuits of the
control unit and the circuits wired by the
user.
34 Merlin Gerin
earth fault protection (T)
tripping threshold Ih Ih = 0.2…0.6 x In
settings 0.2 - 0.25 - 0.3 - 0.35 - 0.4 - 0.45 - 0.5 - 0.6
accuracy ± 15%
time delay th th = settings 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4
max. overcurrent time before tripping 60 140 230 350
total breaking time 140 230 350 500
power supply self powered
load monitoring (R)
Ic1 threshold Ic1 = 0.8...1 x Ir
settings 0.8 - 0.85 - 0.88 - 0.9 - 0.93 - 0.95 - 0.98 - 1.0
accuracy ± 8%
time delay closing tr/2 (tr = LT protection time delay)
opening 10 s
Ic2 threshold Ic2 = 0.5...1 x Ir
settings (1) 0.5 - 0.6 - 0.7 - 0.8 - 0.85 - 0.9 - 0.95 - 1.0
accuracy ± 8%
time delay closing tr/4 (tr = LT protection time delay)
opening 10 s
transmission 100 mA opto-decoupled triac outputs, 120 to 240 V, 50/60 Hz or a
signal via the communication output when the trip unit is
equipped with the COM option.
power supply self powered (2)
fault indications (F)
3 LEDs on front indicate cause of fault: Ir, Im/I, Ih
bar graph, 3 LEDs 60, 70, 80% of Ir
accuracy ± 6.6%
reset automatic when circuit breaker is reset
power supply 24 to 240 V, 50/60 Hz or CC
communication (COM)
type of data transmitted I1, I2, I3 Ineutral, Imax, all trip-unit settings, rating plug
identification (UL and JIS versions), load monitoring, fault
indications, causes of malfunction, internal temperature.
power supply self powered (2)
(1) For the Ic2 minimum setting, the Ir setting and/or the load must be u 0.5 In:
load and/or setting Ic2 setting

0.4 x In 0.8…1.0 x In
0.5 x In 0.6…1.0 x In
0.6 x In 0.5…1.0 x In (complete range)
(2) Minimum operating current 0.22 x In.
Ir: tripping threshold of overload protection.
magnetic trip units P21/P41

E29212
Magnetic trip units for Compact C1251N,

3 poles version, designed particularly for the P21 3P
protection of DC networks. These trip
units are not interchangeable: the circuit
breaker is supplied fully assembled. t(s)
All electrical characteristics and circuit

breaker enhancements (auxiliaries and
accessories) are indicated on page 20. 4800
6000
9600
7800
I(A)
integrated trip unit for Compact C1251N P21 P41

tripping threshold Im (A) adjustable
1600...3200 3200...6400
accuracy ± 20% ± 20%
Merlin Gerin 35
1000 V circuit breakers
circuit breaker NS400 1000 V

053182
Compact circuit breaker NS400 1000 V

number of poles 3
CT (A) (current transformer) 150 250 400
electrical characteristics
rated operational voltage (V) Ue AC 50/60 Hz 1150 1150 1150
ultimate breaking capacity (kA rms) Icu AC - 1000 V 10 10 10
service breaking capacity Ics (% Icu) 100% 100% 100%
electrical characteristics as per IEC 947-2 and EN 60947-2
rated current (A) In 40°C 150 250 400
rated insulation voltage (V) Ui 1250 1250 1250
rated impulse withstand voltage (kV) Uimp 8 8 8
ultimate breaking capacity (kA rms) Icu AC - 1000 V 10 10 10
suitable for isolation c c c
utilisation category A A A
pollution degree III III III
protection
protection against overcurrents electronic trip unit
NS400 1000 V STR23SP c c c
instantaneous 9 In 9 In 9 In
earth fault protection
fixed/front connection c c c
fixed/rear connection consult us
plug-in (on base) consult us
withdrawable (on chassis) consult us
auxiliary switches c c c
ammeter module
control auxiliaries
auxiliary releases c c c
motor mechanism c c c
rotary handles (direct extended) c c c
manual/automatic source changeover systems consult us
bare cable connectors consult us
terminal extensions and spreaders consult us
terminal shields standard
escutcheon c c c
dimensions L x H x D (mm) (1) 3 poles, fixed, FC 140 x 480 x 110
weight (kg) 3 poles, fixed, FC 13
(1) with terminal shields.
36 Merlin Gerin
circuit breaker C1251N 1000 V
051353
Compact circuit breaker C1251N 1000 V

number of poles 3
CT (A) (current transformer) 400 800 1250
rated current (A) In 40°C 400 800 1250 (1)
50°C 400 800 1150 (1)
60°C 400 800 1050 (1)
rated insulation voltage (V) Ui 1000 1000 1000
rated impulse withstand voltage (kV) Uimp 8 8 8
ultimate breaking capacity (kA rms) (2) Icu AC - 1000 V 20 20 20
short-time withstand current Icw kA rms 15 15 15
t (s) 1 1 1
suitable for isolation c c c
utilisation category B B B
pollution degree III III III
C1251N 1000 V protection
protection against overcurrents interchangeable
electronic trip unit c c c
STR25DE c c c
STR35GE/SE/ME (3) c c c
STR55UE (3) c c c
earth fault protection c c c
fixed/front connection c c c
fixed/rear connection c c c
plug-in (on base)
withdrawable (on chassis) c c c
auxiliary switches c c c
electronic trip unit related functions c c c
ammeter module
control auxiliaries
auxiliary releases c c c
motor mechanism c c c
rotary handles (direct extended) c c c
manual/automatic source changeover systems c c c
bare cable connectors c c c
terminal extensions and spreaders c c c
terminal shields and phase barriers c c c
escutcheon c c c
dimensions L x H x D (mm) 3 poles, fixed, FC 210 x 374 x 172
weight (kg) 3 poles, fixed, FC 13
(1): For withdrawable version do not use a (3)

current setting higher than: instantaneous CT400/800 CT1250
- 1160 A at 40°C,
- 1080 A at 50°C, fixed: STR35 15 x In 12 x In
- 1000 A at 60°C. adjustable: STR55
(2): Defined for a power factor cos ϕ = 0.3. 2 to: 15 x In 12 x In
Merlin Gerin 37
Vigicompact circuit For Compact NS100 to NS630 circuit c suitability for isolation as defined by
breakers breakers, earth fault protection is obtained IEC 947-2;
by fitting a "Vigi" earth fault module directly c electrical characteristics;
c trip unit characteristics;
044333
on the circuit breaker terminals.

The addition of the Vigi module does not c installation and connection methods;
affect circuit breaker characteristics (see c indication,measurement and control
pages 10 to 13); auxiliaries;
c conformity with standards; c installation and connection accessories.
c protection degrees, class II insulation front
face;
Dimensions and weights NS100 - NS160 NS250 NS400 - NS630

dimensions 3 poles 105 x 236 x 86 135 x 355 x 110
L x H x D (mm) 4 poles 140 x 236 x 86 180 x 355 x 110
weight (kg) 3 poles 2.5 2.8 8.8
4 poles 3.2 3.4 10.8
Vigicompact NS250N
Vigi earth fault modules
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
E21007
avant test diélectrique 1 sensitivity setting

enlever ce couvercle
before dielectric test
2 time-delay setting (for discrimination with earth
310 remove this cover fault protection)
150 vigi 3 lead seal preventing access to settings
60
0
∆t(ms)
vigi MH
T R NS 250
200 / 440 V - 50 / 60 Hz
4 test button for routine tripping checks by
internally simulating an earth fault
3 10
5 reset button (resetting is required following a trip
1 N 1 3 5 due to an earth fault)
6 rating plate
0,3 I∆n(A) T 7 slot for SDV auxiliary switch
HS 0,03 ( ∆t = 0 )
2 4 6
Compliance with standards Remote indications Power supply

c IEC 947-2, appendix B; Vigi modules may be equipped with an SDV Vigi modules are self-supplied internally by
c IEC 255-4 and IEC 801-2 to 5, covering auxiliary switch (see page 64) to remotely the network voltage and therefore do not
protection against nuisance tripping due to indicate tripping due to an earth fault. require any external source. They continue
transient overvoltages, lightning strikes, to function even when supplied by only two
switching of devices on the network, phases.
electrostatic discharges, radiofrequency
interference;
c IEC 755, class A, immunity to DC
components up to 6 mA;
c VDE 664, operation down to - 25°C.
earth fault protection modules Vigi ME Vigi MH Vigi MB

number of poles 3. 4 (*) 3. 4 (*) 3. 4 (*)
for Compact NS100 N/H/L c c
NS160 N/H/L c c
NS250 N/H/L c
NS400 N/H/L c
NS630 N/H/L c
earth fault protection characteristics

sensitivity I∆n (A) fixed adjustable adjustable
0.3 0.03 - 0.3 - 1 - 3 - 10 0.3 - 1 - 3 - 10 - 30
time delay intentional delay (ms) fixed adjustable adjustable
< 40 0 60 (**) 150 (**) 310 (**) 0 60 150 310
total breaking time (ms) < 40 < 40 < 140 < 300 < 800 < 40 < 140 < 300 < 800
rated voltage (V) AC 50/60 Hz 200 to 440 200 to 440-440 to 550 200 to 440-440 to 550
(*) Vigi 3P modules may also be used on 2P circuit breakers
(**) If the sensitivity is set to 30 mA, the tripping is not delayed
38 Merlin Gerin
combination of This solution can be used with all Compact Conformity with standards
circuit breakers. c IEC 947-2, appendix B;
Compact circuit breaker For Compact NS100 to NS630, the Vigirex c IEC 255-4 and IEC 801-2 to 5, covering
Vigirex earth fault residual current relays can be used when: protection against nuisance tripping due to
c special time delay or tripping threshold transient overvoltages, lightning strikes,
protection relay values are required; switching of devices on the network,
c there are major installation constraints electrostatic discharges, radiofrequency
(circuit breaker already installed and interference;
connected, limited space available, etc.). c IEC 755, class A, immunity to DC
Vigirex relay characteristics components up to 6 mA;
Residual current operated relay with c VDE 664, operation down to - 25°C.
separated toroid: For complete information on the
c sensivity adjustable from 30 mA Vigirex range, consult the corresponding
to 250 A; Merlin Gerin documentation.
c eight time-delay settings (0 to 1s);
➂ c closed toroids (30 to 300 mm diameter);
c split toroids (46 to 110 mm diameter);
push
to
trip
c options :
v trip alarm by a failsafe contact,
v pre-alarm contact and indicating light
M
G
(threshold: 0.5 x I∆n),
v 400 Hz network, etc.
➁ ➀
E18577
➀ residual current measurement toroid

➁ Vigirex earth fault detection relay
➂ MN or MX auxiliary release for earth fault tripping.
Merlin Gerin 39
motor protection
E26988
Compact circuit breakers

number of poles
push
to
trip

(kA rms) 380/415 V
440 V
500 V
525 V
660/690 V
DC 250 V (1 pole)
500 V (2 poles)
The circuit breakers presented here: service breaking capacity Ics (% Icu)
c provide protection against short-circuits; utilisation category
c are suitable for isolation as defined by
IEC 947-2 standard.
For a complete protection of the motor and endurance (C-O cycles) mechanical
its control device, overload protection may electrical 440 V - In/2
be ensured by either: 440 V - In
c the circuit breaker;
c a separate Telemecanique thermal relay. electrical characteristics as per Nema AB1
The control device may be of the direct on- breaking capacity (kA) 240 V
line type (with or without reversing) or of the 480 V
"star-delta" type. 600 V
Combinations are governed by IEC 947-4
standard. protection
overload and short-circuit protection rating (A)
protection coordination interchangeable trip units
short-circuit protection (separate thermal relay) rating (A)
(as defined by IEC 947-4) interchangeable trip units
Whatever the power of the motor, the earth fault protection add-on Vigi module
coordination between circuit breaker,
Vigirex relay
contactor and relay can be of either type 1 or
2 (see the complementary technical installation and connection
information chapter page 195). Selection fixed/front connection
depends on operational requirements
concerning continuity of service and the
technical skills of servicing personnel. plug-in (on base)
All type 2 Merlin Gerin/Telemecanique withdrawable (on chassis)
combinations have been tested under the indication and measurement auxiliaries
conditions defined by standards, and they
are certified ASEFA/LOVAG. auxiliary switches
electronic trip unit function
ammeter module
control auxiliaries
auxiliary releases
motor mechanism
locking systems

dimensions: L x H x D (mm)
weight (kg)
40 Merlin Gerin
NS80 NS100 NS160 NS250
3 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4
80 100 150 220

750 750 750 750
8 8 8 8
690 690 690 690
H N H L N H L N H L
100 85 100 150 85 100 150 85 100 150
70 25 70 150 36 70 150 36 70 150
65 25 65 130 35 65 130 35 65 130
25 18 50 100 30 50 100 30 50 70
25 18 35 100 22 35 100 22 35 50
6 8 10 75 8 10 75 8 10 20
50 85 100 50 85 100 50 85 100
50 85 100 50 85 100 50 85 100
100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
A A A A A A A A A
c c c c
20000 50000 40000 20000
10000 50000 40000 20000
7000 30000 20000 10000
100 85 100 200 85 100 200 85 100 200

65 25 65 130 35 65 130 35 65 130
10 10 35 50 20 35 50 20 35 50
24…100 24...150 24...220

c c c
1.5...80 2.5...100 2.5...150 2.5...220
c c c
c c c
c c c c
c c c c
c c c
c c c
c c c
c c c c
c c c
c c c
c c c
c c c
c c c c
c c c
c c c c
c c c c
built-in c c c
c c c
c c c c
c c c
90 x 120 x 80 105 x 161 x 86 105 x 161 x 86 105 x 161 x 86

1.0 1.6 1.6 1.9
Merlin Gerin 41
motor protection (cont.)
E26988

number of poles
push
to
trip

(kA rms) 380/415 V
440 V
500 V
525 V
660/690 V
DC 125 V
250 V
500 V
The circuit breakers presented here: 750 V
c provide protection against short-circuits; service breaking capacity Ics (% Icu)
c are suitable for isolation as defined by utilisation category
IEC 947-2 standard. suitability for isolation
For a complete protection of the motor and endurance (C-O cycles) mechanical
its control device, overload protection may electrical 440 V - In/2
be ensured by either: 440 V - In
c the circuit breaker;
c a separate Telemecanique thermal relay. electrical characteristics as per Nema AB1
The control device may be of the direct on- breaking capacity (kA) 240 V
line type (with or without reversing) or of the
480 V
"star-delta" type.
600 V
Combinations are governed by IEC 947-4
standard. protection
overload and short-circuit protection rating (A)
protection coordination interchangeable trip units
short-circuit protection (separate thermal relay) rating (A)
(as defined by IEC 947-4) interchangeable trip units
Whatever the power of the motor, the earth fault protection add-on Vigi module
coordination between circuit breaker, Vigirex relay
contactor and relay can be of either type 1 or
2 (see the complementary technical installation and connections
information chapter page 195). Selection fixed/front connection
depends on operational requirements fixed/rear connection
concerning continuity of service and the plug-in (on base)
technical skills of servicing personnel. withdrawable (on chassis)
All type 2 Merlin Gerin/Telemecanique
combinations have been tested under the indication and measurement auxiliaries
conditions defined by standards, and they auxiliary switches
are certified ASEFA/LOVAG. electronic trip unit related function
voltage transformer module
ammeter module
control auxiliaries
auxiliary releases
motor mechanism
locking systems


dimensions: L x H x D (mm)
weight (kg)
(*) Ics = 100% Icu for Ue < 500 V
(**) Rated current In at 65 °C for withdrawable Compact C1251N/H: 960 A
42 Merlin Gerin
NS400 NS630 C801 C1001 C1251
3 3 3 3 3
320 500 750 875* 1000**

750 750 750 750 750
8 8 8 8 8
690 690 690 690 690
N H L N H L N H N H N H
85 100 150 85 100 150 85 100 85 100 85 100
45 70 150 45 70 150 50 70 50 70 50 70
42 65 130 42 65 130 42 65 42 65 42 65
30 50 100 30 50 70 40 50 40 50 40 50
22 35 100 22 35 50 40 50 40 50 40 50
10 20 75 10 20 35 25 40 25 40 25 40
50 (1P)
85 85 50 (2P)
85 85 50 (3P)
25 (3P)
100% 100% 100% 100%* 100%* 100%* 50% 50% 50% 50% 50% 50%
A A A A A A B B B B B B
c c c c c
15000 15000 10000 10000 10000
12000 8000 3000 3000 3000
6000 4000 1500 1500 1500
85 100 200 85 100 200 85 100 85 100 85 100

42 65 130 42 65 130 42 65 42 65 42 65
20 35 50 20 35 50 30 42 30 42 30 42
320 320 320 500 500 500 320...800 400...1000 500...1250

c c c c c c c c c
320 320 500 500 320...800 400...1000 500...1250
c c c
c c
c c c c c
c c c c c
c c c c c
c c
c c c c c
c c c c c
c c c
c c
c c
c c
c c
c c c c c
c c c c c
c c c c c
c c c c c
c c c c c
c c c c c
c c c c c
c c c c c
140 x 255 x 110 140 x 255 x 110 210 x 374 x 172 210 x 374 x 172 210 x 374 x 172
6 6 13 13 25
Merlin Gerin 43
motor protection
trip units selection (cont.)
For motor protection, Compact circuit c electronic trip units, specifically designed
breakers may be fitted with: to provide:
c magnetic trip units, wich provide short- v short-circuit protection,
circuit protection; v overload protection,
v phase-failure protection.
P (kW) (400 V, 50 Hz) 0.37 1.1 3 18.5 37 110 160 250 560 670
E26530
Ir (A) 1.5 2.5 6 40 48 80 100 160 205 220 320 500 800 1000 1250
Compact MA
NS80H-MA
Compact MA
NS100 … NS250
STR22ME
Compact MA
NS400 … NS630
STR43ME
Compact STR35ME (LR OFF)

C801 … C1251
STR55UE
trip units
trip units STR22ME STR43ME STR35ME STR55UE
rating (A) 20 to 70°C 10, 12.5, 20, 25, 40, 50, 80,100 150 220 120 200 320 500 800 1000 1250 800 1000 1250
NS100N/H/L c
NS160N/H/L c c
NS250N/H/L c c c
NS400N/H/L c c c
NS630N/H/L c
C801N/H/L c c
C1001N/H/L c c
C1251N/H c c
protection
overload (long time)
tripping Ir adjustable (10 settings) adjustable (40 settings) adjust. (32 settings) adjustable (32 settings)
threshold (A) 0.6...1 x In 0.4...0.8 x In 0.4...1 x In 0.4...1 x In
tripping class 10 10A 10 20 10 10A 10 20 30
(IEC 947-4)
tripping time (s) fixed adjustable fixed adjustable
(mini…maxi) to 1.5 x Ir 120…320 144…198 270…357 433…595 96…120 48…60 96…120 192…240 384…480
to 6 x Ir 6…15 5.8…7.3 10.9…13.1 17.4…21.8 6…7.5 3…3.7 6…7.5 12…15 24…30
to 7.2 Ir 4…10 4…5 7.3…9.1 12…15 4.2…5.2 2.1…2.6 4.2…5.2 8.3…10.4 17…21
phase-failure (complied with the standard IEC 947-4-1)
built into the trip unit c c
tripping time for phase between 3.5 and 6 s 4 s ± 10%
failures (s)
short-circuit (short time)
tripping Im or Isd fixed adjustable (8 settings) adjust. (8 settings) adjustable (8 settings)
threshold (A) 13 x Ir 6...13 x Ir 1.5...10 x Ir 1.5...10 x Ir
accuracy ± 20% ± 15% ± 15% ± 15%
max. overcurrent time fixed fixed adjustable adjustable
before tripping (ms) 10 10 0 60 140 230 0 60 140 230
total breaking time (ms) 60 60 60 140 230 350 60 140 230 350
short-circuit (instantaneous)
tripping Ii fixed fixed fixed = In x ... adjustable = In x ...
threshold 15 x In 13 x Ir maxi 15 15 12 2...15 2...15 2...12
(A) 8(type L) 2...8(type L)
other functions
SDTAM module c c
motor overload light c c (standard)
indications module c (standard) c
built-in ammeter (I) c
44 Merlin Gerin
electronic trip unit STR22ME
E26985
t
for Compact NS100 to NS250 circuit breakers
1
1 7 8
E26984
Ir ImSTR 22 ME 3
In=50A u1,05 Ir
Ir 37.5 40 4
7,2Ir IEC 947.4 / cl.10
35.5 42.5
33.5 45 7,0s
5
31.5 47.5
30 50
A Ir 13 Ir test 0 Ir 13Ir I
protection c LT (long time) overload protection with c single - phasing protection. The single -
adjustable Ir threshold (1), in compliance phasing complies with the recommendations
with tripping class 10 as defined by of standard IEC 947-4-1. It becomes
IEC 947-4 (2); operational whenever a phase current
c single-phasing protection (trips in 3.5 and imbalance of 40% or more is present.
6 s);
c ST (short-time) short-circuit protection:
v fixed tripping threshold (13 x Ir) (3),
v fixed time delay (4);
c INST (instantaneous) short-circuit
protection, with fixed threshold (15 x In) (5).
trip unit STR22ME

rating (A) threshold settings (A)
10 6 6.3 6.7 7.1 7.5 8 8.5 9 9.5 10
12.5 7.5 7.9 8.4 8.9 9.4 10 10.6 11.2 11.9 12.5
20 12 12.6 13.4 14.2 15 16 17 18 19 20
25 15 15.7 16.7 17.7 18.7 20 21.2 22.5 23.7 25
40 24 25.5 27 28.5 30 32 34 36 38 40
50 30 31.5 33.5 35.5 37.5 40 42.5 45 47.5 50
80 48 51 54 57 60 64 68 72 76 80
100 60 63 67 71 75 80 85 90 95 100
150 90 95 101 107 113 120 127 135 142 150
220 132 140 148 157 166 177 187 198 209 220
other functions Indications c may also be used to signal a thermal fault;

Load indication by LED in front (7): c must be reset manually (locally or
c off when: I < 1.05 x Ir; remotely);
c flashing when: I u 1.05 x Ir. c compatible with the following control
Test voltages:
Test connector in front (8) for connection to v 24 to 72 V DC and 24 to 48 V AC,
a mini test kit or calibration test kit to check v 110 to 240 V AC / DC;
circuit breaker operation after fitting the trip c fits in place of the MN or MX auxiliary
unit or other accessories. voltage releases.
Contactor tripping module SDTAM (early
thermal fault signal, optional):
c opens the contactor in the event of an
overload. It is thus possible to differentiate
between tripping due to overloads and short-
circuits;
Merlin Gerin 45
electronic trip unit STR43ME for Compact NS400

to NS630 circuit breakers
E26987
t
1
E32566
8 1 2 3 6
2
STR 43 ME %Ir >Ir >Isd test fault
Io Ir Isd µP
.71 .8 .90 .93 9 10
.63 .88 .95 8 11 > Ir
.56 .85 .98 7 12 A 3
.5 .8 .8 1 13 tr
6 > Im
x In x Io x Ir 4
tsd
tr 20 20 > Ih
test 10 Ir I1 I2 I3
+ - 10 Ir Isd li 5
10A 10A
class
IEC 947-4-1
0 Ir Isd Ii I
protection c LT (long time) overload protection, c single - phasing protection. The single -
adjustable threshold, based on the actual phasing complies with the recommendations
rms current: of standard IEC 947-4-1. It becomes
v adjustable threshold (1) using five Io base operational whenever a phase current
settings (0.5 to 0.8), and fine adjustment Ir imbalance of 40% or more is present;
with eight settings ranging from 0.8 to 1, c ST (short time) short-circuit protection:
v adjustable tripping time (2), in compliance v adjustable threshold Isd (3),
with tripping classes 10 A, 10 and 20 as v fixed time delay (4);
defined by IEC 947-4; c INST (instantaneous) short-circuit
c the STR43ME offers two motor cooling protection, with fixed threshold (5).
time constants, associated with the motor
starting class:
v short cooling time constant (the same as
the heating time constant), providing
maximum continuity of service and
satisfactory motor protection,
v long cooling time constant (four times the
heating time constant), providing maximum
motor protection,
other functions Overload indications (%Ir) Test

LED flashes when the current exceeds the c test connector in front (8), for connection
long-time threshold Ir. to a mini test kit or calibration test kit (see
Fault indications page 73) to check circuit breaker operation
LEDs indicate the type of fault that caused after fitting the trip unit or other accessories.
tripping: c test button (6) for (%Ir), (>Ir), (>Isd) and
c overload (LT protection) (single-phasing) LEDs and battery.
or abnormal component temperature (>Ir); Self-monitoring
c short-circuit (ST or instantaneous The circuit breaker trips for:
protection) (>Isd); c microprocessor faults;
c single-phasing (LED on the right); c abnormal temperatures.
c microprocessor malfunction (all three (>Ir),
(>Isd) and single-phasing LEDs go on);
Battery powered. Spare batteries are
supplied in an adapter box. When a fault
occurs, the LED indicating the type of fault
goes off after about 10 minutes to conserve
battery power.The information is however
stored in memory and the LED can be re-
illuminated by pressing the battery/LED test
pushbutton (6). The LED automatically goes
off and the memory is cleared when the
circuit breaker is reset.
46 Merlin Gerin
options for trip unit STR43ME
ammeter (I) A digital display continuously indicates the
current of the phase with the greatest load.
E33990
By pressing a scroll button, it is also

possible to display successively the
readings of I1, I2, I3 an the long time
threshold setting Ir.
A LEDs indicate the phase or setting for which
the current is displayed.
Ammeter display limits:
Ir I1 I2 I3 c minimum current u 0,2 x In (lower currents
are not displayed) ;
c maximum current i 10 x In.
contactor tripping module c opens the contactor in the event of an c fits in place of the MN and MX auxiliary
overload. It is thus possible to differentiate voltage releases.
(SDTAM) between tripping due to overloads and short-
circuits;
c may also be used to signal a thermal fault;
c must be reset manually (locally or
remotely;
c compatible with the following control
voltages:
v 24 to 72 V DC and 24 to 48 V AC,
v 110 to 240 V AC / DC;
communication (COM) Transmission of data to Digipact distribution c overload condition alarm;

monitoring and control modules. c cause of tripping (overload, short-circuit,
Transmitted data: etc.).
c settings;
c phase currents (rms values);
c highest current of the three phases;
possible combinations c I; c SDTAM;

c I + COM; c SDTAM + I;
c SDTAM + I + COM.
Merlin Gerin 47
electronic trip units for Compact C801...C1251

E27366
E27368
1 8 1 7 3 4 t
1 OFF
STR 35ME 60 70 80 90 105 % Ir
on off
Io 1 t test Ir Im
.9 4 5
.8 Ir
.95 3 6 3
.63
120s .85 2 8
.5 off 1 10
.8 1.5
xIn xIo xIr
Im
.3 .3 4
.2 .2
tm + –
off .1
LR inopérant I
.1
0 0 5
LT inopérative on I2t off
Ir = In
1,5 Ir A i
C 801 N•H L
C 1001 N•H L C 1251N•H tm
A x In 15 8 12
0 Ir Im I I
electronic trip unit STR55UE

1 8 2 1 7 4 3 5 6 t
E23822
E24038
2
STR 55UE 60 70 80 90 105 % Ir
fault
Io .63 .8 t Ir test Ir Im I Ih
.9 4 5 5 6 .4
Ic1
.95 3 6 4 8 .3 3
.5 1 tr .85 2 8 3 A .5
xIn .8 1 1.5 10 2 B .2 .6
xIo xIr xIn xIn
Ih Im S 120 240 .3 .3 .9 .4 .4 4
60 .95 .3
tm
+ – .2 .2 .3
th
I 30
15 480
.1
0 0
.1 .85
.8 1
.2
.1 .1
.2
5
on I2t off
xIr on I2t off
C 801 N•H L i – + at 1.5Ir Ic1
C 1001 N•H L C 1251N•H
T tr tm th
TFR A 10 8 10
B 15 8 12
0 Ir Im I I
protection (STR35ME) protection (STR55UE) other functions

The trip units do not have a specific rating: The trip units do not have a specific rating: (STR35ME and STR55UE)
c LT (long time) overload protection: c LT (long time) overload protection:
Overload indication
v adjustable threshold Ir (1), with an OFF v adjustable threshold Ir (1),
A LED in front (7) indicates the load level
position to disable the LT protection, v adjustable time delay (2), in compliance
(current flowing through the circuit breaker
v fixed time delay, in compliance with with tripping classes 5, 10, 20 and 30 as
with respect to the Ir setting):
tripping class 10 as defined by IEC 947-4-1; defined by IEC 947-4-1;
c lit when load u 90% Ir;
c ST (short time) protection against medium- c ST (short time) protection against medium-
c flashing when load > 105% Ir.
intensity short-circuits: intensity short-circuits:
v adjustable threshold Im (3), v adjustable threshold Im (3), Test
v adjustable time delay (4); v adjustable time delay (4); Test connector in front (8) for connection to
c INST (instantaneous) protection against c INST (instantaneous) protection against a mini test kit or calibration test kit (see
high-intensity short-circuits, with fixed high-intensity short-circuits, with adjustable page 73).
threshold I (5). threshold I (5).
48 Merlin Gerin
characteristics of short-circuit protection devices
with separate overload protection
046751
Compact NS80H-MA Functions

c short-circuit protection using an integrated
This circuit breaker is specially designed for
magnetic trip unit MA with adjustable
the protection of motors rated up to 37 kW:
settings;
c due to its high current-limiting capacity, it
c suitability for isolation.
effectively protects motor starters (type-2
coordination as defined by IEC 947-4, with Connections
contactors); Front connection to integrated connectors
Compact NS80H-MA c small size for easy installation in motor for bare cables with cross-sections from
control centre (MCC) switchboards. 1.5 to 70 mm2.
short-circuit protection (magnetic)

rating (A) In (65°C) 1.5 2.5 6.3 12.5 25 50 80
tripping threshold (A) Im adjustable from
6...14 x In
041624
Compact NS100...NS630
with trip unit MA
For the protection of motors from 1.1 to
250 kW (400 V), Compact NS100 to NS630
circuit breakers must be equipped with a
special trip unit MA with adjustable
thresholds.
This assembly ensures:
c short-circuit protection (magnetic trip unit
Compact NS250H with adjustable thresholds);
For the Compact NS400 to NS630 circuit
045198
breakers, trip unit MA is not interchangeable.

The circuit breaker and trip unit are supplied
already assembled.
trip unit for

Compact NS100...NS630
rating (A) In (65°C) 2.5 6.3 12.5 25 50 100 150 220 320 500
for Compact N/H/L NS100 c c c c c c
circuit breaker NS160 c c c c
NS250 c c c
H/L NS400 c
NS630 c
Compact NS400H-MA
tripping Im adjustable from adjustable from
threshold (A) 6...14 x In 9..14 x In 9..14 x In
Compact C801...C1251 Electrical characteristics

c Compact NS80/630, see page 40;
For the protection of motors from 160 to c Compact C801/1251, see page 42.
670 kW with Compact C801 to C1251 circuit
breakers, equipped with an STR35ME or an
STR55UE trip unit, it is possible to disable
the LT protection.
The circuit breakers ensure:
c short-circuit protection (short time or
instantaneous);
Merlin Gerin 49
Compact functions and characteristics
protection of industrial control panels

E44356
number of poles
push
to
trip
electrical characteristics as per CEI 947-2 and EN 60 947-2
ratde impulse withstand voltage (kV) Uimp
DC

(kA rms) 380/415 V
440 V
500 V
525 V
660/690 V
DC 250 V (1 pole)
054556
500 V (2 poles in series)

440 V - In
electrical characteritics as per UL 508
480 V
Compact NSC100N
600 V
041625

Vigirex relay
fixed / front connection
adaptator for 60 mm busbars
auxiliary switches
early-make or early-break contact
Compact NS250H
ammeter module
control auxiliaries
auxiliary releases
motor mechanism
escutcheons
DIN rail plate
dimensions 3 poles, fixed, FC
W x H x D (mm) 4 poles, fixed, FC
weights (kg) 3 poles, fixed, FC
4 poles, fixed, FC
(**) for operational voltage up to 500 V
50 Merlin Gerin
NSC100N NS100 NS160 NS250 NS400 NS630
3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4
100 100 150 220 320 500

750 750 750 750 750 750 9 9
8 8 8 8 8 8 19
690 690 690 690 690 IN
690
250 500 500 500 500
L E 500
N N H N H N H N H B N H
42 85 100 85 100 85 100 85 I
100 LA 85 100
18 25 70 36 70 36 70 45 A70 45 70
V
18 25 65 35 65 35 65 42 A 65 42 65
10 18 50 30 50 30 50 30 50 30 50
10 18 35 22 35 22 35 22 35 22 35
- 8 10 8 10 8 10 10 20 10 20
5 (125 V) 50 85 50 85 50 85 - 85 - 85
5 (250 V) 50 85 50 85 50 85 - 85 - 85
100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
A A A A A A A A A A A
c c c c c c c c c c c
20000 50000 40000 20000 15000 15000
10000 50000 40000 20000 12000 8000
7000 30000 20000 10000 6000 4000
42 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85
18 25 65 35 65 35 65 42 65 42 65
10 10 10 10 10 18 18 18 18 30 30
built-in c c c c c
16...100 12.5...100 12.5...160 12.5...250 160...400 250...630
c c c c c c
c c c c c c
c c c c c c
- c c c c c
c c c c c c
c c c c c c
c c c c c
- c c c c c
- c c c c c
- c c c c c
- c c c c c
c c c c c c
- c c c c c
c c c c c c
- c c c c c
- c c c c c
c c c c c c
c c c c c c
c c c c - -
90 x 120 x 80 105 x 161 x 86 105 x 161 x 86 105 x 161 x 86 140 x 255 x 110 140 x 255 x 110
120 x 120 x 80 140 x 161 x 86 140 x 161 x 86 140 x 161 x 86 185 x 255 x 110 185 x 255 x 110
1.0 1.6 1.6 1.9 6.0 6.0
1.3 2.1 2.1 2.3 7.8 7.8
Merlin Gerin 51
Compact : functions et characteristics
protection of industrial control panels (cont.)
The NSC100N circuit breaker is specially c Overload and short-circuit protection;

designed to protect incoming feeders and c Isolation with positive contact indication,
groups of outgoing circuits on industrial making it possible to service machines
control panels. safely by isolating them from all power
sources;
c Compliance with standards applicable
worldwide including IEC 947.2 and UL 508 /
CSA22-2 no.14;
c NA switch-disconnector version;
c Installation in universal and functional type
enclosures.
Marking
E42651
The UL 508 / CSA 22-2 no.14 approval is for

a "Manual Motor Controller: across the line In=220A STR 22 ME > 1.05 Ir
starter or General Use". Ir 166 177 220A 1ph 3ph
The products are 100 % rated. 157 187 7.2 Ir IEC 947.4 / cl.10 Vac hp + -
148 198 115 15 40
7.0 s 230 50 75
140 209 460 50 150
132 220 575 50 200
A Ir 13Ir 100% rated test
Trip-unit marking
E42651
LISTED MAN. MOTOR. CTRL. 

LISTED MAN. MOTOR. CTRL. 
34XL
R
UL / CSA logo UL / CSA logo R
34XL
NSC100N-NA NS100-160-250 N/H/NA
Equipped with TMD/DE or STR trip unit
This MMC is suitable for use on a circuit capable of delivering This MMC is suitable for use on a circuit capable of delivering
not more than the short-circuit current rating of this MMC
indicated here below, or the upstream protective device not more than the short-circuit current rating of this MMC
interrupting capability, whichever is less, when protected by indicated here below, or the upstream protective device
any protective device for Group fusing or Group installation. interrupting capability, whichever is less, when protected by
SC current rating kA 50/60 Hz any protective device for Group fusing or Group installation.
Vac breaking capacity breaking capacity SC current rating kA 50/60 Hz
240 42
480 18 Vac NS100 NS160 NS250
600 10 N H N H N H
Vac 115 230 460 575 240 85 85 85 85 85 85
1 ph 3 ph 1 ph 3 ph 1 ph 3 ph 1 ph 3 ph 480 25 65 35 65 35 65
hp 600 10 10 10 10 18 18
ratings (A)
tripping current 125% 100% rated
16 1 2 2 5 5 10 7.5 10
temperature rating tightening torque Terminal kit
20 1.5 3 3 5 7.5 10 10 15
75°C reference
25 2 3 3 7.5 10 15 10 20 wire size lb-inch Nm 3P 4P
32 2 5 5 10 10 20 15 30 14 AWG to 3/0 AWG Cu
40 3 5 7.5 10 15 30 20 30 cable cross section 106 11.3 29242 29243
horsepower rating and tightening torques
12 AWG to 4/0 AWG Al
50 3 7.5 10 15 20 30 25 40 4 AWG to 2 AWG Cu,Al 180 20
63 5 10 10 20 25 40 30 60 29259 29260
70 5 10 15 25 30 50 40 60 1 AWG to 350 kcmil Cu,Al 230 26
80 7.5 10 15 30 30 60 40 75
100 10 15 20 30 40 75 50 100 device marking (circuit breaker with
tripping current 125% 100% rated interchangeable trip unit)
temperature rating tightening torque
75°C
wire size lb-inch Nm cable cross section
14 AWG to 3/0 AWG Cu
50 5.5
and tightening torques
12 AWG to 4/0 AWG Al
device marking (circuit breaker with integreted trip

unit)
installation in an enclosure The Compact circuit breakers can be

installed in a metal enclosure together with
the automation devices (contactors, motor
protection circuit breakers, indicating lights,
E44458
200 150 etc.).

The minimum dimensions required for
installation are shown opposite.
Minimum enclosure dimensions for installation

300 Height (mm) Depth (mm) Width (mm)
NSC100N 300 150 200
NS100 N/H 457 130 208
NS160 N/H 457 130 208
NS250 N/H 457 130 208
NS400 N/H - - -
NS630 N/H - - -
52 Merlin Gerin
UL508 / CSA22-2 no. 14 approved circuit breakers
EXXXXX
P (hp) (480 V, 3P) 3 10 15 20 30 30 40 50 60 75 125 150 150 250 400

Ir (A) 6 16 25 32 40 48 63 70 80 100 160 205 220 320 500
Compact TMD
NSC100N
Compact STR22ME
NS100 … NS250
Compact STR43ME / STR23SE / STR53UE

NS400 … NS630
c The electronic trip units (type STR) are

designed to provide :
Circuit breakers Trip units Approvals
v short-circuit protection, NSC100N TMD "Manual Motor Controller:
v overload protection, NA Across the Line Starter &
v phase-failure protection (STR22ME et General Use"
STR43ME);
NS100/160/250 N/H STR22ME "Manual Motor Controller:
c Magnetic trip units (type TMD) are
designed to provide : NA Across the Line Starter"
v short circuit protection, TMD "Manual Motor Controller:
v overload protection; STR22SE/GE General Use"
c Type NA devices are switch-disconnectors NS400/630 N/H STR43ME "Manual Motor Controller:
which must always be protected upstream in
NA Across the Line Starter"
accordance with applicable installation
standards. STR23SE
STR53UE
protection of Compact c fixed-threshold thermal protection against Compact NSC100NA switch-disconnector is

overloads ; supplied fully assembled.
NSC100N and NA c fixed-threshold magnetic protection
against short-circuits.
trip units TM16D to TM100D

ratings (A) In 40°C 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 70 80 100
tripping threshold (A) Im settings fixed
threshold 600 600 600 600 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1250
protection of Compact The characteristics of trip units for

Compact NS100 to NS630 circuit
NS100 to 630 N/H and NA breakers are indicated in the chapters
entitled "Protection of low voltage
distribution network" and "Motor
protection".
auxiliaries All auxiliaries can be added to the circuit All rotary handles can be padlocked in "off"
breaker by the user: position.
c Padlocking devices (in "off" position). Optional door interlock, recommended for
c Rotary handle. MCC panels (motor control center).
c Status indication auxiliary contacts (on, off
and tripped). Early-make or early-break
c Shunt or undervoltage releases. contact
c Early-make or early-break contact.
These auxiliary contacts make it possible to
Rotary handle de-energise the downstream auxiliary
circuits of the control panel as well as the
Available in direct or extended versions for
auxiliary circuits supplying the MN release if
mounting up to 590 mm behind front. Choice
applicable.
of:
c Black front and black handle.
c Yellow front and red handle (for machine
tools or emergency stop as per IEC 204/
VDE 0013).
Merlin Gerin 53
switch-disconnectors
Compact switch-disconnectors
E21272
number of poles
electrical characteristics as per IEC 947-3
push
to
trip
conventional thermal current (A) Ith 60°C
DC
rated operational current (A) Ie AC 50/60 Hz
push
to
trip
push
to
trip
220/240 V
380/415 V
440/480 V (1)
500 V
660/690 V
86087
DC
250 V (1P)
500 V (2P)
making capacity Icm (kA peak) mini (switch-disconnector only)
maxi (with circuit breaker
upstream protection) (2)
short-time withstand current Icw (A rms) 1s
3s
20 s
endurance (category A) (CO cycles) mechanical
electrical AC AC22A 500 V
Compact NS100NA
AC22A 690 V
Compact NS100NA to NS250NA switch- AC23A 500 V
disconnectors are obtained by mounting an electrical DC DC23A 250 V
NA switch-disconnector module on the basic DC23A 500 V
NS100 to NS250 frames.
positive contact indication
pollution degree
switch-disconnector protection
protection earth fault protection add-on Vigi module
According to installation standards, an Vigirex relay
upstream protection is required. installation and connections
Nonetheless, due to reflex tripping,
Compact NS100NA to NS250NA switch-
installation on symetrical rail
disconnectors self-protect for all fault
currents greater than 10 kA. fixed/rear connection
plug-in (on base)
auxiliary switches
ammeter module
control auxiliaries
auxiliary releases
motor mechanism
toggle operated
lateral rotary handle
locking by padlocks or keylock
manual/automatic source changeover system
bare-cable connectors, terminal extensions and spreaders
dimensions 2/3 poles, fixed, FC
(1) Suitable for 480 V NEMA. W x H x D (mm)
(2) Upstream protection: see chapter 4 poles, fixed, FC
"complementary technical information" page 220. weight (kg) 3 poles, fixed, FC
(3) Extended only. 4 poles, fixed, FC
54 Merlin Gerin
NS100NA NS160NA NS250NA
2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4
100 160 250

750 750 750
8 8 8
690 690 690
500 500 500
AC 22 A AC 23 A AC 22 A AC 23 A AC 22 A AC 23 A
100 100 160 160 250 250
100 100 160 160 250 250
100 100 160 160 250 250
100 100 160 160 250 250
100 100 160 160 250 250
DC 22 A DC 23 A DC 22 A DC 23 A DC 22 A DC 23 A
100 100 160 160 250 250
100 100 160 160 250 250
2.6 3.6 4.9
330 330 330
1800 2500 3500

1800 2500 3500
690 960 1350
c c c
50000 40000 20000
50000 40000 20000

30000(50000-In/2) 20000(40000-In/2) 10000(20000-In/2)
30000(50000-In/2) 20000(40000-In/2) 10000(20000-In/2)
yes yes yes

III III III
c c c
c c c
c c c
c c c
c c c
c c c
c c c
c c c
c c c
c c c
c c c
c c c
c c c
c c c
c c c
c c c
c c c
c c c
c c c
c c c
105 x 161 x 86 105 x 161 x 86 105 x 161 x 86

140 x 161 x 86 140 x 161 x 86 140 x 161 x 86
1.5 1.6 1.8
2.0 2.0 2.2
Merlin Gerin 55
switch-disconnectors (cont.)
E21272
number of poles
electrical characteristics as per IEC 947-3
push
to
trip
conventional thermal current (A) Ith 60°C
CC
rated operational current (A) Ie AC 50/60 Hz
push
to
trip
push
to
trip
220/240 V
380/415 V
440/480 V (1)
500 V
660/690 V
86083
DC
250 V
500 V
making capacity Icm (kA peak) mini (switch-disconnector only)
maxi (with circuit breaker
upstream protection) (2)
short-time withstand current Icw (A rms) 1s
3s
20 s
endurance (category A) (CO cycles) mechanical
Compact NS400NA AC22A 690 V
AC23A 500 V
86081
electrical DC DC23A 250 V

DC23A 500 V
positive contact indication
pollution degree
protection
Vigirex relay
installation on symetrical rail
plug-in (on base)
auxiliary switches
Compact C1251NI ammeter module
switch-disconnector control auxiliaries
protection auxiliary releases
According to installation standards, an motor mechanism
upstream protection is required. toggle operated
Nonetheless, due to reflex tripping, rotary handles (direct, extended)
Compact NS400 and 630NA switch- lateral rotary handle
disconnectors self-protect for all fault locking by padlocks or keylock
currents greater than 15 kA. manual/automatic source changeover system
bare-cable connectors, terminal extensions and spreaders
dimensions 3 poles, fixed, FC
(1) Suitable for 480 V NEMA. W x H x D (mm)
(2) Upstream protection: see chapter. 4 poles, fixed, FC
"complementary technical information" page 220. weight (kg) 3 poles, fixed, FC
(3) 8 seconds. 4 poles, fixed, FC
56 Merlin Gerin
NS400NA NS630NA C801NI C1251NI
3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4
400 630 800 1250

750 750 750 750
8 8 8 8
690 690 690 690
500 500 500 500
AC 22 A AC 23 A AC 22 A AC 23 A AC 22 A AC 23 A AC 22 A AC 23 A
400 400 630 630 800 800 1250 1250
400 400 630 630 800 800 1250 1250
400 400 630 630 800 800 1250 1250
400 400 630 630 800 800 1250 1250
400 400 630 630 800 800 1250 1250
DC 22 A DC 23 A DC 22 A DC 23 A DC 22 A DC 23 A DC 22 A DC 23 A
400 (1P) 400 (1P) 630 (1P) 630 (1P) 800 (2P) 800 (2P) 1250 (2P) 1250 (2P)
400 (2P) 400 (2P) 630 (2P) 630 (2P) 800 (3P) 800 (3P) 1250 (3P) 1250 (3P)
7.1 8.5 20 30
330 330 330 154
5000 6000 10000 15000

5000 6000 10000 (3) 15000 (3)
1930 2320 6300 9450
c c c c
15000 15000 10000 10000
15000 15000 10000 10000

6000(12000-In/2) 4000(8000-In/2) 1500(3000-In/2) 1500(3000-In/2)
6000(12000-In/2) 4000(8000-In/2) 1500(3000-In/2) 1500(3000-In/2)
yes yes yes yes

III III III III
c c
c c c c
c c c c
c c c c
c c
c c c c
c c c c
c c
c c
c c
c c
c c c c
c c c c
c c c c
c c c c
c c c c
c c c c
c c c c
c c c c
c c c c
140 x 255 x 110 140 x 255 x 110 374 x 210 x 172 374 x 210 x 172
185 x 255 x 110 185 x 255 x 110 374 x 280 x 172 374 x 280 x 172
5.2 5.2 13 13
6.8 6.8 17 17
Merlin Gerin 57
installation
fixed circuit breaker
E21020
Compact circuit breakers may be mounted Connection
vertically, horizontally or flat on their back See details page 0036
without any derating of characteristics.
E21293
Designed for easy installation in the various
types of switchboards of each market and
country.
E18580
push
to
trip
push
to
trip
mounting on backplate
E49661
push
to
trip
front connection
E23958
mounting on rails
E18850
push push
to
trip
to
trip
push
to
trip
mounting on symmetrical rails
mounting on a Prisma functional mounting plate rear connection
circuit breaker on a plug-in-base

The plug-in configuration makes it possible Parts of a plug-in configuration
to: c Compact circuit breaker (FC version);
c extract and/or rapidly replace the circuit c set of power connections that are added to
E21017
breaker without having to touch connections; the circuit breaker;

c allow for addition of future circuits at a c plug-in base for mounting on a panel or on
later date. rails;
c insulating screen, to be used when the
041632
circuit breaker is mounted on a backplate

with front connections;
c safety trip, to be installed on the circuit
breaker, that causes automatic tripping if the
circuit breaker is ON before engaging or
withdrawing it. The safety trip does not
mounting on a backplate
prevent circuit breaker operation, even when
the circuit breaker is disconnected;
c mandatory short terminal shields.
Connections
The plug-in base is equipped with terminals
E21018
which, depending on their orientation, serve

for front and rear connection.
Compact NS250H on a plug-in-base These terminals can be replaced with
spreaders.
For installation on a backplate with rear
E21019
connections, these terminals must be

replaced with long insulated terminals. All
terminals may be fitted with bare-cable
connectors.
Accessories
mounting through a front panel
The insulating accessories can be used to:
c protect against direct contact;
Protection against direct contacts with c increase insulation between phases.
power circuits See page 63.
mounting on rails
c circuit breaker plugged in: IP 4; Connection of auxiliaries: page 68.
c circuit breaker removed: IP 2;
c circuit breaker removed, base equipped
with shutters: IP 4.
58 Merlin Gerin
circuit breaker on a withdrawable chassis
Compact NS100 to NS630
041879
Mounting
c on a backplate, through a front panel or on
The chassis is made up of two side plates
rails;
installed on the base and two other plates
c horizontally or vertically.
mounted on the circuit breaker.
Accessories
Chassis functions
c auxiliary switches for installation on the
All functions of the plug-in base, plus:
fixed part of the chassis, indicating the
"connected" and "disconnected" positions;
E21282
c toggle collar for circuit breakers with toggle
through front panel, intended to maintain the
degree of protection whatever the position of
the circuit breaker (supplied with a toggle
connected disconnected removed
extension);
Compact NS250H on a withdrawable chassis
c disconnected position: the power circuits c keylock which, depending of the bolt fitted,
are disconnected, the circuit breaker is can be used to:
simply "withdrawn" and may still be operated v prevent insertion for connection,
(on, off, push-to-trip); v lock the circuit breaker in connected or
c circuit breaker may be locked using 1 to disconnected position;
3 padlocks (diameter 5 to 8 mm), to prevent c telescopic shaft for extended rotary
connection; handles (see page 70).
c the auxiliaries can be tested (with manual Connection of auxiliaries: See page 68
auxiliary connector). manual or automatic auxiliary connector.
Compact C801 to C1251

051163
Door cutouts
A set of escutcheons makes it possible to:
The multi-function chassis for the Compact
c optimise cutouts. Only one cutout is
C801 to C1251 is particularly suitable for
required for circuit breakers:
incoming circuit breakers:
v with 3 or 4 poles,
c connection and disconnection through a
v with toggles or direct rotary handles;
door using a crank stored in the base of the
c ensure an IP 40 degree of protection.
chassis;
The set comprises:
c 2 positions (connected and disconnected)
c an escutcheon for the front of the chassis,
indicated:
providing access for locking and chassis
v locally by a position indicator,
operation;
v remotely via auxiliary switches (2 switches
c an escutcheon for circuit breaker operation
for the connected position and 2 switches for
with a view-port for visualisation of trip-unit
the disconnected position);
settings.
c opening and closing of the circuit breaker
through the front panel. Mounting
c rear mounting on a backplate or rails;
Locking systems
c mounting via the bottom on a plate or rails.
c chassis locking in connected or
Compact C801H on a withdrawable chassis disconnected position, by 3 padlocks and Power connections
2 keylocks that may be accessed through c to cables with crimped lugs;
c to flat or edgewise bars.
E16676
front panel;
c door locking to prevent opening it when Connection of auxiliaries
11
the breaker is in the connected position; Using automatic auxiliary connectors.
c racking interlock to prevent insertion of the
crank when the door is open.
10
1 door interlock (optional)

7 2 two auxiliary switches for the connected position (optional)
3 connected/disconnected position indicator
4 disconnected (connected) position locking using one to three padlocks
5 racking crank storage
6 disconnected (connected) position locking (optional)
7 racking interlock (optional)
8 two auxiliary switches for the connected position indication (optional)
9 lock preventing circuit breaker removal
10 shutters for the auxiliary connection block (optional)
1 2 3 4 5 6 11 IP 40 shutters (optional)
Merlin Gerin 59
connection
Compact NS80
E23949
The Compact NS80 is equipped as standard
E29145
with connectors for bare cables.
Terminal shields can be fitted.
L
OFF
push
to
trip
NS80H
L (mm) 16
S (mm2) 1,5...70
Compact NS100 to NS630 fixed front connected

connection to bars or cables with lugs
The Compact NS100 to NS630 are Complementary terminal extensions (right-
E21293
equipped as standard for direct connection angle terminal extension, straight terminal
to insulated bars or cables with lugs: extension, edwgewise terminal extension,
terminals and snap-in nuts with screws speaders) for all connection requirements.
c Compact NS100: M6; On the Compact NS630, connections
c Compact NS160/250: M8; generally require spreaders (52.5 pitch).
c Compact NS400/630: M10.
E18601
E18600
E18599
E21276
push
to
trip
E23954
Right-angle terminal extension Straight terminal extension Edwgewise terminal extension Spreaders
For NS100 to 630 For NS100 to NS250 For NS400 to NS630 For NS100 to 630
cable connectors
Cable connectors for Compact NS will
accept either copper or aluminium cables.
lugs c Special lugs for connection of copper

push
Lugs are available for either copper or cables with CSA:
v 120, 150 or 185 mm2 (NS100 to NS250),
to
trip
aluminium cables. They are supplied with

phase barriers and are compatible with long v 240 or 300 mm2 (NS400 to NS630).
terminal shields. Crimping by hexagonal necking or punching.
c Special lugs for connection of aluminium
E23955
E30907
cables with CSA:

E27797
v 150 or 185 mm2 (NS100 to NS250),

v 240 or 300 mm2 (NS400 to
NS630).Crimping by hexagonal necking.
Lug for copper cable Lug for aluminium

cable
Compact NS100 NS160/250 NS400/630

push
pole pitch (mm) 35 35 45

to
trip
L (mm) i 25 i 25 i 32
d (mm) i 10 i 10 i 16
Ø (mm) >6 >8 > 10
E18578
d
d
L
L
60 Merlin Gerin
E18599
Spreaders
E23956
Increase the pole pitch.

Can be fitted onto the breaker or the plug-in
base terminals.
Not compatible with terminal shields on
Compact NS100…250. Specific terminal
shields on Compact NS400/630.
NS100 NS160/250 NS400/630

pole pitch (mm) 45 45 52.5 70
push
to
L (mm) i 25 i 25 i 40 i 60
trip
d (mm) i 10 i 10 i 20 i 20
Ø (mm) >6 >8 > 12 > 12
connection to bare cables

E18872
c 1-cable connectors for Copper or aluminium cable

Compact NS100 to NS250:
E21294
snap directly onto the circuit

breaker terminals or may be
added, using clips, onto the
E29145
right-angle terminal L
extensions, the rear
connections or the terminals S
of the plug-in base;
E22040
NS100/160 NS250
c all connectors for Compact
NS400/630: screw onto the L (mm) 20 20
circuit breaker terminals, the S (mm2) Cu 1.5...95 10...185
right-angle terminal Al 1.5...95 25...185
push
extensions or the terminals of

to
trip
the plug-in base; NS400/630

E22041
cables 1 2
L (mm) 20 30…60
S (mm2) 35...300 70...240
E23957
c distribution connectors for c The distributor

E18598
E24076
Compact NS100 to NS250: fit "Polybloc" for Compact

push
to
trip
onto the circuit breaker NS100 to NS250
terminals. connects directly to the
Flexible phase barriers are breaker terminals. It
supplied along with the allows 6 flexible or rigid
distribution connectors, they cables i 10 mm2 per
can be replaced by long pole.
terminal shields The outgoing
For 6 cables with a CSA of connections are the
1.5 to 35 mm2 each. screwless spring loaded
type.
For connection of bars or cables with lugs

Compact NS100 to NS630 fixed rear connected (or bare cables, using standard bare-cable
E21013
E18579
connectors with clips). 2 lengths are

available.
Rear connections, both lenghts are available
long and short, are easily installed on the
circuit breaker terminals. The same
2 lengths connection may be installed flat, edgewise
or at a 45° angle. All combinations are
E21281
possible, including different lengths on a

single circuit breaker. The circuit breaker is
mounted on a backplate.
push
to
trip
4 positions
Merlin Gerin 61
connection (cont.)
Compact C801 to C1251 fixed front connected

connection to bars
E23961
The Compact C801…1251 are fitted as
standard with terminals comprising threaded Ø11
E23963
E23962
M10x40 studs for direct connection to bars.

Pole pitch: 52.5 mm. Ø11
12,5
25
≤50
=
= 25
≤50
E23980
12,5 12,5
E23981
Spreaders increase the pitch for easier

connection. The spreaders can themselves
be fitted with bare-cable connectors or right-
angle terminal extensions, but are not
compatible with terminal shields.
Pitch: 120 mm
connection to bare cables 1 2
E23969
1
E23968
2
E24097
E23970
58 38
M10 S S
3 cable connector 4 cable connector Copper or aluminium

70 mm2 i CSA i 185 mm2 70 mm2 i CSA i 240 mm2 cables
connection to cables with lugs

E23973
E23974
The additional connectors are suitable for Ø int. max. = 23

M10x40 1 to 4 cables with crimped lugs
M12 (CSA i 300 mm2).
E26808
12 < Ø ≤ 13 110
max.
E23971
=
=
≤40
Compact C801 to C1251 fixed rear connected

connection to bars
Connection to flat or edgewise bars,
E23961
E23964
depending on how the terminals are Ø11

E23965
installed.
Ø11
M10x40 12,5
25
M10x40 ≤50
= 25 =
≤50 12,5 12,5
connection to cables with lugs
The additional connectors are suitable for
E23975
E23976
M12 M12 1 to 4 cables with crimped lugs

(CSA i 300 mm2).
M10x40
M10x40
62 Merlin Gerin
insulation accessories
E18606
E18618 Terminal shields Phase barriers (Compact NS)
Sealable insulating accessories used for c safety accessories for maximum insulation
protection against direct contact with power at the power connection points;
circuits: c clip easily onto the circuit breaker;
c degree of protection: IP 40; c usable with all other connection
c supplied with sealing accessories. accessories, except terminal shields;
Terminal shield selection c special version for plug-in bases.
c for fixed circuit breakers (front connection):
long terminal shields;
c for fixed circuit breakers (rear connection):
E26033
short terminal shields;
c for plug-in circuit breakers: mandatory
short terminal shields;
c for voltage > 440 V, mandatory terminal
shields;
c for voltage > 525 V, special connection kit
including terminal shields and insulating
screens;
c for Compact NS400…630 with spreader:
special terminal shields for spreader.
Long terminal shields for plug-in bases
These insulating accessories are used to:
c protect against direct contact with power
circuits, degree of protection: IP 40.5;
c increase insulation between phases. Rear insulating screens (Compact NS)
Insulating accessories for plug-in bases Safety accessories for ensuring insulation
include: between power connections and the
c an adapter offering the same connection backplate. May be used with terminal shields
possibilities as for the circuit breaker; or with phase barriers.
c long terminal shields or special phase
barriers.
Merlin Gerin 63
auxiliaries
auxiliary switches
Changeover contact c switching of very low loads:
Auxiliary switches remote the circuit breaker All the above auxiliary switches are also
044314
operating status and can thus be used for available in "low-level" versions capable of
indications, electrical locking, relays, etc. switching very low loads (e.g. for the control
Functions of PLCs or electronic circuits).
c OF (open/closed): indicates the position of Standards
the circuit breaker contacts; Auxiliary switches comply with IEC 947-5.
c SD (trip indication): indicates that the Installation
circuit breaker has tripped due to: c functions OF, SD, SDE and SDV:
v an overload, v the switches clip into slots behind the front
v a short-circuit, of the circuit breaker (or the Vigi module for
v an earth fault, the SDV function);
for Compact NS100 to NS630
v the operation of a voltage release or of the v for Compact NS80…630, one model
"push-to-trip" button, the operation of plug-in serves for all indication functions depending
base or chassis when breaker is on.
86089
on where it is fitted in the circuit breaker.

Resets when the circuit breaker is reset; The SDE function on a circuit breaker
c SDE (fault indication): indicates that the equipped with a thermal-magnetic trip unit
circuit breaker has tripped due to an requires the SDE actuator;
overload, a short-circuit or an earth fault. c CAM: to be fitted in the rotary handle
Resets when the circuit breaker is reset; module. Depending on how it is installed, it
c SDV (Vigi fault indication): indicates that ensures either the CAO (early-break) or the
the circuit breaker has tripped due to an CAF (early-make) function;
earth fault. Resets when the Vigi module is c "connected/disconnected" function: 2 parts
reset; to be fitted on the chassis and the
c CAM (early-make or early-break function): withdrawable circuit breaker.
indicates the position of the rotary handle.
Used in particular for advanced-opening Communication
safety trip devices; Auxiliary switches for Compact NS are also
c connected/disconnected: available in communicating version and can
for Compact C801 to C1251 be installed in place of the standard switches
indicates the position of a withdrawable
breaker. (see Digipact catalogue).
Connection
See page 68.
Electrical characteristics for Compact NS100 to NS630
conventional switches "low-level" switches
rated thermal current (A) 6 5
minimum load 10 mA with 24 V 1 mA with 4 V
AC DC AC DC
utilisation category (IEC 947-5-1) AC12 AC15 DC12 DC14 AC12 AC15 DC12 DC14
operational current (A) 24 V 6 6 2.5 1 5 3 5 1
48 V 6 6 2.5 0.2 5 3 2.5 0.2
110 V 6 5 0.8 0.05 5 2.5 0.8 0.05
220/240 V 6 4 5 2
250 V 0.3 0.03 0.3 0.03
380/415 V 6 3 5 1.5
440 V 6 3 5 1.5
660/690 V 6 0.1
Electrical characteristics for Compact C801 to C1251

rated thermal current (A) 2
function OF, SD SDE CAM connected
disconnected
operational current (A) AC 220 V 5 5 5 5
380 V 1.4 1.4 1.4
DC 24 V 2.8 2 2.8 2
48 V 1 1
110 V 0.3 1
220 V 0.1 0.15 0.1 0.15
64 Merlin Gerin
voltage releases
A voltage release can be used to trip the Shunt release (MX)
circuit breaker via a control signal. Trips the circuit breaker when the control
044313
Undervoltage release (MN) voltage rises above 0.7 x Un.

c trips the circuit breaker when the control Impulse type u 20ms or maintained control
voltage drops below a tripping threshold; signals.
c tripping threshold between 0.35 and Operation
0.7 times the rated voltage; c when the circuit breaker has been tripped
c circuit breaker closing is possible only if by a release (MN or MX), it must be reset
the voltage exceeds 0.85 times the rated either locally or by remote control;
voltage. c MN or MX tripping has priority over
Circuit breaker tripping by an MN release manual (or motor mechanism) closing. In the
meets the requirements of IEC 947-2 presence of a standing trip order, such on
for Compact NS100 to NS630 standard. action does not result in any closing, even
Time-delay unit for an MN release temporary, of the main contacts;
c endurance:
048504
Eliminates nuisance trippings due to voltage

dips i 200 ms v 50% of the rated mechanical endurance of
c used in conjunction: the circuit breaker for Compact
v with a 250 V DC MN release, control NS100…630,
voltage: 220/240 V AC, v 1000 cycles for Compact C801…1251.
v with a 48 V DC MN release, control Installation and connection
voltage: 48 V AC. c the releases snap in behind the front
cover;
c connection using wires with a CSA of up to
1.5 mm2, to integrated terminals blocks.
Electrical characteristics
for Compact NS100 to NS630 C801 to C1251
AC DC AC DC
consumption pick-up (MX) < 10 VA < 10 W < 150 VA < 150 W
for Compact C801 to C1251
seal-in (MN, MNR) < 5 VA <5W < 8 VA <5W
response time (ms) < 50 < 50 < 50 < 50
Merlin Gerin 65
auxiliaries (cont.)
motor mechanism for Compact NS100 to NS630

When equipped with a motor mechanism Manual operation
047313
module, Compact NS circuit breakers c transfer to manual mode using switch (9)
feature very high mechanical endurance as with possibility of remote mode indication;
well as easy and sure operation: c on and off by 2 push-buttons;
c all circuit breaker indications and c recharging of stored-energy system by
information remain visible and accessible, pumping the lever 9 times;
including trip unit settings and indications; c padlocking in off position.
c suitability for isolation is maintained and Installation and connection
padlocking remains possible; c all installation (fixed, plug-in/withdrawable)
c double insulation front face. and connection possibilities are maintained;
Applications c connection of the motor mechanism
c local motor-driven operation, centralised module behind its front cover to an
operation, automatic distribution control; integrated terminal block, for cables with a
c normal/standby source changeover or CSA up to 2.5 mm2.
Compact NS250H with motor mechanism switching to a replacement source to Accessories
optimise energy costs; c keylock for locking in off position.
c load shedding and reconnection to c operations counter for the Compact
optimise energy costs; NS400 and NS630, indicating the number of
c synchrocoupling. on and off cycles. The counter must be
Automatic operation installed on the front of the motor
c on and off by two impulse type or mechanism module.
maintained control signals; Communication
c automatic spring charging following The motor mechanism module for
voluntary tripping (by MN or MX), with Compact NS is also available in
standard wiring; communicating version (see Digipact
c mandatory manual reset following tripping catalogue).
due to an electrical fault.
Characteristics
E21006
1 2 3 4 5 6
motor mechanism MT100 to MT630
response time (ms) opening < 600
closing < 80
rate (cycles/minute max.) 4
MERLIN GERIN
control voltage (V) DC 24/30 - 48/60
compact
NS400 H 2
2 110/130 - 250
Ui 750V. Uimp 8kV.
Ue
(V)
Icu
(kA)
AC 50/60 Hz 48 (50 Hz) - 110/130
220/240 100
380/415
440
70
65
220/240 - 380/440
500/525 40
600/690 35 consumption DC (W) opening i 500
closing i 500
cat B
Icw 6kA / 0,25s.
Ics = 100% Icu I ON charged AC (VA) opening i 500
IEC 947-2
UTE VDE BS CEI
closing i 500
UNE NEMA
In = 400A
Electrical endurance (circuit breaker + motor mechanism module, thousands of operations,

at 440 V).
E21300
manu auto O I 1
push OFF push ON 50
40
30 NS100
10 9 8 7 20 NS160
1 contact position indicator (suitability for isolation). 15
2 outgoing circuit identification labels.
3 spring status indicator (charged, discharged).
4 locking device (keylock).
5 locking device (off position) using 1 to 3 padlocks,
10 NS250
diameter 5 to 8 mm, not supplied.
6 manual spring charging lever.
7 I (on) push-button.
8 O (off) push-button. 6 NS400
9 manual/auto mode selection switch; the position
of the switch can be indicated remotely.
10 operations counter (Compact NS400/630). NS630
4
0,1 0,2 0,3 0,5 0,7 1 I/In
66 Merlin Gerin
motor mechanism for Compact C801 to C1251
The motor mechanism fits on the front face c mandatory manual reset following tripping
86090
of Compact C801 to C1251 circuit breakers. due to an electrical fault.

Two types of mechanism are available: Manual operation (type T)
c standard, type T; c transfer to manual mode when the
c rapid closing for synchrocoupling, type TS. transparent cover is opened;
All circuit breaker indications and information c opening, closing and resetting by a
remain visible and accessible, including trip 3-position toggle;
unit settings and indications. Suitability for c padlocking in "off" position.
isolation and double insulation of the front
Installation and connection
face are maintained.
c all installation (fixed, withdrawable) and
Applications connection possibilities are maintained;
c local motor-driven operation, centralised c connection of the motor mechanism
operation, automatic distribution control; module behind its front cover to an
c normal/standby source changeover or integrated terminal block, for cables with a
switching to a replacement source to CSA up to 2.5 mm2.
optimise energy costs;
Accessories
c load shedding and reconnection to
Compact C1001L with motor mechanism type T c keylock for locking in off position (with
optimise energy costs;
type T);
c synchrocoupling (with type TS).
c SDE switch for remote resetting.
Automatic operation
c on and off by two impulse type or
maintained control signals;
c automatic spring charging following
voluntary tripping (by MN or MX), with
standard wiring;
Characteristics
motor mechanism T801/1001/1251 TS801/1001/1251
(for synchrocoupling)
response time (ms) opening 500 1500
closing 400 60
rate (cycles/minute max.) 2 2
control voltage (V) DC 24 - 48/60 - 110/125 24/30 - 110/125
220/250
AC 50/60 Hz 110/127 - 220/240 110/127 - 220/240
380/415 - 440/480
consumption DC (W) opening 500 400
closing 500 220
AC (VA) 110 to 240 V 380 to 480 V 110 to 240 V
opening 750 1000 400
closing 750 1000 220
Electrical endurance
(circuit breaker + motor mechanism in
thousands of cycles FO IEC 947-2, at 440 V
with a power factor of 0.8).
Endurance at 660 V equals 70% of
endurance at 440 V.
E24044
20
15
10
2
1,5
1
0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 1 I/In
Merlin Gerin 67
auxiliaries (cont.)
auxiliary function possibilities
E28444
E28443
E21295
E26034
OF1 SD SDE OF2 OF1 OF2 OF3 SD SDE
MN/MX OF SD MN/MX télécommande

motor MN/MX télécommande
motor MN/MX OF+SD
ou
mechanism ou or
ou
commande mechanism
commande
or
rotative 3OF+SD
or
rotative
rotary rotary
commande
rotary handle handle
rotative
handle motor
télécommande
ou
mechanism
SDE commande
SDV
or
rotative
SDV rotary
handle
NS80H-MA NS100/160/250 NS400/630 C801/1251
connection of auxiliaries: Compact NS80 to NS630

Each auxiliary device is fitted with numbered
terminal blocks for cables with the following
maximum CSA:
c 1.5 mm2 for auxiliary switches and the
voltage release;
c 2.5 mm2 for the motor mechanism module.
E18585
fixed configuration Auxiliary circuits exit the device through a

knock out in the front cover.
E18586
plug-in and withdrawable Automatic auxiliary connectors

Auxiliary circuits exit the circuit breaker via
configurations one to three automatic auxiliary connectors
(nine wires each). These are made up of:
E21397
c a moving part, connected the circuit

breaker via a support (one support per circuit
breaker);
c a fixed part, mounted on the plug-in base,
equipped with connectors for bare cables
bloc 2 with CSA up to 2.5 mm2.
bloc 1 OF2/SDV
OF1
SD
SDE/MT
MT
Automatic auxiliary connector selection
MN/MX
See opposite.
Compact NS100 to NS250 For Compact NS400/630: connection wires
for the options installed with trip unit
E21398
STR53UE also exit via the automatic

auxiliary connectors.
Manual auxiliary connector for
withdrawable configurations
Withdrawable circuit breakers may be
equipped with one to three plugs with nine
bloc 3
bloc 2 OF3/SDV
COM
wires each. In "disconnected" position, the
bloc 1 OF2
OF1
SD
SDE/MT T
MT
auxiliaries remain connected and can
MN/MX therefore be tested by operating the circuit
Compact NS400 to NS630 breaker.
E18587
9-wire manual auxiliary connector
68 Merlin Gerin
connections of auxiliaries: Compact C801 to C1251
fixed configuration
E24051
Front connection of auxiliaries

External wires connect directly to the
auxiliary through a knock-out in the front
cover. Each terminal is identified by a
number.
Rear connection of auxiliaries

E24050
E24049
Wires connect:
c directly to the auxiliary through the back of
the breaker;
c to a terminal block fixed on the back of the
Rear connection terminal block Compact (6.35 mm tabs). This terminal
block is identical to the fixed part of the
withdrawable configuration
E24054
Auxiliary connections are made via an

auxiliary connector with 3 or 6 terminals,
E24053
depending on the auxiliary. Connectors are

equipped with numbered terminals and
comprise:
c a moving part, fixed to the Compact, for
connection of colour-coded internal wiring;
➀ c a fixed part, mounted on the chassis. This
part provides the terminal block for external
connections (6.35 mm tabs).
≠ Test connector for auxiliary circuits
fixed part moving part Auxiliary connector: This connector can be used to test
➀ moving part auxiliaries on withdrawable circuit breakers
≠ fixed part
in the disconnected position.
Merlin Gerin 69
auxiliaries (cont.)
rotary handles
direct rotary handle Installation
045349
Replaces the circuit breaker front cover.

Degree of protection: IP 40. Secured by screws.
Operation Models
c the direct rotary handle maintains: c standard with black handle;
v suitability for isolation, c VDE with red handle and yellow front for
v indication of three positions O (off) I (on) machine-tool control.
and tripped,
v access to the "push-to-trip" button, Variations for Compact NS100…630
v visibility of and access to trip unit settings; Accessories transform the standard direct
c the circuit breaker may be locked in the off rotary handle for the following situations:
position by one to three padlocks, diameter c motor control centre (MCC) switchboards:
Compact NS250L with direct rotary handle v door opening prevented when circuit
5 to 8 mm (not supplied).
breaker is on;
v circuit breaker closing inhibited when door
open;
v degree of protection : IP 43;
c machine-tool control, complies with
CNOMO E03.81.501N, degree of protection
IP 54.
extended rotary handle Installation

044316
The extended rotary handle is made up of:

Makes it possible to operate circuit breakers c a unit that replaces the front cover of the
installed inside switchboard from the front. circuit breaker (secured by screws);
Degree of protection: IP 55. c an assembly (handle and front plate) on
Operation the door that is always secured in the same
c the unit maintains: position, whether the circuit breaker is
v suitability for isolation; installed vertically or horizontally;
v indication of the three positions O (off), c an extension shaft that must be adjusted.
I (on) and tripped; The distance between back of circuit breaker
v visibility of and access to trip unit settings and door are:
when the door is open; v Compact NS100/250: 185 to 600 mm,
c door opening prevented when circuit v Compact NS400/630: 210 to 625 mm,
breaker is on; v Compact C801/1251N/H:
c the circuit breaker may be locked in the off - short shaft: 195 to 330 mm,
Compact NS250L with extended rotary handle position by one to three padlocks, diameter - long shaft: 275 to 525 mm,
5 to 8 mm (not supplied). Locking prevents v Compact C801/1251L:
opening of the switchboard door. - short shaft: 285 to 420 mm,
Models - long shaft: 365 to 615 mm.
c standard with black handle; Variation for Compact NS100…630
c VDE with red handle and yellow front for For withdrawable configurations, the
machine-tool control. extended rotary handle is also available with
a telescopic shaft with two stable positions.
Variation for Compact C801…1251
This option comprises the same elements,
except that:
c the handle is fitted on a different front
plate;
c only the short model of the extension shaft
is available.
accessories
Shaft support
Intended for the extended rotary handle
(short shaft) of Compact C801…1251.
Automatically supplied with orders for long
shafts. Eliminates vertical play at the end of
the shaft. Facilitates closing of switchboard
doors equipped with several rotary handles.
Early make/break switches
See page 64.
Locking and interlocking systems
See opposite page.
70 Merlin Gerin
locking and interlocking systems
locking systems c locking in the off position guarantees
isolation as per IEC 947-2 standard;
c padlocking systems can receive up to
three padlocks with diameters ranging from
5 to 8 mm (padlocks not supplied).
E18613
E18621
E18620
ON
I
push push
to to
trip trip
pr
of
al
ux
O
OFF
locking of the toggle using a removable device locking of the toggle using a fixed device locking of the rotary handle using a padlock or a keylock
control device function means required accessories NS100…630 C801…1251

toggle lock in off padlock removable device c c
position
lock in off or on padlock fixed device c
position
direct rotary lock in off padlock c c
handle position keylock locking device c c
+ keylock
MCC rotary lock in off padlock c
handle position
extended rotary lock in off padlock c c
handle position, keylock keylock c
door opening prevented
motor mechanism lock in off padlock c c
position, motor keylock locking device c c (1)
mechanism locked out (keylock incorporated)
(1) Keylocks cannot be installed on automatic source changeover systems.
interlocking systems Interlocking prevents the simultaneous

closing of two circuit breakers.
E21287
control device means NS100…630 C801…1251

toggle double bolt c
mechanical device
rotary handle mechanical c c
push
to
trip
(direct or interlocking
extended) 2 keylocks and 1 key c c
push
to
trip
c two double-bolt mechanical devices can c interlocking with keys may be easily
be used to interlock three circuit breakers implemented by equipping each of the
installed side-by-side, in which case one Compact, either fixed or withdrawable, with
E21399
circuit breaker is in the on position and the a direct rotary handle and a standard
two others in the off position. keylock, but with only one key for the two
I
ON keylocks. This solution enables two
ON
I geographically distant circuit breakers to be
I
ON interlocked.
tripped
ON
I
reset
O
OFF
tripped O OFF
reset
O
OFF
O OFF
Merlin Gerin 71
accessories
indications and measurement

048287
Electrical characteristics
Operates on all networks with voltages
For Compact NS100…630
ranging from 220 to 550 V AC.
Function
Detects and indicates that circuit breaker
terminals are supplied with power.
Installation
c in the long or short terminal shields, via
the knockouts, upstream or downstream
from the circuit breaker;
c degree of protection: IP 40.
Voltage presence indicator cannot be

installed on circuit breakers equipped with a
motor mechanism.
Compact NS630L with voltage presence indicator
current transformer module Electrical characteristics

041892
c transformer with 5 A secondary winding;

For Compact NS100…630 c accuracy class 3 for the following output
Function power consumptions:
Measures phase currents for display by an v rating 100 A: 1.6 VA;
ammeter or a Dialpact EI or EP module (not v rating 150 A: 3 VA;
supplied). v rating 250 A: 5 VA;
v ratings 400/630 A: 8 VA.
Installation
c directly on the downstream circuit breaker
terminals;
c degree of protection: IP 40;
c class II insulation of the front face from the
power circuits;
c connection to an integrated terminal block
for 6 cables with 2.5 mm2 CSA.
Compact NS160H with current transformer module
ammeter and Imax Installation

045212
c same for both types of ammeter modules;

ammeter modules c directly on the downstream circuit breaker
For Compact NS100…630 terminals;
c circuit breaker may be installed either
Function vertically or horizontally as the ammeter may
c ammeter module be installed in its module in any of four
Measures and displays (dial-type ammeter) directions (90° angles);
the current of each phase (selection of c degree of protection: IP 40;
phases by 3-position switch in front); c class II insulation of the front face from
c Imax ammeter module the power circuits.
Measures and displays (dial-type ammeter)
the maximum current that has flown in the Electrical characteristics
middle phase (resettable in front). c ammeter module:
v accuracy: class 4.5;
c Imax ammeter module:
v accuracy: ± 6%,
v maximum currents are displayed only
if they last at least 15 minutes.
Compact NS250L with ammeter module
72 Merlin Gerin
insulation monitoring Electrical characteristics
041896
c settings: 100, 200, 500 and 1000 mA;

module c accuracy: -50 +0%;
For Compact NS100…630 c time delay following drop: 5 to 10 s;
c network voltage: 200 to 440 V AC and 440
Function to 550 V AC.
Detects and indicates an insulation drop on
a load circuit (TN-S or TT systems).
c operation is identical to that of a Vigi
module (see page 34), but without circuit
breaker tripping;
c indication by a red LED in front;
c an auxiliary switch may be installed for
remote insulation-drop indications.
Installation
c directly on the downstream circuit breaker
terminals;
c degree of protection: IP 40;
c double insulation of the front face.
Compact NS250H with insulation monitoring module
electronic trip unit test kits

The two systems presented below are
047035
compatible with Compact and Masterpact

circuit breakers.
mini test kit

The mini test kit is a portable unit requiring
no external power supply (five 9 V alkaline
batteries, not supplied), used to check
operation of the electronic trip unit and
circuit breaker tripping. It connects to the
test connector on the front of the trip unit.
mini test kit
portable test kit

052172
The calibration test kit is used to check the

operation of the trip unit by measuring the
actual trip time:
c long-time protection;
c short-time protection;
c instantaneous protection;
c earth-fault protection;
Power supply: 110, 220 V AC 50/60 Hz.
This test kit is common to the Compact NS,
C, CM and Masterpact ranges.
portable test kit
Merlin Gerin 73
accessories (cont.)
E23936
for fixed or plug-in Compact NS
E21265
E23935
22
arged
disch arged
disch
O OFFOFF
O
∅5...8
∅5...8
1
1
II
OO ON
push h ON
OFF pus
push h OFF
pus
E23938
push
to
trip
ON
I
Toggle cover
O
push
to
trip OFF
c degree of protection IP 43;
c filts on the front of the circuit breaker.
E22039
Front panel escutcheon for motor
mechanism module or rotary handle
Secures to the panel by four screws, from
80
Front panel escutcheons the front. For motor-driven circuit breakers 0

40 120
A
for toggle and Vigi module with a Vigi module installed through the
Secures to the panel, from the front. door, use the toggle collar (see below) for
the Vigi module.
Front panel escutcheon

for ammeter module
Secures to the panel by 4 screws, from the
front.
for withdrawable Toggle collars The toggle collars make it possible to

for toggle and Vigi module maintain degrees of protection whatever the
Compact NS circuit breaker position (connected,
E21267
disconnected).
c front panel escutcheons are obligatory
(identical to those for rotary handle and for
ammeter module);
c toggle collars secured by 2 screws on the
push
to
trip
circuit breaker;
c front panel escutcheons secured on the
switchboard;
c toggle extension is supplied with the toggle
collar.
For the insulation monitoring module, use
the same elements as for the Vigi module.
Front panel escutcheons for motor
mechanism, rotary handles, ammeter
modules
Same as for the fixed circuit breaker with the
same equipment (see above).
for Compact C801...1251 Standard escutcheon Escutcheon with view port

For fixed configurations with toggle control. The trip unit settings are visible through the
E26032
Secures to the panel. view port with the door closed.

extended
escutcheon Toggle collar For fixed or withdrawable configurations, two
escutcheon with
view port For withdrawable configurations with toggle models :
control. Secures to the circuit breaker. c toggle control (supplied with a toggle collar
Supplied with toggle extension. that secures to the circuit breaker and a
toggle extension);
Escutcheon for chassis operation c rotary handle (secures to the panel).
May be combined with a toggle collar or an
Degree of protection IP 40.
escutcheon with view port, for access to the
chassis controls through the panel.
Degree of protection: IP 40.
escutcheon
for chassis
operation
74 Merlin Gerin
outgoing circuit identification Compact NS circuit breakers come with
labels designed for handwritten indications.
E18595
It is also possible to use pre-printed

Telemecanique labels, catalogue no. AB1-:
c Compact NS80: 8 characters;
.P
DE P c Compact NS100…250: 8 characters;
P O
D E P. P O M push
c Compact NS400…630: 16 characters.
to
trip
label holder Outgoing circuit identification for Compact

C801…C1251.
E23853
It can be installed with two self-tapping

screws in the two holes provided on the front
of the Compact.
sealing accessories This option includes the elements required to

fit lead seals to prevent:
E18596
c front removal;
c rotary handle removal;
c opening of the motor mechanism module;
c access to auxiliaries;
c access to trip unit settings;
c access to earth fault protection settings;
c trip unit removal;
c terminal shield removal;
c access to power connections.
individual enclosures Description Dimensions

Individual enclosures house a Compact or
Sheet-metal enclosures L x H x D
Vigicompact (2P, 3P or 4P).
Compact NS100/160 300 x 400 x 200
All fixed front connections are possible,
except right-angle and edgewise terminal Vigicompact NS100/160 400 x 500 x 200
extensions. Spreaders may be mounted only Compact NS250/400 400 x 600 x 200
in enclosures designed for Compact or Compact NS630 600 x 800 x 275
Vigicompact NS250 or NS630. Vigicompact NS250/630
There are two models for individual Compact C801/1251 600 x 1000 x 275
enclosures:
c heavy-duty sheet-metal enclosures, with: Insulating enclosures LxHxD
v a metal case,
v a door with keylock and a knockout for the Compact NS100/160 270 x 360 x 235
rotary handle, Vigicompact NS100/160
v a CNOMO rotary handle (see page 70), Compact NS250 270 x 540 x 235
v a mounting plate for the circuit breaker, Compact NS400/630 360 x 720 x 235
v a removable plate (without holes), for cable Vigicompact NS250/630
passage through the bottom;
c insulating heavy-duty enclosures, with:
v an insulating case,
v a screwed, transparent cover, sealable,
with a knockout for the rotary handle,
v an extended rotary handle (see page 70),
v a mounting plate for the circuit breaker,
v 2 removable plates (without holes), for
cable passage through the bottom and/or the
top.
Merlin Gerin 75
source-changeover systems
N R A source-changeover system is an essential The system comprises two devices (circuit

E26806
element in ensuring service continuity and breakers or switch-disconnectors) that are

energy management. It switches between: interlocked mechanically and, for automatic
c source N which normally supplies the source-changeover systems, electrically.
I O
QN QR installation; Interlocks prevent connection to both
c source R (replacement) which can be sources at the same time, even
either another feeder or a generator set. momentarily.
The two devices may be controlled manually
(manual source-changeover system) or
automatically (automatic source-changeover
system).
manual source-changeover systems

interlocking of circuit breakers with toggle control
Two models: Interlocking of three circuit breakers
E21287
c for Compact NS100...250 (three or four- Two identical systems can be used to
pole); interlock three circuit breakers installed side-
c for Compact NS400...630 (three or four- by-side, in which case one circuit breaker is
pole). in the on position and the two others in the
push
to
Padlocking systems can receive 1 or off position.
trip
2 padlocks with diameters ranging from 5 to

push
to
trip
8 mm.
Both circuit breakers should be fixed version
or plug-in version.
interlocking of circuit breakers with rotary handles

Two models:
E21399
c for Compact NS100...630 (three or four-

pole);
ON
I
ON
c for Compact C801...1251.
I
ON
Padlocking of the rotary handles is possible
I
ON
tripped with the circuit breakers in off position.
I
reset
O
OFF
tripped O OFF
reset
O
OFF
O OFF
interlocking with keys For circuit breakers equipped with rotary

handles or a motor mechanism.
E26766
This solution enables interlocking between

two circuit breakers that are geographically
ON
I
distant or that have significantly different
characteristics.
ON
I rese
t
O
OFF
Use:
c a keylock adapter (different for each
O
OFF
device);
c two identical keylocks with a single key.
interlocking by base plates Two models: The base plates described below are
c for Compact NS100...250; designed for two Compact circuit breakers or
switch-disconnectors. They provide
E33943
c for Compact NS100...630.

Details: see page 79. mechanical and electrical interlocking of the
two devices.
The Compact circuit breakers may be fixed
or plug-in type with or without earth-fault
protection or indication/measurement
modules.
The "Normal" and "Replacement" devices
must have the same number of poles.
push
to
trip
push
to
trip
76 Merlin Gerin
automatic source-changeover systems
053042
053060
053058
automatic source-changeover systems Controller
source-changeover system without controller In this case, the automatic control system to
initiate changeovers between the "Normal"
The source-changeover system is made and "Replacement" sources under predefined
E32699
up of: conditions must be provided by the customer.

1 - circuit breaker QN equipped with a
motor mechanism and auxiliary
switches, connected to the "Normal"
source.
2 - circuit breaker QR equipped with a
motor mechanism and auxiliary
switches, connected to the
"Replacement" source.
3 - installation and interlocking base plate.
4 - electrical interlocking unit IVE. 4
automatic control of the system can be
provided by adding:
5 - auxiliaries control plate ACP
6 - controller BA or UA QR
accessories:
7 - coupling accessory (downstream QN
connection).
3 2
1
with controller In this case, conditional changeovers

between the "Normal" and "Replacement"
E32700
sources are initiated by a Merlin Gerin

controller.
IN
N GER
MERLIN
GERIN
0 . OFF MERLI O
UN =
9
multi
P25M
660V 92-1 N
0 . OFF
AC3-IEC2
GERIN
MERLIN
multi
9
UR 0,5s
P25M
660V 92-1
R
AC3-IEC2
UN
N I 0,5s
ON /
I /O
ON / R
Test
OFF
1
UN =
/O
Test OFF
fault
fault
stop
test
manu
N
B US
IN
N GER O
MERLI UN =
N
UR
R
UN
N I
ON /
I R
ON / /O 1
OFF UN =
/O
OFF
fault
fault
auto
stop
test
5
manu or
STOP
generat
R
coupling accessory This accessory can be used on a source-

changeover system, with or without
E32701
controller, to simplify connection to the

installation.
7
Merlin Gerin 77
automatic source-changeover systems (cont.)
circuit breaker selection
possible circuit breaker combinations for "Normal" and "Replacement" circuits

rating (A) "Normal" N "Replacement" R
E27106
12.5…100 NS100 N/H/L/NA NS100 N/H/L/NA

12.5…160 NS160 N/H/L/NA NS160 N/H/L/NA
12.5…250 NS250 N/H/L/NA NS250 N/H/L/NA
160…400 NS400 N/H/L/NA NS400 N/H/L/NA
250…630 NS630 N/H/L/NA NS630 N/H/L/NA
320…800 C801 N/H/NI C801 N/H/NI
L C801 L
400…1000 C1001 N/H C1001 N/H
L C1001 L
500…1250 C1251 N/H/NI C1251 N/H/NI
characteristics of automatic source-changeover systems

Compact NS100 to NS250 NS400 to NS630 C801 to C1251
number of poles identical for "Normal" and "Replacement" circuit breakers (3 or 4 poles)
protection
overcurrent protection all trip units possible (and may be different for the two circuit breakers)
earth-fault protection by Vigi module (1) c c
earth-fault protection by Vigirex relay c c c
switch-disconnector version c c c
electrical characteristics
control voltage AC 48 to 415 V 50/60 Hz 48 to 415 V 50/60 Hz 220 to 415 V 50/60 Hz
440 V 60 Hz 440 V 60 Hz 440 V 60 Hz
DC 24 to 250 V 24 to 250 V
maximum consumption AC 500 VA 500 VA 1000 VA
DC 500 W 500 W 500 W
minimum transfer time 800 ms 800 ms 4000 ms
mechanical endurance (N-R-N cycles) 5000 5000 5000
operating temperature -25°C to +70°C (50°C for 440 V / 60 Hz)
same for "Normal" and "Replacement" device: fixed or plug-in.
control, indication and measurement auxiliaries

available auxiliary switches OF + SD (+ SDV) 2 x OF + SD (+ SDV) OF + SD
electronic trip-unit functions c c
voltage presence indicators c c –
current transformer or ammeter c (2) c (2) –
insulation monitoring module c (2) c (2) –
auxiliary trip units MN or MX MN or MX MN or MX
motor mechanism obligatory obligatory obligatory
rotary handle – – –
connectors c c c
terminals c c c
rear connections c (3) c (3) c
terminal shields or phase barriers c c c
escutcheons c c –
(1) A Vigi module can only be mounted on one of the two devices,
(2) Vigi module or current transformer or ammeter or insulation monitoring module,
(3) Long rear connections only.
78 Merlin Gerin
base plate selection
base plates for the circuit breakers and mechanical interlock

The base plates described below are Motor-driven Compact circuit breakers can
E32702
designed for two Compact circuit breakers or also be operated manually:

switch-disconnectors. They ensure c manual/auto mode selection;
mechanical interlocking of the two devices. c indication of pole positions;
When combined with an electrical c isolation and locking;
interlocking unit (IVE), they prevent c push-button control (Compact NS only);
simultaneous closing of the two devices, c access to the front of trip units.
even momentarily. Following tripping due to an electrical fault
Installation: (thermal, magnetic, earth), manual reset is
vertical or horizontal on rails. obligatory.
base plate for Compact NS100...630 base plate for Compact C801...1251
For fixed, front-connected or for plug-in For fixed Compact C.
Compact NS circuit breakers, with or One model only for Compact
without earth-fault protection or C801...1251 N/H/L/NI;
measurement modules (see page 66). Dimensions:
Two models: c Compact C801...1251: 655 x 480 mm.
c for Compact NS100...250;
c for Compact NS400...630:
v this base plate can be fitted as standard
with two fixed Compact NS100...250 circuit
breakers,
v a conversion kit is available to fit two plug-
in Compact NS100...250 circuit breakers,
v both fixed and plug-in versions of Compact
NS100...250 circuit breakers can be fitted if
they are equipped with terminal spreaders.
Dimensions:
c Compact NS100...250: 350 x 300 mm;
c Compact NS400...630: 440 x 390 mm.
Coupling accessory
E26283
Designed to simplify connection of bars or

cables with lugs downstream from the
source-changeover system.
Downstream pitch:
c or Compact NS100...250: 45 mm;
c for Compact NS400...630: 52.5 mm.
terminal block and electrical interlocking unit IVE

Fixed to the base plates, the terminal block The IVE control voltage must be the same
E32703
and electrical interlocking unit IVE is used as the motor mechanism voltage.
to connect the operating mechanism.
Inputs: opening, closing and reset orders for
each circuit breaker.
c inputs: opening, closing and resetting
control signals for each device;
c outputs: position of SDE auxiliary
switches on the "Normal" and
"Replacement" circuit breakers.
Control voltage: two models
c 24 to 250 V DC (Compact NS);
c 48 to 415 V, 50/60 Hz - 440 V 60 Hz
(Compact NS and Compact C).
Merlin Gerin 79
controller option selection
Used together with the auxiliaries control Installation

plate ACP, controllers BA and UA initiate the Two possibilities:
automatic changeover operations according c mounted directly on the auxiliaries control
to the status of the "Normal" and plate (ACP).
"Replacement" sources.
E32704
F
MERL
9
IN GERIN 0 . OF
multi
P25M
660V
F C292-1
0 . OF
AC3-IE
IN GERIN
MERL
9
multi
P25M
660V
C292-1
AC3-IE
Test
Test
B US
RIN
IN GE UN =
O
MERL
N
UR
R
UN
N I
ON /
I R
ON / /O
OFF UN =
1
/O
OFF
fault
fault
auto
stop
test
manu tor
STO
P genera
R
c mounted on the front of the switchboard.

The distance between the controller and the
auxiliaries control plate must not exceed
2 metres. The interconnection wiring must
be done by the customer.
E32705
F
MERL
9
IN GERIN 0 . OF
multi
P25M
660V
F C292-1
0 . OF
AC3-IE
IN GERIN
MERL
9
multi
P25M
660V
C292-1
AC3-IE
Test
Test
B US
RIN
IN GE UN =
O
MERL
N
UR
R
UN
N I
ON /
I R
ON / F/O 1
OF UN =
/O
OFF
fault
fault
auto
stop
test
manu tor
STO
P genera
R
customer
connection
auxiliaries control plate ACP

The auxiliaries control plate ACP includes: Power supply:
053060
c two P25M circuit breakers supplying and Power is supplied by the "Normal" and
protecting the automatic control circuits for "Replacement" sources. The control voltage
the "Normal" and "Replacement" sources. for the auxiliaries control plate must be the
These circuit breakers have an infinite same as for the IVE unit and the motor
breaking capacity; mechanisms.
c two relay contactors for the BA or UA Control voltages
controller; c 220 to 240 V 50/60 Hz;
c the terminal block for connection to the c 380 to 415 V 50/60 Hz - 440 V 60 Hz.
controller.
Installation:
The auxiliaries control plate ACP must be
wired to the circuit breaker base plate by the
customer.
80 Merlin Gerin
controller
053058
Controller UA
controller BA UA
compatible circuit breakers All Compact NS100 to C1251 circuit breakers
4-position switch
automatic operation c c
forced operation on "Normal" source c c
forced operation on "Replacement" source c c
stop (both "Normal" and "Replacement" sources off) c c
automatic operation
monitoring of the "Normal" source and automatic changeover c c
generator set control c
load shedding and reconnection of non-priority circuits c
changeover to the "Replacement" source if one of the phases of the
"Normal" phase is absent c
test
by opening the P25M circuit breaker supplying the controller c
by pressing the test button on the front of the controller c
indications
circuit breaker status indication on the front of the controller: on, off,
fault trip, automatic mode indicating contact c c
automatic mode indicating contract c c
other functions
selection of type of "Normal" source (single-phase or three-phase) c
voluntary transfer to "Replacement" source (e.g. energy management commands) c c
during peak-tariff periods (energy management commands), forced operation
on "Normal" if "Replacement" source not operational c
supplementary control contact (not carried out by the controller). Transfer to
"Replacement" source only if contact closed. (ex: UR frequency control) c c
setting of maximum startup time for the replacement source c
power supply
control voltages (1) 220 to 240 V 50/60 Hz
380 to 415 V 50/60 Hz - 440 V 60 Hz
options
communication option c
(1) The same voltage must be used for the ACP plate, the IVE unit and the circuit breaker motor mechanisms. If this voltage is the same as the source voltage, then
the "Normal" and "Replacement" sources can be used directly for the power supply. If not, a BC type or equivalent isolation transformer must be used.
Merlin Gerin 81
controller option selection (cont.)
controller BA Controller BA can be used with Compact

circuit breakers to implement a straight-
BA/ACP
forward automatic source-changeover

system (switching from one source to
another depending on the presence of
voltage UN on the "Normal" source).
Electrical characteristics Control voltages

Power is supplied from the auxiliaries control c 220 to 240 V 50/60 Hz;
plate ACP. The same voltage must be used c 380 to 415 V 50/60 Hz - 440 V 60 Hz.
to supply the ACP plate, the IVE unit and the
circuit breaker motor mechanisms. If this
voltage is the same as the source voltage,
the "Normal" and "Replacement" sources
can be used directly for the power supply.
If not, a BC type or equivalent isolation
transformer must be used.
Operation c integrated terminal block for connection of

c a four-position switch can be used to the following signals:
select: v inputs:
E30184
MERLIN GERIN v automatic operation, - order for voluntary transfer to source R

compact / masterpact
BA automatism
v forced operation on source N, (e.g. energy management commands),
220/240 V 50/60 Hz
2 4 t1
v forced operation on source R, - supplementary control contact (not carried
N UN R UR N UN = 0
1 8 s
15
v stop (both "Normal" and "Replacement" out by the controller). Transfer to
0.5
0.1 30
sources off); "Replacement" source only if contact closed
ON/I ON/I c adjustment of time delays in front: (ex: UR frequency control),
0.5s 0.5s
OFF/O OFF/O v t1 from 0.1 to 30 seconds, v outputs:
t2 15 30
v t2 from 0.1 to 240 seconds; - indication of operation in automatic mode.
s 8 60
120
UN = I R c circuit breaker status indication on the Connection to the terminal block: see
fault fault 4
0.1 240 front of the controller: on, off, fault trip; page 174.
reset
stop auto c controller BA can be tested by opening
manu
the P25M circuit breaker on the N circuit,
thus simulating a failure of UN.
N R See detailed transfer steps on page 83.
Front face of controller BA
Time delay settings:

QN: Compact circuit breaker with motor
mechanism on "Normal" source,
QR: Compact circuit breaker with motor
mechanism on "Replacement" source,
t1: time delay before QN opens when the voltage
UN of the "Normal" source disappears,
t2: time delay before QR opens when the voltage
UN of the "Normal" source is restored.
82 Merlin Gerin
c 4-position switch in "stop" position c 4-position switch in "auto" position c 4-position switch in "N " position
(automatic operation) (forced operation on "Normal" source)
E21108
E27107
E30187
off QN et QR open operat. on N R 4-position switch N et UN présente
source N I O
UN fail (duration > t1) or voluntary
"auto" switching order received
UR present and supplementary QR opens
control contact N➡R closed
reset duration a 1 s
QN opens
t > 0,5 s
end of reset
t > 0,5 s QN closes
QR closes QN closed
"stop"
operat. on N R
QR closed
source N I O
It is not necessary to set controller BA to operat. on N R

source R action on 4-position switch
"stop" position before operating circuit O I
breakers QN or QR manually.
UN present for t > t2 or voluntary
The circuit breakers will return to their initial switching order stopped
state when the controller is reset to "auto".
c 4-position switch in "R" position
QR opens
(forced operation on "Replacement" source)
E32708
t > 0,5 s
4-position switch in "R" position
UR present and supplementary control
contact N➡R closed
QN closes
QN opens
QN closed
t > 0,5 s
QR closes
QR closed
operat. on N R
source R O I
action on 4-position switch
Merlin Gerin 83
controller UA Controller UA can be used with Compact

circuit breakers to implement a source-
changeover system offering the following
053059
automatic functions:
c switching from one source to another
depending on the presence of voltage UN on
the "Normal" source;
c control of an engine generating set;
c shedding and reconnection of non-priority
circuits;
c switching to the "Replacement" source in
the event of a failure on one of the phases of
the "Normal" source.
Electrical characteristics Control voltages

Power is supplied from the auxiliaries control c 220 to 240 V 50/60 Hz;
plate ACP. The same voltage must be used c 380 to 415 V 50/60 Hz - 440 V 60 Hz.
to supply the ACP plate, the IVE unit and the
circuit breaker motor mechanisms. If this
voltage is the same as the source voltage,
the "Normal" and "Replacement" sources
can be used directly for the power supply. If
not, a BC type or equivalent isolation
E30183
MERLIN GERIN transformer must be used.

compact / masterpact
UA automatism
220/240 V 50/60 Hz
2 4 t1
1 8 s Operation c integrated terminal block for connection of
N UN R UR N UN = 0 0.5 15
0.1 30 c a four-position switch can be used to the following signals:
ON/I ON/I
t4 5 10 5 10 t3 select: v inputs:
s 2 15 2 15 s
OFF/O OFF/O
1 20 1 20 v automatic operation, - order for voluntary transfer to source R
0.5 30 0.5 30
v forced operation on source N, (e.g. energy management commands),
t2 15 30
s 8 60 v forced operation on source R, - supplementary control contact (not carried
fault fault 4 120
UN = I R
0.1 240 v stop (circuit breakers open and manual out by the controller). Transfer to
reset
stop auto
240 300 t5
operation); "Replacement" source only if contact closed
manu 160 360 s c adjustment of time delays in front: (ex: UR frequency control),
test 120 480
60 600 v t1 from 0.1 to 30 seconds, v outputs:
N R v t2 from 0.1 to 240 seconds, - control of engine generator set,
STOP generator v t3 from 0.5 to 30 seconds, - load shedding of non-priority circuits,
v t4 from 0.5 to 30 seconds, - indication of operation in automatic mode;
Front face of controller UA
v t5 from 60 to 600 seconds; c 3 switches provide the following functions:
c circuit breaker status indication on the v selection of the type of "Normal" source,
front of the controller: on, off, fault trip; i.e. single-phase or three-phase;
Time delay settings:
QN: Compact circuit breaker with motor c test button on the front of the controller to v enable or disable voluntary energy
mechanism on "Normal" source, check the transfer from the "Normal" source management transfer if the "Replacement"
QR: Compact circuit breaker with motor to the "Replacement" source and the return source is not operational;
mechanism on "Replacement" source, to the "Normal" source; v selection of the maximum tolerated
t1: time delay before QN opens when the voltage starting time for the engine generator set
UN of the "Normal" source disappears,
t2: time delay before QR opens when the voltage ("Replacement" source): 120 s or 180 s.
UN of the "Normal" source is restored,
t3: time delay before QR closes once QN has
opened and the load has been shed, Batibus option for controller UA In automatic mode, this communications
t4: time delay before QN closes once QR has
opened and the load has been reconnected, A communication function can be used to option also offers the possibility of remote
t5: time delay for confirmation of presence of UN check the following from a remote location: forced operation on the "Replacement"
before stopping the generator set. c status of the circuit breakers (open, closed source.
or fault trip);
c voltage presence on the "Normal" and
"Replacement" sources;
c presence of an order forcing operation on
the "Replacement" source (e.g. for energy
management purposes);
c values of settings and configurations,
c status of the non-priority circuits (whether
subject to load shedding or not).
84 Merlin Gerin
c 4-position switch in "stop" position c 4-position switch in "auto" position c 4-position switch in "N" position
(automatic operation) (forced operation on "Normal" source)
E30185
E30187
E27107
stop QN and QR open operat. on N R

genset off 4-position switch in "N" and UN
source N I O present
"auto" UN fails (duration > t1) or voluntary QR opens and load

switching order received shedding
genset startup t > t4
end of reset UR present for t < 120 s or 180 s

and supplementary control contact QN closes
N➡R closed
QN opens and load

shedding QN closed
"stop"
operat. on N R
t > t3 genset off
source N I O
It is not necessary to set controller UA to

QR closes action on 4-position switch
"stop" position before operating circuit
QR closed
The circuit breakers will return to their initial
state when the controller is reset to "auto".
operat. on N R c 4-position switch in "R" position
source R genset on
O I (forced operation on "Replacement" source)
E30186
switching order stopped
4-position switch in "R" and UN
present
QR opens and load
reconnection
genset startup
t > t4
UR present for t < 120 s or 180 s
and supplementary control contact
N➡R closed
QN closes
QN opens and load
shedding
QN closed
t > t3
genset remains on
QR closes
UN present for t > t5 and no
voluntary switching order received
QR closed
genset off
operat. on N R
genset on
source R O I
UR absent
Merlin Gerin 85
controller detection thresholds

controller detection threshold
BA / UA undervoltage 0.35 Un i voltage i 0.7 Un
UA phase failure 0.5 Un i voltage i 0.7 Un
BA / UA voltage presence voltage u 0.85 Un
electrical characteristics for controller output contacts

rated thermal current (A) 8
minimum load 10 mA with 12 V
AC DC
utilisation category (IEC 947-5-1) AC12 AC13 AC14 AC15 DC12 DC13
operational current (A) 24 V 8 7 5 6 8 2
48 V 8 7 5 5 2 -
110 V 8 6 4 4 0.6 -
220/240 V 8 6 4 3
250 V 0.4 -
380/415 V 5 - - -
440 V 4 - - -
660/690 V - - - -
86 Merlin Gerin
LV circuit breakers
Compact
80 to 1250 A
installation, connection
and wiring diagrams
page
installation
possible mounting positions and supports 88
safety perimeters 90
weights 92
implementation 93
Compact NS80H-MA 94
Compact NSC100 96
fixed Compact 98
fixed Vigicompact 104
fixed Compact with Visu module 106
plug-in and withdrawable Compact 110
plug-in and withdrawable Vigicompact 118
motor mechanism modules 120
rotary handles 122
indication and measurement modules 126
front accessories 128
manual source changeover systems 130
connection
Compact NS fixed, front connection 138
Compact NS fixed, rear connection 141
Compact NS withdrawable,
front connection 142
Compact NS withdrawable,
rear connection 143
Compact C fixed, front connection 144
Compact C withdrawable,
rear connection 145
fixed Compact or Vigicompact 146
plug-in and withdrawable Compact
or Vigicompact 150
wiring diagrams
legend 154
Compact NS80H-MA and NSC100N 155
Compact NS100 to NS250 156
Compact NS400 to NS630 157
Compact NS motor mechanism 158
Compact C801 to C1251 164
Compact C motor mechanism 166
automatic source-changeover systems:
c Compact NS100 to NS630 174
c Compact C801 to C1251 180
automatic source-changeover systems:
c Compact NS and C 182
motor protection 188
early-make switch (CAF) 194
87
Compact: installation
possible mounting positions and supports
possible positions fig A fig B
E23922
E23923
fixed or withdrawable breaker
Note: fig B, C, D and E impossible for

C801N/H/L to C1251N/H on universal
chassis.
trip
to
push
push
to
trip
fig C fig D
E23925
E23924
push
to
trip
push
trip
to
fig E
E23926
trip
to
push
88 Merlin Gerin
possible supports plain plate slotted plate
E23928
fixed or withdrawable breaker
E23922
push
to
trip
push
to
trip
rails
E23927
push
to
trip
Merlin Gerin 89
safety perimeters
Circuit breakers must be installed at certain They are related to the ultimate breaking The distances are calculated from the circuit
distances from panels, bars and other circuit capacities at voltages from 220 V to 690 V. breaker case and not from the terminal
breakers. Taken together, these distances For voltages less than 500 V, terminal shields or phase separators.
form the safety perimeter for the circuit shields or phase barriers are recommended. Always respect these recommendations. In
breaker. The diagrams and the table below For voltages from 500 V to 600 V, terminal addition, if the installation is not subjected to
indicate the required distances when shields or phase barriers are mandatory. type tests, always:
installing Compact circuit breakers. For voltages greater than 600 V, the - connect the circuit breaker using insulated
These distances come from tests defined by insulation kit is mandatory. bars,
standard IEC 947-2. - isolate the busbars using barriers that
respect the safety perimeters indicated
below.
minimum distance
between circuit breakers between circuit breaker and top, between connections and front
bottom or side plate or rear panel
E50701
panneau F
front panel
frontal
E50700
E23942
A1
A2 D1
D2 C1
C2
B F
bare or painted metal plate;
insulated plate or insulated bar if F < 8 mm: insulation screen mandatory
dimensions (mm) insulated plate, insulated bare metal plate

bar or painted metal
Compact circuit breaker C1 D1 D2 C2 D1 D2 A1 (3) A2 (4) B
NS80H-MA U i 440 V 0 30 30 5 35 35 0 10 0
NSC100N U < 600 V 0 30 30 10 (1) 35 35 0 20 0
U u 600 V 0 30 30 20 (1) 35 35 0 40 0
NS100/250 U i 440 V 0 30 30 5 35 35 0 10 0
U < 600 V 0 30 30 10 (1) 35 35 0 20 0
U u 600 V 0 30 30 20 (1) 35 35 0 40 0
NS400/630 U i 440 V 0 30 30 5 60 60 0 10 0
U < 600 V 0 30 30 10 (1) 60 60 0 20 0
U u 600 V 0 30 30 20 (1) 100 100 0 40 0
C801/1251N/H U i 440 V 0 70 30 10 90 30 0 20 0
U < 600 V 0 100 70 10 130 70 0 20 0
U u 600 V 0 100 70 10 130 70 0 20 0
C801/1001L (2) U i 440 V 0 100 100 10 130 130 0 20 0
U < 600 V 0 100 100 10 130 130 0 20 0
U u 600 V 0 100 100 10 130 130 0 20 0
C1251N 1000 V 0 250 200 10 300 200 0 20 0
C1251N DC U i 500 V 0 180 70 10 200 70 0 20 0
U > 500 V 0 250 70 10 300 70 0 20 0
(1) To be multiplied by 2 with phase bariers.
(2) For voltages greater than or equal to 400 V, terminal shields are mandatory.
(3) For NS100/250 with short or long terminal shields or phase separators. For NS400/630 with short or long terminal shields.
(4) For NS100/250 without terminal shields.
90 Merlin Gerin
between circuit breakers: installation example
E50704
painted
tôle metal
peinteplate
A A A A
Direct wire connection; breakers with Cable lug connection; breakers with Insulated bar connection; breakers with Rear connection or plug-in base;
terminal shields. terminal shields. terminal shields. breakers with short terminal shields.
minimum dimensions (mm) A

Compact circuit breaker
NS80H-MA/NSC100N 0
NS100N/H/L/NS630N/H/L 0
C801/1001/1251N/H/L 250
CM1250N/H/CM3200N/H 300
Compact NS400 1000 V fixed, front connection

E50781
Supply via the top or the bottom. insulation

E50782
Connection by cables or bus bars.

side panel
40 F
30
insulation kit
40
bare or painted
metal plate; 30
F insulated plate or
B=0 insulated bar
Insulation kit as standard

For connections using cable lugs, F = 100 mm.
For connections using bare cable connectors or
busbars, F = 150 mm.
Merlin Gerin 91
weights (kg)
The following table gives the individual

weights (in kg) of the circuit breakers and
their main accessories. These values can be
added together to calculate the total weight
of any given configuration.
circuit plug-in base chassis Vigi module Visu module motor mechanism
breaker
NS80H-MA 3P/3t 1.09
NSC100N 3P/3t 1 1.5
4P/4t 1.3 1.7
NS100N/H 1P/1t 0.5
2P/2t 1.45
NS100N 3P/2t 1.79 0.8 2.2 0.87 2.8 1.2
NS100N/H/L 3P/3t 2.05 0.8 2.2 0.87 2.8 1.2
4P/4t 2.57 1.05 2.2 1.13 2.8 1.2
NS160N/H 1P/1t 0.5
2P/2t 1.45
NS160N 3P/2t 1.85 0.8 2.2 0.87 2.8 1.2
NS160N/H/L 3P/3t 2.10 0.8 2.2 0.87 2.8 1.2
4P/4t 2.58 1.05 2.2 1.13 2.8 1.2
NS250N 3P/2t 1.94 0.8 2.2 0.87 2.8 1.2
NS250N/H/L 3P/3t 2.2 0.8 2.2 0.87 2.8 1.2
4P/4t 2.78 1.05 2.2 1.13 2.8 1.2
NS400/630N/H/L 3P/3t 6.19 2.4 2.2 2.8 8 2.8
4P/4t 8.13 2.8 2.2 3 8 2.8
C801/C251N/H 3P 13 18 16 5.7 (T); 4 (TS)
4P 17 19 18 5.7 (T); 4 (TS)
C801/C1001L 3P 25 20 5.7 (T); 4 (TS)
4P 33 21 5.7 (T); 4 (TS)
92 Merlin Gerin
Compact NS and C
implementation
reverse feeding Compact NS and C circuit breakers can be

fed either by the upstream or downstream
side, without any reduction of performance.
E23947
push
to
trip
materials and Compact NS and C circuit breakers can be In case of short circuit current, thermal and
connected either with bare copper, tinned electrodynamic stresses will be applied to
electrodynamic stresses on copper or tinned aluminium conductors (rigid these conductors.
conductors or flexible bars, cables). It is necessary to size them properly and to
maintain them correctly with supports.
E23948
It should be noted that for any electrical

device (contactor, circuit breaker...) the
to busbar
electrical connecting points should not be
considered as mechanical supports.
outgoing cables
securing cables and The following table gives the maximum Never exceed a distance of 400 mm
distance between cable ties as a function of between cable collars mechanically secured
flexible bars the prospective short circuit current. to the frame of the switchboard.
type of cable ties max distance between short circuit current (kA rms)
cable ties (mm)
"PANDUIT" type 200 10
width: 4.5 mm 100 14
max load: 22 kg 50 19
white
"SAREL" type 350 21
width: 9 mm 200 27
max load: 90 kg 100 36
black 70 45
double ties 50 100
Note: for cables u 50 mm2, use cable ties of 9 mm width.
Merlin Gerin 93
Compact NS80H-MA
dimensions mounting
on backplate on rails
30
E21875
E21874
E21876
30
15 15
E21873
≤32
103
120
100 100
X X X X
48,5 48,5
60 206
(a) ∅4
Y Y
∅4
Y
64,5 45
70 90
80
84
100
Z
(a) a long terminal shields
front panel cutouts

cutout A cutout B cutout C
E21881
E21882
E21883
E21884
A
60,5 68,5 68,5

X X X X
26 30 30
B/C
Y Y Y
71 14,5 46
81 29 92
Z
connections
front connection, direct connection
E21879
E21880
E21877
E21878
97
X X
18 48,5
N
GERI
MER
LIN
OFF
Y
1,5 ➞ 50 mm2 32 29,2 29,2
Z
push
to
trip
94 Merlin Gerin
direct rotary handle
dimensions front panel cutout
E21888
E21885
7,5
E21886
E21887
ON
I
65,5 60° 4,2
X 68,5
tripped
X X
28,5 60° X
O
OFF
30
Y
47,5 Y
82,5 45 85 43
112 80
Z 86
Z 90
extended rotary handle

E21890
E21889
E21891
75 45°
37,5 7,5
7,5
∅50
60° 4,2
X
4,2 75
X
X 37,5
∅4,2
60°
72 36 Y
mini 175 Y
maxi 590
Z
cut shaft at length = P11 – 109
MCC type rotary handle

120
E21892
69,2
7,5
E21893
E21894
4,2 120
100
X
X
60 45,8
1 to 3 maxi Y
Y
51,7
116 ± 2
100
E22046
Note:
Door cutouts require a minimum distance between
the center of the circuit breaker and the door hinge
point ∆ u 100 + (h x 5).
Merlin Gerin 95
Compact NSC100
dimensions
Compact NSC100
3 poles 4 poles
E43398
E43399
E43400
103
120
X X X
60 206
90
(a) (a)
Y Y
15 70
80 45 45
84 90 120
100
Z (a) long terminal shield.
Vigicompact NSC
3 poles 4 poles
101,2
E43401
E43403
E43402
103
120
X X
X
60 206
90
(a) (a)
Y Y
15 70
80 45 75
84 210 240
100
Z (a) long terminal shield.

E31295
75
37,5
E31296
5 45° 5
E43404
83
Ø50
60°
3 3
75
X
X 37,5 X
60° Ø4,2
Y 72 36 Y
mini 122
Z
maxi 147
Note:
The X-axis is the axis of symmetry of the rail.
96 Merlin Gerin
connections
Compact NSC100
E43406
E43405
30 30 34,5
48,5
X X
48,5
18
Y
45 34,5 1,5 70 mm2
90 83
Z
Vigicompact NSC
connection via the bottom connection via the top
4 poles 4 poles
30 30 30 30
E43407
60,8 30 60,8 30
E43408
30 30 30 30 30 30
input input output
X X
Y Y
ouput
Merlin Gerin 97
fixed Compact NS100 to NS630
dimensions
E21504
2 poles or 3 poles 4 poles
E21502
E21503
H1 H3 H5 H7
X X X
H H2 H4 H6
(a)
Y (b)
(c)
Y
P1 L L
P2 L1 L2
P4
Z
mounting
on backplate
E21507
E21508
K1 K1 K1 K1 K1
K1 K2
K K
G1 G5
X X
G G4
∅T
∅T4 (d)
Y Y
on rails on DIN-rail
2 poles or 3 poles 4 poles with adapter
E21511
E21512
E49738
K1 K2 G50
U (e) K K G51
G49
G1
X X X
G ∅T G48
G47
Y Y
Z
98 Merlin Gerin
front panel cutouts
for fixed or plug-in circuit breaker
cutout A cutout B cutout C
E21600
E21604
E21601
E21603
A
C1 C3 C3
X X X X
C
C2 C2
B/C Y Y Y
R R2
P5 R1 R4(3P)
R5(4P)
P6
Z
with escutcheon with toggle cover

E21608
E21609
E21602
C7
X X X C21
C6 C20
Y
R6 Y
R12
P6 R7
R13
Z
Front panel accessories: see page 128

Dimensions (mm)
type C C1 C2 C3 C6 C7 C20 C21 G G1 G4
NS100/160/250N/H/L 29 76 54 108 43 104 34 86 62,5 125 70
NS400/630N/H/L 41,5 116 92,5 184 53 146 46,5 126 100 200 113,5
Dimensions (mm)
type G5 G47 G48 G49 G50 G51 H H1 H2 H3 H4
NS100/160/250N/H/L 140 95 75 13,5 23 17,5 80,5 161 94 188 160,5
NS400/630N/H/L 227 127,5 255 142,5 285 240
Dimensions (mm)
type H5 H6 H7 K K1 K2 L L1 L2 P1 P2
NS100/160/250N/H/L 321 178,5 357 17,5 35 70 52,5 105 140 81 86
NS400/630N/H/L 480 237 474 22,5 45 90 70 140 185 95,5 110
Dimensions (mm)
type P4 P5 P6 R R1 R2 R4 R5 R6 R7 R12
NS100/160/250N/H/L 111(1) 83 88 14,5 29 54 108 143 29 58 43
NS400/630N/H/L 168 107 112 31,5 63 71,5 143 188 46,5 93 63
Dimensions (mm)
type R13 ØT ØT4 U(e)
NS100/160/250N/H/L 86 6 22 i 32
NS400/630N/H/L 126 6 32 i 32
(1) : P4 = 126 mm for Compact NS250N/H/L.
E22046
(a) Short terminal shields. Note:

(b) Long terminal shields (available for 52.5 mm Door cutouts require a minimum distance between
pitch spreaders (NS400/630): the center of the circuit breaker and the door hinge
L1 = 157.5 mm, L2 = 210 mm). point ∆ u 100 + (h x 5).
(c) Phase barriers. h
(d) Only for rear connected circuit breakers. For
2 pole circuit breakers, the central drilling is not
used. ∆
(e) U i 20 mm when using automatic auxiliary
connectors (Compact NS100 to NS250).
Merlin Gerin 99
single-pole and two-pole Compact NS100 and NS160
single-pole Compact NS250
dimensions
1 pole 2 poles
E29213
E29215
E29214
H1 H3 H7
X X X
H H2 H6
(a)
(b)
Y
L3 Y
P1 L5 L3
P2 L4
P4
Z
mounting
on backplate
1 pole 2 poles
E29216
K1 K1
E21506
K K
G1 G5
X X
G G4
ØT
ØT4 (c)
Y Y
1P 2P
on rails
1 pole 2 poles
E29217
K1
E21510
U (d) K
K
G1 X
X
G ØT
Y
Y
100 Merlin Gerin

front panel cutouts
E21600
E21604
E29218
A E21601
C1 C3 C3
X X X X
C
C2 C2
B/C Y Y Y
R R2
P5 R4(1P)
R1 R5(2P)
P6
Z
with escutcheon
E21608
E21609
C7
X X
C6
Y
R6
P6 R7

Dimensions (mm)
type C C1 C2 C3 C6 C7 G G1 G4 G5 H H1 H2
NS100/160/250 29 76 54 108 43 104 62.5 125 70 140 80.5 161 94
Dimensions (mm)
type H3 H4 H6 H7 K K1 L3 L4 L5 P1 P2 P4 P5
NS100/160/250 188 160.5 178.5 357 17.5 35 17.5 70 35 81 86 111 83
Dimensions (mm)
type P6 R R1 R2 R4 R5 R6 R7 ØT ØT4 U(d)
NS100/160/250 88 14.5 29 19 38 73 29 58 6 22 i 32
E22046
(a) Short terminal shields. ∆

(b) Phase barriers.
(c) Only for rear connected circuit Note:
breakers. Door cutouts require a minimum distance between
(d) U i 20 mm when using automatic the center of the circuit breaker and the door hinge
auxiliary connectors. point ∆ u 100 + (h x 5).
Merlin Gerin 101
fixed Compact C801 to C1251
dimensions
C801N/H to C1251N/H
3 poles 4 poles
E28880
E28879
E28878
H1 H3 H5
X X X
H H2 H4
(a)
Y (b) Y
P1 L L
P2 L1 L2
Z P3
P4
C801L to C1001L
3 poles 4 poles
E28879
E28881
E28878
H1 H3 H5
X X X
H H2 H4
(a)
Y (b) Y
P1 L L
P6 P2 L1 L2
Z P3
P5
(a) Short terminal shields for rear connection

(compulsory for drawout type).
(b) Long terminal shields for front connection.
102 Merlin Gerin

mounting
C801N/H/L to C1251N/H
3 poles 4 poles 3 poles 4 poles
K4 K10
E28882
E28883
K3 K3
K2 K9
K1 K1
∅T1 ∅T1
∅T1 ∅T1
E28884
E28885
K2 K9
K1 K1 G4 (c)
(d)
≤U
X G1 X G3 X G6 G1 X
G G2 G
G5
Y Y
K3 K3 G4
K4 K10
Y Y
K5 K5
K6 K11
K7 K7
(c) For rear connection only. K8 K12
(d) Necessary with auxiliary wire blocks only.
Dimensions (mm)
type C1 C2 C3 C4 C12 C13 C14 G G1 G2 G3 G4 G5 G6 H H1 H2 H3
C801/1001N/H/L 164.5 235 174.5 255 57 104 61 125 240 135 272 73 28 104.5 187 374 200 400
C1251N/H
C801/1251NI
Dimensions (mm)
type H4 H5 K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K8 K9 K10 K11 K12 L L1 L2 P1
C801/1001N/H/L 235 470 35 70 100 200 86.5 173 105 210 140 270 173 280 105 210 280 110
C1251N/H
C801/1251NI
Dimensions (mm)
type P2 P3 P4(1) P4(2) P5(1) P5(2) P6 R1 R2 R3 R4 R9 R13 R14 T1 T5 T8 U
C801/1001N/H/L 115 122 172 202 262 292 90 125 250 130.5 261 43.5 37 74 7 5 8 32
C1251N/H
C801/1251NI
(1) Without extended toggle.
(2) With extended toggle.
front panel cutouts

with escutcheon
E28921
R2
E28923
R14 R1
E28922
R13 ∅T5
X X C4 X C2
C13
C14
C3 C1
C12
Y
∅T8(e) R9
Z Y
P2 R3
R4
(e) For push to trip button.
Merlin Gerin 103

fixed Vigicompact NS100 to NS630
dimensions
E21515
E21513
E21514
X X X
H9 H11 H13 H15
H8 H10 H12 H14
(a)
(b)
(c)
Y Y
P1 L L
P2 L1 L2
P4
Z
mounting
on backplate
E21518
E21519
K1 K1 K1 K1 K1
K1 K2
K K
G7 G1 G9
X X
G6 G8
∅T
∅T4 (d)
Y Y
on rails
K1 K2
E21520
E21521
U (e) K K
G7 G1
X X
G6
∅T
Y Y
104 Merlin Gerin

front panel cutouts
for fixed or plug-in circuit breaker
cutout A cutout B
E21795
E21796
R1
E21605
A R
C1
X X X C3
C
C2
C4
C5
R1
B
Y Y
P5 R26 R26
P6 R1 R2
Z R4 (3P)
R5 (4P)
with escutcheon
R7
E21800
R6
E21610
C7
X X
C6
C18
C19
Y
P6 R27
Z R11

Dimensions (mm)
type C C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C18 C19 C20 C21 G G1 G6 G7 G8 G9
NS100/160/250N/H/L 29 76 54 108 86 37 43 104 71 68 34 86 62.5 125 137.5 200 145 215
NS400/630N/H/L 41.5 116 92.5 184 147.5 37 53 146 132 68 46.5 126 100 200 200 300 213.5 327
Dimensions (mm)
type H8 H9 H10 H11 H12 H13 H14 H15 K K1 K2 L L1 L2 P1 P2 P4 P5
NS100/160/250N/H/L 155.5 236 169 263 235.5 396 253.5 432 17.5 35 70 52.5 105 140 81 86 111(1) 83
NS400/630N/H/L 227.5 355 242.5 385 340 580 337 574 22.5 45 90 70 140 185 95.5 110 168 107
Dimensions (mm)
type P6 R R1 R2 R4 R5 R6 R7 R11 R12 R13 R26 R27 ØT ØT4 U(e)
NS100/160/250N/H/L 88 14.5 29 54 108 143 29 58 58 43 86 14.5 29 6 22 i 32
NS400/630N/H/L 112 31.5 29 71.5 143 188 46.5 93 58 63 126 32 47 6 32 i 32
(1) P4 = 126 mm for Compact NS250N/H/L.
E22046
h
(a) Short terminal shields
(b) Long terminal shields ∆
(c) Phase barriers
(d) Only for rear connected circuit breaker, for 2P Note:
circuit breakers, the central drilling is not used. Door cutouts require a minimum distance between
(e) U i 20 mm when using automatic auxiliary the center of the circuit breaker and the door hinge
connectors (NS100 to NS250). point ∆ u 100 + (h x 5).
Merlin Gerin 105

fixed Compact NS100 to NS250 with Visu module
dimensions
E21698
171
122 3 poles 4 poles
110
196
E21696
E21697
91 196
52,5 140
35 35 35 52,5
471
453
343,7
221
(✴)
291
X X X
93,7 (✴✴)
160,5
178,5
(*) 314 FC Y
316.5 RC
322.5 with connector Y
24 (**) 80.5 FC 52,5 52,5
Z1 Z2 83 RC 105 140
89 with connector
mounting
on rails
3 poles 70 4 poles
E21701
E21702
35 70
≤32 17,5 17,5
∅6
281
98,5 356
X X
62,5
137,5
Y Y
front panel cutout

E21699
115
E21700
191
50
94
111,5
76
X X
29
86
37
Y
14,5
29
106 Merlin Gerin

fixed Compact NS400 to NS630 with Visu module
dimensions
170
E21868
122
3 poles 4 poles
110
E21866
E21867
280 280
98
78,75 210
52,5 52,5 52,5 78,75
675
527,5
(✴)
347,5
4 4
461
X X X
(*) 492.5 FC
493.5 RC
240 142,5 (✴✴) 512.5 right angle extension
536.5 edgewise terminal extension
532.5 spreaders
525 with 2 holes connector. Y
(**) 127.5 FC
128.5 RC Y
168 147.5 right angle extension 70 (78,5*) 70 (82,5*)
Z (105**) 185 (117,5**)
171.5 edgewise terminal extension 140
(157,5*) (210**) (210*) (280**)
167.5 spreaders
160 with 2 holes connector (*) Long terminal shields, 52.5 mm spacing.
mounting
on rails
3 poles 105 4 poles 105
E21871
E21872
≤32 26,25 26,25
∅6
440
160 4 540 4
X X
100
200
Y Y
22,5 22,5
45 90
front panel cutout

E21869
273
E21870
75,25
143
4 178
X 116
X
41,5
63 147,5
37
Y
29
32
115
Merlin Gerin 107

fixed Compact C801 to C1251 with Visu module
dimensions
3 poles 4 poles
E28888
E28887
E28886
H14
X X X
Y Y
P1 L L
P27 L1 L2
Z L11 L11
mounting
3 poles 4 poles
E28890
K38 K38
E28889
K37 K37
∅T4 K2 ∅T4 K9
K1 K1
≤U
∅T1 ∅T1
G35
X G34 X
∅T1 G ∅T1
Y Y
K3 K3
K4 K10
108 Merlin Gerin

front panel cutout
R31
E28932
R30
E28931
C32
C31
X X C13
C30
Y
R13
R14
Z P2
Dimensions (mm)
type C13 C30 C31 C32 G G34 G35 H H14 K1 K2 K3 K4 K9 K10 K37
C801/1001N/H/L 104 58 211 188 125 240 520 187 642 35 70 100 200 140 270 115
C1251N/H
C801/1251NI
Dimensions (mm)
type K38 L L1 L2 L11 P1 P2 P27 R13 R14 R30 R31 T1 T4 U
C801/1001N/H/L 390 105 210 280 410 110 115 200 37 74 100 370 7 10 32
C1251N/H
C801/1251NI
Merlin Gerin 109

plug-in and withdrawable Compact NS100 to NS630
dimensions
plug-in
N M K1 K1
K1
E21524
E21523
E21522
Z
( )
*
H17 G11 G23 G25 G27

X X X
H16 G10 G22 G24 G26

( )
*
P7 Y Y
L L
P8 L1 L2
P10
P9 P4
chassis
E21586
N M 2 poles or 3 poles 4 poles
E21585
E21584
H19
X X X
H18
( ) ( )
* *
Z Y Y
P7 L6 L6
P8 L7 L9
P9 P2 P12 L8 L10
P4
(*) Short terminal shields compulsory
mounting
through a panel M (plug-in base) through a panel M (chassis)
2P, 3P K1 4P K2 3P K1 4P K2
K K K K
E21588
E21526
E21587
E21525
G11 G13 G11 G13

X X X X
G10 G12 G10 G12
Y Y Y Y
∅T K5 K5 ∅T K11 K11
K6 K7 K12 K13
on rails (plug-in base or chassis)
3P K21 4P K22
E21534
E21533
U K20 K20
G21 X X
G20
Y Y
∅T
110 Merlin Gerin

on a backplate N (plug-in base or chassis)
Front connections
K2 Mandatory to fit insulating screen between
E21589
E21590
K1
K K the base and the backplate (supplied with
plug-in base).
G15
X X
G14
Y Y
∅T
Rear connections (inside) Rear connections (outside)

2 poles or 3 poles 4 poles 2 poles or 3 poles 4 poles
K1 K2 K1 K2
E21593
E21591
E21592
E21594
K K K K K K K K
∅T6
G16 G18 G15

G15
X X X X
∅T
G14 G17 G14 G19
Y Y Y Y
∅T K1 K1 K1 K1 K1 ∅T5 K1 K1 K1 K1 K1
front panel cutouts

plug-in withdrawable with collar and front panel escutcheon
See fixed Compact page 99
E21619
E21620
C11
X X
C17
P44
Z
Y
R8
R9
Dimensions (mm)
type C11 C17 G10 G11 G12 G13 G14 G15 G16 G17 G18 G19 G20 G21 G22 G23 G24 G25 G26 G27 H16 H17 H18 H19 K K1
NS100/160/250N/H/L 103 42.5 95 190 87 174 77.5 155 66 132 82 164 37.5 75 111 222 193 386 208 416 102.5 205 103.5 210 17.5 35
NS400/630N/H/L 155 55 150 300 137 274 125 250 101 202 126 252 75 150 170.5 341 283 566 293.5 587 157.5 315 140 280 22.5 45
Dimensions (mm)
type K2 K5 K6 K7 K11 K12 K13 K20 K21 K22 L L1 L2 L6 L7 L8 L9 L10 P2 P4
NS100/160/250N/H/L 70 54.5 109 144 74 148 183 35 70 105 52.5 105 140 92.5 185 216 220 251 86 111(1)
NS400/630N/H/L 90 71.5 143 188 91.5 183 228 50 100 145 70 140 185 110 220 250 265 295 110 168
Dimensions (mm)
type P7 P8 P9 P10 P12 P44 R8 R9 U(2) ØT ØT5 ØT6 Note:
NS100/160/250N/H/L 27 45 75 64 32 123 74 148 i 32 6 24 30 Door cutouts require a minimum distance between
NS400/630N/H/L 27 45 100 86 32 147 90 180 i 32 6 33 33
point ∆ u 100 + (h x 5).
(2) U i 20 mm when using automatic auxiliary connectors (NS100 to NS250).
Merlin Gerin 111

plug-in and withdrawable Compact C801 to C1251
dimensions
C801N/H to C1251N/H
3 poles 4 poles
E28893
P10
P7 P9
P8
E28892
E28891
H7
X X X
H6
Z Y Y
P11 D L3 L3
L4 L5
C801L to C1001L
3 poles 4 poles
P13
E28894
P12 P9
P6 P8
E28892
E28891
H7
X X X
H6
Z Y Y
P14 D L3 L3
L4 L5
rear mounting
3 poles 4 poles 3 poles 4 poles
K14 K15
E28898
E28897
∅T1 K13 K13

∅T1
E28901
E28902
K14 K15 G11 (c)

K13 ∅T1 ∅T1 K13
(d)
≤U
G10
G8 G13 G8
X X X X
G7 G7
G9
G12
Y Y
G11
Y Y
K18 K18
K17 K20
K16 K16
(c) For rear connection only. K19 K21
(d) Necessary with auxiliary wire blocks only.
112 Merlin Gerin

bottom mounting
K23 K24
E28899
E28900
E28895
E28896
K22 ∅T2 ∅T1 K22 ∅T2
≤U
G14 G14
Z G16 Z Z G16 Z
G15 G15
Y Y
Y Y
K22 K22
K23 K24
front panel cutout

with sas with escutcheon
R20
E28925
E28924
R19
R18
R17 R2
E28926
R16 ∅T5 R1
∅T11 R15
X C22 X C16 C4 X C2
C20
C21 C19 C15
C3 C1
C23 C17 C23
C17
C24 C24 C18

Z
C18
P47 Y Y
∅T5 R21 ∅T5 R23
R22 R24
R23
R24
Dimensions (mm)
type C1 C2 C3 C4 C15 C16 C17 C18 C19 C20 C21 C22 C23 C24 G7 G8 G9
C801/1001N/H/L 164.5 235 174.5 255 75 137 208 45 61 109 80 147 185.5 94 97.5 182.5 137
C1251N/H
C801/1251NI
Dimensions (mm)
type G10 G11 G12 G13 G14 G15 G16 H6 H7 K13 K14 K15 K16 K17 K18 K19 K20
C801/1001N/H/L 274 66 36 110 9 103 170 254.8 462 70 140 210 103 186 93 206 256
C1251N/H
C801/1251NI
Dimensions (mm)
type K21 K22 K23 K24 L3 L4 L5 P6 P7 P8 P9 P10 P11 P12 P13 P14 P47
C801/1001N/H/L 276 108 216 286 147 277 347 90 75 43 202 335 305 165 425 395 157
C1251N/H
C801/1251NI
Dimensions (mm)
type R1 R2 R15 R16 R17 R18 R19 R20 R21 R22 R23 R24 T1 T2 T5 T11 U
C801/1001N/H/L 125 250 44 88 61 122 66 132 125 250 130.5 261 7 8,5 5 4 32
C1251N/H
C801/1251NI
key D
Ronis 34
Profalux 41
Castell 72
Merlin Gerin 113
withdrawable on horizontal standard chassis
dimensions
C801N/H to C1251N/H
3 poles
E28904
≤P23
E28903
H12
X X
H11
H10
Z (b) Y L9
P7 P1 P15 L10
P21
P22
4 poles
E28907
E28906
H13
X X
H10
Z (b) Y L9
L10
Note:
P22 = 337 mm with extended toggle. (b) Short terminal shields compulsory.
C801L to C1001L
3 poles
E28905
≤P23
E28903
H12
H11 X X
H10
Z Y
P6 P1 P15 (b) L9
P24 L10
P25
P26
4 poles
E28908
E28906
H13
X X
H10
Z (b) Y L9
L10
Note:
114 Merlin Gerin

3 poles 4 poles
E28910
K34
K33
K30 K29 K30
E28909
K28 ∅T3
∅T3
G27 G25 G23 X G31 G30 G32

X
G26 G24 G22 G22

G26 G24
Y Y
K35
K36
Note:
Maximum thickness of the plate: 3 mm
mounting on rails
3 poles 4 poles
∅T3
E28912
K32
E28911
∅T3 K31
X G29 X G33
G28 G28
≤U Y ≤U Y
front panel cutouts

with sas R29
R28
E28928
R27
R26
R25
R17
E28927
∅T11
X C29 X C25
C27
C28 C26 C19
Z
P48 Y
Dimensions (mm)
type C19 C25 C26 C27 C28 C29 G22 G23 G24 G25 G26 G27 G28 G29 G30 G31 G32 G33
C801/1001N/H/L 61 122 44 88 66 132 77 154 93 186 103 206 70 140 256 276 224 210
C1251N/H
C801/1251NI
Dimensions (mm)
type H10 H11 H12 H13 K28 K29 K30 K31 K32 K33 K34 K35 K36 L9 L10 P1 P6 P7
C801/1001N/H/L 120 240 290 310 137 274 66 90 180 226.5 453 76.5 150 266 532 110 90 75
C1251N/H
C801/1251NI
Dimensions (mm)
type P15 P21 P22 P23 P24 P25 P26 P48 R17 R25 R26 R27 R28 R29 T3 T11 U
C801/1001N/H/L 42 135 307 3 165 225 397 160 61 109 75 137 80 147 6 4 32
C1251N/H
C801/1251NI
Merlin Gerin 115
withdrawable on vertical standard chassis
dimensions
C801N/H to C1251N/H
3 poles 4 poles
E28915
≤P23
E28913
E28914
X X
H9
H8
(b)
Z Y
L6 L6
P7 P1 P15 L7 L8
P16
P17
Note:
C801L to C1001L
3 poles 4 poles
E28916
≤P23
E28913
E28914
X X
H9
H8
(b)
Z Y
P6 P1 P15 L6 L6
P18 L7 L8
P19
P20
Note:
3 poles 4 poles
K26 K27
E28917
E28918
K25 K25
∅T3 ∅T3
G11
G17 G13
X G21 X
G9 G18 G7
G11
Y Y
K18 K18
K17 K20
K16 K16
K19 K21
Note:
Maximum thickness of the plate: 3 mm
116 Merlin Gerin

mounting on rails
3 poles 4 poles
∅T3 K9 ∅T3
E28919
E28920
K15
K2 K2
≤U
X G20 X
G19
Y Y
front panel cutouts

with sas
R20
E28930
R19
R18
E28929
R17
R16
R15
∅T11
X C22 X C16
C20
C21 C19 C15
Z
P48
Dimensions (mm)
type C15 C16 C19 C20 C21 C22 G7 G9 G11 G13 G17 G18 G19 G20 G21 H8 H9 K2
C801/1001N/H/L 75 137 61 109 80 147 120.5 137 66 110 274 20.5 90 180 250 207.5 415 70
C1251N/H
C801/1251NI
Dimensions (mm)
type K9 K15 K16 K17 K18 K19 K20 K21 K25 K26 L6 L7 L8 P1 P6 P7 P15 P16
C801/1001N/H/L 140 210 103 186 93 206 256 276 52.5 105 146 292 362 110 90 75 42 133
C1251N/H
C801/1251NI
Dimensions (mm)
type P17 P18 P19 P20 P23 P48 R15 R16 R17 R18 R19 R20 T3 T11 U
C801/1001N/H/L 305 165 223 395 3 160 44 88 61 122 66 132 6 4 32
C1251N/H
C801/1251NI
Merlin Gerin 117

plug-in and withdrawable Vigicompact NS100 to NS630
dimensions
plug-in
E21537
N M
E21535
K1 K1 K1
E21536
) (
*
H17 G11
X X X
H16 G10
( )
Y Y
*
P7 L L
P8 L1 L2
P9 P4
Z
chassis: see page 110.
(*) Short terminal shields compulsory
mounting
through a backplate M (plug-in base) through a backplate M (chassis)
2 poles or 3 poles 4 poles 3 poles 4 poles
K1 K2 K1 K2
K K K K
E21588
E21526
E21587
E21525
G11 G13 G11 G13

X X X X
G10 G12 G10 G12
Y Y Y Y
∅T K5 K5 ∅T K11 K11
K6 K7 K12 K13
on rails (plug-in base or chassis)

3 poles 4 poles
K21 K22
E21534
E21533
U K20 K20
G21 X X
G20
Y Y
∅T
118 Merlin Gerin

front panel cutouts
plug-in: see page 105 chassis with extended and front panel escutcheons
R9
E21813
R8
E21623
C11
X X
C16
C17
C13
Y
P44 R33
Z R34
Dimensions (mm)
type C11 C13 C16 C17 G10 G11 G12 G13 G20 G21 H16 H17 K K1
NS100/160/250N/H/L 103 82.5 55 42.5 95 190 87 174 37.5 75 102.5 205 17.5 35
NS400/630N/H/L 155 82 122.5 42 150 300 137 274 75 150 157.5 315 22.5 45
Dimensions (mm)
type K2 K5 K6 K7 K11 K12 K13 K20 K21 K22 L L1 L2 P4
NS100/160/250N/H/L 70 54.5 109 144 74 148 183 35 70 105 52.5 105 140 111(1)
NS400/630N/H/L 90 71.5 143 188 91.5 183 228 50 100 145 70 140 185 168
Dimensions (mm)
type P7 P8 P9 P44 R8 R9 R33 R34 ØT U(2)
NS100/160/250N/H/L 27 45 75 123 74 148 74 148 6 i 32
NS400/630N/H/L 27 45 100 147 90 180 74 148 6 i 32
(2) U i 20 mm when using automatic auxiliary connectors (NS100 to NS250).
E22046
Note:
point ∆ u 100 + (h x 5).
Merlin Gerin 119

motor mechanism modules
dimensions
3 poles 4 poles
E21599
E21597
E21598
H20
H22
H21 X
X X
H23
Y Y
L L
L12 L2
L11
P33 L1
P32
Z
front panel cutouts

with escutcheon IP 40.5 and sas for Vigi
R9
E21813
R8
E21612
E21621
E21614
C11
X X C23 X X
C16
C22 C17
Y C13
R14
R15
Y
P45 P45 R33
Z
Z R34
Dimensions (mm)
type C11 C13 C16 C17 C22 C23 H20 H21 H22 H23 L L1
NS100/160/250N/H/L 103 82 56 42.5 29 76 62.5 97 45.5 73 52.5 105
NS400/630N/H/L 155 82 122.5 42 41.5 126 100 152 83 123 70 140
Dimensions (mm)
type L2 L11 L12 P32 P33 P45 R8 R9 R14 R15 R33 R34
NS100/160/250N/H/L 140 91 45.5 178 143 145 74 148 48.5 97 74 148
NS400/630N/H/L 185 123 61.5 250 215 217 90 180 64.5 129 74 148
E22046
Note:
point ∆ u 100 + (h x 5).
120 Merlin Gerin

dimensions
T801…1251 TS801…1251
E28942
E28943
E28946
E28947
H22 H24
X X X X
H21 H23
P40 Y Y
L P42 L
Z
Z P39 L1 P41 L1
P38
front panel cutouts

fixed circuit breaker with T801…1251 withdrawable circuit breaker with T801…1251
R12
E28945
E28944
R12
R11 R11
C9 X C11
X
C8 C10
circuit breaker with TS801…1251

Fitted behind front panel only
Dimensions (mm)
type C8 C9 C10 C11 H21 H22 H23 H24 L L1 P38 P39 P40 P41 P42 R11 R12
C801/1001N/H/L 70 183 79 219 76.5 214 76 194 105 210 263.5 234.5 158.5 220 110 107.5 215
C1251N/H
C801/1251NI
Merlin Gerin 121

rotary handles
dimensions
3 poles 4 poles
E21627
E21625
L12
E21626
I
60° I
H24 60°
H23
DD
X DD X
H20 60° O
X 60° O
(a) sans ser

(b) avec se Y
(c) avec ser Y
L15 L
P34 L L2
P35 (a) L11
P36 (b) L1
Z P37 (c)
(a) Without keylock

(b) With Ronis keylock
(c) With Profalux keylock
front panel cutouts

fixed or plug-in circuit breaker
Compact Vigicompact
E21613
E21805
E21614
E21615
X X C23 X X C23
C22
C4
C22
Y C5
P43 R14
Z R15
Y
Z P43 R26
R1
R14
R15
withdrawable circuit breaker

Compact Vigicompact
E21618
E21813
R9
E21620
E21622
R8
C11 C11
X X X X
C16
C17 C17
C13
P44
Z
Y Y
R8 P44 R33
R9 Z R34
Front panel escutcheon compulsory. Collar for Vigi module, front panel escutcheons for Vigi module and
rotary handle compulsory.
122 Merlin Gerin

MCC type direct rotary handle
dimensions L8 front panel cutout
E21633
L7
L12
E21632
E21634
H24 H10
G39
X
X H9 G38
11 àto33maxi
maxi Y
P42±2 Y K14
K15

dimensions
fixed or plug-in circuit breaker withdrawable circuit breaker
cut shaft at length: cut shaft at length:
P38-126 (NS100/250) - P38-150 (NS400/630) P38-122 (NS100/250) - P40-150 (NS400/630)
E21628
E21630
L14
E21629
L13
L12
10 60°
I
H24 H26
X X
O
X H25
60°
Y
P38 P40
Z Z
front panel cutout

E21631
45°
L12
∅T7
H24
∅T6
G36
G37 Y
Dimensions (mm)
type C4 C5 C11 C13 C16 C17 C22 C23 G36 G37 G38 G39 H9 H10 H20 H23 H24
NS100/160/250N/H/L 86 37 103 82.5 55 42.5 29 76 36 72 41 100 60 120 28 73 9
NS400/630N/H/L 147.5 37 155 82 122.5 42 41.5 126 36 72 51 145 83 160 40 123 24.5
Dimensions (mm)
type H25 H26 K14 K15 L L1 L2 L7 L8 L11 L12 L13 L14 L15 P34 P35 P36
NS100/160/250N/H/L 37.5 75 50 100 52.5 105 140 69 120 91 9.25 37.5 75 55 121 155 156
NS400/630N/H/L 37.5 75 72.5 145 70 140 185 85 160 123 5 37.5 75 66.5 145 179 180
Dimensions (mm)
type P37 P38(1) P40(1) P42 P43 P44 R1 R8 R9 R14 R15 R26 R33 R34 ØT6 ØT7
NS100/160/250N/H/L 164 u 185 u 248 125 89 123 29 74 148 48.5 97 14.5 74 148 4.2 50
NS400/630N/H/L 188 u 209 u 272 149 112 147 29 90 180 64.5 129 32 74 148 4.2 50
(1) i 600 mm.
Note
Door cutouts require a minimum distance between the center of the circuit breaker and the door hinge point
∆ u 100 + (h x 5).
Merlin Gerin 123

rotary handles

dimensions
E28933
E28934
60° H15 H16
X X
H18
H17
32°
Y
L12 L
P1 P31 L1
P28
Z P29 P30
front panel cutout

front panel escutcheon compulsory
R2
E28935
R1
∅T5
C4 X C2
C3 C1
Y
R3
R4
124 Merlin Gerin

extended rotary handle with door locking
F
E28936
E28937
P1 d(*) P33 P32 L14
E28938
R7
R6
R5
60° ∅T6 ∅T3

C(*) C(*)
X X X
H20 C5
32°
H19 C6 C7
Y ∅T7(f)
R8
P35
Y
P1 d(*) P34 L12 L
Z F1 L13 (f) Only required when mounting behind a door
extended rotary handle without door locking

E28939
E28940
E28941
R5
∅T9
60°
C(*) ∅T8 C(*)
X X X
32°
Y
R9
R10
P37
Z Y
P1 d(*) L12
F
Dimensions (mm)
type C(*) C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 H15 H16 H17 H18 H19 H20 L L1
C801/1001N/H/L 13.5 164.5 235 174.5 255 70 35 38.5 13.5 200.5 77.5 123 53 103.5 105 210
C1251N/H
C801/1251NI
Dimensions (mm)
type L12 L13 L14 P1 P28 P29 P30 P31 P32 P33 P34 P35 P36 P37 R1 R2
C801/1001N/H/L 73.5 63 104 110 112 229.5 25 54 39 86 42 64 63.5 19.5 125 250
C1251N/H
C801/1251NI
Dimensions (mm)
type R3 R4 R5 R6 R7 R8 R9 R10 T3 T5 T6 T7 T8 T9
C801/1001N/H/L 130.5 261 73.5 47 73 30 43.5 87 6 5 68 6.5 8 35.5
C1251N/H
C801/1251NI
Dimensions (mm)
type F mini F maxi F1 mini F1 maxi
short shaft long shaft short shaft long shaft short shaft long shaft short shaft long shaft
C801/1001N/H/L 209 333 333 523 251 375 375 565
C1251N/H
C801/1251NI
(*) To compensate for the vertical play of the shaft as a Vertical play can be eliminated by using the shaft
fonction of distance d, dimension C is to be increased by: bracket, to be fitted on the circuit breaker.
c 1 mm for 76 i d i 120;
c 2 mm for 120 i d i 160;
c 3 mm for 160 i d i 200.
Merlin Gerin 125

indication and measurement modules
dimensions
circuit breaker with ammeter module circuit breaker with current transformer module
E21516
E21517
X X
H9 H11 H13 H15 H9 H11 H13 H15
H8 H10 H12 H14 H8 H10 H12 H14
P1 P1
P2 P2
P48 P4
Z
P47
Z
mounting
on backplate
E21519
E21518
K1 K1 K1 K1 K1
K1 K2
K K
G7 G1 G9
X X
G6 G8
∅T
∅T4 (d)
Y Y
on rails
E21521
E21520
K1 K2
U (e) K K
G7 G1
X X
G6
∅T
Y Y
126 Merlin Gerin

front panel cutout
circuit breaker with ammeter module and voltage presence indicator
E21673
E21674
C29
C30
C1
X X
C
C28
C27
Y
P6 R
Z R1
R16
R17
E21677
E21678
C29
C30
C23
X X
C22
C28
C27
Y
R16
P43
Z R17
R14
R15
Dimensions (mm)
type C C1 C22 C23 C27 C28 C29 C30 G G1 G6 G7 G8 G9
NS100/160/250N/H/L 28 76 28 76 56.5 124 30 78.5 62.5 125 137.5 200 145 215
NS400/630N/H/L 41.5 116 41.5 126 56.5 185.5 30 122 100 200 200 300 213.5 327
Dimensions (mm)
type H8 H9 H10 H11 H12 H13 H14 H15 K K1 K2 P1 P2 P4
NS100/160/250N/H/L 155.5 236 169 263 235.5 396 253.5 432 17.5 35 70 81 86 111(1)
NS400/630N/H/L 227.5 355 242.5 385 340 580 337 574 22.5 45 90 95.5 110 168
Dimensions (mm)
type P6 P43 P47 P48 R R1 R14 R15 R16 R17 ØT ØT4 U(e)
NS100/160/250N/H/L 88 89 137 128 14.5 29 48.5 97 46.5 93 6 22 i 32
NS400/630N/H/L 112 112 162 154 31.5 63 64.5 129 64.5 93 6 32 i 32
(1) P4 = 126 mm for Compact NS 250N/H/L.
(d) Only for rear connected circuit breaker, for 2P

circuit breakers, the central drilling is not used.
(e) U i 20 mm when using automatic auxiliary Short terminal shields compulsory for drawout
connectors (NS100 to NS250). type.
Merlin Gerin 127

front accessories for Compact NS100 to NS630
extended escutcheons
for toggle
E21635
E21637
E21636
A D
for Vigi module

Circuit breaker with toggle Circuit breaker with
or rotary handle motor mechanism
E21638
E21640
E21464
E21639
52,4
91 35 53
63
toggle cover
E21653
E21654
E21655
M8
A3 D3

for toggle
E21641
E21642
E21643
M2 M3
A1 D1 D2
for Vigi module

E21644
E21645
E21646
79 64
69 3,5 6,5
128 Merlin Gerin

for extended escutcheon, motor mechanism module or rotary handle
E21647
E21649
E21648
M6 M7
A2 D1 D2
for Vigi module with extended escutcheon or ammeter module

E21650
E21652
E21651
93,5 80,5
157 3,5 6,5
Dimensions (mm)
type A A1 A2 A3 D D1 D2 D3 M M2 M3 M6 M7 M8
NS100/160/250N/H/L 91 69 157 94 35 3.5 6.5 40 73 115 102 114 101 94
NS400/630N/H/L 123 102 189 35 134 3.5 6.5 60 123 155 142 164 151 134
Merlin Gerin 129

manual source-changeover system
manual source-changeover system with rotary handles

dimensions front panel cut-outs
E21660
E21661
E21659
185
9*
24,6** 75
175
150
X X
87,5
Y
9,25 9,25 61,5
325
185 46,5
133* 295
157**
Z
(*) Compact NS100/250

(**) Compact NS400/630
manual source-changeover system with toggles

dimensions
3 poles 4 poles
E21685
E21684
E21683
X X X
Y Y Y
L16 L L16 L
P5 L17 L18
Z
front panel cut-outs

3 poles to the left 4 poles to the left
E21687
E21686
C3 C3
X X
C2 C2
Y Y Y Y
R2 R19 R2 R18 R19 R2
Dimensions (mm)
type C2 C3 L L16 L17 L18 R2 R18 R19 P5
NS100/160/250N/H/L 54 108 52.5 140 245 280 54 89 140 83
NS400/630N/H/L 92.5 184 70 185 325 370 71.5 116.5 185 107
130 Merlin Gerin

manual source-changeover system
manual source-changeover system with rotary handles

dimensions front panel cut-outs
E28956
E28958
R34
E28957
R32 R33
H27
C34
X X H26 X
H25 C33
Y Y
Y Y
L12 L12
P44 L18 L17
P43 P32 L19
Z
mounting on blackplate
3 poles 4 poles
K14 K14 K15 K15

E28959
E28960
∅T1 K13 K13 ∅T1 K13 K13
≤U ≤U
X G1 X G1
G G
Y Y Y Y
K39 K39
Dimensions (mm)
type C33 C34 G G1 H25 H26 H27 K13 K14 K15 K39 L12
C801/1001N/H/L 81.5 170 125 240 86.5 180 200.5 70 140 210 290 73.5
C1251N/H
C801/1251NI
Dimensions (mm)
type L17 L18 L19 P32 P43 P44 R32 R33 R34 T1 U
C801/1001N/H/L 290 133.5 530 39 229.5 184 128.5 290 520 7 32
C1251N/H
C801/1251NI
Merlin Gerin 131

base plate
dimensions, 3 poles or 4 poles
Fixed device Plug-in device
∅T9
E33351
E33349
E33350
Z
( )
*
∅T10
H43 H45 H22 H20

X X X
H23 H21
H42 H44
P54
H46 P7
Y Y P8
Z
L31 K25 P33 P9
L32 P50 P32
P52
(*) Short terminal shields obligatory.
mounting
Vertically mounted devices Horizontally mounted devices
X
E33357
E33356
Y G51
X
K35
G50
K25
Y Y
Y K25
K35
K36
U
G50
G51
Dimensions (mm)
type G50 G51 H20 H21 H22 H23 H42 H43 H44 H45 H46 K25 K35 K36
NS100/160/250N/H/L 138 285 62.5 97 45.5 73 60 120 145 300 30.5 156 246.5 300
NS400/630N/H/L 180 360 100 152 83 123 60 120 189 378 68.5 210 318.5 400
Dimensions (mm)
type L31 L32 P7 P8 P9 P32 P33 P50 P52 P54 ØT9 ØT10 U
NS100/160/250N/H/L 110.5 354 27 45 75 178 143 23 85 21 9 6 i 32
NS400/630N/H/L 150.5 466 27 45 100 250 215 23 99 21 9 6 i 32
132 Merlin Gerin

base plate
dimensions, 3 poles or 4 poles
∅T9
E33360
∅T10 ∅T10
H45
H43 H43
X
H42 O I I O I I H42 H44
H46
Y Y
L31 K25
L32
Fixed device Plug-in device

( )
E33361
E33362
H22 H20
X
H23
X
P54
Z
P33 P7
P50 P32 P8
P52 P9 (*) Short terminal shields obligatory.
mounting
Vertically mounted device Horizontally mounted devices
X
E33368
E33367
Y
G51
X
K35
G50
K25 K36
Y Y Y
K25
K35
K36
U
G50
G51
Note:
Dimensions see page 132
Merlin Gerin 133
automatic source-changeover system
base plate
dimensions 3 poles or 4 poles
Fixed device
E33372
E33371
H28 G41 G57
H43 X X
H42
H29 G40 G56
K45 Y Y P46
K46 P45 P38
L21 L20 Z
L23
mounting
Vertically mouted devices Horizontally mounted devices
E28953
E28952
ØT10 ØT10
G38
Y G41
G40
G36
Y Y
Y ≤U
K45 K44
K46
G37
≤U
X
K41
K42
Dimensions (mm)
type G36 G37 G38 G40 G41 G56 G57 H28 H29 H42 H43 K41
C801/1001N/H/L 286 187 625 179 350 204 400 480 241 60 120 204
C1251N/H
C801/1251NI
Dimensions (mm)
type K42 K44 K45 K46 L20 L21 L23 P38 P45 P46 ØT10 U
C801/1001N/H/L 400 286 187 625 286 202 655 263.5 20 3 8.1 32
C1251N/H
C801/1251NI
134 Merlin Gerin

IVE and controller option
electrical interlocking unit IVE

dimensions
E33353
E33352
11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6
10
9
8
7
H48
6
5
H47
4
3
2
1
H43 H49
N
L33 P58
L34 P62
L35
auxiliaries control plate ACP

and controller UA/BA
door cut-out for controller UA/BA
E33355
P60
E33354
E33364
E33363
H51
H50
C34
H52
L36 P61
L37 P59 C34
P63
Dimensions (mm)
type C34 H43 H47 H48 H49 H50 H51 H52 L33 L34 L35 L36 L37
NS100/160/250N/H/L 140 120 150 137 160 200 255 22 6 48 83 138 150
NS400/630N/H/L
C801/1001N/H/L
C1251N/H
C801/1251NI
type P58 P59 P60 P61 P62 P63

NS100/160/250N/H/L 65 170 95 90 150(min) 187
NS400/630N/H/L
C801/1001N/H/L
C1251N/H
C801/1251NI
Merlin Gerin 135

Compact NS100 to NS250 / NS100 to NS250
Compact NS400 to NS630 / NS400 to NS630
front panel cutout
"Normal" and "Replacement" circuits: NS100 to NS250
97 97
E38894
E38893
48,5 48,5
X
X 76
29
Y Y
NS100 156 NS100
to to
Z NS250 NS250
145
"Normal" and "Replacement" circuits: NS400 to NS630

129 129
E38895
E38896
64,5 64,5
X 126
X
41,5
Y Y
NS400 210 NS400
to to
NS630 NS630
Z
217
Note Compact NS:

Dimensions with escutcheon IP 40.5 and sas for
Vigi see page 120
136 Merlin Gerin

Compact NS400 to NS630 / NS100 to 250
front panel cutout
"Normal" circuit: NS400 to NS630, "Replacement" circuit: NS100 to NS250
129
E38898
E38897
64,5
126
X
X
41,5
Y Y
NS400 210 NS100
to to
NS630 NS250
Z
217
"Normal" and "Replacement" circuits: C801 to C1251
215 215
E38900
E38899
107,5 107,5
183
X X
70
Y Y
C801 C801
286 to
to
C1251 C1251
Z
254
Note Compact NS:

Dimensions with escutcheon IP 40.5 and sas for
Vigi see page 120
Merlin Gerin 137
Compact: connection
Compact NS80H-MA/NSC100N
Compact NS fixed, front connection

by cables
E23950
Comes equipped with bare NS80H-MA/NSC100N
Compact NS80H-MA/NSC100N cable connectors. L (mm) 16
Accessories: long terminal
S (mm2) 1.5…70
shields.
L torque (Nm) 4 (S i 6 mm2)
E23949
5 (S > 4 mm2)
S cables copper or aluminium
Snap-on connectors can be

E18872
i 160A i 250A
OFF
added directly to the terminals. L (mm) 20 20
Material: steel up to 160 A,
S Cu cable (mm2) 1.5…95 10…16 25…35
push
tinned aluminium up to 250 A.
S Al cable (mm2)
to
1.5…95 25…35
trip
Accessories: phase barriers

torque (Nm) 12 15 20
or long terminal shields
recommended up to 500 V and L (mm) 20
mandatory above 500 V. S Cu cable (mm2) 50…185
Compact NS100…NS630 Insulation kit mandatory above S Al cable (mm2) 50…185
600 V. torque (Nm) 26
E23951
Phase barriers are supplied as

standard.
Screw-on connectors can be

E22040
NS400/630
fitted on the terminals. 1 cable L (mm) 20
Material: tinned aluminium.
S (mm2) 35…300
torque (Nm) 31
2 cables L (mm) 30…60
E22041
recommended up to 500 V and

S (mm2) 2 x 85…2 x 240
push
to
trip
mandatory above 500 V.

torque (Nm) 31
Insulation kit mandatory above
600 V. cables copper or aluminium
E23957
standard.
E25972
Distribution connectors can NS100/250

be fitted on the terminals. L (mm) 15…30
push
to
Material: tinned aluminium. S (mm2) 6 x 1.5…6 x 35
trip

torque (Nm) 15
cables copper or aluminium
recommended up to 500 V and
mandatory above 500 V.
Insulation kit mandatory above
600 V.
standard.
by insulated bars or cables NS100/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H NS400/630L

with lugs U < 500 V phase barriers or long phase barriers or long
terminal shields terminal shields
Compact NS100/630 devices are equipped recommended recommended
as standard with terminals and nuts for 500 V i U i 600 V phase barriers or long phase barriers or long phase barriers or long
direct connection to insulated bars or cables terminal shields terminal shields terminal shields
with lugs. U > 600 V insulation kit insulation kit insulation kit
For the NS630, spreaders are insulated bars < 500 V mandatory mandatory
recommended. insulated bars u 500 V mandatory mandatory mandatory
E35575
E50702
NS100 NS160/250 NS400/630

bars L (mm) i 25 i 25 i 32
400 Ø I (mm) d + 10 d + 10 d + 10
d (mm) i 10 i 10 i 15
d e (mm) i6 i6 3 i e i 10
l Ø (mm) >6 >8 > 10.5
L L lugs L (mm) i 25 i 25 i 32
push
to
trip
e Ø (mm) 6.5 8.5 10.5

torque (Nm) 10 15 50
138 Merlin Gerin

connection with NS100/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H NS400/630L
accessories U < 500V phase barriers or long phase barriers or long
recommended recommended
500V i U i 600V phase barriers or long phase barriers or long phase barriers or long
terminal shields terminal shields terminal shields
U > 600V insulation kit insulation kit insulation kit
insulated bars < 500 V mandatory mandatory
insulated bars u 500 V mandatory mandatory mandatory
right-angle terminal extensions

E18600
E22040
E25969/B
E35577
Material: tinned copper. NS100/250 NS400/630

To be mounted on the Add-on bare cable connector: 1 cable
upstream side. connectors with clips. connector: 2 cables
push
to
trip
Right-angle terminal
extension cannot be used
with the insulation kit.
Phase barriers are supplied as standard.
straight terminal extensions

E25961
E18601
E35578
Compact NS100/250 Mounting detail. 2 cables with lugs.

Material: tinned copper.
push
to
trip
edgewise terminal extensions

E21276
E35579
Compact NS100/250
Material: tinned copper.
E50702
400 Ø For right-angle, straight and edgewise terminals extensions
push d NS100 NS160/250 NS400/630

l
to
trip
bars L (mm) i 25 i 25 i 32
L L I (mm) 20 i I i 25 20 i I i 25 30 i I i 34
e d (mm) i 10 i 10 i 15
e (mm) i6 i6 3 i e i 10
Ø (mm) >6 >8 > 10.5
lugs L (mm) i 25 i 25 i 32
Ø (mm) 6.5 8.5 10.5
torque (Nm) (1) 10 15 50
(1) For tightening to the terminals.
Merlin Gerin 139

Compact: connection
Compact NS fixed, front connection

connection with NS100/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H NS400/630L
accessories U < 500V phase barriers or long phase barriers or long
These accessories are used to increase the recommended recommended
distance between the poles. 500V i U i 600V phase barriers or long phase barriers or long phase barriers or long
terminal shields terminal shields terminal shields
U > 600V insulation kit insulation kit insulation kit
insulated bars < 500 V mandatory mandatory
insulated bars u 500 V mandatory mandatory mandatory
E18599
spreader Material: tinned copper.

Terminal shields:
c incompatible: NS100/250.
E35580
c specific: NS400/630
(pole distance 52.5 only).
E50702
pole distance NS100/250 NS400/630

without spreader 35 mm 45 mm
400 Ø with spreader 45 mm 52.5 or 70 mm
d
push
to
trip
l NS100 NS160/250 NS400/630
L L bars L (mm) i 25 i 25 i 40
e
l (mm) d + 10 d + 10 d + 15
d (mm) i 10 i 10 i 20
e (mm) i6 i6 3 i e i 10
Ø (mm) 6.5 8.5 12.5
lugs L (mm) i 25 i 25 i 40
Ø (mm) 6.5 8.5 12.5
torque (Nm) (1) 10 15 50
lugs NS100/250 NS400/630

S (mm2) 3 lugs 4 lugs 3 lugs 4 lugs
E25959
E30907
+ barriers + barriers + barriers + barriers

lugs with narrow 120 120
pads for copper 150 150 240 240
cable 185 185 300 300
lugs for 150 150 240 240
Accessories: see page 138, direct aluminium cable 185 185 300 300
connection by cables with crimped lugs.
phase barriers c supplied with snap-on and screw-on bare c horizontal or vertical position,
cable connectors, distribution connectors, c can be replaced by long terminal shields.
lugs, right-angle terminal extensions, straight
E28013
terminals extensions, edgewise terminal

extensions and spreaders,
push
to
trip
140 Merlin Gerin

Compact NS fixed, rear connection
by bars or cables with Compact NS100/630 can be equipped with Material of the rear connectors: tinned
short or long rear connectors; the use of copper.
crimped lugs both lengths is possible. The use of short terminal shields is
Depending on the way the rear connectors recommended.
E23958
are fitted, 4 possibilities of connection are

offered (horizontal, vertical and 45°) that can
be mixed.
E25968
push
to
trip
2 lengths 4 positions
E50702
E25967
NS100 NS160/250 NS400/630

bars L (mm) i 25 i 25 i 32
400 Ø l (mm) d + 10 d + 10 d + 15
d (mm) i 10 i 10 i 15
d e (mm) i6 i6 3 i e i 10
connection to bars or l
Ø (mm) >6 >8 > 10.5
cables with lugs L L
lugs L (mm) i 25 i 25 i 32
e Ø (mm) >6 >8 > 10.5
torque (Nm) (1) 5 5 20
(1) For tightening to the terminals
by bare cable For Compact NS100/250, the rear The use of short terminal shields is
connectors can be equipped with add-on recommended.
(copper or aluminium) bare cable connectors.
E25969
E25969/B
push
to
trip
Merlin Gerin 141

Compact: connection
Compact NS withdrawable, front connection

by bars or cables with Compact NS100/630, withdrawable on plug- Material of the terminals: tinned copper.
in base or chassis, are fixed on rails or on a The use of short terminal shields is
crimped lugs backplate; refer to drawings pages 110 and compulsory.
111. For Compact NS630 spreaders can be fitted
E35581
Connections are made to the vertical to the terminals of the plug-in base.
terminals of the plug-in base.
NS100 NS160/250 NS400/630

bars L (mm) i 25 i 25 i 32
E50702
l (mm) d + 10 d + 10 d + 15
d (mm) i 10 i 10 i 15
400 Ø e (mm) i6 i6 3 i e i 10
Ø (mm) 6.5 8.5 10.5
d
push
to
trip
l lugs L (mm) i 25 i 25 i 32
L L Ø (mm) 6.5 8.5 10.5
torque (Nm) (1) 5 5 20
e
E26411
The use of the insulating screen (supplied Accessories:

with the plug-in base) between the rear c long terminal shields + adapter for plug-in
panel and the plug-in base is compulsory. base or phase barriers + adapter for plug-in
base,
c the adapter for plug-in base provides the
same connection possibilities as the basic
device (bare cable connectors, bars, etc.).
by bare cables For Compact NS100/250, the terminals of i 160A i 250A

the plug-in base can be equipped with snap-
L (mm) 20 20
on bare cable connectors.
E26409
S Cu cable (mm2) 1.5…95 10…16 25…35

Snap-on bare cable
E18872
S Al cable (mm2) 1.5…95 25…35

connectors fit directly onto the
torque (Nm) 1.5…95 15 20
terminals.
Material: steel I i 160 A L (mm) 20
aluminium I i 250 A. S Cu cable (mm2) 50…185
S Al cable (mm2) 50…185
E23950
torque (Nm) 26
L For Compact NS400/630, the terminals of NS400/630

the plug-in base can be equipped with 1 cable L (mm) 20
S screw-on bare cable connectors. S (mm2) 35…300
Screw-on bare cable torque (Nm) 31
E22040
E26410
connectors can be fitted on 2 cables L (mm) 30…60

the terminals. S (mm2) 2 x 85…2 x 240
Material: aluminium. torque (Nm) 31
Accessories: long terminal cables copper or aluminium
E22041
shields or barriers.
142 Merlin Gerin

Compact NS withdrawable, rear connection
by bars or cables with Mounting on rails or through a panel For Compact NS100/250, the terminals of
Refer to drawings page 110. the plug-in base can be also in the vertical
crimped lugs Connections are made to the horizontal position and equipped with add-on bare
(2 positions) terminals of the plug-in base. cable connectors.
E26412
Refer to drawings pages 150 and 151. In such case, the use of the insulating
screen (supplied with the plug-in base)
The terminals of the plug-in base can be between the front panel and the plug-in base
equipped with bare cable connectors. is compulsory.
For Compact NS630 spreaders can be fitted The use of short terminal shields is
to the terminals of the plug-in base. compulsory.
push
to
trip
Mounting on a backplate For Compact NS100/250, the long insulated

E26413
Refer to drawings page 111. horizontal terminals of the plug-in base can
Connections must be made to the long be equipped with add-on bare cable
insulated horizontal terminals connectors.
(2 positions: inside or outside) which replace
the standard terminals of the plug-in base. The use of short terminal shields is
Refer to drawings pages 150 and 151 . compulsory.
For Compact NS630, the spreaders can be

fitted to the long insulated horizontal
terminals.
NS100 NS160/250 NS400/630

bars L (mm) i 25 i 25 i 32
I (mm) d +10 d +10 d +15
d (mm) i 10 i 10 i 15
e (mm) i6 i6 3 i e i 10
E50703
Ø (mm) 6.5 8.5 10.5

Ø lugs L (mm) i 25 i 25 i 32
Ø Ø (mm) 6.5 8.5 10.5
d
torque (Nm) (1) 5 5 20
L L (1) For tightening to the terminals
e
Merlin Gerin 143

Compact: connection
Compact C fixed, front connection

by bars
E23961
E23963
E23980
E23981
E23962
Ø11 330 450

M10x40 120 120
120 120
120 70
70 70
Ø11 70 70
12,5
25
≤50
=
= 25
≤50 12,5 12,5
Terminals comprising threaded studs for
direct connection to bars.
E23979
Pole pitch: 52.5 mm. 90 20

Tightening torque: 50 Nm. 8 25 25
15
Spreaders increase the pitch for easier
100
70 connection. The spreaders can themselves
be fitted with bare-cable connectors or right-
angle terminal extensions, but are not
5 Ø 12,2 compatible with terminal shields.
25 Pitch: 120 mm.
12,5
50
by bare cable connectors

E23970
E23969
1 2
copper or aluminium
E24097
E23968
1 2
58 38
1-3 cable connector 1-4 cable connector
70 mm2 i CSA i 185 mm2 70 mm2 i CSA i 240 mm2
Tightening torque: 31 Nm. Tightening torque: 42 Nm. S S
M10
by cables with lugs 12,5 Ø int. max. = 23

E26808
E23971
The additional connectors are suitable for

12,5 50
1 to 4 cables with crimped lugs
25
(CSA i 300 mm2).
25
E23974
E23973
M10x40 140 12 < Ø ≤ 13 110

max.
M12 Ø11
41
Ø13
=
=
18 ≤40
20 41 10
80
Compact C fixed, rear connection

by bars by cables with lugs
E23961
E23975
E23976
E23965
M12
E23964
M12
Ø11
Ø11
M10x40 12,5 M10x40
M10x40 25
≤50
= M10x40
= 25
≤50 12,5 12,5
The additional connectors are suitable
Connection to flat or edgewise bars, for 1 to 4 cables with crimped lugs
depending on how the terminals are installed. (CSA i 300 mm2).
144 Merlin Gerin

Compact C withdrawable, rear connection
by bars
E23966
E23961
E23967
Ø11
Ø11
12,5
25
≤50
M10x40
= 25 =
M10x40
≤50 12,5 12,5
Connection to flat or edgewise bars, depending
on how the terminals are installed.
by cables with lugs

E23978
E23977
The additional connectors are suitable

for 1 to 4 cables with crimped lugs
(CSA i 300 mm2).
M12
M10x40 M12
M10x40
Compact C1251N 1000 V fixed, front connection

by bars Partie isolée
E43369
E43367
insulated part
Isolant part
E43368
insulated part
Ø11
Cache-bornes 500 mm
(*) terminal
Terminal shields
shields mini
12,5
500 mm
mini =
= 25
E i 50
E43370
Connection on edgewise terminal kit.
Long terminal shields are mandatory in both cases.
(*) if E is less than 500 mm a fully insulated

connection covering at least 50 mm must be used.
Compact C1251N 1000 V fixed, rear connection

Connection identical to standard Compact C.
Short terminal shields are mandatory.
Compact C1251N 1000 V withdrawable, rear connected

Connection identical to standard Compact C.
Merlin Gerin 145

Compact: connection
fixed Compact or Vigicompact NS100 to NS630
E21748
P21
P13
E21747
G4
X X
G5
G19
Y
Z K1 K1 K1
front connections
standard terminal
E35578
NS100/160/250 NS400/630
E21750
Z
E21554
Z
10,5
14
70 113,5
X
X
bare cable connector

NS100/160/250 NS400/630
E21553
Z Z
E21752
Z
E21751
46,5
19 14
70 113,5 113,5
X
X X
rear connections
NS100/160/250 NS400/630
E21755
E21756
E21561
10 15 ∅13 ∅23,2
∅8,6 ∅20
13 14
18 30
70
50 short RC 113,5
43 short RC
88 long RC X 115 long RC X
Z Z
6 8
(*) Short RC / Long RC
146 Merlin Gerin

connections with accessories
right-angle terminal extensions (upstream side only) straight or edgewise terminal extensions
NS100/160/250 NS100/160/250
E35577
E35580
E21556
E21563 37,5 4
39,5(b)
41 Z
20,5 30
70 70
Z
X X
NS400/630 NS400/630
F vue F
E21754
8
E21758
61
Z
Z 58
42
34
8
113,5 113,5
X X
distribution connectors (phase barriers compulsory)

NS100/160/250 Spreader
E21565
E21566
X K10 K9
E21558
E21557
K8 K8 K8 K8 K8
70
G27
G26
41
X X
64,5
66,5(b)
Z
Y Y
Dimensions (mm)
type G4 G5 G19 G26 G27 K1 K8 K9 K10 P13 P21
NS100/160/250N/H/L 70 140 215 30 41 35 45 159 114 19.5(1)
NS400/630N/H/L 113.5 227 327 39 54 45 52.5 187.5 135 26 44
52,5 67,5 70 240 170
(1) P13 = 21.5 mm for NS250N/H/L and Vigi MH module.
(b) Vigi module or NS250.

Note:
Dimensions of live parts: see pages 138 to 143.
Merlin Gerin 147
Compact: connection
fixed Compact C801 to C1251
front connections
3 poles 4 poles
E28961
P49 K2 K2 K2
E28962
K52
K51
G50 K50
M10 K49
X X
G44
G51
C801N to C1251N
with Visu module
K2 K2 K2 K53
E28967
P52
E28966
K50
K50
∅T14 K49
G44
G53
G52
X X
G44
M10 K49
Y K50
Z K51
K52
148 Merlin Gerin

rear connections
C801N/H - C1251N/H C801L - C1001L
K2 K2 K2
E28963
E28964
P50 P6
E28965
P50
G50
∅T12 P51
Z
X X X
G47
G51 G45
G48 G46
Y Z Z
Dimensions (mm)
type G44 G45 G46 G47 G48 G50 G51 K2 K49 K50 K51 K52 K53 M10 P6 P49 P50 P51 P52 T12 T14
C801/1001N/H/L 15 12.5 25 22 44 170 340 70 12.5 25 22.5 45 50 M10 90 25 13 15 47.5 10.6 12.2
C1251N/H
C801/1251NI
Merlin Gerin 149

Compact: connection
plug-in and withdrawable Compact
or Vigicompact NS100 to NS630
plug-in base or chassis K1 K1 K1
E21569
E21570
X X
Z Y
front connections
standard terminals
NS400/630
E21571
Mounting on backplate or on rails (1) With spreader

E21939
42 8
( )
* P21
E21572
P21 E
Z
G32
G32 G31
195,5
G31
210,5
X X

NS100/160/250 NS400/630
E21580
Mounting on backplate or on rails

94
E21941
( )
* 68
Z
E21581
P28
G31
G32
G34 202
X X
(1) When mounting on a backplate, the insulating

screen, supplied with the plug-in base, is
compulsory.
(*) Short terminal shields compulsory.
150 Merlin Gerin

NS100/160/250 NS400/630
E21583
( ) Mounting through a backplate or on rails 109

*
E21942
83
P29
E21582
P30
Z
G32
G34
X 66 X
94
(*) Short terminal shields compulsory.
rear connections
mounting through a backplate or on rails
P22 Z
E21573
E21574
( ) P23
*
E
G35 P24
G33 P25
X (*) Short terminal shields compulsory.
mounting on a backplate
E21577
Rear connections fitted at lower limit Long insulated terminals compulsory.

( )
*
E21576
P26 Z
P27
G33
Rear connections fitted at upper limit

( )
E21578
E21579
*
P26 Z
P27
E
G35
X (*) Short terminal shields compulsory.

Dimensions (mm)
type E G31 G32 G33 G34 G35 K1 P21 P22 P23 P24 P25 P26 P27 P28 P29 P30
NS100/160/250N/H/L 4 108.5 100 63.5 110 80.5 35 19 75.5 67 49 57.5 75.5 67 26.5 54.5 36.5
NS400N/H/L 6 171 156.5 104 129 45 26 114.5 100 82 96.5 108.5 94
NS630N/H/L 6 181 166.5 104 129 45 26 124.5 110 92 104.5 108.5 94
Merlin Gerin 151
Compact: connection
withdrawable Compact C801 to C1251
on universal chassis
C801N/H - C1251N/H C801L - C1001L
rear connections
P53 P53 P6
E28969
E28970
K2 K2 K2
E28968
G50 ∅T13 P54
X X X
G47
G45
G51
G48 G46
Y Z Z
on horizontal standard chassis

rear connections P53 P53 P6
E28973
E28972
E28971
G49 G49
G49 G49
X X X
G49 G49
Y K47 Z Z
K48
∅T13 P54
G47
G45
G48 G46
152 Merlin Gerin

on vertical standard chassis
rear connections
E28975
P53
E28976
P53 P6
K2 K2 K2
E28974
G50 ∅T13 P54
X X X
G47
G51 G45
G48 G46
Y Z Z
Dimensions (mm)
type G45 G46 G47 G48 G49 G50 G51 K2 K47 K48 P6 P53 P54 T13
C801/1001N/H/L 12.5 25 22 44 70 170 340 70 170 340 90 119 14 11
C1251N/H
C801/1251NI
Merlin Gerin 153

Compact: wiring diagrams
legend
symbols
ACP : auxiliaries control plate MX : shunt release Colour codes for auxiliary wiring
BA : controller MT : motor mechanism module BK : black
BL : blue
BP : latching "off" push-button O : opening order
GN : green
BP1 : SDTAM reset button OF1/ : changeover switch GY : grey
CAF1/ : early-make switch of rotary handle OF2/ OR : orange
CAF2 OF3 RD : red
ON : QN-opening order VT : violet
CAO : early-break switch of rotary handle
WH : white
(convertible to CAF) OR : QR-opening order
YE : yellow
CAO1 : early-break switch of rotary handle Options:
CD : disconnected position indication C : communication (COM) Note:
contact F : fault indications All diagrams are shown with circuits “de-
R : load monitoring energised”, all devices “open” and relays in
CE : connected position indication T : residual current type earth “normal” position.
contact fault protection
F : closing order Z : zone selective interlocking
F1 : breaker for the protection of Q : Compact breaker
auxiliary circuits Q1 : circuit breaker supplying and
FN : QN-closing order protecting the automatic control
FR : QR-closing order circuits for the "Normal" source
H1 : tripped position signal lamp Q2 : circuit breaker supplying and
protecting the automatic control
H2 : motor mechanism in manual
circuits for the "Replacement"
position signal lamp
source
IN : QN-closing order
QN : normal-source circuit breaker
IR : QR-closing order
QR : replacement-source circuit breaker
IVE : terminal block and electrical
R : reset order
interlocking unit
RHK : bistable relay Telemecanique:
KA1/ : auxiliary relay
RHK-41…
KA2/
KA3 RN : QN-breaker reset order
KM1 : power contactor RR : QN-breaker reset order
KT : forced operation on replacement- SD : trip indication switch
source control signal SDE : fault indication switch
KR : additional check before transfer SDTAM : thermal fault early break signal
KG : engine-generator set control signal SDV : earth fault indication switch
L1 : "normal" source fault indication SH : load-shedding control signal
lamp UA : controller
L2 : "replacement" source fault
UN : normal-source voltage
indication lamp
UR : replacement-source voltage
MN : undervoltage release
154 Merlin Gerin

Compact NS80H-MA
Compact NSC100N
with OF1 and CAO1 with OF1 and CAF1/CAF2
RD
WH
E43821
E43822
VT
YE
D1 C1 92 94 12 14 12 14
Q OF1 CAO1 OF1 CAF1 CAF2
déclencheur
trip unit
MN (1)
MX SD
D4 C2 91 11 11
WH
RD
GY
(1) MN or MX
with MN with MX
E43823
E43824
CN1 - CN 1 + CN1 - CN 1 +
CN2 - CN 2 – CN2 - CN 2 –
F1 F1
ordre de
tripping order
déclenchement tripping
ordre de
H1 déclenchement
order H1
D1 92 94 D1 92 94
Q Q
déclencheur
trip unit trip unit
déclencheur
MN MX
SD SD
D4 91 D4 91
Symbols Note:
Q : Compact NS Diagram shown with circuit "de-energized", all devices "open" and relays in
"normal" position.
SD : trip indication switch
OF1 : changeover switch
MX : shunt release
CAO1 : early-break switch of rotary handle
CAF1/CAF2 : early-make switch of rotary handle
F1 : breaker for the protection of MN/MX
H1 : tripped position signal lamp
Merlin Gerin 155

auxiliary circuits
manually operated circuit breaker Symbols

Q : Compact NS100 to NS250
GY
GY
WH
VT
VT
E18916
RD
YE
VT
SDE : fault indication switch
314 312 352 354 D1 C1 92 94 12 14 22 24 82 84
SDV : earth fault indication switch
OF1/ : changeover switches
OF2
WH
GN
GN
RD
RD
YE
YE
VT
VT
CE
D1 C1 92 94 12 14 22 24 72 74 82 84 MN : undervoltage release
MX : shunt release
MT : motor mechanism module
CAF1/ : early-make switch of rotary handle
Q OF1 OF2 CAF1 CAF2 CAO1
CAF2
déclencheur
CAO1 : early-break switch of rotary handle
trip unit
SDE CE : connected positon indication
MN (1) (2)
contact
MX SD CD : disconnected position indication
Id
SDV
contact
(1) : MN or MX.
D4 C2 91 11 21 71 81
(2) : for the withdrawable or plug-in versions, SDV
OR
GY
GY
BK
BL
BL
and OF2 switches can be installed in the breaker,

CD
but only one can be connected to the automatic
311 351 D4 C2 91 11 21 81
(3) : wires supplied, must be connected to ensure
WH
RD
GY
YE
YE
correct operation.
Note:
Diagram shown with circuit "de-energized", all
devices "open" and relays in "normal" position.
circuit breaker with motor mechanism Colour codes for auxiliary wiring
BK : black
GY
GY
E18917
VT
VT
BL : blue
314 312 352 354 D1 C1 92 94 12 14 22 24 84 A2 A4 B4 GN : green
GY : grey
GN (3) OR : orange
WH
GN
WH
RD
YE
YE
OR
BL
VT
VT
CE
RD : red
RD
D1 C1 92 94 12 14 22 24 72 74 82 84 B2 A2 A4 B4
VT : violet
WH : white
YE : yellow
Q OF1 OF2
MT
déclencheur
trip unit
SDE
MN (1) (2)
MX SD
BK (3)
Id
SDV
D4 C2 91 11 21 71 81 A1 L1
GN
OR
GY
GY
BK
BL
BL
CD
311 351 D4 C2 91 11 21 A1 L1
YE
YE
auxiliary wiring connection

plug-in / withdrawable breaker
Connection on automatic auxiliary Manual auxiliary connectors
connectors (wiring cross-sections 0.75 to 2.5 mm2).
(wiring cross-sections 0.75 to 2.5 mm2).
E43816
E43817
11 12 14 21 22 24
71 72 74 B4 24 84 D4 14 94
74
91 92 94 81 82 84
A1 L1 A4 22 82 C2 12 92
72 L1
A2 21 81 D1 11 91
71 A1 C1
Fixed part (rear view).
D1 C2 D4 A2 A4 B4
C1
Fixed part (front view / looking into base)
156 Merlin Gerin

auxiliary circuits
manually operated circuit breaker Symbols

GY
GY
WH
VT
VT
RD
YE
VT
E22042
314 312 352 354 Z11 e+ T1 D1 C1 92 94 12 14 22 24 32 24 82 84

SDV : earth fault indication switch
WH OF1/ : changeover switches
GN
OR
GN
GN
RD
RD
BK
YE
YE
YE
VT
VT
VT
CE
D1 C1 92 94 12 14 22 24 32 34 72 74 82 84 OF2/
OF3
Q OF1 OF2 OF3 CAF1 CAF2 CAO1
MX : shunt release
déclencheur (3)
trip unit (3) CAF1/ : early-make switch of rotary handle
SDE
MN (1) (2) CAF2
MX SD CAO1 : early-break switch of rotary handle
Id
SDV
CE : connected positon indication
contact
21 31
D4 C2 91 11 71 81
CD : disconnected position indication
WH
RD
OR
GY
GY
GY
BL
BL
BL
contact
CD
-
(1) : MN or MX.
311 351 Z12 e T2 D4 C2 91 11 21 31 81
(2) : for the withdrawable or plug-in versions, SDV
WH
RD
GY
YE
YE
and OF2 switches can be installed in the breaker,

but only one can be connected to the automatic
(3) : options only available for trip unit STR53UE.
circuit breaker with motor mechanism (4) : wires supplied, must be connected to ensure
correct operation.
GY
GY
VT
VT
E22043
Note:
314 312 352 354 Z11 e+ T1 D1 C1 92 94 12 14 22 24 32 34 84 A2 A4 B4 Diagram shown with circuit "de-energized", all
GN (4)
WH
GN
OR
GN
WH
RD
YE
BK
YE
YE
OR
BL
VT
VT
VT
CE
Colour codes for auxiliary wiring
RD
D1 C1 92 94 12 14 22 24 32 34 72 74 82 84 B2 A2 A4 B4
BK : black
BL : blue
Q OF1 OF2 OF3
GN : green
GY : grey
trip unit (3)
déclencheur (3)
MT
OR : orange
SDE
MN (1) (2) RD : red
MX SD VT : violet
BK (4)
Id
SDV
WH : white
YE : yellow
D4 C2 91 11 21 31 71 81 A1 L1
WH
GN
OR
GY
GY
GY
RD
BK
BL
BL
BL
CD
311 351 Z12 e- T2 D4 C2 91 11 21 31 A1 L1

YE
YE
auxiliary wiring connection

plug-in / withdrawable breaker
Connection on automatic auxiliary Manual auxiliary connectors
connectors (wiring cross-sections 0.75 to 2.5 mm2).
(wiring cross-sections 0.75 to 2.5 mm2).
E43818
E43819
11 12 14 21 22 24 31 32 34 _
71 72 74 T2 34 e
R2
_
91 92 94 81
A1
82
L1
84 Z11 e+ e T1 32 e+
R1
Z12 31 Z11
B4 24 84 D4 14 94
74
D1 C2 D4 A2 A4 B4 Z12 T1 T2
C1 R1 R2 A4 22 82 C2 12 92
72 L1
Fixed part (front view / looking into base) 21 81 D1
A2 71 A1 C1 11 91
Fixed part (rear view).
Merlin Gerin 157

motor mechanism
automatic reset with MN Symbols

E43825
CN1 - CN1 +
CN2 - CN2 – MN : undervoltage release
MX : shunt release
F1
F1 : breaker for the protection of the
motor mechanism module circuits
and MN/MX
H2 : motor mechanism in manual position
F O
H1
signal lamp
H2
ordre de
tripping order
déclenchement
F : closing order orders
(2) O : opening order should not be
D1 A2 A4 B4
(must be >150 ms) simultaneous
correct operation.
RD
GN (1)
WH
WH
OR
BL
(2) : tripping order must lock out closing order.

D1 82 84 B2 A2 A4 B4
Note:
After tripping on an electrical fault, resetting is
carried out locally and manually.
Q
déclencheur
MT devices "open" and relays in "normal" position.
trip unit
SDE
MN Colour codes for auxiliary wiring

BK (1) BK : black
BL : blue
GN : green
D4 81 A1 L1
OR : orange
GN
BK
BL
RD : red
WH: white
D4 A1 L1
automatic reset with MX

E43826
CN1 - CN1 +
CN2 - CN2 –
F1
F O
H1 H2
ordretripping
de
déclenchement
order (2)
(2)
C1 A2 A4 B4
RD
GN (1)
WH
WH
OR
BL
C1 82 84 B2 A2 A4 B4
MT
déclencheur
trip unit
SDE
MX
BK (1)
C2 81 A1 L1
OR
GN
BK
C2 A1 L1
158 Merlin Gerin

automatic reset without auxiliary Symbols
E43827
CN1 - CN 1 +
CN2 - CN 2 – MT : motor mechanism module
F1
signal lamp
O : opening order should not be
(must be >150 ms) simultaneous
F O
H1
H2 (1) : wires supplied, must be connected to ensure
A2 A4 B4 correct operation.
Note:
RD
GN (1)
WH
OR
BL
82 84 B2 A2 A4 B4
Q
MT
déclencheur
trip unit BK : black
SDE
BL : blue
GN : green
BK (1) OR : orange
RD : red
81 A1 L1 WH: white
GN
BK
A1 L1
control via switch or relay

with MN/MX
E43838
E43839
1 2 F O F O
vérouillage
locked by par locked by par
vérouillage
tripping
l'ordre de tripping
l'ordre de
order
déclenchement order
déclenchement
B2 A2 A4 B4 B2 A2 A4 B4
MT MT
82 81 82 81
Controlled by switch. Controlled by relay.
without auxiliary
E43840
E43841
1 2 F O F O
B2 A2 A4 B4 B2 A2 A4 B4
MT MT
82 81 82 81
Merlin Gerin 159

motor mechanism
remote reset with MN Symbols

E43834
CN1 - CN1 +
MX : shunt release
F1
and MN/MX
signal lamp
R F O
R : load monitoring
H2
ordre de
tripping order
déclenchement
option
(3)
(3) (must be >150 ms) orders
D1 84 A2 A4 B4
F : closing order should not be
O : opening order simultaneous
(must be >150 ms)
WH
WH
RD
OR
F order has priority

BL
(1)
D1 82 84 B2 A2 A4 B4
correct operation.
(2) : connect SDE terminal 81 to auxiliary
Q connector terminal 84.
MT
déclencheur
trip unit
(2) SDE
MN
Note:
D4
81 A1 L1
GN
BK
BL

BK : black
D4 A1 L1
BL : blue
GN : green
OR : orange
RD : red
WH: white
remote reset with MX
E43835
CN1 - CN1 +
CN2 - CN2 –
F1
R F O
H2
ordre de
tripping
déclenchement
(3) order (3)
C1 84 A2 A4 B4
WH
WH
RD
OR
BL
(1)
C1 82 84 B2 A2 A4 B4
MT
déclencheur
trip unit
(2) SDE
MX
C1 81 A1 L1
OR
GN
BK
C2 A1 L1
160 Merlin Gerin

remote reset without auxiliary Symbols
- CN1 + SDE : fault indication switch
E43836
CN1
CN2 - CN2 – MT : motor mechanism module
F1
signal lamp
R : load monitoring
option
R F O (must be >150 ms) orders
H2 F : closing order should not be
(must be >150 ms)
84 A2 A4 B4
correct operation.
WH
RD
OR
BL
(1)
82 84 B2 A2 A4 B4
(2) : connect SDE terminal 81 to auxiliary
connector terminal 84.
Note:
Q
MT carried out locally and manually.
trip unit
déclencheur
(2) SDE Diagram shown with circuit "de-energized", all

BK : black
81 A1 L1
BL : blue
GN
BK
GN : green
OR : orange
A1 L1
RD : red
WH: white

with MN/MX
E43915
E43914
1 2 F O F O
R R
locked by par
vérouillage vérouillage
locked by par
trippingde
l'ordre trippingde
l'ordre
order
déclenchement
B2 A2 A4 B4 B2 A2 A4 B4
MT MT
81 81
without auxiliary
E43917
E43916
1 2 F O F O
R R
B2 A2 A4 B4 B2 A2 A4 B4
MT MT
81 81
Merlin Gerin 161

motor mechanism
local manual reset with MN Symbols

- CN1 + SDE : fault indication switch
E43837
CN1
MX : shunt release
F1
and MN/MX
H1 : electrical fault signal lamp
F O
H1 H2
signal lamp
ordre de
tripping
déclenchement F : closing order orders
order
O : opening order should not be
D1 84 A2 A4 B4 (must be >150 ms) simultaneous
(1) (2) : required to ensure correct indication of an
WH
OR
WH
RD
BL
D1 82 84 B2 A2 A4 B4
electrical fault.
Note:
Q
trip unit
déclencheur
MT devices "open" and relays in "normal" position.
SDE
(2)
MN Colour codes for auxiliary wiring
(1) BK : black
BL : blue
D4 81 A1 L1
GN : green
OR : orange
GN
BK
BL
RD : red
WH: white
D4 A1 L1
local manual reset with MX

E43919
CN1 - CN1 +
CN2 - CN2 –
F1
F O
H1 H2
ordre de
tripping
déclenchement
order
C1 84 A2 A4 B4
WH
OR
WH
RD
BL
C1 82 84 B2 A2 A4 B4
MT
trip unit
déclencheur
SDE
(2)
MX
(1)
C2 81 A1 L1
GN
OR
BK
C2 A1 L1
162 Merlin Gerin

local manual reset without auxiliary Symbols
E43920
CN1 - CN1 +
CN2 - CN2 –
F1
signal lamp
F : closing order
F O
O : opening order orders
H1 H2 (must be >150 ms) should not be
F order has priority simultaneous
(1) (2) : required to ensure correct indication of an
84 A2 A4 B4 electrical fault.
Note:
WH
OR
RD
BL

82 84 B2 A2 A4 B4
Q
MT
trip unit
déclencheur
BK : black
SDE
(2)
BL : blue
(1)
GN : green
OR : orange
RD : red
81 A1 L1
WH: white
GN
BK
A1 L1

with MN/MX
E43844
E43845
1 2 F O F O
locked by par
vérouillage locked by par
vérouillage
tripping
l'ordre de tripping
l'ordre de
order
déclenchement
B2 A2 A4 B4 B2 A2 A4 B4
MT MT
81 81
without auxiliary
E43912
E43913
1 2 F O F O
B2 A2 A4 B4 B2 A2 A4 B4
MT MT
81 81
Merlin Gerin 163

auxiliary circuits
manually operated circuit breaker

E43972
314 312 324 322 352 354 362 364 D1 C1 92 94 12 14 22 24 32 34
WH
RD
GN
GN
CE CE
RD
RD
GN
VT
YE
YE
YE
VT
VT
D1 C1 92 94 12 14 22 24 32 34 82 84 102 104
OF1 OF2 OF3 CAO

Q
trip unit
déclencheur
SDE
MN (1)
MX SD
D4 C2 91 11 21 31 81 101
GY
GY
BK
BK
OR
BK
BL
GY
CD CD
311 321 351 361 D4 C2 91 11 21 31
circuit breaker with motor mechanism

type T type TS
E43973
E43974
314 312 324 322 352 354 362 364 D1 C1 92 94 12 14 22 24 32 34 A2 A4 B4 A2 A4 B4
RD
GN
WH
YE
RD
GN
VT
RD
RD
YE
GN
GN
VT
CE CE
RD
RD
YE
YE
VT
VT
D1 C1 92 94 12 14 22 24 32 34 82 84 B2 A2 A4 B4 82 84 A2 A4 B4
Q OF1 OF2 OF3
MT (2) MT (3)
trip unit
SDE SDE
MN (1)
MX SD
BK
D4 C2 91 11 21 31 81 A1 151 152 81 A1 B1
GY
GY
BK
BK
OR
GN
BL
BK
GY
BK
BK
GY
CD CD
311 321 351 361 D4 C2 91 11 21 31 A1 B2 B1 A1 B1

(3)
Caution: the opening and closing orders are

of the impulse type. For maintained orders,
terminal B4 must not be connected.
Symbols Legend Colour codes for auxiliary wiring

Q : Compact C801 to C1251 (1) : MN or MX. BK : black
MN : undervoltage release (2) : motor mechanism type T. BL : blue
(3) : motor mechanism type TS.
MX : shunt release GN : green
SD : trip indication switch Note:
GY : grey
OF1/ : changeover switches Diagram shown with circuit "de-energized", all OR : orange
OF2/ devices "open" and relays in "normal" position. RD : red
OF3 VT : violet
SDE : fault indication switch WH : white
MT : motor mechanism module YE : yellow
CE : connected position indication
contact Auxiliary wiring connections
CD : disconnected position indication Fixed or withdrawable device connected to
contact auxiliary connector.
CAO : early-break switch of rotary handle
E43973-1
22 31 34 A2 B1 B4
(convertible to CAF)
21 24 32 A1 A4 B2
12 91 94 C2
11 14 92 C1 D1 D4
Connection by 6.35 mm tab connectors and

0.6 to 2.5 mm2 wires.
164 Merlin Gerin

circuit breaker equipped with a trip unit
trip unit STR55UE T/R/F - STR45AE T/R/F trip unit STR55UE T/R/F/C - STR45AE T/R/FC
E43975
E43980
P1 P1
S2 S2
(4) (4)
S1 S1
P2 P2
(2) (2)
(6) (5) (C)
Z11 Z12 T1 T2 R1 R2 Z11 Z12 T1 T2 e+ e-
Q Q
trip unit (1)

déclencheur trip unit (1)
déclencheur
Z21 Z22 F11 F12 R3 R4 Z21 Z22 F11 F12

(6)
(3) (3)
ili i
auxiliary source auxiliary source
(1) : STR55UE RF / STR55UE TRF (1) : STR55UE FC / STR55UE RFC / STR55UE TRF / STR55UE TRFC
STR45AE RF / STR45AE TRF. STR45AE RFC / STR45AE TRFC (R function included in C function).
trip unit STR45BE T/R/C (2) : zone selective interlocking with the upstream circuit breaker (remove
jumper), Lmax = 20m (twisted wires recommended).
(3) : zone selective interlocking with the downstream circuit breaker (remove
E43981
jumper), Lmax = 20m (twisted wires recommended).

(4) : wiring specifications:
P1
S2 - cross-sectional area: 1.5 mm2 (whether twisted or not)
(4)
- maximum length: 15 meters
S1
P2 - S2 earthed.
(5) : contact (Ic1) for the version STR55UE TRF (terminals R1-R2).
(2)
(6) : T1 - T2 or R3 - R4 for withdrawable versions.
(C)
e-
+
Z11 Z12 T1 T2 e
trip unit(1)
déclencheur
Z21 Z22
(3)
(1) : STR45BE C / STR45BE RC / STR45BE TC

STR45BE TRC (R function included in C function).
Symbols Auxiliary wiring connections

Q : Compact C801 to C1251 Fixed or withdrawable device connected to auxiliary connector.
C : communication (COM)
E43973-2
F : fault indications
R : load monitoring
e+ T1
T : residual current type earth fault protection R1
Z11 Z21 F11
R3
e– T2
Z : zone selective interlocking R2 Z12 F12 Z22 R4
Note:
Connection by 6.35 mm tab connectors and 0.6 to 2.5 mm2 wires.
All diagrams are shown with circuits “de-energised”, all devices “open” and
relays in “normal” position.
Merlin Gerin 165

T motor mechanism
automatic reset with MN Symbols

Q : Compact C801 to C1251
- CN 1 + SDE : fault indication switch
E43960
CN1
CN2 - CN 2 – SD : trip indication switch
OF2/
F1
OF3
MX : shunt release
MT : motor mechanism module (type T)
F O
ordre tripping
de
and MN/MX
déclenchement
order (1) F : closing order orders
(1)
D1 94 A2 A4 B4
should not be
WH

RD
RD
YE
GN
VT
D1 92 94 12 14 22 24 32 34 82 84 B2 A2 A4 B4
Note:
Q OF1 OF2 OF3 Diagram shown with circuit "de-energized", all
MT
trip unit
déclencheur
SD SDE
MN
BK : black
BL : blue
GN : green
BK
D4 91 11 21 31 81 A1 151 152
GY : grey
BK
BL
GN
GY
OR : orange
RD : red
D4 91 A1 B2
VT : violet
WH : white
YE : yellow
automatic reset with MX

E43961
CN1 - CN 1 +
CN2 - CN 2 –
F1
F O
ordretripping
de
déclenchement
order (1)
(1)
C1 94 A2 A4 B4
WH
RD
RD
YE
GN
VT
C1 92 94 12 14 22 24 32 34 82 84 B2 A2 A4 B4
Q
OF1 OF2 OF3
MT
déclencheur
trip unit
SD SDE
MX
BK
C2 91 11 21 31 81 A1 151 152
OR
BK
GN
GY
C2 91 A1 B2
166 Merlin Gerin

automatic reset without auxiliary Symbols
E43962
CN1
CN2 - CN 2 – SD : trip indication switch
OF2/
F1
OF3
should not be
F O O : opening order simultaneous
94 A2 A4 B4 Note:
RD
RD
YE
GN
VT
92 94 12 14 22 24 32 34 82 84 B2 A2 A4 B4

Q OF1 OF2 OF3 BK : black
MT
GN : green
déclencheur
trip unit
SD SDE GY : grey
RD : red
VT : violet
YE : yellow
BK
91 11 21 31 81 A1 151 152
BK
GN
GY
91 A1 B2

with MN/MX
E43921
E43922
1 2 F O F O
verrouillage
locked by par verrouillage
locked by par
l'ordre de
tripping l'ordre de
tripping
order
déclenchement déclenchement
order
B2 A2 A4 B4 B2 A2 A4 B4
MT MT
82 82
without auxiliary
E43923
E43924
1 2 F O F O
B2 A2 A4 B4 B2 A2 A4 B4
MT MT
82 82
Merlin Gerin 167

T motor mechanism
local manual reset with MN Symbols

E43982
CN1 - CN 1 +
CN2 - CN 2 – MN : undervoltage release
MX : shunt release
F1
and MN/MX
F O
should not be
ordre de H1 O : opening order simultaneous
tripping
déclenchement
(1)order (1) (1) : tripping order must lock out closing order.
D1 A2 A4 B4
Note:
WH
RD
YE
GN
VT
RD
D1 82 84 B2 A2 A4 B4
Q
MT BK : black
déclencheur
trip unit
SDE BL : blue
MN GN : green
GY : grey
OR : orange
RD : red
BK
D4 81 A1 151 152
GN
VT : violet
GY
BL
WH : white
D4 A1 B2
YE : yellow
local manual reset with MX

E43983
CN1 - CN 1 +
CN2 - CN 2 –
F1
F O
ordre de H1
tripping
déclenchement
(1) order (1)
C1 A2 A4 B4
WH
RD
YE
GN
VT
RD
C1 82 84 B2 A2 A4 B4
MT
déclencheur
trip unit
SDE
MX
BK
C2 81 A1 151 152
GN
OR
GY
C2 A1 B2
170 Merlin Gerin

local manual reset without auxiliary Symbols
E43984
CN1 - CN 1 +
CN2 - CN 2 – MT : motor mechanism module (type T)
F1
should not be
Note:
F O
H1 carried out locally and manually.
A2 A4 B4 Diagram shown with circuit "de-energized", all
RD
YE
GN
VT
RD

82 84 B2 A2 A4 B4
BK : black
GN : green
GY : grey
Q RD : red
MT
VT : violet
déclencheur
trip unit
SDE YE : yellow
BK
81 A1 151 152
GN
GY
A1 B2

with MN/MX
E43971
E43970
1 2 F O F O
verrouillage
locked by par verrouillage
locked by par
l'ordre
trippingde l'ordre de
tripping
order
déclenchement
B2 A2 A4 B4 B2 A2 A4 B4
MT MT
without auxiliary
E43929
E43930
1 2 F O F O
B2 A2 A4 B4 B2 A2 A4 B4
MT MT
Merlin Gerin 171

TS motor mechanism
remote reset without auxiliary Symbols

E43963
CN1
CN2 - CN 2 – MT : motor mechanism module (type TS)
F1
and MN/MX
should not be
O H1
F Caution: the opening and closing orders are
of the impulse type. For maintained orders,
A2 A4 B4
terminal B4 must not be connected.
Note:
RD
YE
GN
VT
RD
82 A2 A4 B4 After tripping on an electrical fault, resetting is

Q
déclencheur
trip unit
MT Colour codes for auxiliary wiring
SDE
BK : black
GN : green
GY : grey
RD : red
VT : violet
BK
81 A1 B1
BK
GY
YE : yellow
A1 B1
172 Merlin Gerin

without MN/MX
E43931
E43956
1 2
F O F O
A2 A4 B4 A2 A4 B4
MT MT
82 82
Merlin Gerin 173

source-changeover systems without controller local reset

without auxiliary
E29491
E28449
N 11 12 13 14 15 16
N
IVE
R
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
22 24 82 84 B2 A2 A4 B4
remote reset
QN
E29492
OF2
MT
11 12 13 14 15 16
trip unit
déclencheur
SDE
N
IVE
R
21 81 A1 L1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
RN RR
automatic reset
22 24 82 84 B2 A2 A4 B4
QR 11 12 13 14 15 16
OF2
(1)
MT N
trip unit
déclencheur
SDE IVE
(1)
R
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
21 81 A1 L1
Symbols MT : motor mechanism Note:

QN : "normal-source" Compact NS circuit OF2 : contact position indication switch Diagram shown with circuits "de-energised",
all devices "open" and relays in "normal" position.
breaker with motor mechanism RN : QN-breaker reset order
QR : "replacement-source" Compact NS RR : QR-breaker reset order
circuit breaker with motor (1) : factory wiring: cannot be modified.
mechanism
interlocking unit
174 Merlin Gerin

E43832
recommended control system
L1 L2
11 12 13 14 15 16
84 84
N
SDE"N" SDE"R"
(2) (2) IVE
81 81
R
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
ON OR FN FR
order for transfert

ordre de transfer sur
to
la source "remplacement"
"replacement" source (1) (1)
order de
ordre forretour
returnsur
transfer to
la source source
"normal" "normal"(1)
(1)
(1) : the orders for transfers between the "normal"
and "replacement" sources must be electrically
interlocked.
(2) : simplified wiring diagram. The SDE signals CN 1 + CN 1 +
are transmitted to the IVE unit. The SDE contacts
are fitted in the circuit breakers. CN 2 – CN 2 –
IVE operation
E27119
I
ON
O
I
IN
O
>150 ms
I
OR
O
I
IR
O
>150 ms
I
QN
O
250 ms 500 ms
I
QR
O
250 ms 500 ms 250 ms
Symbols Following voluntary tripping Legend

FN : QN-closing order See page 158 for information on motor- c O position: circuit open
FR : QR-closing order mechanism connection. Terminals 1, 2, 3 c I position: circuit closed
ON : QN-opening order and 4 may be short-circuited for immediate, c : no effect O or I.
OR : QR-opening order automatic resetting. A local or voluntary
IN : QN-closing order remote reset possibility may be
IR : QR-closing order implemented by modifying the wiring of
L1 : "normal" source fault indication lamp these terminals (see opposite page).
L2 : "remplacement" source fault indication
lamp Following fault tripping
QN : normal-source Compact NS circuit Following an electrical fault (overload, short-
breaker with motor mechanism circuit, earth fault), a manual reset on the
QR : replacement-source Compact NS front panel of the motor mechanism is
circuit breaker with motor mechanism mandatory.
Wire cross-sections: 1.5 to 2.5 mm2.
Merlin Gerin 175

Compact: wiring diagram
source-changeover systems without controller

with emergency off by MN / automatic reset
NORMAL
E43988
D1
D1 22 24 82 84 B2 A2 A4 B4
QN
OF2
MT
déclencheur
trip unit
SDE
MN
D4 21 81 A1 L1
D4
CN1 - CN1 + (2)
REPLACEMENT
REMPLACEMENT
KA3
BP
KA3
CN2 - CN2 –
D1
D1 22 24 82 84 B2 A2 A4 B4
Automatic reset
Réarmement automatique
QR
OF2
(1)
MT N
déclencheur
trip unit
SDE IVE
(1)
MN R
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
KA3 KA3
D4 21 81 A1 L1
D4
Symbols KA3 : auxiliary relay Note:

QN : "normal-source" Compact NS circuit After tripping on an electrical fault, resetting is
(1) : prefabricated wiring supplied
breaker with motor mechanism (2) : independent auxiliary source
QR : "replacement-source" Compact NS Diagram shown with circuits "de-energised",
circuit breaker with motor
mechanism
OF2 : contact position indication switch
MT : motor mechanism
interlocking unit
BP : latching "off" push-button
176 Merlin Gerin

with emergency off by MX / automatic reset
CN4 - CN4 – (2)
E4398
NORMAL
CN3 - CN3 +
tripping
ordre de KA1
order
déclenchement
KA1
C1 22 24 82 84 B2 A2 A4 B4
QN
OF2
MT
déclencheur
trip unit
SDE
MX
C2 21 81 A1 L1
REPLACEMENT
REMPLACEMENT
CN6 - CN6 – (2)
CN5 - CN5 +
ordre de
tripping
déclenchement
order KA2
KA2
Automatic reset
Réarmement automatique
C1 22 24 82 84 B2 A2 A4 B4
(1)
N
QR
OF2
IVE
(1)
MT
R
déclencheur
trip unit
SDE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
MX
KA1 KA2
(3)
C2 21 81 A1 L1
Symbols KA1 : time delayed auxiliary relay Note:

QN : "normal-source" Compact NS circuit KA2 After tripping on an electrical fault, resetting is
breaker with motor mechanism (1) : prefabricated wiring supplied
QR : "replacement-source" Compact NS Diagram shown with circuits "de-energised",
(2) : this source can be all devices "open" and relays in "normal" position.
circuit breaker with motor - the source present for installation with voltage
mechanism monitoring
SDE : fault indication switch - an independent source.
OF2 : contact position indication switch In both cases, protection must be provided for the
MX.
MX : shunt release
(3) : the reset orders must be delayed by
0.3 seconds.
interlocking unit
Merlin Gerin 177


without auxiliary
E33074
NORMAL
92 94 12 14 22 24 32 34 82 84 152 A4 A2 B2 B4
QN
OF1 OF2 OF3
MT
trip unit
déclencheur
SDE
SD
91 11 21 31 81 151 A1
(1)
N
IVE
REPLACEMENT
REMPLACEMENT (1)
R
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
92 94 12 14 22 24 32 34 82 84 152 A4 A2 B2 B4
QR
OF1 OF2 OF3
MT
déclencheur
trip unit
SDE
SD
91 11 21 31 81 151 A1
Symbols Note:
QN : normal-source Compact C After tripping on an electrical fault, manual local
resetting is required.
QR : replacement-source Compact C Diagram shown with circuits "de-energised",
OF1 : contact position indication switches
OF2
OF3
IVE : electrical interlocking and terminal
block
RN : QN-reset order
RR : QR-reset order
(1) factory wiring: cannot be modified
178 Merlin Gerin

E43832
recommended control system
L1 L2
11 12 13 14 15 16
84 84
N
SDE"N" SDE"R"
(2) (2) IVE
81 81
R
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
ON OR FN FR
order de
ordre for transfert
transfer sur
to
"replacement"
la source (1) (1)
source "remplacement"
order de
ordre forretour
returnsur
transfer to
(1) : the orders for transfers between the "normal" "normal"
la source source
"normal"(1)
(1)
and "replacement" sources must be electrically
interlocked.
(2) : simplified wiring diagram. The SDE signals
are transmitted to the IVE unit. The SDE contacts CN 1 + CN 1 +
are fitted in the circuit breakers. CN 2 – CN 2 –
IVE operation
E27119
I
ON
O
I
IN
O
>150 ms
I
OR
O
I
IR
O
>150 ms
I
QN
O
1s 500 ms
I
QR
O
1s 500 ms 1s
Symbols Following tripping Legend

FN : QN-closing order Whatever the cause (overload, short-circuit, c O position: circuit open
FR : QR-closing order earth fault, voluntary), a manual reset on the c I position: circuit closed
QN : normal-source Compact NS circuit front panel of the motor mechanism is c : no effect O or I.
breaker with motor mechanism mandatory.
QR : replacement-source Compact NS
ON : QN-opening
OR : QR-opening
IN : QN-closing
IR : QR-closing
L1 : "normal" source fault indication lamp
L2 : "replacement" source fault indication
lamp
Wire cross-sections: 1.5 to 2.5 mm2.
Merlin Gerin 179


with emergency off by MN / local manual reset
- CN2 –
E43985
CN2 (2)
CN1 - CN1 +
NORMAL
ordre de
tripping order
déclenchement
D1 92 94 12 14 22 24 32 34 82 84 152 A4 A2 B2 B4
QN
OF1 OF2 OF3
MT
déclencheur
trip unit
SDE
MN
SD
D4 91 11 21 31 81 151 A1
(1)
N
REPLACEMENT IVE
REMPLACEMENT (1)
R
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
D1 92 94 12 14 22 24 32 34 82 84 152 A4 A2 B2 B4
QR
OF1 OF2 OF3
MT
déclencheur
trip unit
SDE
MN
SD
D4 91 11 21 31 81 151 A1
Symbols Note:
QN : Compact C "Normal" After tripping on an electrical fault, resetting is
QR : replacement-source Compact C Diagram shown with circuit "de-energized", all
OF2/
OF3
(1) : prefabricated wiring supplied
(2) : independent auxiliary source
180 Merlin Gerin

with emergency off by MX / local manual reset
CN2 - CN2 – (2)
E43986
CN1 - CN1 +
NORMAL
ordre de
tripping order
déclenchement
C1 92 94 12 14 22 24 32 34 82 84 152 A4 A2 B2 B4
QN
OF1 OF2 OF3
MT
déclencheur
trip unit
SDE
MX
SD
C2 91 11 21 31 81 151 A1
(1)
N
IVE
REPLACEMENT
REMPLACEMENT (1)
R
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
C1 92 94 12 14 22 24 32 34 82 84 152 A4 A2 B2 B4
QR
OF1 OF2 OF3
MT
déclencheur
trip unit
SDE
MX
SD
C2 91 11 21 31 81 151 A1
Symbols Note:
QN : Compact C "Normal" After tripping on an electrical fault, resetting is
QR : replacement-source Compact C Diagram shown with circuit "de-energized", all
OF2/
OF3
MX : shunt release
(1) : prefabricated wiring supplied.
(2) : this source can be:
- the source present for installation with voltage
monitoring,
- an independent source.
In both cases, protection must be provided for the
MX.
Merlin Gerin 181

Compact NS and C
source-changeover systems with controller BA indication
E43968 f
selecteur
selector
N
E33075
R
N R auto stop
23 22
14 13 16 15 11 12 10 9 5 7 6 8
1 3 5 1 3 5
Q1 Q2
transfer conditions
2 4 6 2 4 6
E43969 f
2 N O L 17 18 20 21 R E 25
ACP
N R siif contact
contact fermé
closed
24 N O L 9 10 R E 25
ordre de
permutation
voluntary transfer
volontaire (ex: EJP)
Connectors 20 and 21:

24 N O L R E 25
additional check contact
(not carried out by the controller)
23 22
BA
17 18 20
21
11 12 13 14 15 16 10 9 8 7 6 5
11 12 13 14 15 16
N
IVE
R
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
removeàfor
enlever
C801/1251
pour C801/1251
Symbols Note:
Tests on "Normal" and "Replacement"
Q1 : circuit breaker supplying and Diagram shown with circuits "de-energised", all
devices "open" and relays in "normal" position. voltages
protecting the automatic Single-phase check for UN and UR: tested
control circuits for the "Normal" across terminals 1 and 5 of circuit breakers
source Q1 and Q2.
Q2 : circuit breaker supplying and
protecting the automatic
control circuits for the
"Replacement" source
ACP : auxiliaries control plate
BA : controller
IVE : electrical interlocking and
terminal block unit
182 Merlin Gerin

operation
E27121
I
UN or KT
O
I
UR
O
I
KR
O
I
QN
O
I
QR
O
T1 500 ms T2 500 ms
250 ms 250 ms
0,1…30 ss
0.1…30 0,1…240
0.1…30 ss
Inputs Important Legend

UN : normal-source voltage If UR is not in I state when the transfer order c O position: circuit open
UR : replacement-source voltage (KT or UN) is given, transfer is not carried out. c I position: circuit closed
KT : forced operation on replacement- If KR is not in I state when the transfer order c : no effect O or I.
source control signal (KT or UN) is given, transfer takes place
KR : additional check before transfer. only once KR has changed to I state.
Outputs
QR : replacement-source circuit breaker.
Merlin Gerin 183

Compact NS and C
source-changeover systems with controller UA load-shedding and genset

management
E43965
selecteur délestage démarrage groupe
E43918
N R selector load shedding generator

N order start-up order
R
auto stop
23 22 27 26 28 30 29 31
14 13 16 15 11 12 10 9 5 7 6 8
1 3 5 1 3 5
Q1 Q2
2 4 6 2 4 6
ACP
transfer conditions
E43964
24 N O L 17 18 20 21 R E 25
24 N O L 9 10 R E 25
A
B
C
01
/ voltage
N
see tableau
"normal" UN A=0 1 phase control si contact fermé
voir contrôle de la A=1 3 phases control N R
if contact closed
test table
tension "normal" UN EJP / voluntary
ordre de
B=0 N=off fault permutation
B=1 N=on generator volontaire (ex: EJP)
voluntary transfer
C=0 t6=120s t max
24 N O L R E 25 C=1 t6=180s start generator
23 22
Connectors 20 and 21 :
additional a check contact
(not carried out by the controller)
UA
17 18 20
"Normal" and "Replacement"

21
11 12 13 14 15 16 10 9 8 7 6 5 UN tests
"Normal" UN test
ref. UA 29472 29472 29473

ref. UA150 29474 29474 29475
tension
supply
d'alimentation
N/N / /
voltage 220/240VCA 220/240VAC 380/415VCA
380/415VAC
position
220/240VAC 220/240VCA
switch
de 50/60Hz 50/60Hz 50/60Hz
position
l'interrupteur 440V - 60Hz
N
11 12 13 14 15 16
A=0 1L1 3L2 5L3 1L1 3L2 5L3 1L1 3L2 5L3
N
IVE Q1 Q1 Q1
R
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
A=1 1L1 3L2 5L3 1L1 3L2 5L3
à enlever
remove for C801/1251
pour C801/1251 Q1 Q1
"Replacement" UR test
Single-phase check for voltage UR across
terminals 1 and 5 of circuit breaker Q2.
Symbols Note:
Q1 : circuit breaker supplying and Diagram shown with circuits "de-energised",
control circuits for the "Normal"
source
Q2 : circuit breaker supplying and
control circuits for the
"Replacement" source
ACP : auxiliaries control plate
UA : controller
IVE : electrical interlocking and
terminal block unit
184 Merlin Gerin

controller operating parameters communication (COM)
boucle COM
E43966
E43967
COM loop
24 N O L 17 18 20 21 R E 25 2
4 6
8
A
1
10
24 N O L 17 18 20 21 R E 25 2
4 6
8
1
B 14 12
5 A 10
C + 0v 24v 3 7 B
C
14
5
12
01 1 9 + 0v 24v 3 7
24v 0v + 15
13
11 01 1 9
N / voltage 24v 0v + 15
13
11
si contact fermé N/ voltage

A=0 1 phase control BBus
A=1 3 phase control N R
if contact closed A=0 1 phase control si contact fermé BBus
N R
A=1 3 phase control if contact closed
EJP / voluntary ordre de EJP / voluntary ordre de
B=0 N=off fault permutation
B=1 N=on generator volontaire (ex: EJP) B=0 N=off fault permutation
voluntary transfert B=1 N=on generator volontaire (ex: EJP)
C=0 t6=20s t max voluntary transfert
C=1 t6=180s start generator C=0 t6=20s t max
C=1 t6=180s start generator
c monitoring of voltage N Setting the UA address using the two BBUS

A = 0 single-phase monitoring, encoder wheels.
A = 1 three-phase monitoring.
c voluntary transfer
v taking generator failure into account,
B = 0 circuit breaker N opens,
B = 1 circuit breaker N remains closed.
v max generator start time (T6)
C = 0 T = 120 s,
C = 1 T = 180 s.
After this time T, the generator is considered
to be faulty.
operation
E30189
I
or KT
UN ou
O
I
UR
O
I
KR
O
I
KG
O
SH I
O
QN I
O
QR I
O
T1 T3 T2 T4 T5
0.1…30s
0,1...30s 120-180s 0.5…30s
0,5...30s 10…240s
10...240s 0.5…30s
0,5...30s 60...600s
Inputs Important Legend

UN : normal-source voltage If UR is not in I state when the transfer order c O position: circuit open
UR : replacement-source voltage (KT or UN) is given, transfer is not carried out. c I position: circuit closed
KT : forced operation on replacement- If KR is not in I state when the transfer order c : no effect O or I.
source control signal (KT or UN) is given, transfer takes place
KR : additional check before transfer. only once KR has changed to I state.
Outputs
KG : engine-generator set control signal
SH : load-shedding control signal
QR : replacement-source circuit breaker.
Merlin Gerin 185

Compact NS and C
BA operation
Operation Time delay settings
A four-position switch can be used to select: t1: time delay before QN opens when the
c automatic operation, voltage UN of the "Normal" source disappears.
c forced operation on source N, t2: time delay before QR opens when the
c forced operation on source R, voltage UN of the "Normal" source is restored.
c stop (both "Normal" and "Replacement" Adjustment of time delays in front:
sources off). c t1 from 0.1 to 30 seconds,
c t2 from 0.1 to 240 seconds.
4-position switch in "stop" position 4-position switch in "auto" position 4-position switch in "N " position (forced
(automatic operation) operation on "Normal" source)
E27107
E27108
E30187
QN and QR
stop open operat. on N R
source N I O
4-position switch N and UN present
"auto" UN fail (duration > t1) or voluntary

QR opens
switching order received
QN opens
t > 0.5 s
end of reset
t > 0.5 s QN closes
QR closed QN closed
"stop" N R
operat. on
QR closes I O
source N
It is not necessary to set controller UA to operat. on N R

action on 4-positions switch
“stop” position before operating circuit source N O I
The circuit breakers will return to their initial
state when the controller is reset to “auto”.
4-position switch in "R" position
QR opens (forced operation on "Replacement"
t > 0,5 s
source)
t > 0.5 s
E32708
QN closes 4-position switch in "R" position and "UR"

present
QN closed QN opens
t > 0.5 s
QR closes
QR closed
operat. on N R
source N O I
Inputs Legend
UN normal-source voltage c O position: circuit open
UR replacement-source voltage c I position: circuit closed
QN normal-source circuit breaker
QR replacement-source circuit breaker.
186 Merlin Gerin

UA operation
Operation Time delay settings Adjustment of time delays in front:
A four-position switch can be used to select: t1: time delay before QN opens when the c t1 from 0.1 to 30 seconds,
c automatic operation, voltage UN of the "Normal" source disappears. c t2 from 10 to 240 seconds,
c forced operation on source N, t2: time delay before QR opens when the c t3 from 0.5 to 30 seconds,
c forced operation on source R, voltage UN of the "Normal" source is restored. c t4 from 0.5 to 30 seconds,
c stop (both "Normal" and "Replacement" t3: time delay before QR closes once QN has c t5 from 60 to 600 seconds.
sources off). opened and the load has been shed.
t4: time delay before QN closes once QR has
opened and the load has been reconnected.
t5: time delay for confirmation of presence of
UN before stopping the generator set.
4-position switch in "stop" position 4-position switch in "auto" position 4-position switch in "N" position (forced
(automatic operation) operation on "Normal" source)
E30187
E30185
E27107
QN and QR
stop operat. on N R genset
open 4-position switch in "N" and UN present
source N I O off
"auto" UN fails (duration > t1) or voluntary QR opens and load

switching order received shedding
genset startup t > t4
end of reset
UR present for t < 120 s or 180 s
Test for UR positive (UR contact closed) QN closes
QN opens and load

shedding QN closed
"stop" N R
operat. on
t > t3 I O
genset off
source N
It is not necessary to set controller UA to

QR closes action on 4-position switch
“stop” position before operating circuit
The circuit breakers will return to their initial QR closed
state when the controller is reset to “auto”.
operat. on N R 4-position switch in "R" position
genset on
source N O I (forced operation on "Replacement"
source)
E30186
QR opens and load 4-position switch in "R" and UN present

reconnection
t > t4 genset startup
QN closes UR present for t > 120 s or 180 s
QN opens and load

QN closed shedding
genset remains on t > t3
UN present for t > t5 and no voluntary

QR closes
switching order received
genset off QR closes
operat. on N R
UR absent genset on
source N O I
Inputs Legend
UN normal-source voltage c O position: circuit open
UR replacement-source voltage c I position: circuit closed
QN normal-source circuit breaker
QR replacement-source circuit breaker.
Merlin Gerin 187

motor protection
Compact NS100 to NS250 - trip unit STR22ME

Compact NS400 and NS630 - trip unit STR43ME
thermal fault early break signal: SDTAM
Thermal fault indication
E28434
CN1 - CN 1 +
CN2 - CN 2 –
F1
D1
BP1
WH
97 13 43
KA1 KA1
14 44
Q1
trip unit
SDTAM
98
BL
D4
A1 X1
KA1 H1
A2 X2
Symbols Note:
Q : Compact NS100 to NS630 Diagram shown with circuits "de-energised",
auxiliary circuits Colour codes for auxiliary wiring
SDTAM : thermal fault early break signal BL : blue
BP1 : SDTAM reset button WH : white
KA1 : auxiliary relay - Telemecanique
CA...DN31 or CA...DN22
H1 : SDTAM fault indication light
188 Merlin Gerin

Operation
E28435
I
surcharge
overload
O
I
SDTAM
O
tr
I
BP1
O
I
H1
O
I
Q
O
IQ
Input Note: Legend

tr : overload (long time) protection Only circuit breaker Q opens. The above automatic c O state: off-state (circuit open)
control sequence is not run.
tripping time c I state: on-state (circuit closed)
overload : current greater than Ir c : either on - or off-state
(long time tripping threshold)
IQ : closing order for circuit
breaker Q
Merlin Gerin 189

Compact: connection

Compact NS400 and NS630 - trip unit STR43ME (cont.)
Thermal fault indication and differentiated tripping
E28436
CN1 - CN 1 +
CN2 - CN 2 –
F1
D1
WH
97
21 42
Q1
BP1 KA1 KA1
22 44
trip-unit
déclencheur
SDTAM
(1)
98
BL
D4
E1
A1 A1 X1
KA1 KM1 H1
KM1
A2 KA2 A2 X2
E2
Symbols BP1: SDTAM reset button Accessories such as the lamps and the
Q1: Compact NS100 to NS630 KA1: auxiliary relay - Telemecanique auxiliary circuit breaker are not supplied with
F1: auxiliary circuit breaker CA...DN31 or CA...DN22 the circuit breaker.
SDTAM: thermal fault early break signal H1: SDTAM fault indication light All schemes are shown without the supply
voltage present, all devices open and relays
in the de-energised position.
190 Merlin Gerin

Operation
I
E28437
surcharge
overload
O
tr
I
SDTAM
O
I
BP1
O
I
H1
O
I
KM1
O
I
Q1
O
tr: overload (long time) protection tripping On short-circuit or earth fault Legend
time Only circuit breaker Q1 opens. The above c O state: off-state
overload: current greater than Ir (long time automatic control sequence is not run. c I state: on-state
tripping threshold) c : either on - or off-state
Same automatic system using a bistable relay
Symbols
E28438
CN1 - CN 1 +
CN2 - CN 2 –
Q1: Compact NS100 to NS630
F1: auxiliary circuit breaker
SDTAM: thermal fault early break signal
F1
BP1: SDTAM reset button
KA1: auxiliary relay - Telemecanique
D1
CA...DN31 or CA...DN22
H1: SDTAM fault indication light
Accessories such as the lamps and the
auxiliary circuit breaker are not supplied with
BP1
the circuit breaker.
D4 All schemes are shown without the supply
voltage present, all devices open and relays
in the de-energised position.
E4
C
RHK
12 11 14 22 21 24 X
(1)
A1 X1
KM1 H1
A2 X2
Merlin Gerin 191


Compact NS400 and NS630 - trip unit STR43ME
Thermal fault indication and differentiated tripping
E43828
CN1 - CN 1 +
CN2 - CN 2 –
F1
D1
WH
97
21 42
Q
BP1 KA1 KA1
22 44
trip unit
déclencheur
SDTAM
(1)
98
BL
D4
E1
A1 A1 X1
KA1 KM1 H1
KM1
A2 KA2 A2 X2
E2
Symbols Note:
Q : Compact NS100 to NS630 Diagram shown with circuits "de-energised",
auxiliary circuits Colour codes for auxiliary wiring
SDTAM : thermal fault early break signal BL : blue
BP1 : SDTAM reset button WH : white
KA1 : auxiliary relay - Telemecanique
CA…DN31 or CA…DN22
KA2 : mechanical latching unit -
Telemecanique LA6 DK1
KM1 : power contactor
(1) : KM1 operation conditions to be inserted
between 22 and A1
192 Merlin Gerin

Operation
E28437
I
surcharge
overload
O
tr
I
SDTAM
O
I
BP1
O
I
H1
O
I
KM1
O
I
Q
O
Input Note: Legend

tr: overload (long time) protection tripping On short-circuit or earth fault, only circuit breaker c O state: off-state (circuit open)
Q1 opens. The above automatic control sequence
time. is not run.
c I state: on-state (circuit open)
Overload: current greater than Ir ■ : either on - or off-state
(long time tripping threshold).
Same automatic system using a bistable relay Symbols

Q : Compact NS100-160-250
E43829
CN1 - CN 1 + F1 : breaker for the protection of the

CN2 - CN 2 – auxiliary circuits
SDTAM : thermal fault early break signal
BP1 : SDTAM reset button
F1 RHK : bistable relay Telemecanique :
RHK-41…
D1 KM1 : power contactor
(1) : KM1 operation conditions to be inserted
between 22 and A1
BP1
Note:
D4
Diagram shown with circuits "de-energised",
E4
C
RHK
12 11 14 22 21 24 X
(1)
A1 X1
KM1 H1
A2 X2
Merlin Gerin 193

Compact NS80H-MA/NSC100/NS100 to NS630
early-make switch (CAF)
with MN Symbols
Q : Compact NS
E43831
- CN1 +
CN1
(1) tripping
ordre de MN : undervoltage release
déclenchement
CN2 - CN2 – order CAF1/ : early make switch of rotary handle
CAF2
X1
XI : terminal block and wiring
1 2 3 4 5 6
accessory for CAF (not included,
must be ordered separately)
(1) : independent auxiliary source
WH
WH
WH
Remark:
RD
RD
BL
D1
NS80H-MA and NSC100 circuit breakers are not
plug-in or withdrawable devices. As a result there
is no automatic auxiliary wiring connector.
WH
D1 C1 Connections are made directly to the device.
Note:
Q CAF1 CAF2
trip unit
déclencheur Diagram shown with circuit "de-energized", all
MN devices "open" and relays in "normal" position.

BK : black
D4 BL : blue
BL
GN : green
RD : red
D4
WH : white
with MN + SD
E43830
CN1 - CN1 +
(1) tripping
ordre de
déclenchement
order
CN2 - CN2 –
X1
1 2 3 4 5 6
WH
WH
WH
GN
RD
RD
BK
BL
D1 92 94
WH
GN
RD
D1 C1 92 94
Q CAF1 CAF2
trip unit
déclencheur
MN
SD
D4 91
BL
BL
D4 91
194 Merlin Gerin

LV circuit breakers
Compact
80 to 1250 A
complementary technical
information
page
tripping curves
protection of low-voltage distribution
networks:
c Compact NS 196
c reflex tripping 199
c Compact C 200
motor starter protection 202
protection of industrial control panels 204
earth fault protection and
load monitoring 205
effect of high temperatures 206
altitude derating 209
power dissipation, resistance 210
current limiting 212
400 Hz applications 216
circuit breaker selection
for DC applications 218
switch-disconnectors protection 220
protection of LV/LV transformers 222
cascading 224
protection discrimination 236
motor protection discrimination 265
cascading and enhanced
discrimination 270
protection of motor circuits
circuit breaker/contactor coordination 280
type 2 coordination 287
type 1 coordination 303
coordination between Merlin Gerin circuit
breakers and Telemecanique Canalis
electrical busbar trunking
195
Compact: complementary technical information
tripping curves
trip units for Compact NS100…NS250

TM16D / TM16G TM25D / TM25G
E28453
10 000
E28452
10 000
5 000 5 000
2 000 2 000
1 000 1 000
500 500
200 200
100 100
50 50
20 20
10 10
5 5
t(s) 2 t(s) 2
TM16D : 12 x In TM25D : 12 x In
1 1
.5 .5
.2 .2
TM16G : 4 x In TM25G :
.1 .1 3.2 x In
.05 .05
.02 .02
.01 reflex tripping:
déclenchement réflexe : reflex tripping:
déclenchement réflexe :
.01
t < 10
10 ms
ms t < 10
10 ms
ms
.005 .005
.002 .002
.001 .001
.5 .7 1 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 30 50 70100 200300 .5 .7 1 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 30 50 70100 200300
I / Ir I / Ir
TM32D / TM40D / TM40G TM50D / TM63D / TM63G

E28454
10 000
E28455
10 000
5 000 5 000
2 000 2 000
1 000 1 000
500 500
200 200
100 100
50 50
20 20
10 10
5 5
t(s) 2 t(s) 2
TM40D : 12 x In TM63D : 8 x In
1 1
.5 .5
TM50D : 10 x In
.2 TM32D : 12,5 x In .2
TM40G : TM63G :
.1 2 x In .1 2 x In
.05 .05
.02 .02
déclenchement réflexe : .01 reflex tripping:
t t<<10
10ms
ms tt<< 10
10 ms
ms
.005 .005
.002 .002
.001 .001
.5 .7 1 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 30 50 70100 200300 .5 .7 1 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 30 50 70100 200300
I / Ir I / Ir
196 Merlin Gerin

TM80D / TM100D TM125D / TM160D
10 000
E28456
E28457
10 000
5 000 5 000
2 000 2 000
1 000 1 000
500 500
200 200
100 100
50 50
20 20
10 10
5 5 TM125D
10 x In
t(s) 2 t(s) 2
NS160/250
1 Im = 12 x In 1
.5 .5 TM160D
NS100 8 x In
.2 Im = 8 x In .2
.1 .1
.05 .05
.02 .02
déclenchement réflexe : reflex tripping:
.01
t t<<10
10 ms
ms t t<<10
10ms
ms
.005 .005
.002 .002
.001 .001
.5 .7 1 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 30 50 70100 200300 .5 .7 1 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 30 50 70100 200300
I / Ir I / Ir
TM200D / TM250D Effect of high temperatures: see

page 206.
10 000 Reflex tripping: see page 199.
E28458
5 000
2 000
1 000
500
200
100
50
20
10
5
t(s) 2
Im = 5 … 10 x In
1
.5
.2
.1
.05
.02
tt << 10
10 ms
.005
.002
.001
.5 .7 1 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 30 50 70100 200300
I / Ir
Merlin Gerin 197

tripping curves
trip units for Compact NS100…NS250 (cont.)

STR22SE - 40…100 A STR22SE - 160…250 A
E28460
E28459
10 000 10 000
5 000 5 000
2 000 2 000
Ir = 0.4…1 x In Ir = 0.4…1 x In
1 000 1 000
500 500
200 200
100 100
50 50
20 20
10 10
5 5
t(s) 2 t(s) 2
Im = 2…10 x Ir Im = 2…10 x Ir
1 1
.5 .5
.2 .2
.1 .1
.05 .05
.02 .02 reflex tripping

reflex tripping
déclenchement réflexe : déclenchement réflexe :
.01 .01 tt < 10 ms
ms
tt < 10 ms
ms
.005 .005
.002 I = 11 x In .002 I = 11 x In
.001 .001
.5 .7 1 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 30 50 70100 200300 .5 .7 1 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 30 50 70100 200300
I / Ir I / Ir
STR22GE - 40…100 A STR22GE - 160…250 A

E28410
E28409
10 000 10 000
5 000 5 000
2 000 2 000
Ir = 0.4…1 x In
1 000 1 000
500 500
Ir = 0.4…1 x In
200 200
100 100
50 50
20 20
10 10
5 5
t(s) 2 t(s) 2
1 1
.5 .5
Im = 2…10 x Ir
.2 Im = 2…10 x Ir .2
.1 .1
.05 .05
.02 .02
reflex tripping : reflex tripping :
.01 t < 10 ms .01 t < 10 ms
.005 .005
.002 I = 11 x In .002 I = 11 x In
.001 .001
.5 .7 1 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 30 50 70100 200300 .5 .7 1 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 30 50 70100 200300
I / Ir I / Ir
198 Merlin Gerin

STR23SE STR53UE
10 000
E28461
E28462
10 000
5 000 5 000
2 000 2 000
Ir = 0.4…1 x In Ir = 0.4…1 x In
1 000 1 000
500 500
200 200
100 100 réflex tripping :
t < 10 ms
50 50 tr = 1…16 s
20 20
Ii = 1.5…11 x In
10 10
5 5
t(s) Isd = 1.5…10 x Ir
t(s) 2 2
Im = 2…10 x Ir 1
1
i2 t ON
.5 .5
0.3
.2 .2 0.2
.1 .1 i 2 t OFF 0.1
.05 .05
0
.02 .02
reflex tripping
.01 t < 10
10 ms
ms
.01
.005 .005
.002 I = 11 x In .002
.001 .001
.5 .7 1 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 30 50 70100 200300 .5 .7 1 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 5 7 10 20 30 50
I / Ir I / Ir I / In
Effect of high temperatures: see

page 206.
reflex tripping Compact NS

All Compact NS circuit breakers and switch-
E28463
disconnectors incorporate the exclusive

reflex tripping system.
20
This extremely simple system breaks very
high fault currents by mechanically tripping NS630
the device via a "piston" actuated directly by
the pressure produced in the breaking units
STR22SE160
resulting by a short-circuit.
For high short-circuits, thermal withstand this NS400
NS250
system provides a faster break and a trip
guarantee, as well as natural total 10 TM160D
discrimination.
Reflex tripping curves are exclusively a t 8
function of the circuit breaker rating. (ms) 7 TM16D...TM100D
5 NS100-NS160
2 3 4 6 10 20 30 40 60 100 200
kA
kArms
eff
Merlin Gerin 199

tripping curves
trip units for Compact C801…C1251

STR25DE STR35SE / ME
10 000 10 000
E24057
E24056
Inst. (*)
5 000 5 000 C801 N-H C801 L C1251 N-H
C1001 N-H C1001 L
Ir = 0.4…1 x In Ir = 0.4…1 x In 15 In 8 In 12 In
2 000 2 000
1 000 1 000
500 500
STR35ME
200 200 in OFF position
100 100
50 50
20 20
10 10
5 5
t (s) t (s)
2 2 I2t ON
Im = 1.5…10 x Ir Inst (*)
I = 1.5…10 x Ir
1 1
.5 .5
0.3 0.3
.2 .2 0.2 0.2
.1 .1 I2t OFF 0.1 0.1
.05 .05
0 0
.02 .02
.01 .01
.005 .005
.002 .002
.001 .001
.5 .7 1 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 .5 .7 1 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 3 5 7 10 20 30
x Ir x Ir x In
STR35GE STR55UE
10 000 10 000
E24059
E24058
Inst. (*)
5 000 Inst. (*)
C801 N-H C801 L C1251 N-H
5 000 C801 N-H C801 L C1251 N-H
C1001 N-H C1001 L C1001 N-H C1001 L
Ir = 0.4…1 x In Ir = 0.4…1 x In 15 In 8 In 12 In
2 000 15 In 8 In 12 In
2 000
tr = 15…480s
1 000 1 000
500 500
200 200
100 100
50 50
20 20
10 10
5 Im = 1.5…10 x Ir 5 Im = 1.5…10 x Ir
t (s) t (s)
2 2
I2t ON Inst (*) I2t ON Inst (*)
1 1
.5 .5
0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3
.2 0.2 0.2
.2 0.2 0.2
.1 I2t OFF 0.1 0.1

.1 I2t OFF 0.1 0.1
.05 .05
0 0
.02 .02
0 0
.01 .01
.005 .005
.002 .002
.001 .001
.5 .7 1 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 3 5 7 10 20 30 .5 .7 1 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 3 5 7 10 20 30
x Ir x In x Ir x In
200 Merlin Gerin

STR45AE STR45BE
10 000 10 000
E24063
E24060
S (*)
5 000 C801 N-H C1001 N-H C1251 N-H
5 000
20 In 23 In 18 In
Ir = 0.4…1 x In
2 000 2 000
Ir = 0.4…1 x In tr = 15…480s
1 000 1 000
tr = 15…480s
500 500
200 200
100 100
50 50
20 20
10 10
5 5 Im = 1.5…10 x Ir (max 8 x In)
t (s) Im = 1.5…10 x Ir t (s)
2 2
I2t ON S (*) I2t ON
1 1
limit if Ir = 0.4 x In
.5 .5
0.3 0.3 sellim
.2 0.2 .2 0.2
.1 I2t OFF 0.1 .1 I2t OFF 0.1
.05 .05
limit if Ir = 1 x In
0
.02 .02
.01 .01
.005 .005
.002 .002
.001 .001
.5 .7 1 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 3 5 7 10 20 30 .5 .7 1 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300
x Ir x In x Ir
Effect of high temperatures: see

page 206.
Merlin Gerin 201

tripping curves
motor starter protection
Compact NS80 trip units for Compact NS100…NS250

MA1.5…MA80 MA2.5…MA100
E28466
E30212
10 000 10 000
5 000 5 000
2 000 2 000
1 000 1 000
500 500
200 200
100 100 thermalthermique
tenue withstand
50 50
20 20
10 10
5 5
t(s) 2 t(s) 2
Im = 6…14 x In Im = 6 …14 x In
1 1
.5 .5
.2 .2
.1 .1
.05 .05
.02 .02
reflex tripping:réflexe :
déclenchement
.01 .01 t<
t <1010msms
.005 .005
.002 .002
.001 .001
.5 .7 1 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 30 50 70100 200300 .5 .7 1 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 30 50 70100 200300
I / Ir I / In

MA150 and MA220 STR22ME - 10…220 A
10 000 10 000
E28467
E28370
5 000 5 000
2 000 2 000 Ir
1 000 1 000
500 maximum thermal withstand 500
MA220
200 200
MA150
100 100
50 50
20 class 10 (IEC 947-4)
20
10 10
5 5
t(s) 2 t(s) 2
Im = 9 …14 x In
1 1
.5 .5
Im = 13 x Ir
.2 .2
.1 .1
.05 .05
.02 .02
.01 reflex tripping : reflex tripping :
t < 10 ms
.01 t < 10 ms
.005 .005
.002 .002 I = 15 x In
.001 .001
.5 .7 1 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 30 50 70100 200300 .5 .7 1 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 30 50 70100 200300
I / In I / Ir
202 Merlin Gerin

MA320…MA500 STR43ME - 120 to 500 A - class 10 A
10 000
E28369
E28468
10 000
5 000 5 000
2 000 2 000
1 000 1 000
500 500
200 200
100 maximum thermal withstand
100
50 50
class 10 A
20 20
10 10
5 5
t(s) 2 t(s) 2 hot tripping curve
1 1 cold tripping curve
.5 .5
Isd = 6…13 x Ir
.2 .2
Im = 9 ... 14 x In
.1 .1
.05 .05
.02 .02
reflex tripping : reflex tripping
.01 .01 t < 10 ms
t < 10 ms
.005 .005
.002 Ii = 10,4 x In
.002
.001 .001
.5 .7 1 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 30 50 70100 200300 .5 .7 1 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 30 50 70100 200300
I / In I / Ir
STR43ME - 120 to 500 A - class 10 STR43ME - 120 to 500 A - class 20

E38879
10 000 10 000
E38946
5 000 5 000
2 000 2 000
1 000 1 000
500 500
200 200
100 100 class 20
50 class 10 50
20 20
10 10
5 5
t(s) 2 hot tripping curve t(s) 2 hot tripping curve
1 cold tripping curve 1 cold tripping curve
.5 .5
Isd = 6…13 x Ir Isd = 6…13 x Ir
.2 .2
.1 .1
.05 .05
.02 reflex tripping

.02 reflex tripping
.01 t < 10 ms .01 t < 10 ms
.005 .005
Ii = 10,4 x In Ii = 10,4 x In
.002 .002
.001 .001
.5 .7 1 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 30 50 70100 200300 .5 .7 1 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 30 50 70100 200300
I / Ir I / Ir
Thermal withstand capacities are given for circuit breakers working Reflex tripping: see page 199.
under 65 °C of ambient temperature.
trip units for Compact C801…C1251 See STR35ME and STR55UE curves page 200.
Merlin Gerin 203
tripping curves
protection of industrial control panels
NSC100N
TM16D / TM25D / TM32D / TM40D TM50D / TM63D / TM80D
10 000 10 000
E44454
E44455
5 000 5 000
2 000 2 000
1 000 1 000
500 500
200 200
100 100
50 50
20 20
10 10
5 5
t(s) 2 t(s) 2
1 1
16A : Im = 37,5 x In
.5 .5
20A : Im = 30 x In 50A : Im = 20 x In
.2 .2 63A : Im = 16 x In
25A : Im = 24 x In
70A : Im = 14,3 x In
.1 32A : Im = 19 x In .1
.05 80A : Im = 12,5 x In
.05 40A : Im = 15 x In
.02 .02
.01 .01
.005 .005
.002 .002
.001 .001
.5 .7 1 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 30 50 70100 200300 .5 .7 1 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 30 50 70100 200300
I / Ir I / Ir
TM100D
10 000
E44456
5 000
2 000
1 000
500
200
100
50
20
10
5
t(s) 2
1 100A : Im = 12,5 x In
.5
.2
.1
.05
.02
.01
.005
.002
.001
.5 .7 1 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 30 50 70100 200300
I / Ir
204 Merlin Gerin

tripping curves
earth fault protection and load monitoring
Compact NS400 and NS630: options for trip unit STR53UE

10 000
E28371
5 000
2 000
Ig = 0.2…1 x In
1 000
500
200
100
50
20
10
I2t ON
5
t(s) 2
1
.5 0.4
0.3
.2 0.2
.1 I2t OFF 0.1
.05
.02
.01
.005
.002
.001
.05 .07 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .7 1 2 3 5 7 10 20 30
I / In
Compact C801 to C1251: options for trip units STR45/55

earth fault protection load monitoring
10 000 10 000
E24061
E24062
5 000 5 000
Ir = 0.4…1 x In
2 000 2 000
Ih = 0.2…0.6 x In Ic1 = 0.8…1 x Ir
1 000 1 000
Ic2 = 0.5…1 x Ir
500 500
200 tr = 15…480s
200
100 100 tr1 = tr / 2
50 50
tr2 = tr / 4
20 20
10 10
5 5
t (s) t (s)
2 I2t ON 2
1 1
.5 0.4
.5
0.3
.2 0.2
.2
.1 I2t OFF 0.1 .1
.05 .05
.02 .02
.01 .01
.005 .005
.002 .002
.001 .001
.05.07 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .7 1 2 3 5 7 10 20 30 .05.07 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .7 1 2 3 5 7 10 20 30
x In x Ir
Merlin Gerin 205

effect of high temperatures
Compact NS with thermal-magnetic trip units

When the ambient temperature is greater When determining tripping times using time/
than 40 °C, overload-protection current curves, use Ir values corresponding
characteristics are slightly modified. to the thermal setting on the circuit breaker
multiplied by the coefficients below.
These values are not modified for fixed single-pole and two-pole Compact NS
circuit breakers equipped with one of the rat. (A) 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C 55 °C 60 °C 65°C 70°C
following elements: 16 16 15.6 15.2 14.8 14.5 14 13.8
c Vigi module,
25 25 24.5 24 23.5 23 22 21
c ammeter module,
40 40 39 38 37 36 35 34
c insulation monitoring module,
c current transformer module. 63 63 61.5 60 58 57 55 54
They are also valid for plug-in / withdrawable 80 80 78 76 74 72 70 68
configurations equipped with: 100 100 97.5 95 92.5 90 87.5 85
c ammeter module, 125 125 122 119 116 113 109 106
c current transformer module. 160 160 156 152 147.2 144 140 136
However, for plug-in / withdrawable
200 200 195 190 185 180 175 170
configurations equipped with Vigi or
250 250 244 238 231 225 219 213
insulation monitoring modules, the following
coefficients must be applied:
trip unit coefficient Compact NS100 to NS250 with TM-D and TM-G trip units
TM16 to TM125 1 rat. (A) 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C 55 °C 60 °C 65°C 70°C
TM160 to TM250 0.9 16 16 15.6 15.2 14.8 14.5 14 13.8
25 25 24.5 24 23.5 23 22 21
32 32 31.3 30.5 30 29.5 29 28.5
40 40 39 38 37 36 35 34
50 50 49 48 47 46 45 44
63 63 61.5 60 58 57 55 54
80 80 78 76 74 72 70 68
100 100 97.5 95 92.5 90 87.5 85
125 125 122 119 116 113 109 106
160 160 156 152 147.2 144 140 136
200 200 195 190 185 180 175 170
250 250 244 238 231 225 219 213
206 Merlin Gerin

Compact NS with electronic trip units
Tripping thresholds of electronic trip units However, the maximum permissible current
are not influenced by temperature in the circuit breaker still depends on the
fluctuations. ambient temperature.
Compact NS100...NS250 The following tables give the maximum long-

These values are not modified for fixed time protection setting to be used as a
circuit breakers equipped with one of the function of the ambient temperature around
following elements: the circuit breaker.
c Vigi module,
c ammeter module, NS100N/H/L 40°C 45°C 50°C 55°C 60°C 65°C 70°C
c insulation monitoring module, In : 40 to 100 A no derating
c current transformer module. Ir max 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
They are also valid for plug-in / withdrawable
NS160N/H/L 40°C 45°C 50°C 55°C 60°C 65°C 70°C
configurations equipped with:
c ammeter module, In : 40 to 160 A no derating
c current transformer module. Ir max 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
However, for plug-in / withdrawable NS250N/H/L 40°C 45°C 50°C 55°C 60°C 65°C 70°C
configurations equipped with Vigi or In : 100A 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
insulation monitoring modules, the following Ir max 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
coefficients must be applied: In : 160A 160 160 160 160 160 160 160
breaker trip unit coeff. Ir max 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
NS100N/H/L STR22SE/GE 40 to 100 1 In : 250A 250 250 250 237.5 237.5 225 225
NS160N/H/L STR22SE/GE 40 to 160 1 Ir max 1 1 1 0.95 0.95 0.90 0.90
NS250N/H/L STR22SE/GE 100 and 160 1
NS250N/H/L STR22SE/GE 250 0.86
Compact NS400 and NS630 The following tables give the maximum long-
These values are not modified for fixed or time protection setting to be used as a
plug-in / withdrawable configurations function of the ambient temperature around
equipped with: the circuit breaker.
c ammeter module,
c current transformer module. NS400N/H/L 40°C 45°C 50°C 55°C 60°C 65°C 70°C
However, for plug-in / withdrawable fixed In : 400A 400 400 400 390 380 370 360
configurations equipped with Vigi or Io/Ir max 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/0.98 1/0.95 1/0.93 1/0.9
insulation monitoring modules, the following
plug-in / In : 400 400 390 380 370 360 350 340
coefficients must be applied:
withdrawable Io/Ir max 1/1 1/0.98 1/0.95 1/0.93 1/0.9 1/0.88 1/0.85
breaker trip unit coeff.
NS630N/H/L 40°C 45°C 50°C 55°C 60°C 65°C 70°C
NS400N/H/L STR23SE and 53UE 0.97
fixed In : 630A 630 615 600 585 570 550 535
NS630N/H/L STR23SE and 53UE 0.9
Io/Ir max 1/1 1/0.8 1/0.95 1/0.93 1/0.9 1/0.88 1/0.85
Note: when equipped with a Visu module, a plug-in / In : 570A 570 550 535 520 505 490 475
Compact NS630 can not receive a Vigi withdrawable Io/Ir max 1/0.9 1/0.88 1/0.85 1/0.83 1/0.8 0.8/0.98 0.8/0.95
module. For earth fault protection, see
Vigirex catalogue.
Merlin Gerin 207

effect of high temperatures (cont.)
Compact with electronic trip units (cont.)

Compact C801…C1251 C801N/H/L 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C 55 °C 60 °C 65°C 70 °C
The following tables give the maximum long- fixed plug-in/ In (A) 800 790 780 770 760 750 740
time protection setting to be used as a withdrawable Io/Ir max 1/1 1/0.975 1/0.975 1/0.95 1/0.95 1/0.925 1/0.925
function of the ambient temperature around C1001N/H 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C 55 °C 60 °C 65°C 70 °C
the circuit breaker. fixed plug-in/ In (A) 1000 975 950 925 900 875 850
withdrawable Io/Ir max 1/1 1/0.975 1/0.95 1/0.925 1/0.9 1/0.875 1/0.85
C1001L 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C 55 °C 60 °C 65°C 70 °C
fixed In (A) 1000 975 950 925 900 875 850
Io/Ir max 1/1 1/0.975 1/0.95 1/0.925 1/0.9 1/0.875 1/0.85
withdrawable In (A) 910 885 860 835 810 785 760
Io/Ir max 1/0.9 1/0.875 1/0.85 1/0.8 1/0.8 0.8/0.975 0.8/0.95
C1251N/H 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C 55 °C 60 °C 65°C 70 °C
fixed In (A) 1250 1200 1150 1100 1050 1000 950
Io/Ir max 1/1 1/0.95 1/0.9 1/0.875 1/0.8 1/0.8 0.8/0.95
withdrawable In (A) 1160 1120 1080 1040 1000 960 920
Io/Ir max 1/0.925 1/0.875 1/0.85 1/0.8 1/0.8 0.8/0.95 0.8/0.9
208 Merlin Gerin

altitude derating
Altitude does not significantly affect circuit- The following table gives the corrections to
breaker characteristics up to 2000 m. Above be applied for altitudes above 2000 m.
this altitude, it is necessary to take into The breaking capacities remain unchanged.
account the decrease in the dielectric
strength and cooling capacity of air.
altitude (m) 2000 3000 4000 5000

dielectric strength (V) 3000 2500 2100 1800
max. service voltage (V) 690 550 480 420
thermal rating at 40°C (A) 1 x In 0.96 x In 0.93 x In 0.9 x In
Merlin Gerin 209

power dissipation, resistance
Compact NS with thermal- Compact NSC100N with TM-D trip unit / NSC100NA
fixed breaker additional power
magnetic trip unit 3/4 poles rat. (A) R/pole P/pole Vigi Vigi
Power dissipation: in watts (W) per pole. (N, L3) (L1, L2)
Resistance: in milliohms (mΩ) per pole. NSC100N 16 15 4 0.06 0.06
20 11.2 4.5 0.1 0.1
25 8 5 0.16 0.16
32 5.4 5.5 0.26 0.26
40 3.7 6 0.4 0.4
50 2.8 7 0.63 0.63
63 2 8 1 1
70 2 10 1.3 1.3
80 1.4 9 1.6 1.6
100 1 10 2.5 2.5
NSC100NA 100 0.6 6 2.5 2.5
Compact NS100 to NS250 with TM-D and TM-G trip unit

3/4 poles rat. (A) R/pole P/pole Vigi Vigi with- ammeter transf.
(N, L3) (L1, L2) drawable module module
NS100N/H/L 16 11.42 2.92 0 0 0 0 0
25 6.42 4.01 0 0 0.1 0 0
40 3.42 5.47 0.10 0.05 0.2 0.1 0.1
63 2.17 8.61 0.3 0.15 0.4 0.1 0.1
80 1.37 8.77 0.4 0.2 0.6 0.1 0.1
100 0.88 8.8 0.7 0.35 1 0.2 0.2
NS160N/H/L 80 1.26 8.06 0.4 0.2 0.6 0.1 0.1
100 0.77 7.7 0.7 0.35 1 0.2 0.2
125 0.69 10.78 1.1 0.55 1.6 0.3 0.3
160 0.55 13.95 1.8 0.9 2.6 0.5 0.5
NS250N/H/L 125 0.61 9.45 1.1 0.55 1.6 0.3 0.3
160 0.46 11.78 1.8 0.9 2.6 0.5 0.5
200 0.39 15.4 2.8 1.4 4 0.8 0.8
250 0.3 18.75 4.4 2.2 6.3 1.3 1.3
Compact NS80/NS100 to NS630 with MA trip unit

3 poles rat. (A) R/pole P/pole Vigi Vigi with- ammeter transf.
(N, L3) (L1, L2) drawable module module
NS80H 1.5 93.3 0.21
2.5 89.6 0.56
6.3 75.6 3
12.5 12.8 2
25 2.24 1.4
50 1.04 2.6
80 0.94 6.02
NS100N/H/L 2.5 148.42 0.93 0 0 0 0 0
6.3 99.02 3.93 0 0 0 0 0
12.5 4.05 0.63 0 0 0 0 0
25 1.66 1.04 0 0 0.1 0 0
50 0.67 1.66 0.2 0.1 0.3 0.1 0.1
100 0.52 5.2 0.7 0.35 1 0.2 0.2
NS160N/H/L 150 0.38 8.55 1.35 0.68 2.6 0.45 0.45
NS250N/H/L 220 0.3 14.52 2.9 1.45 4.89 0.97 0.97
NS400H/L 320 0.12 12.29 3.2 1.6 6.14 1.54 1.54
NS630H/L 500 0.1 25 13.99 7 15 3.75 3.75
Compact NS100 to NS160 single pole and two poles

fixed breaker
1/2 poles rat. (A) R/pole P/pole
NS100N/H 16 11.3 2.89
20 6.3 2.52
30 2.9 2.61
40 2.9 4.64
50 1.4 3.5
63 1.4 5.56
80 1.25 8
100 0.76 7.6
NS160N/H 125 0.63 9.84
160 0.48 12.29
210 Merlin Gerin

Compact NS with electronic Compact NS100 to NS630
trip unit 3/4 poles rat. (A) R/pole P/pole Vigi Vigi with- ammeter bloc
Power dissipation: in watts (W) per pole. (N, L3) (L1, L2) drawable module transfo.
Resistance: in milliohms (mΩ) per pole. NS100N/H/L 40 0.84 1.34 0.1 0.05 0.2 0.1 0.1
100 0.468 4.68 0.7 0.35 1 0.2 0.2
NS160N/H/L 40 0.73 1.17 0.4 0.2 0.6 0.1 0.1
100 0.36 3.58 0.7 0.35 1 0.2 0.2
160 0.36 9.16 1.8 0.9 2.6 0.5 0.5
NS250N/H/L 100 0.27 2.73 1.1 0.55 1.6 0.2 0.2
250 0.28 17.56 4.4 2.2 6.3 1.3 1.3
NS400N/H/L 400 0.12 19.2 3.2 1.6 9.6 2.4 2.4
NS630N/H/L 630 (1) 0.1 39.69 6.5 3.25 19.49 5.95 5.95
(1) additional power dissipation for Vigi and withdrawable breaker: given for 570 A.
Compact C with electronic Compact C801 to C1251

trip unit 3/4 poles rat. (A) R/pole P/pole R/pole P/pole
Power dissipation: in watts (W) per pole. C801N/H 800 0.065 41.6 0.09 57.6
Resistance: in milliohms (mΩ) per pole. C801L 800 0.1 64 0.14 89.6
C1001N/H 1000 0.06 60 0.085 85
C1001L 1000 (1) 0.1 100 0.14 115.93
C1251N/H 1250 (2) 0.06 93.75 0.085 114.38
C1251N 400 0.06 9.6 0.085 13.6
1000 V 800 0.06 38.4 0.085 54.4
1250 (2) 0.06 93.75 0.085 114.38
(1) power dissipation withdrawable breaker given for 910 A.
(2) power dissipation withdrawable breaker given for 1160 A.
Merlin Gerin 211

current limiting
circuit-breaker current Ics = 100% Icu longer service life of

limiting capacity The exceptional limiting capacity of the electrical installations
Compact NS range greatly reduces the
The limiting capacity of a circuit breaker is its Current limiting circuit breakers greatly
forces created by fault currents in devices.
aptitude to limit short-circuit currents. reduce the negative effects of short-cicruits
The result is a major increase in breaking
Roto-active breaking - exceptional on installations.
performance. In particular, the service
current limiting capacity breaking capacity Ics is equal to 100% Thermal effects
of Icu. Less temperature rise in conductors,
Icc therefore longer sevice life for cables.
E28801
The Ics value, defined by IEC standard

prospective 947-2, is guaranteed by tests comprising Mechanical effects
Isc peak Reduced electrodynamic forces, therefore
the following operations:
prospective less risk of electrical contacts or busbars
current c breaking a fault current equal to 100% of
Icu three times consecutively; being distorted or broken.
prospective c checking that the device continues to Electromagnetic effects
Isc function normally: Less disturbance for measuring devices
v it conducts the rated current without located near electrical circuits.
limited abnormal temperature rise,
Isc peak v protection functions perform within the
actual
limits specified by the standard, economy by means of
current
limited
Isc
v suitability for isolation is not impaired. cascading
Cascading is a technique directly derived
tc t
from current limiting. Circuit breakers with
The exceptional limiting capacity of the breaking capacities less than the
Compact NS range is due to the rotating prospective short-circuit current may be
double break technique (very rapid natural installed downstream from a current limiting
repulsion of contacts and the appearance of circuit breaker. The breaking capacity is
two arc voltages in series with a very steep enhanced by the limiting capacity of the
wavefront). upstream device.
It follows that substantial savings can be
made on downstream switchgear and
enclosures.
212 Merlin Gerin

current limiting curves The current limiting capacity of a circuit Example 1
breaker is expressed by two curves which What is the real value of a 150 kA rms
give, as a function of the prospective short- prospective short-time (i. e. 330 kA peak)
circuit current (the current which would flow limited by an NS250L upstream?
if no protection devices were installed): Answer: 30 kA peak (see page 214).
c the actual peak current (limited current); Example 2
c the thermal stress (A2s), i. e. the energy Is an Cu/PVC cable with a cross-section of
dissipated by the short-circuit in a conductor 10 mm2 adequately protected by an
with a resistance of 1 Ω. NS160N?
Answer:
maximum permissible The table below indicates the maximum
The table opposite indicates that the
permissible thermal stresses for cables
permissible stress is 1.32 106 A2s.
cable stress depending on their insulation, material (Cu
All short-circuit currents at the point where
or Al) and CSA. CSA values are given in
an NS160N (Icu = 35 kA) is installed are
mm2 and thermal stresses in A2s.
limited with a thermal stress less than
6 105 A2s (see page 214).
Cable protection is therefore ensured up to
the limit of the breaking capacity of the
circuit breaker.
CSA (mm2) 1.5 2.5 4 6 10 16 25 35 50

PVC Cu 2.97 104 8.26 104 2.12 105 4.76 105 1.32 106 3.4 106 8.26 106 1.62 107 3.31 107
Al 5.41 105 1.39 106 3.38 106 6.64 106 1.35 107
PRC Cu 4.10 104 1.39 105 2.92 105 6.56 105 1.82 106 4.69 106 1.39 107 2.23 107 4.56 107
Al 7.52 105 1.93 106 4.70 106 9.23 106 1.88 107
Merlin Gerin 213

current limiting (cont.)
current limiting curves for 380/415 V
E28469
peak current 200
C801 H C801 L
C1001 C1001
100 C1251 C1251 C801
N C1001
80
70
60 L
50 H NS630
NS400
40 N
L
kÂ 30 NS250
H NS160
NS100
N
20 TM32...250
TM25
TM16
10
8 N
7
6
5
4
2 3 4 6 10 20 30 40 60 100 200 300
kArms
kA eff
8
thermal stress 10
E28470
C801 C801
5 C1001 H C1001
C1251 N C1251
3 L
C801
2 C1001
7
10
5 H L
N
NS630
3 L
N H
2 NS400
2
A S
6
10 H L
NS250
NS160
5 NS100
N TM32…250
3
TM25
2
5
10 TM16
3
2
2 3 4 6 10 20 30 40 60 100 200 300
kArms
kA eff
214 Merlin Gerin

current limiting curves for 690 V
peak current 200
E27104
100 C801H
C1001H
80 C1251H C801L
C1001L
70
60 C801N
50 C1001N
C1251N L
40 L NS630 NS400
30 H
kÂ
L
NS100-NS160
20 N L NS250 TM 40…160
TM 25
NH
TM 16
10
8
7
6
5
4
2 3 4 6 10 20 30 40 60 100 200 300
kArms
kA eff
8
thermal stress 10
E27105
C801H
5 C1001H
C1251H
3
C801L
2 C801N C1001L
C1001N
C1251N
7
10
L
5 H NS630
L
NS400
3 H
N
2 2
A S L
N
6
10 NS250
H NS100-NS160
N TM 32…160
3 TM 25
2 TM 16
5
10
3
2
2 3 4 6 10 20 30 40 60 100 200 300
kA
kArms
eff
Merlin Gerin 215

400 Hz applications
For thermal trip units, the current settings Electronic trip units
tripping thresholds are lower at 400 Hz than at 50 Hz (K1 i 1). The use of electronics offers the advantage
The 400 Hz current settings are obtained by For magnetic trip units, the current settings of greater operating stability when the
multiplying the 50 Hz values by the following are conversely higher at 400 Hz than at frequency is varied. However, the devices
coefficient: 50 Hz (K2 u 1). are still subjected to frequency related
c K1 for thermal trip units; Adjustable trip units should be set to temperature effects which may sometimes
c K2 for magnetic trip units. minimum, or use Compact circuit breakers pose restrictions on their use.
On adjustable trip units, these adaptation equipped with low magnetic trip units Column K1 of the table below gives the
coefficients are independent of the unit (type G). maximum permissible current to be used for
adjustment knob position. the current setting (knob position).
thermal-magnetic trip units

circuit breaker trip unit thermal setting K1 magnetic K2
at 40 °C setting
NS100N TM16G 16 0.95 63 1.6
TM25G 25 0.95 80 1.6
TM40G 40 0.95 80 1.6
TM63G 63 0.95 125 1.6
NS250N TM16D 16 0.95 240 1.6
TM25D 25 0.95 300 1.6
TM40D 40 0.95 500 1.6
TM63D 63 0.95 500 1.6
TM80D 80 0.9 650 1.6
TM100D 100 0.9 800 1.6
TM125D 125 0.9 1000 1.6
TM160D 160 0.9 1250 1.6
TM200D 200 0.9 1000 (*) 1.6
TM250D 250 0.9 1250 (*) 1.6
(*) for TM 200D and TM250D, Im must be set to its maximum
electronic trip units

Adaptation coefficients
Compact
circuit breaker trip unit rating long-time short-time K2
Ir at 50 Hz Ir maxi Irm at 50 Hz
(A at 40 °C) K1 (A)
NS100N STR22SE 40...100 0.4 to 1 2 to 10 Ir 1
NS250N STR22SE 100...250 0.4 to 0.9 2 to 10 Ir 1
NS400N STR23SE 400 0.4 to 0.8 1.5 to 10 Ir 1
NS630N STR23SE 630 0.4 to 0.8 1.5 to 10 Ir 1
NS400N STR53SE 400 0.4 to 0.8 1.5 to 10 Ir 1
NS630N STR53SE 630 0.4 to 0.8 1.5 to 10 Ir 1
C801N STR25DE 800 0.4 to 0.75 1.5 to 10 Ir 0.97
STR35SE/GE 800 0.4 to 0.75 1.5 to 10 Ir 0.97
C1001N STR25DE 1000 0.4 to 0.75 1.5 to 10 Ir 0.97
STR35SE/GE 1000 0.4 to 0.75 1.5 to 10 Ir 0.97
C1251N STR25DE 1250 0.4 to 0.75 1.5 to 10 Ir 0.97
STR35SE/GE 1250 0.4 to 0.75 1.5 to 10 Ir 0.97
216 Merlin Gerin

breaking capacity of Compact NS and
Compact C circuit breakers at 400 Hz
At 440 V, 400 Hz:
circuit breaker breaking capacity
NS100N 12 kA
NS250N 4,5 kA
NS400N 10 kA
NS630N 10 kA
C801N 25 kA
C1001N 25 kA
C1251N 25 kA
auxiliary releases
For Compact NS100-630 U (V) 400 Hz rectifier additional resistor
For circuit breakers on 400 Hz systems, only 110/127 V Thomson 110 BHz or 10 kΩ-2 W
125 V DC rated releases can be used. The General Instrument W06 or
release must be supplied by the 400 Hz Semikron SKB at 1,2/1,3
220/240 V Thomson 110 BHz or 22 kΩ-8 W
system via a rectifier bridge (to be selected General Instrument W06 or
from the table opposite) and an additional Semikron SKB at 1,2/1,3
resistor with characteristics depending on 380/420 V Semikron SKB at 1,2/1,3 33 kΩ-15 W
the system voltage and the type of circuit
breaker. Note : other models of rectifier bridges can be used if
their characteristics are at least equivalent to those stated
Connection above.
E27172
R
MN/MX
U volt
125 V DC
400 Hz
For Compact C801-1251 U (V) 400 Hz catalogue number

The following auxiliary releases are designed MN 110/130 V 44925
to operate at 400 Hz. MN 208/250 V 44926
MN 380/415 V 44932
MX 380/415 V 44914
Merlin Gerin 217

circuit breaker selection for DC applications
selection criteria c the rated voltage, which determines the

number of poles in series necessary for
The selection of the type of circuit breaker breaking;
most suitable for protection of a c the maximum short-circuit current at the
DC installation depends mainly on the point of installation, which determines the
following criteria: breaking capacity;
c the rated current, which determines the c the type of network (see below).
rating of the equipment;
type of system earthed systems insulated systems

one polarity of the DC supply is a centre point of the DC supply is
earthed earthed
diagrams i i i
and various a a a
cases of faults + + +
U/2
U R + R U R
– B – U/2 B – B
A A A
b C b b
C C
fault effect fault A max. Isc Isc close to max. Isc no effect
the positive polarity the positive polarity is the only
is the only one involved one involved, voltage U/2
fault B max. Isc max. Isc max. Isc
both polarities are involved both polarities are involved both polarities are involved
fault C no effect same as fault A but this is the no effect
negative polarity which is involved
most unfavorable case fault A faults A and C fault B
distribution of the the poles required to perform on each polarity there must be the the poles required to perform
breaking poles the break are in series number of poles required to perform the break are shared between
on the positive polarity the break of max. Isc at U/2 the 2 polarities
Calculation the short-circuit current (Isc) Example As the above calculation shows, the short-
across the terminals of a battery What is the short-circuit current at the circuit current is relatively weak.
When a short-circuit occurs across its terminals of a standing battery with the Note: If the internal resistance is not known, the following
terminals, a battery discharges a current following characteristics: approximate formula can be used: Isc = kC, where C is the
given by Ohm's law: c capacity: 500 Ah; capacity of the battery expressed in Ampere-hours, and k
is a coefficient close to 10 but in any case always lower
Vb c max. discharge voltage: 240 V than 20.
Isc = (110 cells of 2.2 V);
Ri
E27173
where Vb = the maximum discharge voltage c discharge current: 300 A; 240 V DC
c autonomy: 1/2 hour; 300 A
(battery 100% charged). 500 Ah Isc
and Ri = the internal resistance equivalent to c internal resistance: 0.5 mΩ per cell. Ri = 0.5 mΩ/cell
the sum of the cell resistances (figure Ri = 110 x 0.5 10-3 = 55 10-3
generally given by the manufacturer Isc =
240
= 4.4kA
according to the capacity of the battery). 55 10−3
Example 1 Example 2 Example 3

Determine the protection required for a 80 A Determine the protection required for a Determine the protection required for a
feeder on a 125 V DC network with an 100 A feeder on a 250 V DC network with an 400 A feeder on an unearthed 250 V DC
earthed negative pole and an Isc of 15 kA. earthed middle point and an Isc of 15 kA. network with an Isc of 35 kA.
E28206
E28210
E28208
+ + +
125 V = 250 V = 250 V =
- - -
NC100 H NC100 H NS400H

3P 4P 2P
80 A 100 A 400 A
load load load
The table opposite indicates that a NC100H Each pole will be exposed to a maximum of The table opposite indicates that NS400H
circuit breaker (30 kA, 2P, 125 V) should be U/2 = 125 V. circuit breakers (85 kA, 1P, 250 V) should be
used. The table opposite indicates that NC100H used. At least 2 poles must take part in
The table above indicates that both circuit (30 kA, 2P, 125 V), NS100N (50 kA, 1P, breaking. The table above indicates that the
breaker poles should be fitted on the positive 125 V) or NS160N (50 kA, 1P, 125 V) circuit half the number of circuit breaker poles
pole of the network. breakers should be used. required for breaking should be fitted on the
An additional circuit breaker pole can be The table above indicates that both circuit positive pole of the network and the other
fitted on the negative pole of the network for breaker poles must take part in the breaking half on the negative pole.
isolation purposes. at a voltage of 125 V.
218 Merlin Gerin

selection table of DC circuit breakers
type rated current (A) breaking capacity (kA) (L/R i 0.015 s) protection against protection against
and (and number of poles required to perform the break) overloads (thermal) short-circuits (magnetic)
trip units 24/48 V 125 V 250 V 500 V 750 V
NS100N 16-25-40-63-80-100 50(1p) 50 (1p) 50 (1p) 50 (2p) same as for trip units
NS100H 16-25-40-63-80-100 85 (1p) 85 (1p) 85 (1p) 85 (2p) used on AC systems
NS100L 16-25-40-63-80-100 100 (1p) 100 (1p) 100 (1p) 100 (2p)
NS160N 80-100-125-160 50 (1p) 50 (1p) 50 (1p) 50 (2p)
NS160H 80-100-125-160 85 (1p) 85 (1p) 85 (1p) 85 (2p)
NS160L 80-100-125-160 100 (1p) 100 (1p) 100 (1p) 100 (2p)
NS250N 160-200-250 50 (1p) 50 (1p) 50 (1p) 50 (2p)
NS250H 160-200-250 85 (1p) 85 (1p) 85 (1p) 85 (2p)
NS250L 160-200-250 100 (1p) 100 (1p) 100 (1p) 100 (2p)
NS400H MP1/MP2/MP3 85 (1p) 85 (1p) 85 (1p) 85 (2p) no thermal protection: specially designed for DC
NS630H MP1/MP2/MP3 85 (1p) 85 (1p) 85 (1p) 85 (2p) an external relay
C1251N-DC P21/P41-1250 50 (1p) 50 (1p) 50 (2p) 50 (3p) 25 (3p) must be provided
Merlin Gerin 219

switch-disconnectors protection
E31431
upstream protection
by circuit breaker type / maximum rating (A)
.8
.85
Ir
.9
.95
.98
3
2
4
push
to
trip
Im
5
10
6
8
90 %Ir
105
alarm
STR
Ir Im
22 DE
50/60H
z test
Isc max. (380/415 V) kA rms

1.5
.7 xIr
1
making capacity (380/415 V) kA peak

.63
xIn
type / maximum rating (A)

push

to
trip

by fuse type aM (1) maximum rating (A)
Isc max. (500 V) kA rms
making capacity (500 V) kA peak
type gl (2) maximum rating (A)
type BS (2) maximum rating (A)
upstream protection
by circuit breaker type / maximum rating (A)
by fuse type aM (1) maximum rating (A)
(1) Protection by external thermal relay obligatory. Isc max. (500 V) kA rms
(2) Without external thermal relay. making capacity (500 V) kA peak
220 Merlin Gerin
NS100NA NS160NA NS250NA
NS100N / 100 NS160-250N / 160 NS250N / 250

25 36 36
52 75 75
NS160-250N / 100 NS160-250H / 160 NS250H / 250
36 70 70
75 154 154
NS100-250H / 100 NS160-250L / 160 NS250L / 250
70 150 150
154 330 330
NS100-250L / 100 NSA160N / 160
150 30
330 63
NSA160N / 100
30
63
100 160 250
80 33 100
176 69 220
80 125 200
100 100 100
220 220 220
160 160 250
100 100 100
220 220 220
80 & 63M80 125 & 100M125 200 & 100M200
80 80 80
176 176
160 & 100M160 160 & 100M160 250 & 200M250
80 80 80
176 176 176
NS400NA NS630NA C801NI C1251NI
NS400-630N / 400 NS630N / 630 C801-1251N / 800 C1251N / 1250

45 45 50 50
94 94 105 105
NS400-630H / 400 NS630H / 630 C801-1251H / 800 C1251H / 1250
70 70 70 70
154 154 154 154
NS400-630L / 400 NS630L / 630 C801-1001L / 800
150 150 150
330 330 330
400 500
100 100
220 220
315 500
100 100
220 220
400 630
100 100
220 220
315 & 200M315 500
80 80
176 176
355 & 315M355 450 & 400M450
80 80
176 176
Merlin Gerin 221
protection of LV/LV transformers
inrush currents When LV/LV transformers are switched on,

very high inrush currents are produced which
The peak value of the first current wave
often reaches 10 to 15 times the rated rms
must be taken into account when choosing current of the transformer and may reach
E17531
I
overcurrent protection devices. values of 20 to 25 times the rated current
Î1st
1erepeak
crête
even for transformers rated less than
10
10 àto25In
25 In 50 kVA.
This transient inrush current decays very
quickly (in a few milliseconds).
In
θ t
selecting the protection Merlin Gerin has conducted an extensive

test programme to optimise the protection of
The transformers used for the tests are
standard. The values in the tables have
LV/LV transformers. been calculated for a crest factor of 25.
E15401
eprimary winding
p The Compact and Masterpact circuit These tables indicated the circuit breaker
breakers detailed in the following tables offer and trip unit to be used depending on:
the following advantages: c the primary supply voltage (230 V or
c protection of the transformer in the event 400 V);
of abnormal overloads; c the type of transformer (single-phase or
c no nuisance tripping when the primary three-phase).
winding is energised; They correspond to the most frequent case
c unimpaired electrical endurance of the in which the primary is wound externally (1).
circuit breaker. The type of circuit breaker to be used (i.e. N,
H or L) depends on the breaking capacity
required at the point of installation.
protection using Compact NS100 to NS250 equipped with TM-D thermal-magnetic trip unit
transformer rating (kVA) protective device
Compact circuit 230 V 1-ph 230 V 3-ph/ 400 V 3-ph circuit breaker trip unit
breakers 400 V 1-ph
3 5 to 6 9 to 10 NS100N/H/L TM16D
5 8 to 9 14 to 16 NS100N/H/L TM25D
7 to 9 13 to 16 22 to 28 NS100N/H/L TM40D
12 to 15 20 to 25 35 to 44 NS100N/H/L TM63D
16 to 19 26 to 32 45 to 56 NS100N/H/L TM80D
18 to 23 32 to 40 55 to 69 NS160N/H/L TM100D
23 to 29 40 to 50 69 to 87 NS160N/H/L TM125D
29 to 37 51 to 64 89 to 111 NS250N/H/L TM160D
37 to 46 64 to 80 111 to 139 NS250N/H/L TM200D
Compact NS100 to C1251 equipped with STR electronic trip unit

transformer rating (kVA) protective device
230 V 1-ph 230 V 3-ph/ 400 V 3-ph circuit breaker trip unit Ir max setting
400 V 1-ph
4 to 7 6 to 13 11 to 22 NS100N/HL STR22SE 40 0.8
9 to 19 16 to 32 27 to 56 NS100N/H/L STR22SE 100 0.8
74 to 184 127 to 319 222 to 554 C801N/H STR35SE 800 1
92 to 230 159 to 398 277 to 693 C1001N/H STR35SE 1000 1
115 to 288 200 to 498 346 to 866 C1251N/H STR35SE 1250 1
(1) For other windings, please consult us.

If a circuit breaker upstream of a transformer with a
transformation ratio of 1 and a rated power of less
than 5 kVA is subject to nuisance tripping, before
choosing a circuit breaker with a higher rating,
invert the input and the output of the transformer
(the inrush current may be doubled if the primary is
wound internally rather than externally).
222 Merlin Gerin

protection using a 3-phase transformers (400 V primary)
transformer circuit breaker
Masterpact circuit P (kVA) In (A) Usc (%) type trip unit Ir = k1 In Im = k2 Ir
breaker k1 k2 time delay
0.1 0.2 0.3
630 887 5.5 M10N1/H1/H2/L1 STR28DE 1 10
M10N1/H1/H2/L1 STR38SE 1 7 6 4
800 1 126 5.5 M12N1/H1/H2/L1 STR28DE 1 10
M12N1/H1/H2/L1 STR38SE 1 7 5 4
1000 1 408 5.5 M16N1/H1/H2/L1 STR28DE 1 10
M16N1/H1/H2/L1 STR38DE 1 7 6 4
1250 1 760 5 M20N1/H1/H2/L1 STR28DE 1 9
M20N1/H1/H2/L1 STR38SE 1 6 5 4
1600 2 253 5.5 M25N1/H1/H2/L1 STR28DE 1 9
M25N1/H1/H2/L1 STR38DE 1 7 6 5
2000 2 817 5.5 M32H1/H2 STR28DE 1 8
M32H1/H2 STR38SE 1 6 5 4
3-phase transformers (230 V primary)

transformer circuit breaker
P (kVA) In (A) Usc (%) type trip unit Ir = k1 In Im = k2 Ir
k1 k2 time delay
0.1 0.2 0.3
400 975 5.5 M12N1/H1/H2/L1 STR28D 0.9 10
M12N1/H1/H2/L1 STR38S 0.9 8 6 4
630 1 535 4.5 M20N1/H1/H2/L1 STR28D 0.85 10
M20N1/H1/H2/L1 STR38S 0.85 7 6 4
800 1 949 5 M25N1/H1/H2/L1 STR28D 0.85 9
M25N1/H1/H2/L1 STR38S 0.85 7 5 4
1 000 2 436 5.5 M32H1/H2 STR28D 0.85 9
M32H1/H2 STR38D 0.85 7 6 4
1 250 3 045 5 M40H1/H2 STR28D 0.85 9
M40H1/H2 STR38S 0.85 6 5 4
1 600 3 898 5.5 M50H1/H2 STR28D 0.85 9
M50H1/H2 STR38D 0.85 7 6 5
2 000 4 872 5.5 M63H1/H2 STR28D 0.85 8
M63H1/H2 STR38S 0.85 6 5 4
Merlin Gerin 223

Complementary technical information
cascading
summary
application network upstream device downstream device tableau page
distribution cascading 220/240 V Compact NS Compact and Multi 9 226
Compact C, CM and Masterpact Compact and Multi 9 227
380/415 V Compact NS Compact and Multi 9 228
Compact C and CM Compact 229
440 V Compact NS Compact and Multi 9 230
Compact C, CM and Masterpact Compact, CM and Masterpact 231
motor protection cascading 220/240 V Compact NS Compact NS, Integral, GVM 232
380/415 V Compact NS Compact NS, Integral, GVM 232
440 V Compact NS Compact NS, Integral 233
cascading for installations with 2
or 3 transformers in parallel 234
what is cascading? general use of cascading coordination between

Cascading is the use of the current limiting With cascading, the devices can be installed circuit breakers
capacity of circuit breakers at a given point in different switchboards. Thus, in general, The use of a protective device possessing a
to permit installation of lower-rated and cascading refers to any combination of breaking capacity less than the prospective
therefore lower-cost circuit breakers circuit breakers where a circuit breaker with short-circuit current at its installation point is
downstream. a breaking capacity less than the permitted as long as another device is
The upstream Compact circuit breakers acts prospective Isc at its point of installation can installed upstream with at least the
as a barrier against short-circuit currents. In be used. Of course, the breaking capacity of necessary breaking capacity.
this way, downstream circuit breakers with the upstream circuit breaker must be greater In this case, the characteristics of the two
lower breaking capacities than the than or equal to the prospective short-circuit devices must be coordinated in such a way
prospective short-circuit (at their point of current at its point of installation. that the energy let through by the upstream
installation) operate under their normal The combination of two circuit breakers in device is not more than that which can be
breaking conditions. cascading configuration is covered by the withstood by the downstream device and the
Since the current is limited throughout the following standards: cables protected by these devices without
circuit controlled by the limiting circuit c IEC 947-2 (construction) damage.
breaker, cascading applies to all switchgear c NF C 15-100, § 434.3.1 (installation). Cascading can only be checked by
downstream. It is not restricted to two laboratory tests and the possible
consecutive devices. combinations can be specified only by the
circuit breaker manufacturer.
220/240 V network
N
downstream from
a 380/415 V network
For 1P + N or 2P circuit breakers connected
between the phase and neutral on a
380/415 V network, with a TT or TNS neutral
system, consult the 220/240 V cascading
table to determinate cascading possibilities
between upstream and downstream circuit
breakers.
cascading and protection

discrimination
In cascading configurations, due to the
Roto-active breaking technique,
discrimination is maintained and, in some
cases, even enhanced. Consult the
enhanced discrimination tables on pages
270 to 278 for data on discrimination limits.
224 Merlin Gerin

economy by means cascading tables
of cascading Merlin Gerin cascading tables are:
Thanks to cascading, circuit breakers with c drawn up on the basis of calculations
breaking capacities less than the (comparison between the energy limited by
prospective short-circuit current may be the upstream device and the maximum
installed downstream from a current limiting permissible thermal stress for the
circuit breaker. downstream device)
It follows that substantial savings can be c verified experimentally in accordance with
made on downstream switchgear and IEC standard 947-2.
enclosures. For distribution systems with 220/240 V
The example below illustrates this 400/415 V and 440 V between phases, the
possibility. tables of the following pages indicate
cascading possibilities between upstream
Compact and downstream Multi 9 and
Compact circuit breakers as well as between
upstream Masterpact and downstream
Compact circuit breakers.
The upstream breaker A is a NS250L

example of three level A
(breaking capacity 150 kA) for a prospective
cascading Isc = 80 kA
lsc of 80 kA across its output terminals.
NS250L
Consider three circuit breakers A, B and C A NS100N (breaking capacity 25 kA) can be
220 A
connected in series. The criteria for used for circuit breaker B for a prospective
cascading are fulfilled in the following two lsc of 50 kA across its output terminals,
B
cases: since the "reinforced" breaking capacity
c the upstream device A is coordinated for Isc = 50 kA provided by cascading with the upstream
cascading with both devices B and C (even NS100N NS250L is 150 kA.
63 A
if the cascading criteria are not fulfilled A C60N (breaking capacity 10 kA) can be
between B and C). It is simply necessary to used for circuit breaker C for a prospective
check that the combinations A + B and C lsc of 24 kA across its output terminals since
A + C have the required breaking capacity the "reinforced" breaking capacity provided
Isc = 24 kA
c each pair of successive devices is by cascading with the upstream NS250L is
C60N
coordinated, i.e. A with B and B with C (even 25 A 30 kA.
if the cascading criteria are not fulfilled Note that the "reinforced" breaking capacity
between A and C). It is simply necessary to of the C60N with the NS100N upstream is
check that the combinations A + B and only 25 kA, but:
B + C have the required breaking capacity. ■ A + B = 150 kA
■ A + C = 30 kA.
Merlin Gerin A225

Complementary technical information Upstream: Compact NS
cascading, network 220/240V Downstream: Compact
and Multi 9
upstream NSC100N NS100N NS100H NS100L NS160N NS160H NS160L

breaking capacity kA eff 42 85 100 150 85 100 150
downstream breaking capacity (kA eff)
DPN/DPNN 15 15 15 15
C60a 30 30 80 80 30 80 80
C60N 40 40 100 100 40 100 100
C60H 42 50 100 100 50 100 100
C60L i 25 A 65 100 100 65 100 100
C60L i 40 A 42 65 100 100 65 100 100
C60L i 63 A 42 65 100 100 65 100 100
XC/SC40 40 40 40 40 40 40
PM25 u 14 A 85 100 100 85 100 100
NC100H/NC125H 42 65 100 100 65 100 100
NC100L 65 70 100 65 70 100
NC100LS 85 100 150 85 100 150
NC100LH/LMA 150 150
NG125a 40 40 50 70 0 50 70
NG125N 60 70 85 60 70 85
NG125H 85 100 85 100
NG125L/LMA 150 150
NS80HMA 150 150
NSC100N 85 100 100 85 100 100
NS100N 100 150 100 150
NS100H 150 150
NS160N 100 150
NS160H 150
upstream NS250N NS250H NS250L NS400N NS400H NS400L NS630N NS630H NS630L
breaking capacity kA eff 85 100 150 85 100 150 85 100 150
C60a 30 80 80
C60N 40 60 60
C60H 50 65 65
C60L i 25 A 65 80 80
C60L i 40 A 65 80 80
C60L i 63 A 50 65 65
XC/SC40 40 40 40
PM25 u 14 A
NC100H/NC125H 65 100 100
NC100L 65 70 100
NC100LS 85 100 150
NC100LH/LMA 150
NG125a 40 50 70
NG125N 60 70 85
NG125H 85 100
NG125L/LMA 150
NS80HMA 150 150 150
NSC100N 85 100 100 85 100 100 85 100 100
NS100N 100 150 100 150 100 150
NS100H 150 150 150
NS160N 100 150 100 150 100 150
NS160H 150 150 150
NS250N 100 150 100 150 100 150
NS250H 150 150 150
NS400N 100 150 100 150
NS400H 150 150
NS630N 100 150
NS630H 150
226 Merlin Gerin

Upstream: Compact C,
CM, Masterpact
Downstream:
Compact NS, NB, C
upstream C801N C801H C801L C1001N C1001H C1001L C1251N C1251H CMH Mpact L
breaking capacity kA eff 85 100 150 85 100 150 85 100 125 130
NS100N 100 150 100 150 100
NS100H 150 150
NS160N 100 150 100 150 100
NS160H 150 150
NS250N 100 150 100 150 100
NS250H 150 150
NS400N 100 150 100 150 100
NS400H 150 150
NS630N 100 150 100 150 100
NS630H 150 150
C801N 100 150 100 150 100 100 100
C801H 150 150
C1001N 100 150 100 100 100
C1001H 150
C1251N 100 100 100
Merlin Gerin A227

cascading, network 380/415V (1) Downstream: Compact
and Multi 9

C60a 15 15 20 20 15 20 20
C60N 18 25 30 30 25 30 25
C60H 18 25 40 40 30 40 40
C60L i 25 A 40 40 30 40 40
C60L i 40 A 25 40 40 30 40 40
C60L i 63 A 25 40 40 30 40 40
XC/SC40 18 25 30 30 25 30 30
PM25 u 14 A 18 25 50 50 25 30
NC100H/NC125H 18 25 30 30 25 30 30
NC100L 50 70 50 70
NC100LS 70 100 70 100
NC100LH/LMA 70 150 70 150
NG125a 25 25 25 25 25 25
NG125N 36 70 36 36 70
NG125H 50 100 50 100
NG125L/LMA 70 150 70 150
NS80HMA 150 150
NSC100N 25 50 50 36 50 50
NS100N 70 150 36 70 150
NS100H 150 150
NS160N 70 150
NS160H 150
C60a 15 20 20
C60N 25 30 30
C60H 30 30 30
C60L i 25 A 40 40
C60L i 40 A 30 40 40
C60L i 63 A 30 30 30
XC/SC40 25 30 30
NC100H/NC125H 25 30 30
NC100L 50 70
NC100LS 70 100
NC100LH/LMA 70 150
NG125a 25 25 25
NG125N 36 36 70
NG125H 50 100
NG125L/LMA 70 150
NS80HMA 150 150 150
NSC100N 36 50 50 45 50 50 45 50 50
NS100N 36 70 150 45 70 150 45 70 150
NS100H 150 150 150
NS160N 70 150 45 70 150 45 70 150
NS160H 150 150 150
NS250N 70 150 45 70 150 45 70 150
NS250H 150 150 150
NS400N 70 150 70 150
NS400H 150 150
NS630N 70 150
NS630H 150
(1) With single pole, single pole + neutral and two pole circuit breakers, with TT or TNS systems, see cascading table for 220/240 V network.
228 Merlin Gerin

CM
Downstream:
Compact NS, NB, C
upstream C801N C801H C801L C1001N C1001H C1001L C1251N C1251H CMN
NS100N 50 70 150 50 70 150 50 70
NS100H 150 150
NS160N 50 70 150 50 70 150 50 70
NS160H 150 150
NS250N 50 70 150 50 70 150 50 70
NS250H 150 150
NS400N 50 70 150 50 70 150 50 70
NS400H 150 150
NS630N 50 70 150 50 70 150 50 70
NS630H 150 150
C801N 70 150 70 150 70 70
C801H 150 150
C1001N 70 150 70 70
C1001H 150
C1251N 70 70
Merlin Gerin A229

cascading, network 440 V Downstream: Compact
and Multi 9
upstream NS100N NS100H NS100L NS160N NS160H NS160L

breaking capacity kA eff 25 65 130 25 65 130
NC100L 50 70 50 70
NC100LS 65 100 65 100
NC100LH/LMA 65 130 65 130
NS80HMA 150 150
NSC100N 25 50 50 35 50 50
NS100N 65 130 35 65 130
NS100H 130 130
NS160N 65 130
NS160H 130
NC100L 50 70
NC100LS 65 100
NC100LH/LMA 65 130
NS80HMA 150 150 150
NSC100N 35 50 50 42 50 50 42 50 50
NS100N 35 65 130 42 65 130 42 65 130
NS100H 130 130 130
NS160N 65 130 42 65 130 42 65 130
NS160H 130 130 130
NS250N 65 130 42 65 130 42 65 130
NS250H 130 130 130
NS400N 65 130 65 130
NS400H 130 130
NS630N 65 130
NS630H 130
230 Merlin Gerin

CM, Masterpact (1)
Downstream:
Compact NS, C, CM,
Masterpact (1)
upstream C801N C801H C801L C1001N C1001H C1001L C1251N C1251H CMN CMH Mpact L
breaking capacity kA eff 42 65 100 42 65 100 42 65 65 85 110
NS100N 42 65 100 42 65 100 42 65
NS100H 100 100
NS160N 42 65 100 42 65 100 42 65
NS160H 100 100
NS250N 42 65 100 42 65 100 42 65
NS250H 100 100
NS400N 65 100 65 100 65
NS400H 100 100
NS630N 65 100 65 100 65
NS630H 100 100
C801N 65 100 65 100 65 65 65 65
C801H 100 100
C1001N 65 100 65 65 65 65
C1001H 100
C1251N 65 65 65 65
C1251H
CM 100
CMN 85
MPN1 i 1600 50
MPN1 > 1600 65
MPH1 i 1600 65
MPH1 > 1600 85
MPH2 i 2000 100
(1) Masterpact type H1 and H2: use "0" short time delay.
Merlin Gerin A231

motor protection cascading Downstream:
Compact NS, Integral
and GVM
Network 220/240 V
NS80HMA 150 150
NS100N 100 150 100 150
NS100H 150 150
NS160N 100 150
NS160H 150
GV2M u 23 A 85 100 100 85 100 100
Integral 18 u 10 A 85 100 150 85 100 150
Integral 32 u 25 A 85 100 150 85 100 150
Integral 63 u 32 A 85 100 150 85 100 150
upstream NS250N NS250H NS250L NS400H NS400L NS630H NS630L

NS80HMA 150 150 150
NS100N 100 150 100 150 100 150
NS100H 150 150 150
NS160N 100 150 100 150 100 150
NS160H 150 150 150
NS250N 100 150 100 150 100 150
NS250H 150 150 150
NS400N 100 150 100 150
NS400H 150 150
NS630N 100 150
NS630H 150
Integral 18 u 10 A 85 100 150
Integral 32 u 25 A 85 100 150
Integral 63 u 32 A 85 100 150 150
Network 380/415 V
NS80HMA 150 150
NS100N 70 150 36 70 150
NS100H 150 150
NS160N 70 150
NS160H 150
GV2M u 14 A 18 25 50 50
GV2L u 18 A 70 150
GV2P u 18 A 70 150
GV3M 70 150 70 150 150
Integral 18 u 10 A 70 150 70 150 150
Integral 32 u 25 A 70 150 70 150 150
Integral 63 u 32 A 70 150 70 150 150
NS80HMA 150 150 150
NS100N 36 70 150 45 70 150 45 70 150
NS100H 150 150 150
NS160N 70 150 45 70 150 45 70 150
NS160H 150 150 150
NS250N 70 150 45 70 150 45 70 150
NS250H 150 150 150
NS400N 70 150 70 150
NS400H 150 150
NS630N 70 150
NS630H 150
GV3M 70 150
Integral 18 u 10 A 70 150
Integral 63 u 32 A 70 150 70 150
232 Merlin Gerin

Upstream: Compact NS
Downstream:
Compact NS, Integral
Network 440 V
NS80HMA 150 150
NS100N 65 130 35 65 130
NS100H 130 130
NS160N 65 130
NS160H 130
Integral 32 u 16 A 65 130 65 130
Integral 63 u 25 A 65 130 65 130
NS80HMA 150 150 150
NS100N 35 65 130 42 65 130 42 65 130
NS100H 130 130 130
NS160N 65 130 42 65 130 42 65 130
NS160H 130 130 130
NS250N 65 130 42 65 130 42 65 130
NS250H 130 130 130
NS400N 65 130 65 130
NS400H 130 130
NS630N 65 130
NS630H 130
Integral 63 u 25 A 65 130 65 130
Merlin Gerin A233

cascading for installations
with several transformers in parallel
The following table indicates the types of ■ the equipment is installed in a switchboard
circuit breakers to be installed on the source with an ambient temperature of 30 °C
feeders and main feeders of an installation ■ to connect several transformers in parallel,
with 2 or 3 transformers connected in the transformers must have:
parallel (1). ■ the same Usc
The following assumptions are made: ■ the same transformation ratio
■ upstream network short-circuit power of ■ the same type of connection
500 MVA ■ a maximum power ratio of 2 between any
■ the transformers are all identical, 20 kV/ two of the transformers
410 V and with a normal short-circuit voltage ■ Isc is given only as a general indication
level and may vary depending on the percent Usc
■ the short-circuit current on the busbars values given by the transformer
does not take into account the connection manufacturers; the values for breaking
impedances (the worst case) capacities reinforced by cascading are
therefore given for higher values.
Installations with 2 transformers in parallel
D1 D2
D4
Icc
Isc
transformer rating (kVA) 250 315 400 500 500 630 630 800 800
Icc maxi downstream from D4 17600 22200 28200 35200 35200 44400 44400 37500 37500
nominal transformer current (kVA) 352 444 564 704 704 887 887 1126 1126
circuit breaker D1 or D2 NS400N NS630N NS630N C801N C801H C1001N C1001H C1251N C1251H
breaking capacity (kA) 45 45 45 50 70 50 70 50 70
circuit breaker D4 reinforced breaking capacity (kA)
NS100N 45 45 45
NS160N 45 45 45 50 50
NS250N 45 45 45 50 70 50 50
NS400N 50 70 50 70 50 70
NS630N 50 70 50 70 50 70
C801N 70 70
C1001N 70
Example: Consider 2 parallel 800 kVA The 630 A feeder will be protected by a
transformers. The source protection devices NS630N circuit breaker (a breaking capacity
are two C125N circuit breakers equipped of 50 kA with cascading).
with STR25DE trip units set at 1250 A. The The 125 A feeder will be equipped with a
installation has two feeders rated 125 A and NS160H circuit breaker as cascading is not
630 A respectively. Isc max downstream of possible with an NS160N.
CB4 is 49 600 A.
Installations with 3 transformers in parallel
D1 D2 D3
D4
Isc
transformer rating (kVA) 250 315 400 500 500 630 630 800 800
Icc maxi downstream from D4 26400 33300 42300 52800 52800 66600 66600 56300 56300
nominal transformer current (kVA) 352 444 564 704 704 887 887 1126 1126
circuit breaker D1 or D2 NS400N NS630N NS630H C801N C801H C1001N C1001H C1251N C1251H
breaking capacity (kA) 45 45 70 50 70 50 70 50 70
disjoncteur D4 reinforced breaking capacity (kA)
NS160N 45 45 45
NS250N 45 45 45
NS400N 70 50 70 50 50 50 50
NS630N 50 70 50 50 50 50
C801N 70 70
C1001N 70
234 Merlin Gerin

Protection discrimination
Contents Using the tables

Two circuit breakers offer total discrimination when the corresponding box in the discrimination
table is shaded or contains the letter T.
When discrimination is partial for the combination, the corresponding box indicates the maximum
value of the fault current for which discrimination is provided. For fault currents above this value,
the two circuit breakers trip simultaneously.
application upstream device downstream device page

Discrimination: distribution circuit-breakers Compact NS Multi 9 238
Compact NS100 to 630 246
Compact C, CM Multi 9 and Compact NS100 to 250 252
Compact NS400 to 630, NSC100 254
Compact C801 to 1251 256
Compact CM, Masterpact 256
Masterpact Multi 9 and Compact NS100 to 630 258
Compact C, CM, Masterpact 261
Discrimination: motor protection Compact NS GV2 M01...Integral 32 265
GV2 M01...Integral 63 266
Compact NS and Compact C Multi 9 and Compact NS 268
Discrimination reinforced by cascading Compact NSC100N Multi 9 271
distribution circuit-breakers Compact NS160 to 250 Multi 9 272
Compact NS250 to 630, C Compact NS 274
Discrimination reinforced by cascading Compact NS160 to 400 Integral 18...Intégral 63 275
motor protection Compact NS160 GV2 M 276
Compact NS160 GV2 P 277
Compact NS160 GV2 L 278
Merlin Gerin A235

protection discrimination
Protection discrimination is an essential Industrial installations without discrimination c shutdown of vital safety equipment such
element that must be taken into account run a series of risks of varying importance as lubrification pumps, smoke fans, etc.
starting at the design stage of a low voltage including:
installation to ensure the highest level of c production deadline overruns;
availability for users. c interruption in manufacturing, entailing:
Discrimination is important in all installations v production or finished-product losses,
for the comfort of users, however it is v risk of damage to production machines in
fundamental in installations requiring a high continuous processes;
level of service continuity, e.g. industrial c restarting of machines, one by one,
manufacturing processes.
E26366
following a general power outage;
what is discrimination?
Discrimination, also called selectivity, is the
D1
coordination of automatic protection devices
in such a manner that a fault appearing at a
given point in a network is cleared by the
protection device installed immediately
upstream of the fault, and by that device
alone.
c Total discrimination
D2
Discrimination is said to be total if, for all
fault current values, from overloads up to the
non-resistive short-circuit current, circuit
breaker D2 opens and D1 remains closed.
c Partial discrimination
Discrimination is partial if the above
condition is not respected up to the full
short-circuit current, but only to a lesser
value termed the selectivity limit current (Is).
c No discrimination
In the event of a fault, both circuit breakers
D1 and D2 open.
natural discrimination with Due to the Roto-active breaking technique This is the result of the implementation and
employed by the Compact NS, the combined optimisation of three different techniques:
Compact NS circuit use of Merlin Gerin circuit breakers provides c current discrimination;
breakers an exceptional level of protection c time discrimination;
discrimination. c energy discrimination.
Overload protection: current
E26406
NS100 NS250
100A 250A discrimination
10000 Discrimination is ensured if the ratio
between setting thresholds is greater than
1.6 (for distribution circuit breakers).
Low short-circuit protection: time
1000 discrimination
Tripping of the upstream device is
slightly delayed to ensure that the
downstream device trips first.
100 Discrimination is ensured if the ratio
between the short-circuit thresholds is
greater than 1.5.
High short-circuit protection: energy
10 discrimination
This protection system combines the
t (s) exceptional current limiting capacity of the
Compact NS and the advantages of reflex
1 tripping, sensitive to the energy dissipated in
the device by the short-circuit. In the event
of a high short-circuit detected by two circuit
breakers, the downstream device limits it
.1 sharply. The energy dissipated in the
upstream device is not sufficient to trip it, i.e.
discrimination is total for all short-circuit
currents.
.01
Discrimination is ensured if the ratio
between the circuit breaker ratings is greater
than 2.
.001
.5 1 10 100 300
x 100A
236 Merlin Gerin

E34281
how to use the
discrimination tables D1
c for discrimination between 2

distribution circuit breakers
Combinations providing total discrimination
are indicated by coloured zones or the
symbol T on a coloured background. D2
If discrimination is partial, the table indicates
the maximum fault current value for which
discrimination is ensured. For fault currents
above this value, the 2 circuit breakers trip
simultaneously. Discrimination between two distribution circuit
breakers.
E34282
c for discrimination between a circuit D1

breaker and a motor control and
protection assembly
If discrimination is partial, the table indicates
the maximum fault current value for which
discrimination is ensured. For fault currents
above this value, the 2 devices trip D2
simultaneously.
M M M
Discrimination between circuit breakers used for

motor protection.
requisite conditions
The values indicated in the tables (for 380, 415 and 440 V) are guaranteed if the following conditions are respected:
D1 application D2 Ratio between upstream and downstream settings
Thermal protection Magnetic protection
Ir up / Ir down Im up / Im down
TM…D Distribution TM…D or Multi9 u 1,6 u2
STR…SE/GE u 1,6 u 1,5
Motor MA + separate therm. relay u3 u2
Thermal-magnetic motor type u3 u2
STR…ME u3 u 1,5
STR2.. or 3.. Distribution TM…D or Multi9 u 2,5 u 1,5
fixed long time delay STR…SE/GE u 1,6 u 1,5
Motor MA + separate therm. relay u3 u 1,5
Thermal-magnetic motor type u3 u 1,5
STR…ME u3 u 1,5
STR5.. or 6.. Distribution TM…D or Multi9 u 1,6 u 1,5
with adjustable long time delay STR…SE/GE u 1,2 u 1,5
delay (1) Motor MA + separate therm. relay u3 u 1,5
Thermal-magnetic motor type u3 u 1,5
STR…ME u3 u 1,5
(1) When upstream and / or downstream

control units have adjustable long time
delays, adjustement must be such as
upstream delay is longer than downstream
delay (1 step difference).
Merlin Gerin 237

Complementary technical information Upstream: NSC100N,
protection discrimination NSA160, NS125E
Downstream: Multi 9,
NSA160
upstream NSC100N
downstream rating (A) 16 25 32 40 50 63 70 80 100
setting Ir
DPN i 10 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 T T T T T
B, C curves 16 0.6 0.6 T T T T T
20 0.6 0.6 T T T T T
25 0.6 T T T T T
32 T T T T T
DPN N i 10 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 T T T T T
C, D curves 16 0.6 0.6 T T T T T
20 0.6 0.6 T T T T T
25 0.6 T T T T T
32 T T T T
40 T T T
XC40 i 10 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 3 3 3 3 3
L-U curves 16 0.6 0.6 3 3 3 3 3
20 0.6 0.6 3 3 3 3 3
25 0.6 3 3 3 3 3
32 3 3 3 3
38 3 3 3
40 3 3 3
C60a i 10 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 T T T T T
C curve 16 0.6 0.6 T T T T T
20 0.6 0.6 T T T T T
25 0.6 T T T T T
32 T T T T
40 T T T
C60N i 10 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 T T T T T
B, C, D curves 16 0.6 0.6 T T T T T
20 0.6 0.6 T T T T T
25 0.6 T T T T T
32 6 6 6 8
40 6 6 8
50 6
63 6
C60H i 10 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 T T T T T
C curve 16 0.6 0.6 T T T T T
20 0.6 0.6 T T T T T
25 0.6 T T T T T
32 6 6 6 8
40 6 6 8
50 6
63 6
C60L i 10 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 T T T T T
B, C curves 16 0.6 0.6 T T T T T
K curve 20 0.6 0.6 T T T T T
Z curve 25 0.6 T T T T T
32 6 6 6 8
40 6 6 8
50 6
63 6
238 Merlin Gerin

upstream NSC100N
downstream rating (A) 16 25 32 40 50 63 70 80 100
setting Ir
NC100H i 50 1.25
B, C curves 63 1.25
80
100
NC100H i 50 1.25
D curve 63 1.25
80
100
NC100L i 16 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 T T T T T
NC100LS 20 0.6 0.6 15 15 15 15 T
25 0.6 15 15 15 15 T
32 15 15 15 T
40 8 8 T
50 T
63 T
NC100LH i 16 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 T T T T T
C curve 20 0.6 0.6 15 15 15 15 T
25 0.6 15 15 15 15 T
32 15 15 15 T
40 8 8 T
50 T
63 T
Merlin Gerin A239

Complementary technical information Upstream: NS100 to 250
protection discrimination Trip unit TM-D
Downstream: Multi 9
upstream NS100N/H/L NS160N/H/L NS250N/H/L

trip unit TM-D trip unit TM-D trip unit TM-D
downstream rating (A) 16 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 80 100 125 160 160 200 250
setting Ir
DPN i 10 0.19 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
B, C curves 16 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
20 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
25 0.5 0.5 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
32 0.5 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
DPN N i 10 0.19 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
C, D curves 16 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
20 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
25 0.5 0.5 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
32 0.5 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
40 0.5 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
XC40 i 10 0.19 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.63 0.8 4 5 5 5 T T T
L-U curves 16 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.63 0.8 4 5 5 5 T T T
20 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.63 0.8 4 5 5 5 T T T
25 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.63 0.8 4 5 5 5 T T T
32 0.5 0.63 0.8 4 5 5 5 T T T
38 0.5 0.63 0.8 4 5 5 5 T T T
40 0.5 0.63 0.8 4 5 5 5 T T T
C60a i 10 0.19 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
C curve 16 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
20 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
25 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
32 0.5 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
40 0.5 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
C60N i 10 0.19 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
B, C, D curves 16 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
20 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
25 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
32 0.5 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
40 0.5 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
50 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
63 0.8 T T T T T T
C60H i 10 0.19 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
C curve 16 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
20 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
25 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
32 0.5 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
40 0.5 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
50 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
63 0.8 T T T T T T
C60L i 10 0.19 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
B, C curves 16 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
K curve 20 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
Z curve 25 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
32 0.5 0.63 0.8 15 T T T T T T
40 0.5 0.63 0.8 15 T T T T T T
50 0.63 0.8 15 T T T T T T
63 0.8 T T T T T T
NC100H i 50 0.63 0.8 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 T T T
B, C curves 63 0.8 2.5 2.5 2.5 T T T
80 2.5 2.5 T T T
100 2.5 T T T
NC100H i 50 0.63 0.8 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 T T T
D curve 63 0.8 2.5 2.5 2.5 T T T
80 2.5 2.5 T T T
100 2.5 T T T
NC100L i 16 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
NC100LS 20 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
25 0.5 0.5 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
32 0.5 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
40 0.5 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
50 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
63 0.8 T T T T T T
NC100LH i 16 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
C curve 20 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
25 0.5 0.5 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
32 0.5 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
40 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
50 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
63 0.8 T T T T T T
240 Merlin Gerin

setting Ir
NC125H 125 T T
NG125a 80 2.5 T T T
C curve 100 2.5 T T T
125 T T
NG125N, Ns, H i 20 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
B, C curves 25, 32 0.5 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
40 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
50 0.63 0.8 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 T T T
63 0.8 2.5 2.5 2.5 T T T
80 2.5 T T T
100 2.5 T T T
125 T T
NG125N, Ns, H i 20 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
D curve 25, 32 0.5 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
40 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
50 0.8 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 T T T
63 2.5 2.5 2.5 T T T
80 2.5 T T T
100 2.5 T T
125 T T
NG125L i 16 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
B, C curves 20 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
25, 32 0.5 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
40 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
50 0.63 0.8 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 T T T
63 0.8 2.5 2.5 2.5 T T T
80 2.5 T T T
NG125L i 16 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
D curve 20 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
25, 32 0.5 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
40 0.63 0.8 T T T T T T T
50 0.8 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 T T T
63 2.5 2.5 2.5 T T T
80 2.5 T T T
Merlin Gerin A241

protection discrimination Trip unit STR
Downstream: DPN, DPN N,
XC40, C60, NC100
upstream NS100N/H/L NS160N/H/L

trip unit STR22SE trip unit STR22SE
downstream rating (A) 40 100 80 160
setting Ir 16 25 40 40 63 80 100 32 40 50 63 80 63 80 100 125 160
DPN i 10 0.4 0.4 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 T T T T T T T T T T
B, C curves 16 0.4 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 T T T T T T T T T
20 1.2 1.2 1.2 T T T T T T T T
25 1.2 1.2 1.2 T T T T T T T
32 1.2 1.2 T T T T T
DPN N i 10 0.4 0.4 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 T T T T T T T T T T
C, D curves 16 0.4 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 T T T T T T T T T
20 1.2 1.2 1.2 T T T T T T T T
25 1.2 1.2 1.2 T T T T T T T
32 1.2 1.2 T T T T T
40 1.2 T T T
XC40 i 10 0.4 0.4 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 T T T T T T T T T T
L, U curves 16 0.4 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 T T T T T T T T T
20 1.2 1.2 1.2 T T T T T T T T
25 1.2 1.2 1.2 T T T T T T T
32 1.2 1.2 T T T T T
38 1.2 1.2 T T T
40 1.2 T T T
C60a i 10 0.4 0.4 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 T T T T T T T T T T
C curve 16 0.4 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 T T T T T T T T T
20 1.2 1.2 1.2 T T T T T T T T
25 1.2 1.2 1.2 T T T T T T T
32 1.2 1.2 T T T T T
40 1.2 T T T
C60N i 10 0.4 0.4 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 T T T T T T T T T T
B, C, D curves 16 0.4 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 T T T T T T T T T
20 1.2 1.2 1.2 T T T T T T T T
25 1.2 1.2 1.2 T T T T T T T
32 1.2 1.2 T T T T T
40 1.2 T T T
50 T T
63 T
C60H i 10 0.4 0.4 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 T T T T T T T T T T
C curve 16 0.4 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 T T T T T T T T T
20 1.2 1.2 1.2 T T T T T T T T
25 1.2 1.2 T T T T T T T
32 1.2 1.2 T T T T T
40 1.2 T T T
50 T T
63 T
C60L i 10 0.4 0.4 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 T T T T T T T T T T
B, C curves 16 0.4 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 T T T T T T T T T
K curve 20 1.2 1.2 1.2 T T T T T T T T
Z curve 25 1.2 1.2 1.2 T T T T T T T
32 1.2 1.2 T T T T T
40 1.2 T T T
50 T T
63 T
NC100H i 50 T T
B, C curves 63 T
80
100
NC100H i 50 T T
D curve 63 T
80
100
NC100L i 16 0.4 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 T T T T T
NC100LS 20 1.2 1.2 1.2 T T T T T
25 1.2 1.2 1.2 T T T T T
32 1.2 1.2 T T T T
40 1.2 T T T
50 T T
63 T
NC100LH i 16 0.4 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 T T T T T
C curve 20 1.2 1.2 1.2 T T T T T
25 1.2 1.2 1.2 T T T T T
32 1.2 1.2 T T T T
40 1.2 T T T
50 T T
63 T
242 Merlin Gerin

NS250N/H/L NS400N/H/L NS630N/H/L
trip unit STR22SE trip unit STR23SE/53UE trip unit STR23SE/53UE
250 400 630
100 125 160 200 250 160 200 250 320 400 250 320 400 500 630
T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T T T
Merlin Gerin A243

Downstream: NC125H,
NG125

setting Ir 16 25 40 40 63 80 100 32 40 50 63 80 63 80 100 125 160
NC125H 125
NG125a 80
C curve 100
125
NG125N, Ns, H i 20 0.63 0.8 1 T T T T T
B, C curves 25, 32 0.8 1 T T T T
40 1 T T T
50 2 2.5
63 2.5
80
100
125
NG125N, Ns, H i 20 T T T T T
curve D 25,32 T T T T
40 T T T
50 0.63 0.8 1 2.5 2.5
63 0.8 1 2.5
80 1
100
125
NG125L i 16 0.63 0.8 1 T T T T T
curves B, C 20 0.8 1 T T T T T
25, 32 1 T T T T
40 T T T
50 2.5 2.5
63 2.5
80
NG125L i 16 0.63 0.8 1 T T T T T
curve D 20 0.8 1 T T T T T
25, 32 1 T T T T
40 T T T
50 2.5 2.5
63 2.5
80
244 Merlin Gerin

250 400 630
100 125 160 200 250 160 200 250 320 400 250 320 400 500 630
T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T
Merlin Gerin A245

protection discrimination Trip unit TM-D
Downstream: NS100 to 630,
NSC100N

setting Ir
NS100N 16 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.63 0.8 1 2 2 2 T T T
trip unit TM-D 25 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.63 0.8 1 2 2 2 T T T
32 0.5 0.63 0.8 1 2 2 2 T T T
40 0.63 0.8 1 2 2 2 T T T
50 0.63 0.8 1 2 2 2 T T T
63 0.8 2 2 2 T T T
80 1.25 1.25 T T T
100 1.25 T T T
NS100H 16 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.63 0.8 1 2 2 2 T T T
trip unit TM-D 25 0.5 0.5 0.63 0.8 1 2 2 2 T T T
32 0.5 0.63 0.8 1 2 2 2 36 36 36
40 0.63 0.8 1 2 2 2 36 36 36
50 0.63 0.8 1 2 2 2 36 36 36
63 0.8 2 2 2 36 36 36
80 1.25 1.25 36 36 36
100 1.25 36 36 36
NS100L 16 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.63 0.8 1 2 2 2 T T T
trip unit TM-D 25 0.5 0.5 0.63 0.8 1 2 2 2 T T T
32 0.5 0.63 0.8 1 2 2 2 36 36 36
40 0.63 0.8 1 2 2 2 36 36 36
50 0.63 0.8 1 2 2 2 36 36 36
63 0.8 2 2 2 36 36 36
80 1.25 1.25 36 36 36
100 1.25 36 36 36
NS160N i 63 1.25 1.25 2.6 4 5
trip unit TM-D 80 1.25 1.25 2.6 4 5
100 1.25 2.6 4 5
125 4 5
160 5
NS160H i 63 1.25 1.25 2.6 4 5
trip unit TM-D 80 1.25 1.25 2.6 4 5
100 1.25 2.6 4 5
125 4 5
160 5
NS160L i 63 1.25 1.25 2.6 4 5
trip unit TM-D 80 1.25 1.25 2.6 4 5
100 1.25 2.6 4 5
125 4 5
160 5
NS250N i 100 1.6 2 2.5
trip unit TM-D 125 2 2.5
160 2.5
200
250
NS250H/L i 100 1.6 2 2.5
trip unit TM-D 125 2 2.5
160 2.5
200
250
NS100N 40 0.63 0.8 1 1.25 1.25 1.25 T T T
trip unit STR22SE 100 1.25 T T T
NS100H/L 40 0.63 0.8 1 1.25 1.25 1.25 36 36 36
trip unit STR22SE 100 1.25 36 36 36
NS160N 40 0.63 0.8 1 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.6 2 2.5
trip unit STR22SE 100 1.25 1.6 2 2.5
160 2.5
NS160H/L 40 0.63 0.8 1 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.6 2 2.5
trip unit STR22SE 100 1.25 1.6 2 2.5
160 2.5
NS250N i 100 1.6 2 2.5
trip unit STR22SE 160 2.5
250
NS250H/L i 100 1.6 2 2.5
trip unit STR22SE 160 2.5
250
246 Merlin Gerin

setting Ir
NS400N 160
200
250
320
400
NS400H 160
200
250
320
400
NS400L 160
200
250
320
400
NS630N 250
320
400
500
630
NS630H 250
320
400
500
630
NS630L 250
320
400
500
630
NSC100N 15 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.63 0.8 2 2 2 2 T T T

20 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.63 0.8 2 2 2 2 T T T
25 0.5 0.5 0.63 0.8 2 2 2 2 T T T
32 0.5 0.63 0.8 2 2 2 2 T T T
40 0.63 0.8 2 2 2 2 T T T
50 0.63 0.8 2 2 2 T T T
63 0.8 2 2 2 T T T
70 2 2 T T T
80 1.25 1.25 T T T
100 1.25 T T T
Merlin Gerin A247

Downstream: NS100 to 250

setting Ir 16 25 40 40 63 80 100 32 40 50 63 80 63 80 100 125 160
NS100N 16 1.2 1.2 1.2 2 2 2 2 2
trip unit TM-D 25 1.2 1.2 1.2 2 2 2 2 2
32 1.2 1.2 2 2 2 2
40 1.2 2 2 2
50 1.2 2 2
63 2
80
100
NS100H 16 1.2 1.2 1.2 2 2 2 2 2
trip unit TM-D 25 1.2 1.2 1.2 2 2 2 2 2
32 1.2 1.2 2 2 2 2
40 1.2 2 2
50 1.2 2 2
63 2
80
100
NS100L 16 1.2 1.2 1.2 2 2 2 2 2
trip unit TM-D 25 1.2 1.2 1.2 2 2 2 2 2
32 1.2 1.2 2 2 2 2
40 1.2 2 2
50 1.2 2 2
63 2
80
100
NS160N i 63
trip unit TM-D 80
100
125
160
NS160H i 63
trip unit TM-D 80
100
125
160
NS160L i 63
trip unit TM-D 80
100
125
160
NS250N i 100
trip unit TM-D 125
160
200
250
NS250H/L i 100
trip unit TM-D 125
160
200
250
NS100N 40 1.2 1.2 1.2 2 2 2 2 2
trip unit STR22SE 100 2
NS100H/L 40 1.2 1.2 1.2 2 2 2 2 2
NS160N 40 1.2 1.2 1.2 2 2 2 2 2
160
NS160H/L 40 1.2 1.2 1.2 2 2 2 2 2
trip unit STR22SE 100 2 2
160
NS250N i 100
trip unit STR22SE 160
250
NS250H/L i 100
trip unit STR22SE 160
250
248 Merlin Gerin

250 400 630
100 125 160 200 250 160 200 250 320 400 250 320 400 500 630
T T T T T T T T T
36 36 36 36 36 T T T T T T T T T T
36 36 36 36 36 T T T T T T T T T T
36 36 36 36 T T T T T T T T T T
36 36 36 T T T T T T T T T T
36 36 T T T T T T T T T
36 T T T T T T T T
36 36 36 36 36 T T T T T T T T T T
36 36 36 36 36 T T T T T T T T T T
36 36 36 36 T T T T T T T T T T
36 36 36 T T T T T T T T T T
36 36 T T T T T T T T T
36 T T T T T T T T
3 3 3 T T T T T T T T T T
3 3 T T T T T T T T T
3 T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T
T T T T T
3 T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T
T T T T T
3 T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T
T T T T T
3 5 5 5 T T T T T
5 5 T T T T
5 T T T
T T
T
3 5 5 5 T T T T T
5 5 T T T T
5 T T T
T T
T
36 36 36 36 36 T T T T T T T T T T
36 36 36 T T T T T T T T T T
3 3 3 3 3 T T T T T T T T T T
3 T T T T T T T T T
3 3 3 3 3 T T T T T T T T T T
3 T T T T T T T T T
3 3 3 5 5 5 5 5 T T T T T
3 3 5 5 5 T T T T T
5 T T T T
3 3 5 5 5 5 5 T T T T T
3 3 5 5 5 T T T T T
5 T T T T
Merlin Gerin A249

Downstream: NS400 to 630,
NSC100N

setting Ir 16 25 40 40 63 80 100 32 40 50 63 80 63 80 100 125 160
NS400N 160
200
250
320
400
NS400H 160
200
250
320
400
NS400L 160
200
250
320
400
NS630N 250
320
400
500
630
NS630H 250
320
400
500
630
NS630L 250
320
400
500
630
NSC100N 15 0.4 0.4 0.63 0.8 1 2 2 2 2 2

20 0.63 0.8 1 2 2 2 2 2
25 0.63 0.8 1 2 2 2 2 2
32 0.8 1 2 2 2 2
40 1 2 2 2
50 2 2
63 2
70
80
100
250 Merlin Gerin

250 400 630
100 125 160 200 250 160 200 250 320 400 250 320 400 500 630
8 8 8 8 8
8 8 8 8
8 8 8
8 8
8
8 8 8 8 8
8 8 8 8
8 8 8
8 8
8
8 8 8 8 8
8 8 8 8
8 8 8
8 8
8
T T T T T T T T T
Merlin Gerin A251

Complementary technical information Upstream: C801 to C1251, CM
protection discrimination Downstream: DPN, DPN N,
XC40, C60, NC100, NC125,
NG125, NS100 to 250
upstream C801N/H/C1001N/H/C1251N/H C801N/H C1001N/H/C1251N/H

trip unit STR25DE trip unit STR35SE/GE/ME/55UE trip unit STR35SE/GE/ME/55UE
downstream rating (A) 800 1000 1250 800 1000 1250
setting Ir 320 400 500 630 800 1000 1250 320 400 500 630 800 400 500 630 800 1000 1250
DPN, DPN N, XC40, C60 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
NC100/125, NG125 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
NS100N 16 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 18 T T T T T T T T T T T T
trip unit TM-D 25 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 18 T T T T T T T T T T T T
32 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 18 T T T T T T T T T T T T
40 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 18 T T T T T T T T T T T T
50 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 18 T T T T T T T T T T T T
63 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 18 T T T T T T T T T T T T
80 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 18 T T T T T T T T T T T T
100 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 18 T T T T T T T T T T T T
NS100H 16 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 18 30 50 50 50 50 50 T T T T T T
trip unit TM-D 25 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 18 30 50 50 50 50 50 T T T T T T
32 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 18 T 50 50 50 50 50 T T T T T T
40 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 18 30 50 50 50 50 50 T T T T T T
50 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 18 T 50 50 50 50 50 T T T T T T
63 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 18 30 50 50 50 50 50 T T T T T T
80 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 18 30 50 50 50 50 50 T T T T T T
100 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 18 30 50 50 50 50 50 T T T T T T
NS100L 16 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 18 30 50 50 50 50 50 T T T T T T
32 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 18 T 50 50 50 50 50 T T T T T T
40 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 18 30 50 50 50 50 50 T T T T T T
50 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 18 T 50 50 50 50 50 T T T T T T
63 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 18 30 50 50 50 50 50 T T T T T T
80 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 18 30 50 50 50 50 50 T T T T T T
100 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 18 30 50 50 50 50 50 T T T T T T
NS160N i 63 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 18 30 T T T T T T T T T T T
trip unit TM-D 80 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 18 30 T T T T T T T T T T T
100 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 18 30 T T T T T T T T T T T
125 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 18 30 T T T T T T T T T T T
160 4 5 6.3 10 18 30 T T T T T T T T T T T
NS160H i 63 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 18 30 45 45 45 45 45 T T T T T T
100 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 18 30 45 45 45 45 45 T T T T T T
125 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 18 30 45 45 45 45 45 T T T T T T
160 4 5 6.3 10 18 30 45 45 45 45 45 T T T T T T
NS160L i 63 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 18 30 45 45 45 45 45 T T T T T T
100 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 18 30 45 45 45 45 45 T T T T T T
125 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 18 30 45 45 45 45 45 T T T T T T
160 4 5 6.3 10 18 30 45 45 45 45 45 T T T T T T
trip unit TM-D 125 4 5 6.3 8 15 24 T T T T T T T T T T
160 5 6.3 8 15 24 T T T T T T T T T T
200 6.3 8 15 24 T T T T T T T T
250 8 15 24 T T T T T T
NS250H/L i 100 3.2 4 5 6.3 8 15 24 40 40 40 40 40 T T T T T T
trip unit TM-D 125 4 5 6.3 8 15 24 40 40 40 40 T T T T T T
160 5 6.3 8 15 24 40 40 40 40 T T T T T T
200 6.3 8 15 24 40 40 40 T T T T T
250 8 15 24 40 40 T T T T
NS100N 40 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 18 T T T T T T T T T T T T
trip unit STR22SE 100 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 18 T T T T T T T T T T T T
NS100H/L 40 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 18 30 50 50 50 50 50 T T T T T T
trip unit STR22SE 100 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 18 30 50 50 50 50 50 T T T T T T
NS160N 40 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 18 30 T T T T T T T T T T T
trip unit STR22SE 100 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 18 30 T T T T T T T T T T T
160 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 18 30 T T T T T T T T T T T
NS160H/L 40 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 18 30 45 45 45 45 45 T T T T T T
160 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 18 30 45 45 45 45 45 T T T T T T
trip unit STR22SE 160 3.2 4 5 6.3 8 15 24 T T T T T T T T T T T
250 5 6.3 8 15 24 T T T T T T T T
NS250H/L i 100 3.2 4 5 6.3 8 15 24 40 40 40 40 40 T T T T T T
250 5 6.3 8 15 24 40 40 40 T T T T T
252 Merlin Gerin

C801N/H C1001N/H/C1251N/H C801L C1001L CM N/H*
trip unit STR45AE trip unit STR45AE trip unit STR35SE/GE/ME/55UE trip unit STR35SE/GE/ME/55UE
800 1000 1250 800 1000 all
320 400 500 630 800 400 500 630 800 1000 1250 320 400 500 630 800 400 500 630 800 1000
T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 3.2 4 5 6.3 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 3.2 4 5 6.3 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 3.2 4 5 6.3 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 3.2 4 5 6.3 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 3.2 4 5 6.3 8 T
T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 3.2 4 5 6.3 8 T
* With trip unit STCM2-STCM3.
Merlin Gerin A253

Complementary technical information Upstream: C801 to C1251, CM
protection discrimination Downstream: NSC100N,
NS400 to 630

setting Ir 320 400 500 630 800 1000 1250 320 400 500 630 800 400 500 630 800 1000 1250
NS400N 160 3.2 4 5 6.3 8 10 12 12 12 12 12 12 T T T T T T
200 3.2 4 5 6.3 8 10 12 12 12 12 12 12 T T T T T T
250 4 5 6.3 8 10 12 12 12 12 12 T T T T T
320 5 6.3 8 10 12 12 12 12 T T T T
400 6.3 8 10 12 12 12 T T T
NS400H 160 3.2 4 5 6.3 8 10 12 12 12 12 12 12 45 45 45 45 45 45
200 3.2 4 5 6.3 8 10 12 12 12 12 12 12 45 45 45 45 45 45
250 4 5 6.3 8 10 12 12 12 12 12 45 45 45 45 45
320 5 6.3 8 10 12 12 12 12 45 45 45 45
400 6.3 8 10 12 12 12 45 45 45
NS400L 160 3.2 4 5 6.3 8 10 12 12 12 12 12 12 45 45 45 45 45 45
200 3.2 4 5 6.3 8 10 12 12 12 12 12 12 45 45 45 45 45 45
250 4 5 6.3 8 10 12 12 12 12 12 45 45 45 45 45
320 5 6.3 8 10 12 12 12 12 45 45 45 45
400 6.3 8 10 12 12 12 45 45 45
NS630N 250 4 5 6.3 8 10 12 12 12 12 12 40 40 40 40 40 40
320 5 6.3 8 10 12 12 12 12 40 40 40 40 40
400 6.3 8 10 12 12 12 40 40 40 40
500 8 10 12 12 40 40 40
630 10 12 40 40
NS630H 250 4 5 6.3 8 10 12 12 12 12 12 40 40 40 40 40 40
320 5 6.3 8 10 12 12 12 12 40 40 40 40 40
400 6.3 8 10 12 12 12 40 40 40 40
500 8 10 12 12 40 40 40
630 10 12 40 40
NS630L 250 4 5 6.3 8 10 12 12 12 12 12 40 40 40 40 40 40
320 5 6.3 8 10 12 12 12 12 40 40 40 40 40
400 6.3 8 10 12 12 12 40 40 40 40
500 8 10 12 12 40 40 40
630 10 12 40 40
NSC100N 15 3.2 4 10 15 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
20 3.2 4 10 15 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
25 3.2 4 10 15 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
32 3.2 4 10 15 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
40 3.2 4 10 15 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
50 3.2 4 10 15 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
63 3.2 4 10 15 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
70 3.2 4 10 15 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
80 3.2 4 10 15 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
100 3.2 4 10 15 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
254 Merlin Gerin

C801N/H C1001N/H/C1251N/H C801L C1001L CM N/H*
trip unit STR45AE trip unit STR45AE trip unit STR35SE/GE/ME/55UE trip unit STR35SE/GE/ME/55UE
800 1000 1250 800 1000 all
320 400 500 630 800 400 500 630 800 1000 1250 320 400 500 630 800 400 500 630 800 1000
35 35 35 35 35 T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
35 35 35 35 T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
35 35 35 T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
35 35 T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
35 T T T T 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 T
35 35 35 35 35 T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
35 35 35 35 T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
35 35 35 T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
35 35 T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
35 T T T T 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 T
35 35 35 35 35 70 70 70 70 70 70 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
35 35 35 35 70 70 70 70 70 70 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
35 35 35 70 70 70 70 70 70 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
35 35 70 70 70 70 70 70 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
35 70 70 70 70 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 T
28 28 28 28 28 T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
28 28 28 28 T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 T
28 28 28 T T T T 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 T
28 28 T T T 6.4 8 8 T
28 T T 8 T
28 28 28 28 28 T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
28 28 28 28 T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 T
28 28 28 T T T T 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 T
28 28 T T T 6.4 8 8 T
28 T T 8 T
28 28 28 28 28 65 65 65 65 65 65 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 8 T
28 28 28 28 65 65 65 65 65 6.4 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 8 T
28 28 28 65 65 65 65 6.4 6.4 8 8 8 T
28 28 65 65 65 6.4 8 8 T
28 65 65 8 T
Merlin Gerin A255

Complementary technical information Upstream: C801 to C1251,
protection discrimination CM
Downstream: C801 to C1251,
CM, Masterpact

setting Ir 320 400 500 630 800 1000 1250 320 400 500 630 800 400 500 630 800 1000 1250
C801N 320 6.3 8 10 12.5 12 12 15 15 15 15
trip unit STR25DE 400 8 10 12.5 12 15 15 15
500 8 10 12.5 12 15 15 15
630 10 12.5 15 15
800
C801H 320 6.3 8 10 12.5 12 12 15 15 15 15
trip unit STR25DE 400 8 10 12.5 12 15 15 15
500 8 10 12.5 12 15 15 15
630 10 12.5 15 15
800
C801L 320
400
500
630
800
C1001N 400 8 10 12.5 12 15 15 15
trip unit STR25DE 500 8 10 12.5 12 15 15 15
630 10 12.5 15 15
800
1000
C1001H 400 8 10 12.5 12 15 15 15
trip unit STR25DE 500 8 10 12.5 12 15 15 15
630 10 12.5 15 15
800
1000
C1001L 400
500
630
800
1000
C1251N 500 8 10 12.5 12 15 15 15
trip unit STR25DE 630 10 12.5 15 15
800
1000
1250
C1251H 500 8 10 12.5 12 15 15 15
trip unit STR25DE 630 10 12.5 15 15
800
1000
1250
CM 1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
Masterpact M08
N1/H1/H2 M10
STR28D M12
M16
M20
M25
M32
M40
M50
M63
Masterpact L M08
STR28D M10
M12
M16
M20
M25
Nota:
c C801N/H with trip unit STR45AE: no discrimination with the downstream devices given in this table
c upstream values CM N/H are to be read with downstream:
v CM (trip unit STCM1)
v Masterpact L (trip unit STR38S - 68U).
256 Merlin Gerin

C1001N/H/C1251N/H C801L C1001L CM N/H
trip unit STR45AE trip unit STR35SE/GE/ME/55UE trip unit STR35SE/GE/ME/55UE trip unit STCM2-STCM3
800 1000 1250 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3200
400 500 630 800 1000 1250 320 400 500 630 800 400 500 630 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3200
15 15 15 15 15 45 45 45 45 45
15 15 15 15 45 45 45 45 45
15 15 15 45 45 45 45 45
15 15 45 45 45 45 45
15 45 45 45 45
15 15 15 15 15 45 45 45 45 45
15 15 15 15 45 45 45 45 45
15 15 15 45 45 45 45 45
15 15 45 45 45 45 45
15 45 45 45 45
15 15 15 15 15 80 80 80 80 80
15 15 15 15 80 80 80 80 80
15 15 15 80 80 80 80 80
15 15 80 80 80 80 80
15 80 80 80 80
15 15 15 15 45 45 45 45 45
15 15 15 45 45 45 45 45
15 15 45 45 45 45 45
15 45 45 45 45
45 45 45
15 15 15 15 45 45 45 45 45
15 15 15 45 45 45 45 45
15 15 45 45 45 45 45
15 45 45 45 45
45 45 45
15 15 15 15 80 80 80 80 80
15 15 15 80 80 80 80 80
15 15 80 80 80 80 80
15 80 80 80 80
80 80 80
15 15 15 45 45 45 45 45
15 15 45 45 45 45 45
15 45 45 45 45
45 45 45
45 45
15 15 15 45 45 45 45 45
15 15 45 45 45 45 45
15 45 45 45 45
45 45 45
45 45
35 35 35
35 35
35
35 35 35
35 35
35
40 40 40 35 35
40 40 35 35
40 35 35
35 35
35
Merlin Gerin A257

Complementary technical information Upstream: Masterpact
protection discrimination Downstream: DPN, DPN N,
XC40, C60, NC100, NC125,
NG125 NS100 to 630
upstream Masterpact N1 - H1 - H2 Masterpact N1 - H1 - H2

trip unit STR28D trip unit STR38S - 58U - Inst: ON - max. position
downstream rating (A) M08 M10 M12 M16 M20 M25 M32 M40 M50 M63 M08 M10 M12 M16 M20 M25 M32 M40 M60 M63
setting Ir 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 5000 6300 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 5000 6300
DPN, DPN N T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
XC40 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
C60 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
NC100 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
NC125 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
NG125 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
NS100N/H/L T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
NS400N 160 40 T T T T T T T T T 40 T T T T T T T T T
200 40 T T T T T T T T T 40 T T T T T T T T T
NS400H 160 40 T T T T T T T T T 40 T T T T T T T T T
NS400L 160 40 70 70 T T T T T T T 40 70 70 T T T T T T T
200 40 70 70 T T T T T T T 40 70 70 T T T T T T T
250 40 70 70 T T T T T T T 40 70 70 T T T T T T T
320 40 70 70 T T T T T T T 40 70 70 T T T T T T T
400 40 70 70 T T T T T T T 40 70 70 T T T T T T T
NS630N 250 28 T T T T T T T T T 28 T T T T T T T T T
NS630H 250 28 45 45 T T T T T T T 28 45 45 T T T T T T T
320 28 45 45 T T T T T T T 28 45 45 T T T T T T T
400 28 45 45 T T T T T T T 28 45 45 T T T T T T T
500 28 45 45 T T T T T T T 28 45 45 T T T T T T T
630 28 45 45 T T T T T T T 28 45 45 T T T T T T T
NS630L 250 28 45 45 70 70 70 70 70 T T 28 45 45 70 70 70 70 70 T T
320 28 45 45 70 70 70 70 70 T T 28 45 45 70 70 70 70 70 T T
400 28 45 45 70 70 70 70 70 T T 28 45 45 70 70 70 70 70 T T
500 28 45 45 70 70 70 70 70 T T 28 45 45 70 70 70 70 70 T T
630 28 45 45 70 70 70 70 70 T T 28 45 45 70 70 70 70 70 T T
NSC100N T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
258 Merlin Gerin

Masterpact N1 - H1 - H2 Masterpact N1 - H1
trip unit STR68U - Inst: ON - max. position trip unit STR38S - 58U - Inst: OFF
M08 M10 M12 M16 M20 M25 M32 M40 M50 M63 M08 M10 M12 M16 M20 M25 M32 M40 M60 M63
800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 5000 6300 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 5000 6300
T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
Merlin Gerin A259

protection discrimination Downstream: DPN, XC40,
C60, NC100, NC125,
NG125, NS100 to 630
upstream Masterpact N1 - H1 Masterpact L Masterpact L

trip unit STR68U - Inst: OFF trip unit STR38S - 58U trip unit STR68U
downstream rating (A) M08 M10 M12 M16 M20 M25 M32 M40 M50 M63 M08 M10 M12 M16 M20 M25 M08 M10 M12 M16 M20 M25
setting Ir 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 5000 6300 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500
DPN, DPN N T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
XC40 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
C60 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
NC100/125 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
NG125 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
NS100N 16 T T T T T T T T T T 7 9 9 T T T 25 25 25 T T T
trip unit TM-D 25 T T T T T T T T T T 7 9 9 T T T 25 25 25 T T T
32 T T T T T T T T T T 7 9 9 T T T 25 25 25 T T T
NS100H/L 16 T T T T T T T T T T 7 9 9 35 35 60 25 25 25 50 50 50
trip unit TM-D 25 T T T T T T T T T T 7 9 9 35 35 60 25 25 25 50 50 50
32 T T T T T T T T T T 7 9 9 35 35 60 25 25 25 50 50 50
40 T T T T T T T T T T 7 9 9 35 35 60 25 25 25 50 50 50
50 T T T T T T T T T T 7 9 9 35 35 60 25 25 25 50 50 50
63 T T T T T T T T T T 7 9 9 35 35 60 25 25 25 50 50 50
80 T T T T T T T T T T 7 9 9 35 35 60 25 25 25 50 50 50
100 T T T T T T T T T T 7 9 9 35 35 60 25 25 25 50 50 50
NS160N i 63 T T T T T T T T T T 7 9 9 30 30 T 18 18 18 T T T
trip unit TM-D 80 T T T T T T T T T T 7 9 9 30 30 T 18 18 18 T T T
100 T T T T T T T T T T 7 9 9 30 30 T 18 18 18 T T T
125 T T T T T T T T T T 7 9 9 30 30 T 18 18 18 T T T
160 T T T T T T T T T T 7 9 9 30 30 T 18 18 18 T T T
NS160H/L i 63 T T T T T T T T T T 7 9 9 30 30 50 18 18 18 40 40 40
100 T T T T T T T T T T 7 9 9 30 30 50 18 18 18 40 40 40
125 T T T T T T T T T T 7 9 9 30 30 50 18 18 18 40 40 40
160 T T T T T T T T T T 7 9 9 30 30 50 18 18 18 40 40 40
trip unit TM-D 125 T T T T T T T T T T 7 9 9 25 25 T 16 16 16 T T T
160 T T T T T T T T T T 7 9 9 25 25 T 16 16 16 T T T
200 T T T T T T T T T T 7 9 9 25 25 T 16 16 16 T T T
250 T T T T T T T T T T 7 9 9 25 25 T 16 16 16 T T T
160 T T T T T T T T T T 7 9 9 25 25 36 16 16 16 36 36 36
200 T T T T T T T T T T 7 9 9 25 25 36 16 16 16 36 36 36
250 T T T T T T T T T T 7 9 9 25 25 36 16 16 16 36 36 36
NS100N 40 T T T T T T T T T T 8 10 10 T T T 25 25 25 T T T
trip unit STR22SE 100 T T T T T T T T T T 8 10 10 T T T 25 25 25 T T T
NS100H/L 40 T T T T T T T T T T 8 10 10 35 35 60 25 25 25 50 50 50
trip unit STR22SE 100 T T T T T T T T T T 8 10 10 35 35 60 25 25 25 50 50 50
NS160N 40 T T T T T T T T T T 8 10 10 30 30 T 18 18 18 T T T
trip unit STR22SE 100 T T T T T T T T T T 8 10 10 30 30 T 18 18 18 T T T
160 T T T T T T T T T T 8 10 10 30 30 T 18 18 18 T T T
NS160H/L 40 T T T T T T T T T T 8 10 10 30 30 50 18 18 18 40 40 40
160 T T T T T T T T T T 8 10 10 30 30 50 18 18 18 40 40 40
trip unit STR22SE 160 T T T T T T T T T T 8 10 10 25 25 T 16 16 16 T T T
250 T T T T T T T T T T 8 10 10 25 25 T 16 16 16 T T T
250 T T T T T T T T T T 8 10 10 25 25 36 16 16 16 36 36 36
NS400N/H/L 160 T T T T T T T T T T 8 10 10 12 12 18 8 10 10 12 12 12
200 T T T T T T T T T T 8 10 10 12 12 18 8 10 10 12 12 12
250 T T T T T T T T T T 8 10 10 12 12 18 8 10 10 12 12 12
320 T T T T T T T T T T 8 10 10 12 12 18 8 10 10 12 12 12
400 T T T T T T T T T T 8 10 10 12 12 18 8 10 10 12 12 12
NS630N/H/L 250 T T T T T T T T T T 10 10 10 10 12 8 10 10 12 12 12
320 T T T T T T T T T T 10 10 10 10 12 8 10 10 12 12 12
400 T T T T T T T T T T 10 10 10 10 12 8 10 10 12 12 12
500 T T T T T T T T T T 10 10 10 10 12 8 10 10 12 12 12
630 T T T T T T T T T T 10 10 10 10 12 8 10 10 12 12 12
NSC100N T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
260 Merlin Gerin

Upstream: Masterpact
Downstream: C801
to C1251, CM, Masterpact
upstream Masterpact N1 - H1 - H2 Masterpact N1 - H1 - H2

trip unit STR28D* trip unit STR38S - 58U - Inst: ON - max. position
setting Ir 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 5000 6300 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 5000 6300
C801N 320 10 12 16 20 25 32 40 45 T 30 45 45 45 45 45 T T T
trip unit STR25DE, 400 10 12 16 20 25 32 40 45 T 30 45 45 45 45 45 T T T
35SE/GE, 55UE 500 10 12 16 20 25 32 40 45 T 30 45 45 45 45 45 T T T
630 10 12 16 20 25 32 40 45 T 30 45 45 45 45 45 T T T
800 12 16 20 25 32 40 45 T 45 45 45 45 45 T T T
C801H 320 10 12 16 20 25 32 40 45 65 30 45 45 45 45 45 50 60 T
trip unit STR25DE, 400 10 12 16 20 25 32 40 45 65 30 45 45 45 45 45 50 60 T
35SE/GE, 55UE 500 10 12 16 20 25 32 40 45 65 30 45 45 45 45 45 50 60 T
630 10 12 16 20 25 32 40 45 65 30 45 45 45 45 45 50 60 T
800 12 16 20 25 32 40 45 65 45 45 45 45 45 50 60 T
C801L 320 10 12 16 20 25 35 50 90 100 40 70 70 70 70 70 80 110 T
trip unit STR25DE, 400 10 12 16 20 25 35 50 90 100 40 70 70 70 70 70 80 110 T
35SE/GE, 55UE 500 10 12 16 20 25 35 50 90 100 40 70 70 70 70 70 80 110 T
630 10 12 16 20 25 35 50 90 100 40 70 70 70 70 70 80 110 T
800 12 16 20 25 35 50 90 100 70 70 70 70 70 80 110 T
C1001N 400 12 16 20 25 32 40 45 T 45 45 45 45 45 T T T
trip unit STR25DE, 500 12 16 20 25 32 40 45 T 45 45 45 45 45 T T T
35SE/GE, 55UE 630 12 16 20 25 32 40 45 T 45 45 45 45 45 T T T
800 12 16 20 25 32 40 45 T 45 45 45 45 45 T T T
1000 16 20 25 32 40 45 T 45 45 45 45 T T T
C1001H 400 12 16 20 25 32 40 45 65 45 45 45 45 45 50 60 T
trip unit STR25DE, 500 12 16 20 25 32 40 45 65 45 45 45 45 45 50 60 T
35SE/GE, 55UE 630 12 16 20 25 32 40 45 65 45 45 45 45 45 50 60 T
800 12 16 20 25 32 40 45 65 45 45 45 45 45 50 60 T
1000 16 20 25 32 40 45 65 45 45 45 45 50 60 T
C1001L 400 12 16 20 25 35 50 90 100 70 70 70 70 70 80 110 T
trip unit STR25DE, 500 12 16 20 25 35 50 90 100 70 70 70 70 70 80 110 T
35SE/GE, 55UE 630 12 16 20 25 35 50 90 100 70 70 70 70 70 80 110 T
800 12 16 20 25 35 50 90 100 70 70 70 70 70 80 110 T
1000 16 20 25 35 50 90 100 70 70 70 70 80 110 T
C1251N 500 16 20 25 32 40 45 T 45 45 45 45 T T T
trip unit STR25DE, 630 16 20 25 32 40 45 T 45 45 45 45 T T T
35SE/GE, 55UE 800 16 20 25 32 40 45 T 45 45 45 45 T T T
1000 16 20 25 32 40 45 T 45 45 45 45 T T T
1250 20 25 32 40 45 T 45 45 45 T T T
C1251H 500 16 20 25 32 40 45 65 45 45 45 45 50 60 T
trip unit STR25DE, 630 16 20 25 32 40 45 65 45 45 45 45 50 60 T
35SE/GE, 55UE 800 16 20 25 32 40 45 65 45 45 45 45 50 60 T
1000 16 20 25 32 40 45 65 45 45 45 45 50 60 T
1250 20 25 32 40 45 65 45 45 45 50 60 T
CM 1250 15 20 25 32 40 50 35 35 40 40 50 63
trip unit STCM1,2,31600 20 25 32 40 50 35 40 40 50 63
2000 25 32 40 50 40 40 50 63
2500 32 40 50 40 50 63
3200 40 50 50 63
Masterpact M08 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 30 35 35 35 40 40 50 63
N1, H1, H2 M10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 35 35 35 40 40 50 63
trip unit STR28D M12 20 25 32 40 50 63 35 35 40 40 50 63
M16 25 32 40 50 63 35 40 40 50 63
M20 32 40 50 63 40 40 50 63
M25 40 50 63 40 50 63
M32 50 63 50 63
M40 63 63
M50
M63
Masterpact L M08 50 50 50 50 50 55 60 80
trip unit STR38S, M10 50 50 50 50 55 63 80
58U, 68U M12 50 50 50 55 63 80
M16 50 50 55 63 80
M20 50 55 63 80
M25 55 60 80
* Discrimination with upstream Compact C trip unit STR25DE only.
Merlin Gerin A261

protection discrimination Downstream: C801 to
C1251, CM, Masterpact
upstream Masterpact N1 - H1 - H2 Masterpact N1 - H1

trip unit STR68U - Inst: ON - max. position trip unit STR38S - 58U - Inst: OFF
setting Ir 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 5000 6300 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 5000 6300
C801N 320 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
trip unit STR25DE, 400 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
35SE/GE, 55UE 500 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
630 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
800 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
C801H 320 50 50 50 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
trip unit STR25DE, 400 50 50 50 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
35SE/GE, 55UE 500 50 50 50 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
630 50 50 50 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
800 50 50 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
C801L 320 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
trip unit STR25DE, 400 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
35SE/GE, 55UE 500 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
630 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
C1001N 400 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
trip unit STR25DE, 500 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
35SE/GE, 55UE 630 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
1000 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
C1001H 400 50 50 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
trip unit STR25DE, 500 50 50 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
35SE/GE, 55UE 630 50 50 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
800 50 50 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
1000 50 T T T T T T T T T T T T T
C1001L 400 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
trip unit STR25DE, 500 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
35SE/GE, 55UE 630 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
C1251N 500 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
trip unit STR25DE, 630 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
35SE/GE, 55UE 800 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
1250 T T T T T T T T T T T T
C1251H 500 50 T T T T T T T T T T T T T
trip unit STR25DE, 630 50 T T T T T T T T T T T T T
35SE/GE, 55UE 800 50 T T T T T T T T T T T T T
1000 50 T T T T T T T T T T T T T
1250 T T T T T T T T T T T T
CM 1250 65 65 65 65 65 65 T T T T T T
trip unit STCM1,2,31600 65 65 65 65 65 T T T T T
2000 65 65 65 65 T T T T
2500 65 65 65 T T T
3200 65 65 T T
Masterpact M08 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
N1, H1, H2 M10 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
trip unit STR28D M12 T T T T T T T T T T T T
M16 T T T T T T T T T T
M20 T T T T T T T T
M25 T T T T T T
M32 T T T T
M40 T T
M50
M63
Masterpact L M08 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
trip unit STR38S, M10 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
58U, 68U M12 T T T T T T T T T T T T
M16 T T T T T T T T T T
M20 T T T T T T T T
M25 T T T T T T
262 Merlin Gerin

Masterpact N1 - H1 Masterpact L* Masterpact L*
trip unit STR68U - Inst: OFF trip unit STR38S - 58U trip unit STR68U
M08 M10 M12 M16 M20 M25 M32 M40 M50 M63 M08 M10 M12 M16 M20 M25 M08 M10 M12 M16 M20 M25
800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 5000 6300 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500
T T T T T T T T T 8 10 12 12 15 8 10 12 12 15
T T T T T T T T T 8 10 12 12 15 8 10 12 12 15
T T T T T T T T T 8 10 12 12 15 8 10 12 12 15
T T T T T T T T T 8 10 12 12 15 8 10 12 12 15
T T T T T T T T 10 12 12 15 10 12 12 15
T T T T T T T T T 8 10 12 12 15 8 10 12 12 15
T T T T T T T T T 8 10 12 12 15 8 10 12 12 15
T T T T T T T T T 8 10 12 12 15 8 10 12 12 15
T T T T T T T T T 8 10 12 12 15 8 10 12 12 15
T T T T T T T T 10 12 12 15 10 12 12 15
T T T T T T T T T 8 10 12 12 15 8 10 12 12 15
T T T T T T T T T 8 10 12 12 15 8 10 12 12 15
T T T T T T T T T 8 10 12 12 15 8 10 12 12 15
T T T T T T T T T 8 10 12 12 15 8 10 12 12 15
T T T T T T T T 10 12 12 15 10 12 12 15
T T T T T T T T 10 12 12 15 10 12 12 15
T T T T T T T T 10 12 12 15 10 12 12 15
T T T T T T T T 10 12 12 15 10 12 12 15
T T T T T T T T 10 12 12 15 10 12 12 15
T T T T T T T 12 12 15 12 12 15
T T T T T T T T 10 12 12 15 10 12 12 15
T T T T T T T T 10 12 12 15 10 12 12 15
T T T T T T T T 10 12 12 15 10 12 12 15
T T T T T T T T 10 12 12 15 10 12 12 15
T T T T T T T 12 12 15 12 12 15
T T T T T T T T 10 12 12 15 10 12 12 15
T T T T T T T T 10 12 12 15 10 12 12 15
T T T T T T T T 10 12 12 15 10 12 12 15
T T T T T T T T 10 12 12 15 10 12 12 15
T T T T T T T 12 12 15 12 12 15
T T T T T T T 12 12 15 12 12 15
T T T T T T T 12 12 15 12 12 15
T T T T T T T 12 12 15 12 12 15
T T T T T T T 12 12 15 12 12 15
T T T T T T 12 15 12 15
T T T T T T T 12 12 15 12 12 15
T T T T T T T 12 12 15 12 12 15
T T T T T T T 12 12 15 12 12 15
T T T T T T T 12 12 15 12 12 15
T T T T T T 12 15 12 15
65 65 65 65 65 65 12 15 12 15
65 65 65 65 65 15 15
65 65 65 65
65 65 65
65 65
T T T T T T T T 10 12 12 15 10 12 12 15
T T T T T T T 12 12 15 12 12 15
T T T T T T 12 15 12 15
T T T T T 15 15
T T T T
T T T
T T
T
T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T
T T T T T T
T T T T T
T T T T
T T T
* Discrimination upstream CM circuit-breaker with trip unit STCM1 only.
Merlin Gerin A263

264 Merlin Gerin
Complementary technical information Upstream: Compact
motor protection discrimination NSC100N
Downstream: GV2,
Integral 18, 32
upstream NSC100N
breaking capacity 18 kA
trip unit TM-D
downstream thermal rating (A) 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 70 80 100
relay
GV2 M01 integrated 0.1 to 0.16 T T T T T T T T T T
GV2 M05 integrated 0.63 to 1 T T T T T T T T T T
GV2 M06 integrated 1 to 1.6 T T T T T T T T T T
GV2 M08 integrated 2.5 to 4 T T T T T T T T T T
GV2 M10 integrated 4 to 6.3 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 1 1 1 1 T
GV2 M14 integrated 6 to 10 0.6 0.6 1 1 1 1 T
GV2 M16 integrated 9 to 14 1 1 1 1 T
GV2 M20 integrated 13 to 18 1 1 1 T
GV2 M21 integrated 17 to 23 1 1 T
GV2 M22 integrated 20 to 25 1 T
GV2 M32 integrated 24 to 32 T
GV2 P01 integrated 0.1 to 0.16 T T T T T T T T T T
GV2 P05 integrated 0.63 to 1 T T T T T T T T T T
GV2 P06 integrated 1 to 1.6 T T T T T T T T T T
GV2 P08 integrated 2.5 to 4 T T T T T T T T T T
GV2 P10 integrated 4 to 6.3 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 1 1 1 1 T
GV2 P14 integrated 6 to 10 0.6 0.6 1 1 1 1 T
GV2 P16 integrated 9 to 14 1 1 1 1 T
GV2 P20 integrated 13 to 18 1 1 1 T
GV2 P21 integrated 17 to 23 1 1 T
GV2 P22 integrated 20 to 25 1 T
GV2 L03 LR2 D13 03 0.25 to 0.40 T T T T T T T T T T
GV2 L05 LR2 D13 05 0.63 to 1 T T T T T T T T T T
GV2 L06 LR2 D13 06 1 to 1.6 T T T T T T T T T T
GV2 L08 LR2 D13 08 2.5 to 4 T T T T T T T T T T
GV2 L10 LR2 D13 10 4 to 6.3 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 1 1 1 1 T
GV2 L14 LR2 D13 14 7 to 10 0.6 0.6 1 1 1 1 T
GV2 L16 LR2 D13 16 9 to 13 1 1 1 1 T
GV2 L20 LR2 D13 21 12 to 18 1 1 1 T
GV2 L22 LR2 D13 22 17 to 25 1 T
Integral 18 LB1-LB03P01 0.1 to 0.16 T T T T T T T T T T
LD1-LB030 LB1-LB03P02 0.16 to 0.25 T T T T T T T T T T
LB1-LB03P03 0.25 to 0.40 T T T T T T T T T T
LB1-LB03P05 0.63 to 1 T T T T T T T T T T
LB1-LB03P06 1 to 1.6 T T T T T T T T T T
LB1-LB03P08 2.5 to 4 T T T T T T T T T T
LB1-LB03P10 4 to 6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 1 1 1 1 T
LB1-LB03P13 6 to 10 0.6 0.6 1 1 1 1 T
LB1-LB03P17 10 to 16 1 1 1 1 T
LB1-LB03P21 12 to 18 1 1 1 T
Integral 32 LB1-LC03M03 0.25 to 0.40 T T T T T T T T T T
LD1-LC030 LB1-LC03M04 0.40 to 0.63 T T T T T T T T T T
LD4-LC130 LB1-LC03M05 0.63 to 1 T T T T T T T T T T
LD4-LC030 LB1-LC03M06 1 to 1.6 T T T T T T T T T T
LB1-LC03M07 1.6 to 2.5 T T T T T T T T T T
LB1-LC03M08 2.5 to 4 T T T T T T T T T T
LB1-LC03M10 4 to 6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 1 1 1 1 T
LB1-LC03M13 6 to 10 0.6 0.6 1 1 1 1 T
LB1-LC03M17 10 to 16 1 1 1 1 T
LB1-LC03M22 16 to 25 1 T
LB1-LC03M53 23 to 32 T
Note: respect the basic overload and short-circuit discrimination rules, see page 236.
Merlin Gerin A265

motor protection discrimination Downstream: GV2, GV3,
Integral 18, 32, 63

trip unit TM-D trip unit TM-D
downstream trip unit rating (A) 16 25 40 63 80 100 40 63 80 100 125 160
or thermal relay setting Ir
GV2 M01 integrated 0.1 to 0.16 A T T T T T T T T T T T T
GV2 M05 integrated 0.63 to 1 A T T T T T T T T T T T T
GV2 M06 integrated 1 to 1.6 A 2 T T T T T T T T T T T
GV2 M07 integrated 1.6 to 2.5 A 0.6 2 T T T T T T T T T T
GV2 M08 integrated 2.5 to 4 A 0.2 0.8 4 4 4 10 4 4 T T T T
GV2 M10 integrated 4 to 6.3 A 0.3 1 1 1 2 1 1 T T T T
GV2 M14 integrated 6 to 10 A 0.5 0.5 0.7 0.8 0.5 0.5 T T T T
GV2 M16 integrated 9 to 14 A 0.5 0.7 0.8 0.5 T T T T
GV2 M20 integrated 13 to 18 A 0.5 0.7 0.8 0.5 T T T T
GV2 M21 integrated 17 to 23 A 0.7 0.8 T T T T
GV2 M22 integrated 20 to 25 A 0.7 0.8 T T T T
GV2 P01 integrated 0.1 to 0.16 A T T T T T T T T T T T T
GV2 P05 integrated 0.63 to 1 A T T T T T T T T T T T T
GV2 P06 integrated 1 to 1.6 A 2 T T T T T T T T T T T
GV2 P07 integrated 1.6 to 2.5 A 0.6 2 T T T T T T T T T T
GV2 P08 integrated 2.5 to 4 A 0.2 0.8 4 4 4 10 4 4 T T T T
GV2 P10 integrated 4 to 6.3 A 0.3 1 1 1 2 1 1 T T T T
GV2 P14 integrated 6 to 10 A 0.5 0.5 0.7 0.8 0.5 0.5 T T T T
GV2 P16 integrated 9 to 14 A 0.5 0.7 0.8 0.5 T T T T
GV2 P20 integrated 13 to 18 A 0.5 0.7 0.8 0.5 T T T T
GV2 P21 integrated 17 to 23 A 0.7 0.8 T T T T
GV2 P22 integrated 20 to 25 A 0.7 0.8 T T T T
GV2 L03 LR2 D13 03 0.25/0.4 T T T T T T T T T T T T
GV2 L04 LR2 D13 04 0.4/0.63 T T T T T T T T T T T T
GV2 L05 LR2 D13 05 0.63/1 T T T T T T T T T T T T
GV2 L06 LR2 D13 06 1/1.6 2 T T T T T T T T T T T
GV2 L07 LR2 D13 07 1.6/2.5 0.6 2 T T T T T T T T T T
GV2 L08 LR2 D13 08 2.5/4 0.2 0.8 4 4 4 10 4 4 T T T T
GV2 L10 LR2 D13 10 4/6 0.3 1 1 0.7 2 1 1 T T T T
GV2 L14 LR2 D13 14 7/10 0.5 0.5 0.7 0.8 0.5 0.5 T T T T
GV2 L16 LR2 D13 16 9/13 0.5 0.7 0.8 0.5 T T T T
GV2 L20 LR2 D13 21 12/18 0.5 0.7 0.8 0.5 T T T T
GV2 L22 LR2 D33 22 17/25 0.7 0.8 T T T T
GV3 M06 integrated 1 to 1.6 A 0.2 0.3 T T T T T T T T T T
GV3 M07 integrated 1.6 to 2.5 A 0.2 0.3 1 1 0.7 T 1 1 T T T T
GV3 M08 integrated 2.5 to 4 A 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.5 0.7 0.8 0.5 0.5 T T T T
GV3 M10 integrated 4 to 6 A 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.5 0.7 0.8 0.5 0.5 T T T T
GV3 M14 integrated 6 to 10 A 0.5 0.5 0.7 0.8 0.5 0.5 2 3 3 3
GV3 M20 integrated 10 to 16 A 0.5 0.7 0.8 0.5 1.5 2 2 2
GV3 M25 integrated 16 to 25 A 0.7 0.8 1 2 2 2
GV3 M40 integrated 25 to 40 A 1.25 1.25
GV3 M63 integrated 40 to 63 A
GV3 M80 integrated 63 to 80 A
Integral 18 LB1-LB03P01 0.1 to 0.16 A T T T T T T T T T T T T
LD1-LB030 LB1-LB03P02 0.16 to 0.25 A T T T T T T T T T T T T
LB1-LB03P03 0.25 to 0.40 A T T T T T T T T T T T T
LB1-LB03P04 0.40 to 0.63 A T T T T T T T T T T T T
LB1-LB03P05 0.63 to 1 A T T T T T T T T T T T T
LB1-LB03P06 1 to 1.6 A 0.2 T T T T T T T T T T T
LB1-LB03P07 1.6 to 2.5 A 0.2 0.3 1.5 1.5 4 T 1.5 1.5 T T T T
LB1-LB03P08 2.5 to 4 A 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.5 0.7 2 0.5 0.5 T T T T
LB1-LB03P10 4 to 6 A 0.3 0.5 0.5 0.7 1 0.5 0.5 T T T T
LB1-LB03P13 6 to 10 A 0.5 0.5 0.7 0.8 0.5 0.5 T T T T
LB1-LB03P17 10 to 16 A 0.5 0.7 0.8 0.5 4 T T T
LB1-LB03P21 12 to 18 A 0.5 0.7 0.8 0.5 3 T T T
Integral 32 LB1-LC03M03 0.25 to 0.40 A T T T T T T T T T T T T
LD1-LC030 LB1-LC03M04 0.40 to 0.63 A T T T T T T T T T T T T
LD4-LC130 LB1-LC03M05 0.63 to 1 A T T T T T T T T T T T T
LD4-LC030 LB1-LC03M06 1 to 1.6 A 0.2 T T T T T T T T T T T
LB1-LC03M07 1.6 to 2.5 A 0.2 0.3 1.5 1.5 1 T 1.5 1.5 T T T T
LB1-LC03M08 2.5 to 4 A 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.5 0.7 1 0.5 0.5 T T T T
LB1-LC03M10 4 to 6 A 0.3 0.5 0.5 0.7 0.8 0.5 0.5 T T T T
LB1-LC03M13 6 to 10 A 0.5 0.5 0.7 0.8 0.5 0.5 T T T T
LB1-LC03M17 10 to 16 A 0.5 0.7 0.8 0.5 4 T T T
LB1-LC03M22 16 to 25 A 0.5 0.7 0.8 0.5 3 T T T
LB1-LC03M53 23 to 32 A 0.8 T T T
Integral 63 LB1-LD03M16 10 to13 A 0.5 0.5 0.65 0.8 0.5 0.5 1 1.25 1.25 1.25
LD1-LD030 LB1-LD03M21 13 to18 A 0.5 0.65 0.8 0.5 1 1.25 1.25 1.25
LD4-LD130 LB1-LD03M22 18 to 25 A 0.65 0.8 1 1.25 1.25 1.25
LD4-LD030 LB1-LD03M53 23 to 32 A 0.8 1.25 1.25 1.25
LB1-LD03M55 28 to 40 A 1.25 1.25
LB1-LD03M57 35 to 50 A 1.25
LB1-LD03M61 45 to 63 A
266 Merlin Gerin

NS250N/H/L NS100N/H/L NS160N/H/L NS250N/H/L NS400N/H/L NS630N/H/L
trip unit TM-D STR22SE* STR22SE* STR22SE STR23SE/53UE* STR23SE/53UE*
40 63 80 100 125 160 200 250 40 100 80 160 160 250 160 to 400 250 to 630
T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T 1 T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T 1 4 T T T T T T
4 4 T T T T T T 0.8 3 T T T T T T
1 1 T T T T T T 0.5 2 T T T T T T
0.5 0.5 T T T T T T 0.5 1.2 T T T T T T
0.5 T T T T T T 1.2 T T T T T T
0.5 T T T T T T 1.2 T T T T T T
T T T T T T 1.2 T T T T T T
4 4 T T T T T T 0.8 3 T T T T T T
1 1 T T T T T T 0.5 2 T T T T T T
0.5 0.5 T T T T T T 0.5 1.2 T T T T T T
0.5 T T T T T T 1.2 T T T T T T
0.5 T T T T T T 1.2 T T T T T T
4 4 T T T T T T 0.8 3 T T T T T T
1 1 T T T T T T 0.5 2 T T T T T T
0.5 0.5 T T T T T T 0.5 1.2 T T T T T T
0.5 T T T T T T 1.2 T T T T T T
0.5 T T T T T T 1.2 T T T T T T
1 1 T T T T T T 1 T T T T T T T
0.5 0.5 T T T T T T 0.5 5 T T T T T T
0.5 0.5 T T T T T T 0.5 2 T T T T T T
0.5 0.5 2 3 3 T T T 0.5 1.2 0.9 T T T T T
0.5 1.5 2 2 T T T 1.2 0.9 T T T T T
1 2 2 T T T 1.2 0.9 T T T T T
1.25 T T T T T T T T
T T T T T
T T T T
1.5 1.5 T T T T T T 2 T T T T T T T
0.5 0.5 T T T T T T 0.5 3 T T T T T T
0.5 0.5 T T T T T T 0.5 1.2 T T T T T T
0.5 0.5 T T T T T T 0.5 1.2 T T T T T T
0.5 4 T T T T T 1.2 T T T T T T
0.5 3 T T T T T 1.2 T T T T T T
1.5 1.5 T T T T T T 0.5 T T T T T T T
0.5 0.5 T T T T T T 0.5 3 T T T T T T
0.5 0.5 T T T T T T 0.5 1.2 T T T T T T
0.5 0.5 T T T T T T 0.5 1.2 T T T T T T
0.5 1 T T T T T 1.2 T T T T T T
0.5 0.8 T T T T T 1.2 T T T T T T
T T T T T 1.2 T T T T T T
0.5 0.5 1 1.25 1.25 T T T 0.5 1.2 T T T T T T
0.5 1 1.25 1.25 T T T 1.2 0.9 35 35 T T T
1 1.25 1.25 T T T 1.2 0.9 35 35 T T T
1.25 1.25 T T T 1.2 0.9 35 35 T T T
1.25 T T T 35 35 T T T
T T T T T T
T T T T T
* Nota: strictly follow the rules of overload discrimination. See page 236.
Merlin Gerin A267
Complementary technical information Upstream: NS100 to 630,
motor protection discrimination C801 to C1251
Downstream: C60LMA,
NC100LMA, NG125LMA,
NS80HMA, NS100 to 630
trip unit TM-D trip unit TM-D
downstream trip unit rating (A) 16 25 40 63 80 100 40 63 80 100 125 160
or thermal relay setting Ir
C60LMA 1.6 LR2 D13 06 1/1.6 0.2 T T T T T T T T T T T
C60LMA 2.5 LR2 D13 07 1.6/2.5 0.2 0.3 T T T T T T T T T T
C60LMA 4 LR2 D13 08 2.5/4 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.5 3 T 0.5 0.5 T T T T
C60LMA 6.3 LR2 D13 10 4/6 0.3 0.5 0.5 0.7 5 0.5 0.5 T T T T
C60LMA 10 LR2 D13 12 5.5/8 0.3 0.5 0.5 0.7 2 0.5 0.5 T T T T
C60LMA 10 LR2 D13 14 7/10 0.5 0.5 0.7 0.8 0.5 0.5 T T T T
C60LMA 12.5 LR2 D13 16 9/13 0.5 0.5 0.7 0.8 0.5 0.5 T T T T
C60LMA 16 LR2 D13 21 12/18 0.5 0.7 0.8 0.5 T T T T
C60LMA 25 LR2 D13 22 17/25 0.7 0.8 T T T T
C60LMA 40 LR2 D33 53 23/32 0.8 T T T
C60LMA 40 LR2 D33 55 30/40 T T
NC100LMA 1.6 LR2 D13 06 1/1.6 0.2 T T T T T T T T T T T
NC100LMA 2.5 LR2 D13 07 1.6/2.5 0.2 0.3 T T T T T T T T T T
NC100LMA 4 LR2 D13 08 2.5/4 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.5 10 T 0.5 0.5 T T T T
NC100LMA 6.3 LR2 D13 10 4/6 0.3 0.5 0.5 0.7 10 0.5 0.5 T T T T
NC100LMA 10 LR2 D13 12 5.5/8 0.3 0.5 0.5 0.7 2 0.5 0.5 T T T T
NC100LMA 10 LR2 D13 14 7/10 0.5 0.5 0.7 0.8 0.5 0.5 T T T T
NC100LMA 12.5 LR2 D13 16 9/13 0.5 0.5 0.7 0.8 0.5 0.5 T T T T
NC100LMA 16 LR2 D13 21 12/18 0.5 0.7 0.8 0.5 T T T T
NC100LMA 25 LR2 D13 22 17/25 0.7 0.8 T T T T
NC100LMA 40 LR2 D33 53 23/32 0.8 T T T
NC100LMA 40 LR2 D33 55 30/40 T T
NC100LMA 63 LR2 D33 57 37/50 T
NC100LMA 63 LR2 D33 59 48/65
NS80HMA 2.5 LR2 D13 06 1/1.6 T T T T T T T T T T T T
NS80HMA 2.5 LR2 D13 07 1.6/2.5 T T T T T T T T T T T T
NS80HMA 6.3 LR2 D13 08 2.5/4 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.5 0.7 10 0.5 0.5 T T T T
NS80HMA 6.3 LR2 D13 10 4/6 0.3 0.5 0.5 0.7 2 0.5 0.5 T T T T
NS80HMA 12.5 LR2 D13 12 5.5/8 0.3 0.5 0.5 0.7 0.8 0.5 0.5 T T T T
NS80HMA 12.5 LR2 D13 14 7/10 0.5 0.5 0.7 0.8 0.5 0.5 T T T T
NS80HMA 12.5 LR2 D13 16 9/13 0.5 0.5 0.7 0.8 0.5 0.5 T T T T
NS80HMA 25 LR2 D13 21 12/18 0.5 0.7 0.8 0.5 1 T T T
NS80HMA 25 LR2 D33 22 17/25 0.7 0.8 1 1.2 1.2 1.2
NS80HMA 50 LR2 D33 53 23/32 0.8 1.2 1.2 1.2
NS80HMA 50 LR2 D33 55 30/40 1.2 1.2
NS80HMA 50 LR2 D33 57 37/50 1.2
NS80HMA 80 LR2 D33 59 48/65
downstream trip unit rating (A) 16 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 80 100 125 160 200 250
or thermal relay réglage Ir
NS100N/H/LMA 2,5 LR2 D13 06 1/1.6 0.19 3 T T T T T T T T T T T T
NS100N/H/LMA 2.5 LR2 D13 07 1.6/2.5 0.19 3 4 5 5 5 T T T T T T T T
NS100N/H/LMA 6.3 LR2 D13 08 2.5/4 0.19 3 4 5 5 5 6.4 8 T T T T T T
NS100N/H/LMA 6.3 LR2 D13 10 4/6 3 4 5 5 5 6.4 8 T T T T T T
NS100N/H/LMA 12.5 LR2 D13 12 5.5/8 3 4 5 5 5 6.4 8 10 12.5 12.5 12.5 20 25
NS100N/H/LMA 12.5 LR2 D13 14 7/10 4 5 5 5 6.4 8 10 12.5 12.5 12.5 20 25
NS100N/H/LMA 12.5 LR2 D13 16 9/13 5 5 5 6.4 8 10 12.5 12.5 12.5 20 25
NS100N/H/LMA 25 LR2 D13 21 12/18 5 6.4 8 10 12.5 12.5 12.5 20 25
NS100N/H/LMA 25 LR2 D33 22 17/25 6.4 8 10 12.5 12.5 12.5 20 25
NS100N/H/LMA 50 LR2 D33 53 23/32 8 12.5 12.5 12.5 20 25
NS100N/H/LMA 50 LR2 D33 55 30/40 12.5 12.5 20 25
NS100N/H/LMA 50 LR2 D33 57 37/50 12.5 20 25
NS100N/H/LMA 100 LR2 D33 59 48/65 20 25
NS100N/H/LMA 100 LR2 D33 63 63/80 25
NS100N/H/LMA 100
NS160N/H/LMA 150
NS250N/H/LMA 220
NS400N/H/LMA 320
NS630N/H/LMA 500
NS100N/H/L STR22ME40 24/40 12.5 12.5 36 36
NS100N/H/L STR22ME50 30/50 12.5 36 36
NS100N/H/L STR22ME80 48/80 36
NS100N/H/L STR22ME100 60/100
NS160N/H/L STR22ME150 90/150
NS250N/H/L STR22ME220 131/220
NS400N/H/L STR43ME320 190/320
Nota : NC100LMA = NG125LMA
268 Merlin Gerin

NS250N/H/L NS100N/H/L NS160N/H/L NS250N/H/L NS400N/H/L NS630N/H/L
trip unit TM-D STR22SE STR22SE* STR22SE* STR23SE/53UE STR23SE/53UE
40 63 80 100 125 160 200 250 40 100 80 160 160 250 160 to 400 250 to 630
0.5 0.5 T T T T T T 0.5 T T T T T T T
0.5 0.5 T T T T T T 0.5 5 T T T T T T
0.5 0.5 T T T T T T 0.5 2 T T T T T T
0.5 0.5 T T T T T T 0.5 1.2 T T T T T T
0.5 0.5 T T T T T T 0.5 1.2 T T T T T T
0.5 T T T T T T 1.2 T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T
0.5 0.5 T T T T T T 0.5 15 T T T T T T
0.5 0.5 T T T T T T 0.5 2 T T T T T T
0.5 0.5 T T T T T T 0.5 1.2 T T T T T T
0.5 0.5 T T T T T T 0.5 1.2 T T T T T T
0.5 0.5 T T T T T T 0.5 1.2 T T T T T T
0.5 T T T T T T 1.2 T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T
T T T T T
0.5 0.5 T T T T T T 0.5 T T T T T T T
0.5 0.5 T T T T T T 0.5 5 T T T T T T
0.5 0.5 T T T T T T 0.5 2 T T T T T T
0.5 0.5 T T T T T T 0.5 1.2 T T T T T T
0.5 0.5 T T T T T T 0.5 1.2 T T T T T T
0.5 1 T T T T T 1.2 T T T T T T
1 1.2 1.2 T T T 1.2 T T T T T T
1.2 1.2 T T T 1.2 T T T T T
1.2 T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T
T T T T T
NS100N/H/L NS160N/H/L NS400N/H/L C801N/H C801N/H C801L C1001N/H C1001N/H C1001L C1251N/H C1251N/H
NS250N/H/L NS630N/H/L
STR22SE* STR22SE* STR23SE* STR35SE* STR45AE STR35SE STR35SE STR45AE STR35SE STR35SE STR45AE
STR53SE STR55UE STR55UE STR55UE STR55UE STR55UE
40 100 80 160 250 400 630 800 800 800 1000 1000 1000 1250 1250
0.45 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
0.45 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
0.45 1.1 T T T T T T T T T T T T T
0.45 1.1 T T T T T T T T T T T T T
0.45 1.1 0.9 T T T T T T T T T T T T
0.45 1.1 0.9 T T T T T T T T T T T T
0.45 1.1 0.9 T T T T T T T T T T T T
1.1 0.9 1.75 36 T T T T T T T T T T
1.1 0.9 1.75 36 T T T T T T T 8 T T
1.1 1.75 36 T T T T T T T 8 T T
1.75 36 T T 50 T 6.4 T T 8 T T
1.75 36 T T 50 T 6.4 T T 8 T T
36 T T 50 T 6.4 T T 8 T T
36 T T 50 T 6.4 T T 8 T T
T T 50 T 6.4 T T 8 T T
T 45 T 6.4 T T 8 T T
T 40 T 6.4 T T 8 T T
40 70 8 40 70
1.75 3.6 T T 50 T 6.4 T T 8 T T

1.75 3.6 T T 50 T 6.4 T T 8 T T
3.6 T T 50 T 6.4 T T 8 T T
T T 50 T 6.4 T T 8 T T
T 45 T 6.4 T T 8 T T
T 40 T 6.4 T T 8 T T
40 70 8 40 70
* Nota: strictly follow the rules of overload discrimination. See page 236.
Merlin Gerin A269

Complementary technical information Upstream: Compact
cascading and enhanced NS100 to C1251
discrimination Downstream: Multi 9 /
Integral / GV2 / Compact
NS100 to 630
With traditional circuit breakers, cascading Example
between two devices generally results in the Consider a combination between:
look of discrimination. c a Compact NS250N with trip unit TM250D
With Compact NS circuit breakers, the c a Compact NS100N with trip unit TM100D.
discrimination characteristics in the tables The discrimination tables indicate total
remain applicable and are in some cases discrimination. Protection discrimination is
even enhanced. Protection discrimination is therefore ensured up to the breaking
ensured for short-circuit currents greater capacity of the NS100N, i.e. 25 kA.
than the rated breaking capacity of the The cascading tables indicate an enhanced
circuit breaker and even, in some cases, for breaking capacity of 36 kA.
its enhanced breaking capacity. In the latter The enhanced discrimination tables indicate
case, protection discrimination Ia total, that in a cascading configuration,
i.e. only the downstream device trips for any discrimination is ensured up to 36 kA, i.e. for
and all possible faults at its point in the any and all possible faults at that point in the
installation. installation.
Enhanced discrimination For each combination of two circuit Technical principle

breakers, the tables indicate the:
tables - 380/415 V downstream device Enhanced discrimination is the result of the
breaking capacity exclusive Compact NS Roto-active breaking
enhanced by cascading technique which operates as follows:
15/25 (in kA) c due to the short-circuit current
(electrodynamic forces), the contacts in both
selectivity limit enhanced
by cascading devices simultaneously separate. The result
(in kA) is major limitation of the short-circuit current
c the dissipated energy provokes the reflex
In a table, a box containing two equal values tripping of the downstream device, but is
indicates that discrimination is provided up to insufficient to trip the upstream device.
the reinforced breaking capacity of the
downstream device.
These tables apply only to cases with
combined discrimination and cascading
between two devices. For all other cases,
refer to the normal cascading and
discrimination tables.
E43820
NS160N NS400H
TM160D STR23SE
discrimination
limit in kA
30 / 30 70 / 70
C60N NS160N
63 A TM160D
cascading
limit in kA
270 Merlin Gerin

Upstream: NSC100N
Downstream: Multi 9
Upstream: Compact NSC100 TM-D

Downstream: Multi 9
upstream NSC100N
18 kA
trip unit TM-D
downstream rating 63 70 80 100
C60a 5 kA i 16 18/18 18/18 18/18 18/18
20 18/18 18/18 18/18 18/18
25 18/18 18/18 18/18 18/18
32 6/18 6/18 6/18 8/18
40 6/18 6/18 8/18
C60N 10 kA i 16 18/18 18/18 18/18 18/18
20 18/18 18/18 18/18 18/18
25 18/18 18/18 18/18 18/18
32 6/18 6/18 6/18 8/18
40 6/18 6/18 8/18
50 6/18 6/18
63 6/18
Merlin Gerin A271

Complementary technical information Upstream: NS160
cascading and enhanced to NS250
discrimination Trip unit TM-D
Downstream: Multi 9

36 kA 70 kA 150 kA 36 kA 70 kA 150 kA
trip unit TM-D TM-D TM-D TM-D TM-D TM-D
downstream rating 80 100/125/160 80 100/125/160 80 100/125/160 160/200/250 160/200/250 160/200/250
C60a 5 kA i 16 15/15 15/15 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 15/15 20/20 20/20
20 15/15 15/15 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 15/15 20/20 20/20
25 15/15 15/15 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 15/15 20/20 20/20
32 15/15 15/15 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 15/15 20/20 20/20
40 15/15 15/15 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 15/15 20/20 20/20
C60N 10 kA i 16 25/25 25/25 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 25/25 30/30 30/30
20 25/25 25/25 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 25/25 30/30 30/30
25 25/25 25/25 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 25/25 30/30 30/30
32 15/25 25/25 15/30 30/30 15/30 30/30 25/25 30/30 30/30
40 15/25 25/25 15/30 30/30 15/30 30/30 25/25 30/30 30/30
50 15/25 25/25 15/30 30/30 15/30 30/30 25/25 30/30 30/30
63 25/25 30/30 30/30 25/25 30/30 30/30
C60H 15 kA i 16 30/30 30/30 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 30/30 40/40 40/40
20 30/30 30/30 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 30/30 40/40 40/40
25 30/30 30/30 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 30/30 40/40 40/40
32 15/30 30/30 15/40 40/40 15/40 40/40 30/30 40/40 40/40
40 15/30 30/30 15/40 40/40 15/40 40/40 30/30 40/40 40/40
50 15/30 30/30 15/40 40/40 15/40 40/40 30/30 30/30 30/30
63 30/30 40/40 40/40 30/30 30/30 30/30
C60L 25 kA i 16 30/30 30/30 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 30/30 40/40 40/40
20 30/30 30/30 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 30/30 40/40 40/40
25 30/30 30/30 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 30/30 40/40 40/40
20 kA 32 15/30 30/30 15/40 40/40 15/40 40/40 30/30 40/40 40/40
40 15/30 30/30 15/40 40/40 15/40 40/40 30/30 40/40 40/40
15 kA 50 15/30 30/30 15/40 40/40 15/40 40/40 30/30 30/30 30/30
63 30/30 40/40 40/40 30/30 30/30 30/30
NC100H 10 kA 50 25/25 30/30 30/30
63 25/25 30/30 30/30
80 25/25 30/30 30/30
100 25/25 30/30 30/30
NC125H 10 kA 125 25/25 30/30 30/30
NC100L 22 kA i 16 36/36 36/36 50/50 50/50 70/70 70/70 36/36 50/50 70/70
20 - 25 36/36 36/36 50/50 50/50 70/70 70/70 36/36 50/50 70/70
32 - 40 36/36 36/36 50/50 50/50 70/70 70/70 36/36 50/50 70/70
50 - 63 36/36 50/50 50/50 70/70 70/70 36/36 50/50 70/70
NC100LS 36 kA i 16 70/70 70/70 100/100 100/100 70/70 100/100
20 - 25 70/70 70/70 100/100 100/100 70/70 100/100
32 - 40 70/70 70/70 100/100 100/100 70/70 100/100
50 - 63 70/70 70/70 100/100 100/100 70/70 100/100
NC100LH 50 kA i 16 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 70/70 150/150
20 - 25 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 70/70 150/150
32 - 40 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 70/70 150/150
50 - 63 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 70/70 150/150
NG125a 16 kA i 16 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25
20 - 25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25
32 - 40 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25
50 - 63 25/25 25/25 25/25
80 25/25 25/25 25/25
100 25/25 25/25 25/25
125 25/25 25/25 25/25
NG125N 25 kA i 16 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 70/70 70/70 36/36 36/36 70/70
20 - 25 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 70/70 70/70 36/36 36/36 70/70
32 - 40 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 70/70 70/70 36/36 36/36 70/70
50 - 63 36/36 36/36 70/70
80 36/36 36/36 70/70
100 36/36 36/36 70/70
125 36/36 36/36 70/70
NG125H 36 kA i 16 50/50 50/50 100/100 100/100 50/50 100/100
20 - 25 50/50 50/50 100/100 100/100 50/50 100/100
32 - 40 50/50 50/50 100/100 100/100 50/50 100/100
50 - 63 50/50 100/100
80 50/50 100/100
NG125L 50 kA i 16 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 70/70 150/150
NG125LMA 20 - 25 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 70/70 150/150
32 - 40 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 70/70 150/150
50 - 63 70/70 150/150
80 70/70 150/150
272 Merlin Gerin

Upstream: NS160
to NS250
Trip unit STR
Downstream: Multi 9

36 kA 70 kA 150 kA 36 kA 70 kA 150 kA
trip unit STR22SE STR22SE STR22SE STR22SE STR22SE STR22SE
downstream rating 80 160 80 160 80 160 250 250 250
C60a 5 kA i 16 15/15 15/15 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 15/15 20/20 20/20
20 15/15 15/15 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 15/15 20/20 20/20
25 15/15 15/15 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 15/15 20/20 20/20
32 15/15 20/20 20/20 15/15 20/20 20/20
40 15/15 20/20 20/20 15/15 20/20 20/20
C60N 10 kA i 16 25/25 25/25 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 25/25 30/30 30/30
20 25/25 25/25 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 25/25 30/30 30/30
25 25/25 25/25 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 25/25 30/30 30/30
32 25/25 30/30 30/30 25/25 30/30 30/30
40 25/25 30/30 30/30 25/25 30/30 30/30
50 25/25 30/30 30/30 25/25 30/30 30/30
63 25/25 30/30 30/30 25/25 30/30 30/30
C60H 15 kA i 16 30/30 30/30 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 30/30 40/40 40/40
20 30/30 30/30 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 30/30 40/40 40/40
25 30/30 30/30 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 30/30 40/40 40/40
32 30/30 40/40 40/40 30/30 40/40 40/40
40 30/30 40/40 40/40 30/30 40/40 40/40
50 30/30 40/40 40/40 30/30 30/30 30/30
63 30/30 40/40 40/40 30/30 30/30 30/30
C60L 25 kA i 16 30/30 30/30 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 30/30 40/40 40/40
20 30/30 30/30 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 30/30 40/40 40/40
25 30/30 30/30 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 30/30 40/40 40/40
20 kA 32 30/30 40/40 40/40 30/30 40/40 40/40
40 30/30 40/40 40/40 30/30 40/40 40/40
15 kA 50 30/30 40/40 40/40 30/30 30/30 30/30
63 30/30 40/40 40/40 30/30 30/30 30/30
NC100H 10 kA 50 25/25 30/30 30/30
63 25/25 30/30 30/30
80 25/25 30/30 30/30
100 25/25 30/30 30/30
NC125H 10 kA 125 25/25 30/30 30/30
NC100L 22 kA i 16 36/36 36/36 50/50 50/50 70/70 70/70 36/36 50/50 70/70
20 - 25 36/36 36/36 50/50 50/50 70/70 70/70 36/36 50/50 70/70
32 - 40 36/36 50/50 70/70 36/36 50/50 70/70
50 - 63 36/36 50/50 70/70 36/36 50/50 70/70
NC100LS 36 kA i 16 70/70 70/70 100/100 100/100 70/70 100/100
20 - 25 70/70 70/70 100/100 100/100 70/70 100/100
32 - 40 70/70 100/100 70/70 100/100
50 - 63 70/70 100/100 70/70 100/100
NC100LH 50 kA i 16 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 70/70 150/150
20 - 25 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 70/70 150/150
32 - 40 70/70 150/150 70/70 150/150
50 - 63 70/70 150/150 70/70 150/150
NG125a 16 kA i 16 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25
20 - 25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25
32 - 40 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25
50 - 63 25/25 25/25 25/25
80 25/25 25/25 25/25
100 25/25 25/25 25/25
125 25/25 25/25 25/25
NG125N 25 kA i 16 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 70/70 70/70 36/36 36/36 70/70
20 - 25 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 70/70 70/70 36/36 36/36 70/70
32 - 40 36/36 36/36 70/70 36/36 36/36 70/70
50 - 63 36/36 36/36 70/70
80 36/36 36/36 70/70
100 36/36 36/36 70/70
125 36/36 36/36 70/70
NG125H 36 kA i 16 50/50 50/50 100/100 100/100 50/50 100/100
20 - 25 50/50 50/50 100/100 100/100 50/50 100/100
32 - 40 50/50 100/100 50/50 100/100
50 - 63 50/50 100/100
80 50/50 100/100
NG125L 50 kA i 16 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 70/70 150/150
NG125LMA 20 - 25 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 70/70 150/150
32 - 40 70/70 150/150 70/70 150/150
50 - 63 70/70 150/150
80 70/70 150/150
Merlin Gerin A273

Complementary technical information Upstream: NS250 to
cascading and enhanced NS630, C801 to C1251
discrimination Downstream: NSC100N,
NS100 to NS630
Upstream: Compact NS250

Downstream: Compact NS100
36 kA 70 kA 150 kA 36 kA 70 kA 150 kA
trip unit TM-D TM-D TM-D STR22SE
downstream rating 160 200 250 160 200 250 160 200 250 250 250 250
NSC100N 18 kA 16 - 100 36/36 36/36 36/36 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 36/36 50/50 50/50
NS100N 25 kA i 25 36/36 36/36 36/36 70/70 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 150/150 36/36 70/70 150/150
trip unit TM-D 40 - 100 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/70 36/70 36/70 36/150 36/150 36/150 36/36 36/70 36/150
NS100H 70 kA i 25 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
trip unit TM-D 40 - 100 36/150 36/150 36/150 36/150
NS100N 25 kA trip unit STR22SE 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/70 36/70 36/70 36/150 36/150 36/150 36/36 36/70 36/150
trip unit STR22ME 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/70 36/70 36/70 36/150 36/150 36/150 36/36 36/70 36/150
NS100H 70 kA trip unit STR22SE 36/150 36/150 36/150 36/150
trip unit STR22ME 36/150 36/150 36/150 36/150
Upstream: Compact NS400 to C1251

Downstream: Compact NS100 to NS630
upstream NS400N NS400 H NS400L NS630N NS630H NS630L C801N C801H C1001N C1001H C1251N C1251H
45 kA 70 kA 150 kA 45 kA 70 kA 150 kA 50 kA 70 kA 50 kA 70 kA 50 kA 70 kA
trip unit STR23SE or STR53UE STR23SE or STR53UE STR45AE STR45AE STR45AE
downstream rating 400 400 400 630 630 630 800 800 1000 1000 1250 1250
NSC100N 18 kA 16 - 100 36/36 50/50 50/50 36/36 50/50 50/50
NS100N 25 kA all TM-D-G-MA 45/45 70/70 150/150 45/45 70/70 150/150 50/50 70/70 50/50 70/70 50/50 70/70
NS100H 70 kA all TM-D-MA 150/150 150/150
NS160N 35 kA all TM-D-MA 45/45 70/70 150/150 45/45 70/70 150/150 50/50 70/70 50/50 70/70 50/50 70/70
NS160H 70 kA all TM-D-MA 150/150 150/150
NS250N 35 kA all TM-D-MA 45/45 70/70 150/150 50/50 70/70 50/50 70/70 50/50 70/70
NS250H 70 kA all TM-D-MA 150/150
trip unit STR22ME 45/45 70/70 150/150 45/45 70/70 150/150 50/50 70/70 50/50 70/70 50/50 70/70
NS100H 70 kA trip unit STR22SE 150/150 150/150
trip unit STR22ME 150/150 150/150
trip unit STR22ME 45/45 70/70 150/150 45/45 70/70 150/150 50/50 70/70 50/50 70/70 50/50 70/70
NS160H 70 kA trip unit STR22SE 150/150 150/150
trip unit STR22ME 150/150 150/150
NS250N 35 kA trip unit STR22SE 45/45 70/70 150/150 50/50 70/70 50/50 70/70 50/50 70/70
trip unit STR22ME 45/45 70/70 150/150 50/50 70/70 50/50 70/70 50/50 70/70
NS250H 70 kA trip unit STR22SE 150/150
trip unit STR22ME 150/150
NS400N 45 kA trip unit STR23SE 35/50 35/70 50/50 70/70 50/50 70/70
trip unit STR53UE 35/50 35/70 50/50 70/70 50/50 70/70
trip unit STR43ME 35/50 35/70 50/50 70/70 50/50 70/70
NS630N 45 kA trip unit STR23SE 28/50 28/70 50/50 70/70 50/50 70/70
trip unit STR53UE 28/50 28/70 50/50 70/70 50/50 70/70
trip unit STR43ME 28/50 28/70 50/50 70/70 50/50 70/70
274 Merlin Gerin

Upstream: Compact
NS160 to NS400
Downstream: Integral 18
to Integral 63
upstream NS160H NS160L NS250H NS250L

70 kA 150 kA 70 kA 150 kA
trip unit TM-D TM-D TM-D TM-D
downstream termal rating (A) 80 100/125/160 80 100/125/160 160 200/250 160 200/250
relay
Integral 18 LB1-LB03P01 0.1 to 0.16 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150
LD1-LB030 LB1-LB03P02 0.16 to 0.25 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150
LB1-LB03P03 0.25 to 0.40 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150
LB1-LB03P04 0.40 to 0.63 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150
LB1-LB03P05 0.63 to 1 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150
LB1-LB03P06 1 to 1.6 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150
LB1-LB03P07 1.6 to 2.5 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150
LB1-LB03P08 2.5 to 4 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150
LB1-LB03P10 4 to 6 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150
LB1-LB03P13 6 to 10 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150
LB1-LB03P17 10 to 16 70/70 150/150
LB1-LB03P21 12 to 18 70/70 150/150
Integral 32 LB1-LC03M03 0.25 to 0.40 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150
LD1-LC030 LB1-LC03M04 0.40 to 0.63 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150
LD4-LC130 LB1-LC03M05 0.63 to 1 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150
LD4-LC030 LB1-LC03M06 1 to 1.6 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150
LB1-LC03M07 1.6 to 2.5 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150
LB1-LC03M08 2.5 to 4 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150
LB1-LC03M10 4 to 6 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150
LB1-LC03M13 6 to 10 70/70 150/150 150/150 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150
LB1-LC03M17 10 to 16 70/70 150/150 150/150 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150
LB1-LC03M22 16 to 25 70/70 150/150 150/150 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150
LB1-LC03M53 23 to 32 70/70 8/150 150/150 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150
Integral 63 LB1-LD03M16 10 to 13 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150
LD1-LD030 LB1-LD03M21 11 to 18 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150
LD4-LD130 LB1-LD03M22 18 to 25 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150
LD4-LD030 LB1-LD03M53 23 to 32 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150
LB1-LD03M55 28 to 40 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150
LB1-LD03M57 35 to 50 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150
LB1-LD03M61 45 to 63 70/70 70/70 150/150
upstream NS160H NS160L NS250H NS250L NS400H NS400L

70 kA 150 kA 70 kA 150 kA 70 kA 150 kA
trip unit STR22SE STR22SE STR22SE STR23SE or STR53UE
downstream termal rating (A) 80 160 80 160 250 250 400 400
relay
Integral 18 LB1-LB03P01 0.1 to 0.16 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 70/70 150/150
LD1-LB030 LB1-LB03P02 0.16 to 0.25 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 70/70 150/150
LB1-LB03P03 0.25 to 0.40 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 70/70 150/150
LB1-LB03P04 0.40 to 0.63 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 70/70 150/150
LB1-LB03P05 0.63 to 1 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 70/70 150/150
LB1-LB03P06 1 to 1.6 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 70/70 150/150
LB1-LB03P07 1.6 to 2.5 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 70/70 150/150
LB1-LB03P08 2.5 to 4 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 70/70 150/150
LB1-LB03P10 4 to 6 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 70/70 150/150
LB1-LB03P13 6 to 10 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 70/70 150/150
LB1-LB03P17 10 to 16 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 70/70 150/150
LB1-LB03P21 12 to 18 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 70/70 150/150
Integral 32 LB1-LC03M03 0.25 to 0.40 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 70/70 150/150
LD1-LC030 LB1-LC03M04 0.40 to 0.63 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 70/70 150/150
LD4-LC130 LB1-LC03M05 0.63 to 1 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 70/70 150/150
LD4-LC030 LB1-LC03M06 1 to 1.6 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 70/70 150/150
LB1-LC03M07 1.6 to 2.5 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 70/70 150/150
LB1-LC03M08 2.5 to 4 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 70/70 150/150
LB1-LC03M10 4 to 6 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 70/70 150/150
LB1-LC03M13 6 to 10 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 70/70 150/150
LB1-LC03M17 10 to 16 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 70/70 150/150
LB1-LC03M22 16 to 25 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 70/70 150/150
LB1-LC03M53 23 to 32 70/70 150/150 70/70 150/150
Integral 63 LB1-LD03M16 10 to 13 70/70 150/150 70/70 150/150 70/70 150/150
LD1-LD030 LB1-LD03M21 11 to 18 70/70 150/150 70/70 150/150
LD4-LD130 LB1-LD03M22 18 to 25 70/70 150/150 70/70 150/150
LD4-LD030 LB1-LD03M53 23 to 32 70/70 150/150 70/70 150/150
LB1-LD03M55 28 to 40 70/70 150/150 70/70 150/150
LB1-LD03M57 35 to 50 70/70 150/150 70/70 150/150
LB1-LD03M61 45 to 63 70/70 150/150 70/70 150/150
Merlin Gerin A275

Complementary technical information Upstream: Compact NS160
cascading and enhanced Downstream: GV2 M
discrimination
upstream NS160N NS160H/L

breaking capacity 36 kA 70/150 kA
trip unit TM-D TM-D
thermal 16 25 40 63 80 100 125 160 16 25 40 63 80 100 125 160
downstream relay rating (A)
GV2 M01 integrated 0.1 to 0.16 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50
GV2 M05 integrated 0.63 to 1 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50
GV2 M06 integrated 1 to 1.6 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50
GV2 M07 integrated 1.6 to 2.5 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50
GV2 M08 integrated 2.5 to 4 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50
GV2 M10 integrated 4 to 6.3 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50
GV2 M14 integrated 6 to 10 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50
GV2 M32 integrated 24 to 32 36/36 36/36 36/36 50/50 50/50 50/50
upstream NS160N NS160H/L

breaking capacity 36 kA 70/150 kA
trip unit STR22SE80 STR22SE160 STR22SE80 STR22SE160
thermal 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160
GV2 M06 integrated 1 to 1.6 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50
GV2 M10 integrated 4 to 6.3 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50
GV2 M14 integrated 6 to 10 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50
GV2 M16 integrated 9 to 14 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50
GV2 M20 integrated 13 to 18 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50
GV2 M32 integrated 24 to 32 36/36 36/36 36/36 50/50 50/50 50/50
276 Merlin Gerin

Upstream: Compact
NS160
Downstream: GV2 P
upstream NS160H NS160L

breaking capacity 70 kA 150 kA
trip unit TM-D TM-D
thermal 80 100 125 160 80 100 125 160
GV2 P01 integrated 0.1 to 0.16 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
GV2 P05 integrated 0.63 to 1 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
GV2 P06 integrated 1 to 1.6 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
GV2 P14 integrated 6 to 10 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
upstream NS160H
trip unit STR22SE80 STR22SE160
thermal 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160
GV2 P16 integrated 9 to 14 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70
GV2 P20 integrated 13 to 18 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70
GV2 P21 integrated 17 to 23 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70
upstream NS160L
thermal 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160
GV2 P16 integrated 9 to 14 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
GV2 P20 integrated 13 to 18 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
Merlin Gerin A277

Complementary technical information Upstream: Compact NS160
cascading and enhanced Downstream: GV2 L
discrimination
upstream NS160H NS160L

breaking capacity 70 kA 150 kA
trip unit TM-D TM-D
thermal 80 100 125 160 80 100 125 160
GV2 L03 LR2 D13 03 0.25 to 0.40 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
GV2 L04 LR2 D13 04 0.40 to 0.63 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
GV2 L05 LR2 D13 05 0.63 to 1 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
GV2 L06 LR2 D13 06 1 to 1.6 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
GV2 L07 LR2 D13 07 1.6 to 2.5 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
GV2 L08 LR2 D13 08 2.5 to 4 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
GV2 L10 LR2 D13 10 4 to 6.3 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
GV2 L14 LR2 D13 14 7 to 10 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
GV2 L16 LR2 D13 16 9 to 13 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
GV2 L20 LR2 D13 21 12 to 18 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
GV2 L22 LR2 D13 22 17 to 25 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
upstream NS160H
thermal 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160
GV2 L03 LR2 D13 03 0.25 to 0.40 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70
GV2 L04 LR2 D13 04 0.40 to 0.63 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70
GV2 L05 LR2 D13 05 0.63 to 1 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70
GV2 L06 LR2 D13 06 1 to 1.6 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70
GV2 L07 LR2 D13 07 1.6 to 2.5 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70
GV2 L08 LR2 D13 08 2.5 to 4 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70
GV2 L10 LR2 D13 10 4 to 6.3 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70
GV2 L14 LR2 D13 14 7 to 10 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70
GV2 L16 LR2 D13 16 9 to 13 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70
GV2 L20 LR2 D13 21 12 to 18 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70
GV2 L22 LR2 D13 22 17 to 25 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70
upstream NS160L
thermal 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160
GV2 L03 LR2 D13 03 0.25 to 0.40 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
GV2 L04 LR2 D13 04 0.40 to 0.63 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
GV2 L05 LR2 D13 05 0.63 to 1 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
GV2 L06 LR2 D13 06 1 to 1.6 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
GV2 L07 LR2 D13 07 1.6 to 2.5 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
GV2 L08 LR2 D13 08 2.5 to 4 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
GV2 L10 LR2 D13 10 4 to 6.3 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
GV2 L14 LR2 D13 14 7 to 10 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
GV2 L16 LR2 D13 16 9 to 13 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
GV2 L20 LR2 D13 21 12 to 18 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
GV2 L22 LR2 D13 22 17 to 25 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
278 Merlin Gerin

Merlin Gerin A279
circuit breaker / contactor coordination
A circuit supplying a motor may include one, Protection of a motor circuit involves a The necessary electrical functions are of
two, three or four switchgear or controlgear number of parameters that depend on: very different natures:
devices fulfilling one or more functions. c the application (type of machine driven, c protection (motor-dedicated for overloads);
When a number of devices are used, they operating safety, starting frequency, etc.); c control (generally with high endurance
must be coordinated to ensure optimum c the level of service continuity imposed by levels);
operation of the motor. the load or the application; c isolation.
c the applicable standards to ensure
protection of life and property.
protection functions
Disconnection functions: Overloads (I < 10 In)
E34300
Isolate a motor circuit prior to maintenance An overload may be caused by:

operations. c an electrical problem, for instance on the
Short-circuit protection: mains (loss of a phase, voltage outside
disconnection tolerances, etc.);
and short-circuit Protect the starter and the cables against
protection major overcurrents (> 10 In). c a mechanical problem, for instance
Control: excessive torque due to abnormally high
Start and stop the motor, and, if applicable: demands by the process or motor damage
c gradual acceleration; (bearing vibrations, etc.).
c speed control. A further consequence of these two origins
is excessively long starting.
Overload protection:
Protect the starter and the cables against Impedant short-circuit (10 < I < 50 In)
minor overcurrents (< 10 In). Deterioration of motor-winding insulation is
the primary cause.
control Additional specific protection:
c Limitative fault protection (while the motor Short-circuit (I > 50 In)
is running); This type of fault is relatively rare. A possible
cause may be a connection error during
c Preventive fault protection (monitoring of maintenance.
motor insulation with motor off).
Overload protection
Thermal relays provide protection against
overload or this type of fault. They may be:
thermal protection c integrated in the short-circuit protective
device;
c separate.
Short-circuit protection
This type of protection is provided by a
circuit breaker.
Protection against insulation faults
This type of protection may be provided by:
specific or
internal c a residual current device (RCD);
motor protection c an insulation monitoring device (IMD).
280 Merlin Gerin

applicable standards coordination of the components of the motor circuit
A circuit supplying a motor must comply with Two types of coordination Which type of coordination is needed?
the general rules set out in IEC standard The standard defines tests at different Selection of a type of coordination depends
947-4-1 and in particular with those current levels. The purpose of these tests is on the operating conditions encountered.
concerning contactors, motor starters and to place the switchgear and controlgear in The goal is to achieve the best balance
their protection as stipulated in IEC 947-4-1, extreme conditions. Depending on the state between the user’s needs and the cost of
notably: of the components following the tests, the the installation.
c coordination of the components of the standard defines two types of coordination.
c Type 1:
motor circuit; c Type 1: v Qualified maintenance service,
c trip classes for thermal relays; Deterioration of the contactor and the relay
is acceptable under two conditions: v Low cost of switchgear and controlgear,
c contactor utilisation categories; v Continuity of service is not imperative or
v no danger to operating personnel,
c coordination of insulation. may be ensured by simply replacing the
v no danger to any components other than faulty motor drawer;
the contactor and the relay;
c Type 2:
c Type 2: v Continuity of service is imperative,
Only minor welding of the contactor or
v Limited maintenance service,
starter contacts is permissible and the
contacts must be easily separated. v Specifications stipulating type 2.
v Following type-2 coordination tests, the
switchgear and controlgear functions must
be fully operational.
the different test currents

"Ic", "r" and "Iq" test currents
E34301
To qualify for type-2 coordination, the time

standard requires three fault-current tests to
check that the switchgear and controlgear
charac
operates correctly under overload and short-

circuit conditions. circuit-breaker
thermal withstand
teri
"Ic" current (overload I < 10 In) limit (MA)

s ti
The thermal relay provides protection

cs
ft
o
against this type of fault, up to the Ic value (a he thermal-relay

rm
function of Im) defined by the manufacturer. al r
e withstand limit
lay
IEC standard 947-4-1 stipulates two tests
that must be carried out to guarantee
coordination between the thermal relay and
the short-circuit protective device:
service continuity > <imperative tripping of the circuit-breaker
c at 0.75 Ic, only the thermal relay reacts;
ma
c at 1.25 Ic, the short-circuit protective gn etic rele
ase (MA)
device reacts.
1 10 50 ~ k ln
Following the tests at 0.75 and 1.25 Ic, the
trip characteristics of the thermal relay must 0,75lc 1,25lc
be unchanged. Type-2 coordination thus In Ic inpedant
Ir Iq
overload short-circuit
enhances continuity of service. The zone short-circuit zone
contactor may be closed automatically zone
following clearing of the fault.
"r" current (Impedant short-circuit
10< I < 50 In)
The primary cause of this type of fault is the Operational current Ie (AC3) "r" current "Iq" current
deterioration of insulation. IEC standard of the motor in A (in kA) (short-circuit I > 50 In)
947-4-1 defines an intermediate short-circuit Ie i 16 1 This type of fault is relatively rare. A possible
current “r”. This test current is used to check 16 < Ie i 63 3 cause may be a connection error during
that the protective device provides protection 63 < Ie i 125 5 maintenance.
against impedant short-circuits. 125 < Ie i 315 10 Short-circuit protection is provided by
There must be no modification in the original 315 < Ie < 630 18 devices that open quickly.
characteristics of the contactor and the IEC standard 947-4-1 defines the "Iq"
thermal relay following the test. current as generally ≥ 50 kA.
The circuit breaker must trip in i 10 ms for a The "Iq" current is used to check the
fault current u 15 In. coordination of the switchgear and
controlgear installed on a motor supply
circuit.
Following this test under extreme conditions,
all the coordinated switchgear and
controlgear must remain operational.
Merlin Gerin 281

circuit breaker / contactor coordination (cont.)
trip classes of a thermal relay

The four trip classes of a thermal relay are Class 1,05 In 1,2 In 1,5 In 7,2 In
E34302
10 A, 10, 20 and 30 (maximum tripping 10 A t>2h t<2h t < 2 min. 2 i t i 10 s
ts
times at 7.2 In). 10 t>2h t<2h t < 4 min. 4 i t i 10 s
Classes 10 and 10 A are the most class 30 20 t>2h t<2h t < 8 min. 6 i t i 20 s
commonly used. Classes 20 and 30 are 30s
30 t>2h t<2h t < 12 min. 9 i t i 30 s
reserved for motors with difficult starting
class 20
conditions.
20s
The diagram and the table opposite can be
used to select a thermal relay suited to the class 10
motor starting time. 10s
1,05 lr
1,20 lr
7,2 lr
1,5 lr
l/lr
Trip classes of a thermal relay.
282 Merlin Gerin

the four utilisation categories of contactors (AC1 to AC4)
The four utilisation categories of contactors
(AC1 to AC4)The utilisation category
determines the operating frequency and
endurance of a contactor. The category
depends on the type of load. If the load is a
motor; the category also depends on the
service classification.
Main characteristics of the controlled electrical circuits and applications
category type of load contactor usage typical applications
AC1 non-inductive (cos f 0.8) energisation heating, distribution
AC2 slip-ring motors (cos f 0.65) starting wire drawing machines
switching off during running
regenerative braking
inching
AC3 squirrel-cage motors starting compressors, lifts, mixing
(cos f 0.45 for i 100 A) switching off during running pumps, escalators, fans,
(cos f 0.35 for > 100 A) conveyers, air-conditioning
AC4 squirrel-cage motors starting printing machines, wire
(cos f 0.45 for i 100 A) switching off during running drawing machines
(cos f 0.35 for > 100 A) regenerative braking
plugging
inching
AC3 utilisation category

E34303
current This category covers asynchronous squirrel-

lc cage motors that are switched off during
running. This is the most common situation
(85% of all cases).
interruption of The control device establishes the starting
power supply current and interrupts the rated current at a
voltage equal to approximately one-sixth of
ld the rated value.
Current interruption is carried out with no
difficulty.
starting period time
AC3 utilisation category. The contactor

interrupts the rated current of the motor.
AC4 utilisation category

E34304
current interruption of This category covers asynchronous squirrel-

power current cage or slip-ring motors capable of operating
lc
under regenerative-braking or inching
(jogging) conditions.
The control device establishes the starting
current and is capable of interrupting the
starting current at a voltage that may be
ld equal to that of the mains.
Such difficult conditions require oversizing of
the control and protective devices with
starting period time respect to category AC3.
AC4 utilisation category. The contactor must

be capable of interrupting the starting
current id.
Merlin Gerin 283

using the circuit breaker / contactor coordination tables
subtransient phenomena related to direct on-line starting of asynchronous motors

c Subtransient phenomena occurring
t(s)
when starting squirrel-cage motors:
E41251
A squirrel-cage motor draws a high inrush
current during starting. This current is
related to the combined influence of two thermal relay
parameters:
v the high inductance of the copper stator
winding,
v the magnetisation of the iron core of the
stator. td
(0.5 to
In motor current drawn by the motor at full rated 30s)
load (in A rms)
Id current drawn by the motor during
starting (in A ms)
Id’’ subtransient current generated by the
motor when it is energised. short-circuit
This very short subtransient protection
(magnetic protection of
phenomenon is expressed as td'' the circuit breaker)
k x Id x r (in A peak). (0.010 to
0.015s)
td motor starting time, from 0.5 to 30
seconds depending on the application.
td’’ duration of the subtransient current, In motor Irm I(A)
from 0.010 to 0.015 seconds when the
motor is energised. Id" (2 to 2.5 Id in A peak)
Irm magnetic setting of the circuit breakers. Id (5.8 to 8.6 In in A rms)
c Typical upper and lower limits for these subtransient currents:

These values, not covered by standards, type of motor Id Id’’
also depend on the type of motor technology (in A rms) (in A peak)
used: ordinary motor 5.8 to 8.6 In motor Id’’ = 2 Id = 11.5 In (A peak)
v ordinary motors to Id’’ = 2.1 Id = 18 In (A peak)
Id’’=2 Id to 2.1 Id (in A peak), high-efficiency motor 5.8 to 8.6 In motor Id’’ = 2.2 Id = 12.5 In (A peak)
v high-efficiency motors to Id’’ = 2.5 Id = 21.5 In (A peak)
Example: Upon energisation, a high-efficiency motor with an Id of 7.5 In produces a subtransient current
Id’’=2.2 Id to 2.5 Id (in A peak). with a value between (depending on its characteritics):
v variation of Id’’ as a function of Id: v minimum = 16.5 In (in A peak), v maximum = 18.8 In (in A peak).
c Subtransient currents and protection settings:

v As illustrated in the above table, v Combinations made up of Merlin Gerin - the use of the starter under type 2
subtransient currents can be very high. circuit breakers and Telemecanique coordination conditions on the given motor
If they approach their upper limits, they can contactors and thermal relays are designed may lead to premature wear of one of the
trip short-cicuit protection devices (nuisance to allow starting of motors generating high components of the combination.
tripping). subtransient currents. In event of such a problem, the ratings of
v Merlin Gerin and Telemecanique circuit v The tripping of short-circuit protective the starter and the associated protective
breakers are rated to provide optimum short- devices when starting with a combination devices must be redesigned.
circuit protection for motor starters (type 2 listed in the coordination tables means:
coordination with thermal relay and - the limits of certain devices may be
contactor). reached.
Using the coordination tables for Merlin Gerin circuit breaker and Telemecanique contactors:
v Ordinary motor: minimum short-circuit protection at 19 In v The subtransient starting current is
The starter components can be selected motor (A peak). unknown or greater than 19 In motor (A
directly from the coordination tables, There are two possibilities’: peak).
whatever the values of the starting current v The subtransient starting current is known In this case, the value used for the motor
(Id from 5.8 to 8.6 In) and the subtransient (indicated by the motor manufacturer) and is power in the coordination tables should be
current. less than 19 In motor (A peak). increased by 20% to satisfy optimum starting
v High-efficiency motors with Id i 7.5 In: and coordination conditions.
In this case, the starter components can be
The starter components can be selected selected directly from the coordination Example: For a 110 kW 380/415 V 3-phase
directly from the coordination tables, tables, whatever the value of the starting motor, the selected components are those
whatever the values of the starting current current (for Id > 7.5 In). for a motor power of 110+20%=132kW:
and the subtransient current. Example: For a 110 kW 380/415 V 3-phase NS400-MA320 / LC1-F285 / LR9-F5371.
v High-efficiency motors with Id > 7.5 In motor, the selected components are:
When Merlin Gerin circuit breakers are used NS250-MA220 / LC1-F225 / LR9-F5371.
for motor currents in the neighbourhood of
their rated current, they are set to provide
284 Merlin Gerin

Reversing starters and coordination:
The starter components can be selected
using the tables for direct-on-line starting.
Replace contactors LC1 by LC2.
Start-delta starting and coordination:

c The components should be sized
according to the current flowing in the motor
windings.
c The mounting locations and connections
of the various components of star-delta
starters should be selected according to the
type of coordination required and the
protective devices implemented.
Start-delta starting and type 1 coordination

Contactors KM2 and KM3 are sized for the
E34305
E34306
line current divided by e
KM1 can be sized for the line current divided
by 3, however, for the sake of homogeneity,
it is often identical to contactors KM2 and
KM3.
The starter components are selected
from the special star-delta type 1 KM2 KM3 KM1
coordination tables. KM2 KM3 KM1
Example: Consider the following case:
c 45 kW motor supplied at 380 V;
M M
c star-delta starting;
c separate thermal relay;
c short-circuit current of 20 kA at the starter; Solution with thermal-magnetic motor circuit Solution with magnetic motor
breaker. circuit breaker.
c type 1 coordination.
The starter components are selected using
the table on page 307:
c circuit breaker: NS100N-MA 100;
c contactor: LC3-D50;
c thermal relay: LR2-D3357
Start-delta starting and type 2 coordination

Contactors KM1, KM2 and KM3 are sized for
E34305
E34307
the line current.

The starter components are selected
from the direct-on-line type 2
coordination tables.
Example: Consider the following case: KM2
c 55 kW motor supplied at 415 V;
c star-delta starting; KM2 KM3 KM1
c thermal protection built into the circuit
breaker providing short-circuit protection; KM3 KM1
c short-circuit current of 45 kA at the starter; M
c type 2 coordination. M
The starter components are selected using Solution with thermal-magnetic motor circuit
the table on page 290: breaker.
Solution with magnetic motor
c circuit breaker: NS160H with STR22ME; circuit breaker.
c starter: LC1-F115A to be replaced by
LC3-F115.
Merlin Gerin 285

circuit breaker / contactor coordination (cont.)
starting class and thermal relays

The data in the tables on pages 287 to 309 Correspondence table for class 10/10 A and class 20 relays
corresponds to “normal” motor starting Thermal relay
times. The associated thermal relays are Class 10/10 A Class 20 Setting range
either class 10 or 10 A (tripping time < 10 s).
LR2-D1305 0.63 to 1
c For motors with long starting times, the LR2-D1306 1 to 1.6
class 10 or 10 A thermal relays must be LR2-D1307 1.6 to 2.5
replaced with class 20 thermal relays as
LR2-D1308 LR2-D1508 2.5 to 4
indicated in the correspondence table
LR2-D1310 LR2-D1510 4 to 6
opposite (for type 1 and type 2
coordination); LR2-D1312 LR2-D1512 5.5 to 8
LR2-D1314 LR2-D1514 7 to 10
c Long starting times requiring a class 30
LR2-D1316 LR2-D1516 9 to 13
relay:
LR2-D1321 LR2-D1521 12 to 18
v Apply a derating coefficient (K = 0.8) to the LR2-D1322 LR2-D1522 17 to 25
circuit breaker and the contactor.
LR2-D2353 LR2-D2553 23 to 32
E.g.NS100H MA 100 for 80 A maximum. LR2-D2355 28 to 36
LC1F115 for 92 A maximum; LR2-D3322 LR2-D3522 17 to 25
c These tables may also be used for LR2-D3353 LR2-D3553 23 to 32
standard thermal protection using current LR2-D3355 LR2-D3555 30 to 40
transformers. The required thermal relays LR2-D3357 LR2-D3557 37 to 50
are: LR2-D3359 LR2-D3559 48 to 65
v LR2-D1305 (0.63 to 1 A) for class 10, LR2-D3361 LR2-D3561 55 to 70
v LR2-D1505 (0.63 to 1 A) for class 20 with LR2-D3363 LR2-D3563 63 to 80
terminal block LA7-D1064. LR2-D3365 80 to 93
The current transformer ratings must be 5 LR9-D5357 LR9-D5557 30 to 50
VA per phase. The other characteristics are LR9-D5363 LR9-D5563 48 to 80
identical to those described below; LR9-D5367 LR9-D5567 60 to 100
LR9-D5369 LR9-D5569 90 to 150
c Coordination tables with the multifunction
protective relay LT6-P. LR9-F5357 LR9-F5557 30 to 50
LR9-F5363 LR9-F5563 48 to 80
v Three types of multifunction relays (see
LR9-F5367 LR9-F5567 60 to 100
the corresponding catalogue for detailed
characteristics) are available. They may be LR9-F5369 LR9-F5569 90 to 150
connected: LR9-F5371 LR9-F5571 132 to 220
LR9-F7375 LR9-F7575 200 to 300
- directly to the motor power supply line;
LR9-F7379 LR9-F7579 300 to 500
- to the secondary winding of the current LR9-F7381 LR9-F7581 380 to 630
transformer.
LR2-F7379 LR2-F7579 315 to 500
LR2-F7381 LR2-F7581 400 to 630
Relay Rating Connection LR2-F8383 LR2-F7583 500 to 800
direct to CT LR2-F8385 LR2-F7585 630 to 1000
LT6-P0M005 FM 0,2 to 1 A c c
1 to 5 A c c
LT6-P0M025 FM 5 to 25 A c Type 1 coordination tables
Circuit breaker Direct-on-line starting Star-delta
reverser starting
Magnetic page 303 page 307
v The characteristics of the current Thermal-magnetic page 306 page 309
transformers are the following (as defined by
IEC 44-1 / 44-3): Type 2 coordination tables
5 P 10 Circuit breaker Direct-on-line starting, star-delta or reverser
220/240 V 380/415 V 440 V 500/525 V
Magnetic MA p. 288 p. 291 p. 296 p. 301
Accuracy class (5%) Magnetic MA + p. 292 p. 298
multifunctional or
CT intended for motor protection thermal relay on CT
Multiple of the saturation current Thermal-magnetic p. 287 p. 290 p. 295 p. 300
c The coordination data for 440 V is valid for

480 V NEMA;
286 Merlin Gerin

type 2 coordination (IEC 947-4-1) 220/240 V
Merlin Gerin circuit breakers, Telemecanique contactors

Performance: U = 220/240 V
E34308
Thermal-magnetic Circuit breaker N H L

motor circuit-breaker NS100-STR22ME 85 kA 100 kA 130 kA
NS160-STR22ME 85 kA 100 kA 130 kA
NS250-STR22ME 85 kA 100 kA 130 kA
Contactor NS400-STR43ME 85 kA 100 kA 130 kA
NS630-STR43ME 85 kA 100 kA 130 kA
Starting: STR22ME STR43ME

Normal class 10 class 10
Long x class 20
Motors Circuit breaker Contactors
P (kW) I (A) 220 V I (A) 240 V Ie max Type Trip unit Irth (A) Irm (A) Type
1.5 6.5 6 10 NS100 STR22ME 6/10 13 Irth LC1-D80
2.2 9 8 10 NS100 STR22ME 6/10 13 Irth LC1-D80
3 12 11 12.5 NS100 STR22ME 7.5/12.5 13 Irth LC1-D80
4 15 14 20 NS100 STR22ME 7.5/20 13 Irth LC1-D80
5.5 21 19 25 NS100 STR22ME 7.5/25 13 Irth LC1-D80
6.3 24 22 25 NS100 STR22ME 7.5/25 13 Irth LC1-D80
7.5 28 25 40 NS100 STR22ME 24/40 13 Irth LC1-D80
10 36 33 40 NS100 STR22ME 24/40 13 Irth LC1-D80
11 39 36 40 NS100 STR22ME 24/40 13 Irth LC1-D80
15 52 48 80 NS100 STR22ME 48/80 13 Irth LC1-D80
18.5 63 59 80 NS100 STR22ME 48/80 13 Irth LC1-D80
22 75 70 100 NS100 STR22ME 60/100 13 Irth LC1-D115 or LC1-F115
NS400 STR43ME 60/120 13 Irth LC1-F185
NS400 STR43ME 60/120 13 Irth LC1-F185
NS400 STR43ME 100/200 13 Irth LC1-F185
NS400 STR43ME 100/200 13 Irth LC1-F185
55 180 170 185 NS250 STR22ME 131/220 13 Irth LC1-F185
NS400 STR43ME 100/200 13 Irth LC1-F185
75 250 235 265 NS400 STR43ME 160/320 13 Irth LC1-F265
90 300 280 320 NS400 STR43ME 160/320 13 Irth LC1-F330
110 360 330 400 NS630 STR43ME 250/500 13 Irth LC1-F400
132 430 400 500 NS630 STR43ME 250/500 13 Irth LC1-F500
150 460 450 500 NS630 STR43ME 250/500 13 Irth LC1-F500
Merlin Gerin 287

type 2 coordination (IEC 947-4-1) 220/240 V (cont.)

E34309
Performance : U = 220/240 V
Magnetic circuit breaker (MA) Circuit breaker N H L
NS80-MA xxx 100 kA xxx
Contactor Starting (1) : normal LRD2 class 10 A, LR9 class 10

Thermal relay
Motors Circuit breaker Contactors (2) Thermal relay

P (kW) I (A) 220 V I (A) 240 V Ie max Type Rating (A) Irm (A) Type Type Irth (1)
0.09 0.7 0.6 1 NS80H-MA 1.5 13.5 LC1-D09 LR2-D13 05 0.63/1
0.12 0.9 0.8 1 NS80H-MA 1.5 13.5 LC1-D09 LR2-D13 05 0.63/1
0.18 1.2 1.1 1.6 NS80H-MA 2.5 22.5 LC1-D09 LR2-D13 06 1/1.6
0.25 1.5 1.4 2.5 NS80H-MA 2.5 32.5 LC1-D09 LR2-D13 07 1.6/2.5
0.37 2 1.8 2.5 NS80H-MA 2.5 32.5 LC1-D09 LR2-D13 07 1.6/2.5
0.55 2.8 2.6 4 NS80H-MA 6.3 57 LC1-D18 LR2-D13 08 2.5/4
0.75 3.5 3.2 4 NS80H-MA 6.3 57 LC1-D18 LR2-D13 08 2.5/4
1.1 5 4.5 6 NS80H-MA 6.3 82 LC1-D25 LR2-D13 10 4/6
1.5 6.5 6 8 NS80H-MA 12.5 113 LC1-D32 LR2-D13 12 5.5/8
2.2 9 8 10 NS80H-MA 12.5 138 LC1-D32 LR2-D13 14 7/10
3 12 11 12.5 NS80H-MA 12.5 163 LC1-D32 LR2-D13 16 9/13
4 15 14 18 NS80H-MA 25 250 LC1-D32 LR2-D13 21 12/18
5.5 21 19 25 NS80H-MA 25 325 LC1-D40 LR2-D33 22 17/25
6.3 24 22 25 NS80H-MA 25 325 LC1-D40 LR2-D33 22 17/25
7.5 28 25 32 NS80H-MA 50 450 LC1-D40 LR2-D33 53 23/32
50 LC1-D80 LR9-D53 57 30/50
10 36 33 40 NS80H-MA 50 550 LC1-D50 LR2-D33 55 30/40
50 LC1-D80 LR9-D53 57 30/50
11 39 36 50 NS80H-MA 50 650 LC1-D50 LR2-D33 57 37/50
LC1-D80 LR9-D53 57 30/50
15 52 48 63 NS80H-MA 80 880 LC1-D65 LR2-D33 59 48/65
80 LC1-D80 LR9-D53 63 48/80
18.5 63 59 63 NS80H-MA 80 880 LC1-D65 LR2-D33 59 48/65
80 LC1-D80 LR9-D53 63 48/80
22 75 70 80 NS80H-MA 80 1040 LC1-D80 LR2-D33 63 63/80
LC1-D80 LR9-D53 63 48/80
(1) For long starting (class 20), see the correspondence table for thermal relays on page 284.
(2) Reversers: replace LC1 with LC2; star-delta starter: replace LC1 by LC3.
288 Merlin Gerin

E34309
NS100-MA 85 kA 100 kA 130 kA
NS160/250-MA 85 kA 100 kA 130 kA
Contactor NS400/630-MA xxx 100 kA 130 kA
Starting (1): normal LRD2 class 10 A, others class 10
Thermal relay
Motors Circuit breakers Contactors (2) Thermal relay

0.18 1.2 1.1 1.6 NS100-MA 2.5 22.5 LC1-D09 LR2-D13 06 1/1,6
0.25 1.5 1.4 2.5 NS100-MA 2.5 32.5 LC1-D09 LR2-D13 07 1.6/2.5
0.37 2 1.8 2.5 NS100-MA 2.5 32.5 LC1-D09 LR2-D13 07 1.6/2.5
0.55 2.8 2.6 4 NS100-MA 6.3 57 LC1-D40 LR2-D13 08 2.5/4
0.75 3.5 3.2 4 NS100-MA 6.3 57 LC1-D40 LR2-D13 08 2.5/4
1.1 5 4.5 6 NS100-MA 6.3 82 LC1-D40 LR2-D13 10 4/6
1.5 6.5 6 8 NS100-MA 12.5 113 LC1-D40 LR2-D13 12 5.5/8
2.2 9 8 10 NS100-MA 12.5 138 LC1-D40 LR2-D13 14 7/10
3 12 11 12.5 NS100-MA 12.5 163 LC1-D40 LR2-D13 16 9/13
4 15 14 18 NS100MA 25 250 LC1-D40 LR2-D13 21 12/18
5.5 21 19 25 NS100-MA 25 325 LC1-D40 LR2-D33 22 17/25
6.3 24 22 25 NS100-MA 25 325 LC1-D40 LR2-D33 22 17/25
7.5 28 25 32 NS100-MA 50 450 LC1-D80 LR2-D33 53 23/32
50 650 LR9-D53 57 30/50
10 36 33 40 NS100-MA 50 550 LC1-D80 LR2-D33 55 30/40
50 650 LR9-D53 57 30/50
11 39 36 40 NS100-MA 50 550 LC1-D80 LR2-D33 55 30/40
50 650 LR9-D53 57 30/50
15 52 48 63 NS100-MA 100 700 LC1-D80 LR2-D33 59 48/65
80 1100 LR9-D53 63 48/80
18,5 63 59 63 NS100-MA 100 900 LC1-D80 LR2-D33 59 48/65
80 1100 LR9-D53 63 48/80
22 75 70 80 NS100-MA 100 1100 LC1-D80 LR2-D33 63 63/80
LR9-D53 63 48/80
30 100 95 100 NS100-MA 100 1300 LC1-D115 LR9-D53 67 60/100
LC1-F115 LR9-F53 67
37 125 115 150 NS160-MA 150 1950 LC1-D150 LR9-D53 69 90/150
LC1-F150 LR9-F53 69
45 150 140 150 NS160-MA 150 1950 LC1-D150 LR9-D53 69 90/150
LC1-F150 LR9-F53 69
55 180 170 185 NS250-MA 220 2420 LC1-F185 LR9-F53 71 132/220
220 NS400-MA 320 2880 LC1-F265
75 250 235 265 NS400-MA 320 3500 LC1-F265 LR9-F73 75 200/330
90 300 270 320 NS400-MA 320 4160 LC1-F330 LR9-F73 75 200/330
110 360 330 400 NS630-MA 500 5700 LC1-F400 LR9-F73 79 300/500
132 430 400 500 NS630-MA 500 6500 LC1-F500 LR9-F73 79 300/500
150 460 450 500 NS630-MA 500 6500 LC1-F500 LR9-F73 79 300/500
Merlin Gerin 289


E34308
NS160-STR22ME 35 kA 70 kA 130 kA
Starting: IEC 947-4-1, type 2
STR22ME STR43ME
Normal Class 10 Class 10
Long x Class 20
Motors Circuit breaker Contactors (2)
P (kW) I (A) 380 V I (A) 415 V Ie max Type Trip unit Irth (A) Irm (A) Type
3 7 6.5 10 NS100 STR22ME 6/10 13 Irth LC1-D80
4 9 8.2 10 NS100 STR22ME 6/10 13 Irth LC1-D80
5.5 12 11 12.5 NS100 STR22ME 7.5/12.5 13 Irth LC1-D80
7.5 16 14 20 NS100 STR22ME 10/20 13 Irth LC1-D80
10 21 19 25 NS100 STR22ME 15/25 13 Irth LC1-D80
11 23 21 25 NS100 STR22ME 15/25 13 Irth LC1-D80
15 30 28 40 NS100 STR22ME 24/40 13 Irth LC1-D80
18.5 37 35 40 NS100 STR22ME 24/40 13 Irth LC1-D80
22 44 40 50 NS100 STR22ME 30/50 13 Irth LC1-D80
30 60 55 80 NS100 STR22ME 48/80 13 Irth LC1-D80
37 72 66 80 NS100 STR22ME 48/80 13 Irth LC1-D80
NS400 STR43ME 60/120 13 Irth LC1-F185
NS400 STR43ME 60/120 13 Irth LC1-F185
NS400 STR43ME 100/200 13 Irth LC1-F185
90 170 165 185 NS250 STR22ME 131/220 13 Irth LC1-F185
NS400 STR43ME 100/200 13 Irth LC1-F185
110 205 200 220 NS250 STR22ME 131/220 13 Irth LC1-F225
NS400 STR43ME 100/200 13 Irth LC1-F225
132 250 240 265 NS400 STR43ME 160/320 13 Irth LC1-F265
160 300 280 320 NS400 STR43ME 160/320 13 Irth LC1-F330
200 370 340 400 NS630 STR43ME 250/500 13 Irth LC1-F400
220 408 385 500 NS630 STR43ME 250/500 13 Irth LC1-F500
250 460 425 500 NS630 STR43ME 250/500 13 Irth LC1-F500
290 Merlin Gerin

E34309
Starting (1): normal LRD2 class 10 A, LR9 class 10
Contactor
Thermal relay

0.18 0.7 0.6 1 NS80H-MA 1.5 13.5 LC1-D09 LR2-D13 05 0.63/1
0.25 0.9 0.8 1 NS80H-MA 1.5 13.5 LC1-D09 LR2-D13 05 0.63/1
0.37 1.2 1.1 1.6 NS80H-MA 2.5 22.5 LC1-D09 LR2-D13 06 1/1.6
0.55 1.6 1.5 2.5 NS80H-MA 2.5 32.5 LC1-D09 LR2-D13 07 1.6/2.5
0.75 2 1.8 2.5 NS80H-MA 2.5 32.5 LC1-D09 LR2-D13 07 1.6/2.5
1.1 2.8 2.6 4 NS80H-MA 6.3 57 LC1-D18 LR2-D13 08 2.5/4
1.5 3.7 3.4 4 NS80H-MA 6.3 57 LC1-D18 LR2-D13 08 2.5/4
2.2 5.3 4.8 6 NS80H-MA 6.3 82 LC1-D25 LR2-D13 10 4/6
3 7 6.5 8 NS80H-MA 12.5 113 LC1-D32 LR2-D13 12 5.5/8
4 9 8.2 10 NS80H-MA 12.5 138 LC1-D32 LR2-D13 14 7/10
5.5 12 11 12.5 NS80H-MA 12.5 163 LC1-D32 LR2-D13 16 9/13
7.5 16 14 18 NS80H-MA 25 250 LC1-D32 LR2-D13 21 12/18
10 21 19 25 NS80H-MA 25 325 LC1-D40 LR2-D33 22 17/25
11 23 21 25 NS80H-MA 25 325 LC1-D40 LR2-D33 22 17/25
15 30 28 32 NS80H-MA 50 450 LC1-D40 LR2-D33 53 23/32
LC1-D80 LR9-D53 57 30/50
18.5 37 34 40 NS80H-MA 50 550 LC1-D50 LR2-D33 55 30/40
LC1-D80 LR9-D53 57 30/50
22 43 40 50 NS80H-MA 50 650 LC1-D50 LR2-D33 57 37/50
LC1-D80 LR9-D53 57 30/50
30 59 55 63 NS80H-MA 80 880 LC1-D65 LR2-D33 59 48/65
LC1-D80 LR9-D53 63 48/80
37 72 66 80 NS80H-MA 80 1040 LC1-D80 LR2-D33 63 63/80
LC1-D80 LR9-D53 63 48/80
Merlin Gerin 291


E34309
NS100-MA 25 kA 70 kA 130 kA
NS160/250-MA 35 kA 70 kA 130 kA
Thermal relay Starting (1): normal LRD2 class 10 A, others class 10

0.37 1.2 1.1 1.6 NS100-MA 2.5 22.5 LC1-D09 LR2-D13 06 1/1.6
0.55 1.6 1.5 2.5 NS100-MA 2.5 32.5 LC1-D09 LR2-D13 07 1.6/2.5
0.75 2 1.8 2.5 NS100-MA 2.5 32.5 LC1-D09 LR2-D13 07 1.6/2.5
1.1 2.8 2.6 4 NS100-MA 6.3 57 LC1-D40 LR2-D13 08 2.5/4
1.5 3.7 3.4 4 NS100-MA 6.3 57 LC1-D40 LR2-D13 08 2.5/4
2.2 5.3 4.8 6 NS100-MA 6.3 82 LC1-D40 LR2-D13 10 4/6
3 7 6.5 8 NS100-MA 12.5 113 LC1-D40 LR2-D13 12 5.5/8
4 9 8.2 10 NS100-MA 12.5 138 LC1-D40 LR2-D13 14 7/10
5.5 12 11 12.5 NS100-MA 12.5 163 LC1-D40 LR2-D13 16 9/13
7.5 16 14 18 NS100MA 25 250 LC1-D40 LR2-D13 21 12/18
10 21 19 25 NS100-MA 25 325 LC1-D40 LR2-D33 22 17/25
11 23 21 25 NS100-MA 25 325 LC1-D40 LR2-D33 22 17/25
15 30 28 32 NS100-MA 50 450 LC1-D80 LR2-D33 53 23/32
50 650 LR9-D53 57 30/50
18.5 37 34 40 NS100-MA 50 550 LC1-D80 LR2-D33 55 30/40
50 650 LR9-D53 57 30/50
22 43 40 50 NS100-MA 50 650 LC1-D80 LR2-D33 57 37/50
LR9-D53 57 30/50
30 59 55 63 NS100-MA 100 900 LC1-D80 LR2-D33 59 48/65
80 1100 LR9-D53 63 48/80
37 72 66 80 NS100-MA 100 1100 LC1-D80 LR2-D33 63 63/80
LR9-D53 63 48/80
45 85 80 100 NS100-MA 100 1300 LC1-D115 LR9-D53 67 60/100
LC1-F115 LR9-F53 67
55 105 100 115 NS160-MA 150 1500 LC1-D115 LR9-D53 69 90/150
LC1-F115 LR9-F53 69
75 140 135 150 NS160-MA 150 1950 LC1-D150 LR9-D53 69 90/150
LC1-F150 LR9-F53 69
90 170 160 185 NS250-MA 220 2420 LC1-F185 LR9-F53 71 132/220
110 210 200 220 NS250-MA 220 2860 LC1-F225 LR9-F53 71 132/220
220 NS400-MA 320 2880 LC1-F265
132 250 230 265 NS400-MA 320 3500 LC1-F265 LR9-F73 75 200/330
160 300 270 320 NS400-MA 320 4160 LC1-F330 LR9-F73 75 200/330
200 380 361 400 NS630-MA 500 5700 LC1-F400 LR9-F73 79 300/500
220 420 380 500 NS630-MA 500 6500 LC1-F500 LR9-F73 79 300/500
250 460 430 500 NS630-MA 500 6500 LC1-F500 LR9-F73 79 300/500
(1) For long starting (class 20). see the correspondence table for thermal relays on page 284.
292 Merlin Gerin

E34310
Magnetic circuit
breaker (MA) Circuit breaker N H L
NS80 MA xxx 70 kA xxx
Contactor
Starting (1): adjustable class 10 A to 30
Thermal relay on CT
TC

0.18 0.7 0.6 1 NS80H-MA 1.5 13.5 LC1-D40 LT6-POM 0.2/1
0.25 0.9 0.8 1 NS80H-MA 1.5 13.5 LC1-D40 LT6-POM 0.2/1
0.37 1.2 1.1 2.5 NS80H-MA 2.5 32.5 LC1-D40 LT6-POM 1/5
0.55 1.6 1.5 2.5 NS80H-MA 2.5 32.5 LC1-D40 LT6-POM 1/5
0.75 2 1.8 2.5 NS80H-MA 2.5 32.5 LC1-D40 LT6-POM 1/5
1.1 2.8 2.6 5 NS80H-MA 6.3 70 LC1-D40 LT6-POM 1/5
1.5 3.7 3.4 5 NS80H-MA 6.3 70 LC1-D40 LT6-POM 1/5
2.2 5.3 4.8 6.3 NS80H-MA 6.3 82 LC1-D40 LT6-POM 5/25
3 7 6.5 12.5 NS80H-MA 12.5 163 LC1-D40 LT6-POM 5/25
4 9 8.2 12.5 NS80H-MA 12.5 163 LC1-D40 LT6-POM 5/25
5.5 12 11 12.5 NS80H-MA 12.5 163 LC1-D40 LT6-POM 5/25
7.5 16 14 25 NS80H-MA 25 325 LC1-D40 LT6-POM 5/25
10 21 19 25 NS80H-MA 25 325 LC1-D40 LT6-POM 5/25
11 23 21 25 NS80H-MA 25 325 LC1-D40 LT6-POM 5/25
15 30 28 50 NS80H-MA 50 650 LC1-D80 LT6-POM on CT
18.5 37 34 50 NS80H-MA 50 650 LC1-D80 LT6-POM on CT
(1) Observe the recommendations on page 284 for installations with a class 30 relay and mounting of the thermal relay on the current transformer.
Merlin Gerin 293


E34310
Magnetic circuit
breaker (MA) Circuit breaker N H L
NS100-MA 25 kA 70 kA 130 kA
NS160/250-MA 35 kA 70 kA 130 kA
Contactor
NS400/630-MA xxx 70 kA 130 kA
Thermal relay on CT
TC Starting: adjustable class 10 to 30

0.37 1.2 1.1 2.5 NS100-MA 2.5 32.5 LC1-D40 LT6-POM 1/5
0.55 1.6 1.5 2.5 NS100-MA 2.5 32.5 LC1-D40 LT6-POM 1/5
0.75 2 1.8 2.5 NS100-MA 2.5 32.5 LC1-D40 LT6-POM 1/5
1.1 2.8 2.6 5 NS100-MA 6.3 70 LC1-D40 LT6-POM 1/5
1.5 3.7 3.4 5 NS100-MA 6.3 70 LC1-D40 LT6-POM 1/5
2.2 5.3 4.8 6.3 NS100-MA 6.3 82 LC1-D40 LT6-POM 5/25
3 7 6.5 12.5 NS100-MA 12.5 163 LC1-D80 LT6-POM 5/25
4 9 8.2 12.5 NS100-MA 12.5 163 LC1-D80 LT6-POM 5/25
5.5 12 11 12.5 NS100-MA 12.5 163 LC1-D80 LT6-POM 5/25
7.5 16 14 25 NS100-MA 25 325 LC1-D80 LT6-POM 5/25
10 21 19 25 NS100-MA 25 325 LC1-D80 LT6-POM 5/25
11 23 21 25 NS100-MA 25 325 LC1-D80 LT6-POM 5/25
15 30 28 50 NS100-MA 50 650 LC1-D80 LT6-POM on CT
18.5 37 34 50 NS100-MA 50 650 LC1-D80 LT6-POM on CT
LC1-F115
LC1-F115
LC1-F150
90 170 160 185 NS250-MA 220 2420 LC1-F185 LT6-POM on CT
265 NS400-MA 320 3500 LC1-F265
294 Merlin Gerin

type 2 coordination (IEC 947-4-1) 440 V
Performance (2) : U = 440 V

E34308

STR22ME STR43ME
Long x Class 20

P (kW) I (A) 440 V Ie max Type Trip unit Irth (A) Irm (A) Type
3 5.8 10 NS100 STR22ME 6/10 13 Irth LC1-D80
4 8 10 NS100 STR22ME 6/10 13 Irth LC1-D80
5,5 10.5 12.5 NS100 STR22ME 7.5/12.5 13 Irth LC1-D80
7,5 13.7 20 NS100 STR22ME 12/20 13 Irth LC1-D80
10 19 25 NS100 STR22ME 15/25 13 Irth LC1-D80
11 20 25 NS100 STR22ME 15/25 13 Irth LC1-D80
15 26.5 40 NS100 STR22ME 24/40 13 Irth LC1-D80
18.5 33 40 NS100 STR22ME 24/40 13 Irth LC1-D80
22 39 40 NS100 STR22ME 24/40 13 Irth LC1-D80
30 51 80 NS100 STR22ME 48/80 13 Irth LC1-D80
37 64 80 NS100 STR22ME 48/80 13 Irth LC1-D80
45 76 80 NS100 STR22ME 48/80 13 Irth LC1-D80
55 90 100 NS100 STR22ME 60/100 13 Irth LC1-D115 or LC1-F115
NS400 STR43ME 60/120 13 Irth LC1-F185
NS400 STR43ME 100/200 13 Irth LC1-F185
NS400 STR43ME 100/200 13 Irth LC1-F185
110 178 185 NS250 STR22ME 131/220 13 Irth LC1-F185
NS400 STR43ME 100/200 13 Irth LC1-F185
132 215 220 NS250 STR22ME 131/220 13 Irth LC1-F225
NS400 STR43ME 160/320 13 Irth LC1-F225
160 256 265 NS400 STR43ME 160/320 13 Irth LC1-F265
200 320 320 NS400 STR43ME 160/320 13 Irth LC1-F330
220 353 400 NS630 STR43ME 250/500 13 Irth LC1-F400
250 400 400 NS630 STR43ME 250/500 13 Irth LC1-F400
300 460 500 NS630 STR43ME 250/500 13 Irth LC1-F500
Merlin Gerin 295

type 2 coordination (IEC 947-4-1) 440 V (cont.)

E34309

Starting (1): normal LRD2 class 10 A, LR9 class 10
Contactor
Thermal relay

P (kW) I (A) 440 V Ie max Type Rating (A) Irm (A) Type Type Irth (1)
0.25 0.7 1 NS80H-MA 1.5 13.5 LC1-D09 LR2-D13 05 0.63/1
0.37 1 1.6 NS80H-MA 2.5 22.5 LC1-D09 LR2-D13 06 1/1.6
0.55 1.4 1.6 NS80H-MA 2.5 22.5 LC1-D09 LR2-D13 06 1/1.6
0.75 1.7 2.5 NS80H-MA 2.5 32.5 LC1-D09 LR2-D13 07 1.6/2.5
1.1 2.4 2.5 NS80H-MA 2.5 32.5 LC1-D09 LR2-D13 07 1.6/2.5
1.5 3.1 4 NS80H-MA 6.3 57 LC1-D18 LR2-D13 08 2.5/4
2.2 4.5 6 NS80H-MA 6.3 82 LC1-D25 LR2-D13 10 4/6
3 5.8 6 NS80H-MA 6.3 82 LC1-D25 LR2-D13 10 4/6
4 8 8 NS80H-MA 12.5 113 LC1-D32 LR2-D13 12 5.5/8
5.5 10.5 12.5 NS80H-MA 12.5 163 LC1-D32 LR2-D13 16 9/13
7.5 13.7 18 NS80H-MA 25 250 LC1-D32 LR2-D13 21 12/18
10 19 25 NS80H-MA 25 325 LC1-D40 LR2-D33 22 17/25
11 20 25 NS80H-MA 25 325 LC1-D40 LR2-D33 22 17/25
15 26.5 32 NS80H-MA 50 450 LC1-D40 LR2-D33 53 23/32
18.5 33 40 NS80H-MA 50 550 LC1-D50 LR2-D33 55 30/40
50 650 LC1-D80 LR9-D53 57 30/50
22 39 40 NS80H-MA 50 550 LC1-D50 LR2-D33 55 30/40
50 650 LC1-D80 LR9-D53 57 30/50
30 52 63 NS80H-MA 80 880 LC1-D65 LR2-D33 59 48/65
80 1040 LC1-D80 LR9-D53 63 48/80
37 63 63 NS80H-MA 80 880 LC1-D65 LR2-D33 59 48/65
80 1040 LC1-D80 LR9-D53 63 48/80
45 76 80 NS80H-MA 80 1040 LC1-D80 LR2-D33 63 63/80
LR9-D53 63 48/80
(2) Valid for 480 V NEMA.
(3) Reversers: replace LC1 with LC2; star-delta starter: replace LC1 with LC3.
296 Merlin Gerin

E34309

NS100-MA 25 kA 65 kA 130 kA
NS160/250-MA 35 kA 65 kA 130 kA

0.37 1 1.6 NS100-MA 2.5 22.5 LC1-D09 LR2-D13 06 1/1.6
0.55 1.4 1.6 NS100-MA 2.5 22.5 LC1-D09 LR2-D13 06 1/1.6
0.75 1.7 2.5 NS100-MA 2.5 32.5 LC1-D09 LR2-D13 07 1.6/2.5
1.1 2.4 2.5 NS100-MA 2.5 32.5 LC1-D09 LR2-D13 07 1.6/2.5
1.5 3.1 4 NS100-MA 6.3 57 LC1-D40 LR2-D13 08 2.5/4
2.2 4.5 6 NS100-MA 6.3 82 LC1-D40 LR2-D13 10 4/6
3 5.8 6 NS100-MA 6.3 82 LC1-D40 LR2-D13 10 4/6
4 8 8 NS100-MA 12.5 113 LC1-D40 LR2-D13 12 5.5/8
5.5 10.5 12.5 NS100-MA 12.5 163 LC1-D40 LR2-D13 16 9/13
7.5 13.7 18 NS100-MA 25 250 LC1-D40 LR2-D13 21 12/18
10 19 25 NS100-MA 25 325 LC1-D40 LR2-D33 22 17/25
11 20 25 NS100-MA 25 325 LC1-D40 LR2-D33 22 17/25
15 26.5 32 NS100-MA 50 450 LC1-D80 LR2-D33 53 23/32
18.5 33 40 NS100-MA 50 550 LC1-D80 LR2-D33 55 30/40
50 650 LR9-D53 57 30/50
22 39 40 NS100-MA 50 550 LC1-D80 LR2-D33 55 30/40
50 650 LR9-D53 57 30/50
30 52 63 NS100-MA 100 900 LC1-D80 LR2-D33 59 48/65
80 1100 LR9-D53 63 48/80
37 63 63 NS100-MA 100 900 LC1-D80 LR2-D33 59 48/65
80 1100 LR9-D53 63 48/80
45 76 80 NS100-MA 100 1100 LC1-D80 LR2-D33 63 63/80
LR9-D53 63 48/80
55 90 100 NS100-MA 100 1300 LC1-D115 LR9-D53 67 60/100
LC1-F115 LR9-F53 67
75 125 150 NS160-MA 150 1950 LC1-D150 LR9-D53 69 90/150
LC1-F150 LR9-F53 69
90 140 150 NS160-MA 150 1950 LC1-D150 LR9-D53 69 90/150
LC1-F150 LR9-F53 69
110 178 185 NS250-MA 220 2420 LC1-F185 LR9-F53 71 132/220
132 210 220 NS250-MA 220 2860 LC1-F225 LR9-F53 71 132/220
265 NS400-MA 320 3500 LC1-F265
160 256 265 NS400-MA 320 3500 LC1-F265 LR9-F73 75 200/330
200 310 320 NS400-MA 320 4160 LC1-F330 LR9-F73 75 200/330
220 353 400 NS630-MA 500 5500 LC1-F400 LR9-F73 79 300/500
250 400 500 NS630-MA 500 6500 LC1-F500 LR9-F73 79 300/500
300 460 500 NS630-MA 500 6500 LC1-F500 LR9-F73 79 300/500
Merlin Gerin 297

type 2 coordination (IEC 947-4-1) 440 V (cont.)

E34310

Magnetic circuit Circuit breaker N H L
breaker (MA) NS80 MA xxx 65 kA xxx
Starting (1): adjustable class 10 to 30
Contactor
Thermal relay on CT
TC

0.25 0.7 1 NS80H-MA 1.5 13.5 LC1-D40 LT6-POM 0.2/1
0.37 1 2.5 NS80H-MA 2.5 32.5 LC1-D40 LT6-POM 1/5
0.55 1.4 2.5 NS80H-MA 2.5 32.5 LC1-D40 LT6-POM 1/5
0.75 1.7 2.5 NS80H-MA 2.5 32.5 LC1-D40 LT6-POM 1/5
1.1 2.4 2.5 NS80H-MA 2.5 32.5 LC1-D40 LT6-POM 1/5
1.5 3.1 4 NS80H-MA 6.3 82 LC1-D40 LT6-POM 1/5
2.2 4.5 5 NS80H-MA 6.3 82 LC1-D40 LT6-POM 1/5
3 5.8 6.3 NS80H-MA 6.3 82 LC1-D40 LT6-POM 5/25
4 8 12.5 NS80H-MA 12.5 163 LC1-D40 LT6-POM 5/25
5.5 10.5 12.5 NS80H-MA 12.5 163 LC1-D40 LT6-POM 5/25
7.5 13.7 25 NS80H-MA 25 325 LC1-D40 LT6-POM 5/25
10 19 25 NS80H-MA 25 325 LC1-D40 LT6-POM 5/25
11 20 25 NS80H-MA 25 325 LC1-D40 LT6-POM 5/25
15 26.5 50 NS80H-MA 50 550 LC1-D80 LT6-POM on CT
18.5 33 50 NS80H-MA 50 550 LC1-D80 LT6-POM on CT
22 39 50 NS80H-MA 50 550 LC1-D80 LT6-POM on CT
(2) Applicable pour 480 V NEMA
298 Merlin Gerin

E34310

Magnetic circuit Circuit breaker N H L
breaker (MA) NS100-MA 25 kA 65 kA 130 kA
NS160/250-MA 35 kA 65 kA 130 kA
Thermal relay on CT
TC Starting (1): adjustable class 10 to 30
Motors Circuit breaker Contactors (3) Themal relay

0.37 1 2.5 NS100-MA 2.5 32.5 LC1-D40 LT6-POM 1/5
0.55 1.4 2.5 NS100-MA 2.5 32.5 LC1-D40 LT6-POM 1/5
0.75 1.7 2.5 NS100-MA 2.5 32.5 LC1-D40 LT6-POM 1/5
1.1 2.4 2.5 NS100-MA 2.5 32.5 LC1-D40 LT6-POM 1/5
1.5 3.1 5 NS100-MA 6.3 82 LC1-D40 LT6-POM 1/5
2.2 4.5 5 NS100-MA 6.3 82 LC1-D40 LT6-POM 1/5
3 5.8 6.3 NS100-MA 6.3 82 LC1-D40 LT6-POM 5/25
4 8 12.5 NS100-MA 12.5 163 LC1-D80 LT6-POM 5/25
5.5 10.5 12.5 NS100-MA 12.5 163 LC1-D80 LT6-POM 5/25
7.5 13.7 25 NS100-MA 25 325 LC1-D80 LT6-POM 5/25
10 19 25 NS100-MA 25 325 LC1-D80 LT6-POM 5/25
11 20 25 NS100-MA 25 325 LC1-D80 LT6-POM 5/25
15 26.5 50 NS100-MA 50 550 LC1-D80 LT6-POM on CT
18.5 33 50 NS100-MA 50 550 LC1-D80 LT6-POM on CT
22 39 50 NS100-MA 50 550 LC1-D80 LT6-POM on CT
LC1-F115
LC1-F150
LC1-F150
110 178 185 NS250-MA 220 2420 LC1-F185 LT6-POM on CT
265 NS400-MA 320 2880 LC1-F265
Merlin Gerin 299


E34308
Thermal-magnetic Circuit breaker H L
motor circuit-breaker NS100-STR22ME 50/35 kA 70 kA
NS160-STR22ME 50/35 kA 70 kA
NS250-STR22ME 50/35 kA 70 kA
Contactor NS400-STR43ME 50/35 kA 70 kA
NS630-STR43ME 50/35 kA 70 kA

STR22ME STR43ME
Long x Class 20
P (kW) I (A) 500 V I (A) 525 V Ie max Type trip unit Irth (A) Irm (A) Type
4 6.5 6.5 10 NS100 STR22ME 6/10 13 Irth LC1-D80
5.5 9 9 12.5 NS100 STR22ME 7.5/12.5 13 Irth LC1-D80
7.5 12 12 12.5 NS100 STR22ME 7.5/12.5 13 Irth LC1-D80
10 15 15 20 NS100 STR22ME 12/20 13 Irth LC1-D80
11 18.4 18.4 20 NS100 STR22ME 12/20 13 Irth LC1-D80
15 23 23 40 NS100 STR22ME 15/25 13 Irth LC1-D80
18.5 28.5 28.5 40 NS100 STR22ME 24/40 13 Irth LC1-D80
22 33 33 40 NS100 STR22ME 24/40 13 Irth LC1-D80
30 45 45 50 NS100 STR22ME 30/50 13 Irth LC1-D80
37 55 55 80 NS100 STR22ME 48/80 13 Irth LC1-D80
45 65 65 80 NS100 STR22ME 48/80 13 Irth LC1-D80
NS400 STR43ME 60/120 13 Irth LC1-F185
NS400 STR43ME 60/120 13 Irth LC1-F185
NS400 STR43ME 100/200 13 Irth LC1-F185
110 155 155 185 NS250 STR22ME 131/220 13 Irth LC1-F185
NS400 STR43ME 100/200 13 Irth LC1-F185
132 185 185 220 NS250 STR22ME 131/220 13 Irth LC1-F265
NS400 STR43ME 160/320 13 Irth LC1-F265
160 220 220 265 NS400 STR43ME 160/320 13 Irth LC1-F265
200 280 280 320 NS400 STR43ME 160/320 13 Irth LC1-F400
220 310 310 320 NS630 STR43ME 250/500 13 Irth LC1-F500
250 360 360 500 NS630 STR43ME 250/500 13 Irth LC1-F500
315 445 445 500 NS630 STR43ME 250/500 13 Irth LC1-F500
300 Merlin Gerin

E34309
Magnetic circuit breaker (MA) Circuit breaker H L
NS80-MA 35 kA xxx
Contactor Starting (1): normal LRD2 class 10 A, LR9 class 10

Thermal relay
Motors Circuit breaker Contactors (2) Thermal relay (1)

P (kW) I (A) 500 V I (A) 525 V Ie max Type Rating (A) Irm (A) Type Type Irth
0.25 0.6 0.6 1 NS80H-MA 1.5 13.5 LC1-D09 LR2-D13 05 0.63/1
0.37 0.9 0.9 1 NS80H-MA 1.5 13.5 LC1-D09 LR2-D13 05 0.63/1
0.55 1.2 1.2 1.6 NS80H-MA 2.5 22.5 LC1-D09 LR2-D13 06 1/1.6
0.75 1.5 1.5 1.6 NS80H-MA 2.5 22.5 LC1-D09 LR2-D13 06 1/1.6
1.1 2 2 2.5 NS80H-MA 2.5 32.5 LC1-D09 LR2-D13 07 1.6/2.5
1.5 2.8 2.8 4 NS80H-MA 6.3 57 LC1-D18 LR2-D13 08 2.5/4
2.2 3.8 3.8 4 NS80H-MA 6.3 57 LC1-D18 LR2-D13 08 2.5/4
3 5 5 6 NS80H-MA 6.3 82 LC1-D25 LR2-D13 10 4/6
4 6.5 6.5 8 NS80H-MA 12.5 113 LC1-D32 LR2-D13 12 5.5/8
5.5 9 9 10 NS80H-MA 12.5 138 LC1-D32 LR2-D13 14 7/10
7.5 12 12 12.5 NS80H-MA 12.5 163 LC1-D32 LR2-D13 16 9/13
10 15 15 16 NS80H-MA 25 250 LC1-D32 LR2-D33 21 12/18
11 18.4 18.4 25 NS80H-MA 25 325 LC1-D40 LR2-D33 22 17/25
15 23 23 25 NS80H-MA 25 325 LC1-D40 LR2-D33 22 17/25
18.5 28.5 28.5 32 NS80H-MA 50 450 LC1-D40 LR2-D33 53 23/32
22 33 33 40 NS80H-MA 50 550 LC1-D50 LR2-D33 55 30/40
50 650 LC1-D115 LR9-D53 57 30/50
LC1-F115 LR9-F53 57 30/50
30 45 45 50 NS80H-MA 50 650 LC1-D50 LR2-D33 57 37/50
LC1-D115 LR9-D53 57 30/50
LC1-F115 LR9-F53 57 30/50
37 55 55 63 NS80H-MA 80 880 LC1-D65 LR2-D33 59 48/65
80 1040 LC1-D115 LR9-D53 63 48/80
LC1-F115 LR9-F53 63 48/80
45 65 65 80 NS80H-MA 80 1040 LC1-D115 LR2-D33 63 63/80
LC1-F115 LR9-D53 63 48/80
55 75 75 80 NS80H-MA 80 1040 LC1-D115 LR9-F53 63 48/80
LC1-F115 LR9-D53 63 48/80
(1) For long starting (class 20). see the correspondence table for thermal relays on page 284.
Merlin Gerin 301


E34309
Magnetic circuit breaker (MA) Circuite breaker H L
NS100-MA 50/35 kA 70 kA
NS160/250-MA 50/35 kA 70 kA
Contactor NS400/630-MA 50/35 KA 70 kA

Motors Circuite breaker Contactors (2) Thermal relay (1)
P (kW) I (A) 500 V I (A) 525 V Ie max Type rating (A) Irm (A) Type Type Irth
0.55 1.2 1.2 1.6 NS100-MA 2.5 22.5 LC1-D09 LR2-D13 06 1/1.6
0.75 1.5 1.5 1.6 NS100-MA 2.5 22.5 LC1-D09 LR2-D13 06 1/1.6
1.1 2 2 2.5 NS100-MA 2.5 32.5 LC1-D09 LR2-D13 07 1.6/2.5
1.5 2.8 2.8 4 NS100-MA 6.3 57 LC1-D40 LR2-D13 08 2.5/4
2.2 3.8 3.8 4 NS100-MA 6.3 57 LC1-D40 LR2-D13 08 2.5/4
3 5 5 6 NS100-MA 6.3 82 LC1-D40 LR2-D13 10 4/6
4 6.5 6.5 8 NS100-MA 12.5 113 LC1-D40 LR2-D13 12 5.5/8
5.5 9 9 10 NS100-MA 12.5 138 LC1-D40 LR2-D13 14 7/10
7.5 12 12 12.5 NS100-MA 12.5 163 LC1-D40 LR2-D13 16 9/13
10 15 15 16 NS100-MA 25 250 LC1-D40 LR2-D13 21 12/18
11 18.4 18.4 25 NS100-MA 25 325 LC1-D80 LR2-D33 22 17/25
15 23 23 25 NS100-MA 25 325 LC1-D80 LR2-D33 22 17/25
18.5 28.5 28.5 32 NS100-MA 50 450 LC1-D80 LR2-D33 53 23/32
22 33 33 40 NS100-MA 50 550 LC1-D80 LR2-D33 55 23/32
50 650 LC1-D115 LR9-D53 57 30/50
LC1-F115 LR9-F53 57 30/50
30 45 45 50 NS100-MA 50 650 LC1-D80 LR2-D33 57 30/40
LC1-D115 LR9-D53 57 30/50
LC1-F115 LR9-F53 57 30/50
37 55 55 63 NS100-MA 100 900 LC1-D80 LR2-D33 59 48/65
80 1100 LC1-D115 LR9-D53 63 48/80
LC1-F115 LR9-F53 63 48/80
45 65 65 80 NS100-MA 100 1100 LC1-D115 LR9-D53 63 48/80
LC1-F115 LR9-F53 63
55 75 75 100 NS100-MA 100 1300 LC1-D115 LR9-D53 67 60/100
LC1-F115 LR9-F53 67
75 105 105 115 NS160-MA 150 1500 LC1-D115 LR9-D53 69 90/150
LC1-F115 LR9-F53 69
90 130 130 150 NS160-MA 150 1950 LC1-D150 LR9-D53 69 90/150
LC1-F150 LR9-F53 69
110 156 156 185 NS250-MA 220 2420 LC1-F185 LR9-F53 71 132/220
132 187 187 220 NS250-MA 220 2860 LC1-F265 LR9-F53 71 132/220
160 220 220 265 NS400-MA 320 4160 LC1-F400 LR9-F73 75 200/330
200 280 280 320 NS400-MA 320 4160 LC1-F400 LR9-F73 75 200/330
220 310 310 320 NS630-MA 500 4500 LC1-F500 LR9-F73 75 200/330
250 360 360 500 NS630-MA 500 6500 LC1-F500 LR9-F73 79 300/500
315 445 445 500 NS630-MA 500 6500 LC1-F500 LR9-F73 79 300/500
302 Merlin Gerin

type 1 coordination (IEC 947-4-1)
Merlin Gerin NS 80 circuit breakers, Telemecanique contactors

Direct-on-line starting
Reverser
E34309
“Iq” breaking performance: equal to the breaking capacity

Magnetic circuit breaker (MA) of the circuit breaker alone

Contactor
Thermal relay

220/230 V 380 V 415 V 440 V (2) 500/525 V 660/690 V
P I P I P I P I P I P I type rating type type Irth
(kW) (A) (kW) (A) (kW) (A) (kW) (A) (kW) (A) (kW) (A) (A) (A)
0.37 1.2 0.37 1.1 0.37 1 0.55 1.2 0.75 1.2
NS80H-MA 2.5 LC1-D09 LR2-D13 06 1/1.6
0.55 1.6 0.55 1.5 0.55 1.4 0.75 1.5 1 1.5
NS80H-MA 2.5 LC1-D09 LR2-D13 06 1/1.6
0.37 1.8 0.75 2 0.75 1.8 0.75 1.7 NS80H-MA 2.5 LC1-D09 LR2-D13 07 1.6/2.5
1.1 2.4 1.1 2 1.5 2 NS80H-MA 2.5 LC1-D09 LR2-D13 07 1.6/2.5
0.55 2.8 1.1 2.8 1.1 2.5 1.5 2.6 2.2 2.8 NS80H-MA 6.3 LC1-D09 LR2-D13 08 2.5/4
1.5 3.7 1.5 3.5 1.5 3.1 3 3.8 NS80H-MA 6.3 LC1-D09 LR2-D13 08 2.5/4
1.1 4.4 2.2 5 2.2 4.8 2.2 4.5 3 5 4 4.9 NS80H-MA 6.3 LC1-D09 LR2-D13 10 4/6
1.5 6.1 3 6.6 3 6.5 3 5.8 4 6.5 5.5 6.6 NS80H-MA 12.5 LC1-D09 LR2-D13 12 5.5/8
2.2 8.7 4 8.5 4 8.2 4 7.9 5.5 9 NS80H-MA 12.5 LC1-D09 LR2-D13 14 7/10
7.5 8.9 NS80H-MA 12.5 LC1-D12 LR2-D13 14 7/10
3 11.5 5.5 11.5 5.5 11 5.5 10.4 7.5 12 NS80H-MA 12.5 LC1-D12 LR2-D13 16 9/13
4 14.5 7.5 15.5 7.5 14 7.5 13.7 9 14 NS80H-MA 25 LC1-D18 LR2-D13 21 12/18
9 17 9 16.9 10 15 NS80H-MA 25 LC1-D18 LR2-D13 21 12/18
10 11.5 NS80H-MA 25 LC1-D18 LR2-D13 16 9/13
5.5 20 11 22 11 21 11 20.1 11 18.4 NS80H-MA 25 LC1-D25 LR2-D13 22 17/25
15 17 NS80H-MA 25 LC1-D25 LR2-D13 21 12/18
18.5 21.3 NS80H-MA 50 LC1-D32 LR2-D13 22 17/25
7.5 28 15 30 15 28 15 26.5 18.5 28.5 NS80H-MA 50 LC1-D32 LR2-D33 53 23/32
22 33 30 34.6 NS80H-MA 50 LC1-D40 LR2-D33 55 30/40
11 39 18.5 37 22 40 22 39 NS80H-MA 50 LC1-D40 LR2-D33 57 37/50
22 44 25 47 30 45 33 39 NS80H-MA 50 LC1-D50 LR2-D33 57 37/50
15 52 30 51.5 NS80H-MA 50 LC1-D50 LR2-D33 59 48/65
37 42 NS80H-MA 50 LC1-D65 LR2-D33 57 37/50
18.5 64 30 59 30 55 37 64 37 55 NS80H-MA 80 LC1-D65 LR2-D33 59 48/65
37 66 NS80H-MA 80 LC1-D65 LR2-D33 61 55/70
45 49 NS80H-MA 80 LC1-D80 LR2-D33 57 37/50
22 75 37 72 45 80 45 76 55 80 NS80H-MA 80 LC1-D80 LR2-D33 63 63/80
55 60 NS80H-MA 80 LC1-D115 LR9-D53 63 48/80
75 80 LC1-F115 LR9-F53 63
(3) Reversers: replace LC1 with LC2.
Merlin Gerin 303

Merlin Gerin NS 100 circuit breakers, Telemecanique contactors

Reverser
E34309

Magnetic circuit breaker (MA) of the circuit breaker

Contactor
Thermal relay

220/230 V 380 V 415 V 440 V (2) 500/525 V 660/690 V
P I P I P I P I P I P I typerating type type Irth
(kW) (A) (kW) (A) (kW) (A) (kW) (A) (kW) (A) (kW) (A) (A) (A)
0.37 1.2 0.37 1.1 0.37 1 0.55 1.2 0.75 1.2
NS100N/H/L-MA 2.5 LC1-D09 LR2-D13 06 1/1.6
0.55 1.6 0.55 1.5 0.55 1.4 0.75 1.5 1 1.5
NS100N/H/L-MA 2.5 LC1-D09 LR2-D13 06 1/1.6
0.37 1.8 0.75 2 0.75 1.8 0.75 1.7 NS100N/H/L-MA 2.5 LC1-D09 LR2-D13 07 1.6/2.5
1.1 2.4 1.1 2 1.5 2 NS100N/H/L-MA 2.5 LC1-D09 LR2-D13 07 1.6/2.5
0.55 2.8 1.1 2.8 1.1 2.5 1.5 2.6 2.2 2.8 NS100N/H/L-MA 6.3 LC1-D09 LR2-D13 08 2.5/4
1.5 3.7 1.5 3.5 1.5 3.1 3 3.8 NS100N/H/L-MA 6.3 LC1-D09 LR2-D13 08 2.5/4
1.1 4.4 2.2 5 2.2 4.8 2.2 4.5 3 5 4 4.9 NS100N/H/L-MA 6.3 LC1-D09 LR2-D13 10 4-jun
1.5 6.1 3 6.6 3 6.5 3 5.8 4 6.5 5.5 6.6 NS100N/H/L-MA 12.5 LC1-D09 LR2-D13 12 5.5/8
2.2 8.7 4 8.5 4 8.2 4 7.9 5.5 9 NS100N/H/L-MA 12.5 LC1-D09 LR2-D13 14 7/10
7.5 8.9 NS100N/H/L-MA 12.5 LC1-D12 LR2-D13 14 7/10
3 11.5 5.5 11.5 5.5 11 5.5 10.4 7.5 12 NS100N/H/L-MA 12.5 LC1-D12 LR2-D13 16 9/13
4 14.5 7.5 15.5 7.5 14 7.5 13.7 9 14 NS100N/H/L-MA 25 LC1-D18 LR2-D13 21 12/18
9 17 9 16.9 10 15 NS100N/H/L-MA 25 LC1-D18 LR2-D13 21 12/18
10 11.5 NS100N/H/L-MA 25 LC1-D18 LR2-D13 16 9/13
5.5 20 11 22 11 21 11 20.1 11 18.4 NS100N/H/L-MA 25 LC1-D25 LR2-D13 22 17/25
15 17 NS100N/H/L-MA 25 LC1-D25 LR2-D13 21 12/18
18.5 21.3 NS100N/H/L-MA 50 LC1-D32 LR2-D13 22 17/25
7.5 28 15 30 15 28 15 26.5 18.5 28.5 NS100N/H/L-MA 50 LC1-D32 LR2-D33 53 23/32
22 33 30 34.6 NS100N/H/L-MA 50 LC1-D40 LR2-D33 55 30/40
LR9-D53 57 30/50
11 39 18.5 37 22 40 22 39 NS100N/H/L-MA 50 LC1-D40 LR2-D33 57 37/50
LR9-D53 57 30/50
22 44 25 47 30 45 33 39 NS100N/H/L-MA 50 LC1-D50 LR2-D33 57 37/50
LR9-D53 57 30/50
15 52 30 59 30 55 30 51.5 37 42 NS100N/H/L-MA 50 LC1-D65 LR2-D33 57 37/50
LR9-D53 57 30/50
18.5 64 37 64 37 55 NS100N/H/L-MA 100 LC1-D65 LR2-D33 59 48/65
LR9-D53 63 48/80
45 49 NS100N/H/L-MA 100 LC1-D80 LR2-D33 57 37/50
LR9-D53 63 48/80
22 75 37 72 37 72 45 76 55 80 NS100N/H/L-MA 100 LC1-D80 LR2-D33 63 63/80
45 80 LR9-D53 63 48/80
25 85 45 85 NS100N/H/L-MA 100 LC1-D95 LR2-D33 65 80/93
LR9-D53 67 60/100
55 60 NS100N/H/L-MA 100 LC1-D115 LR9-D53 63 48/80
LC1-F115 LR9-F53 63
30 100 55 100 55 96 75 80 NS100N/H/L-MA 100 LC1-D115 LR9-D53 67 60/100
LC1-F115 LR9-F53 67
304 Merlin Gerin

Merlin Gerin NS 160, NS 250, NS 400, NS 630, C801, C1001, C1251 circuit breakers
Telemecanique contactors
Reverser
E34309

Magnetic circuit breaker (MA) of the circuit breaker
Starting (1): normal class 10

Contactor
Thermal relay
Motors Circuit breaker Contactors Thermal relay (1)

220/230 V 380 V 415 V 440 V (2) 500/525 V 660/690 V (3)
P I P I P I P I P I P I type rating type type Irth
(kW) (A) (kW) (A) (kW) (A) (kW) (A) (kW) (A) (kW) (A) (A) (A) (A)
37 125 55 105 75 135 75 124 75 110 90 100 NS160N/H/L-MA 150 LC1-D150 LR9-D53 69 90/150
45 150 75 140 90 130 110 120 LC1-F150 LR9-F53 69
55 180 90 170 90 160 90 156 110 156 NS250N/H/L-MA 220 LC1-F185 LR9-F53 71 132/220
110 180
110 210 110 200 132 215 NS250N/H/L-MA 220 LC1-F225 LR9-F53 71 132/220
132 190 132 140 NS250N/H/L-MA 220 LC1-F265 LR9-F53 71 132/220

160 175
75 250 132 250 132 230 160 256 160 228 NS400N/H/L-MA 320 LC1-F265 LR9-F73 75 200/330
90 312 160 300 160 270 200 281 200 220 NS400N/H/L-MA 320 LC1-F330 LR9-F73 75 200/330
220 240
110 360 200 380 220 380 220 360 220 310 NS630N/H/L-MA 500 LC1-F400 LR9-F73 79 300/500
250 270 NS630N/H/L-MA 500 LC1-F400 LR9-F73 75 200/300
220 420 250 401 335 335 NS630N/H/L-MA 500 LC1-F500 LR9-F73 79 300/500
150 480 250 480 250 430 315 445 NS630N/H/L-MA 500 LC1-F500 LR9-F73 79 300/500
335 460
300 480 375 400 NS630N/H/L-MA 500 LC1-F630 LR9-F73 81 380/630
450 480
160 520 300 570 300 510 335 540 355 500 C801N/H-STR35ME 800 LC1-F630 LR9-F73 81 380/630
375 530 C1001L-STR35ME 1000
400 570
200 630 335 630 335 580 375 590 450 630 C801N/H-STR35ME 800 LC1-F630 LR9-F73 81 380/630
C1001L-STR35ME 1000
220 700 375 700 375 650 400 650 C801N/H-STR35ME 800 LC1-F780 LR2-F83 83 500/800
C1001L-STR35ME 1000
400 750 400 690 450 720 C801N/H-STR35ME 800 LC1-F780 LR2-F83 83 500/800
C1001L-STR35ME 1000
500 530 C801N/H-STR35ME 800 LC1-BL33 LR2-F83 83 500/800
560 580 C1001L-STR35ME 1000
250 800 450 800 450 750 500 700 C1001N/H-STR35ME 1000 LC1-BM33 LR2-F83 83 500/800
560 760
500 900 500 830 500 800 600 830 C1001N/H-STR35ME 1000 LC1-BM33 LR2-F83 85 630/1000
560 900
300 970 560 1000 560 920 600 960 670 920 C1251N/H-STR35ME 1250 LC1-BP33 LR2-F83 85 630/1000
600 1100 600 1000 670 1080 750 1020
(1) For long starting (class 20), replace the LR2-D3 relays with LR2-D5 relays.
Merlin Gerin 305


Reverser
E34308

Thermal-magnetic of the circuit breaker
motor circuit-breaker
Starting:
Contactor
STR22ME STR43ME STR55UE
Normal Class 10 Class 10 Class 10
Long x Class 20 Class 20

220/230 V 380 V 415 V 440 V (1) 500/525 V 660/690 V type trip unit Irth (A) type
P I P I P I P I P I P I
(kW) (A) (kW) (A) (kW) (A) (kW) (A) (kW) (A) (kW) (A)
7.5 28 15 30 15 28 15 26.5 18.5 28.5 NS100N/H/L STR22ME 24/40 LC1-D32
11 39 18.5 37 22 40 22 39 22 33 30 34.6 NS100N/H/L STR22ME 24/40 LC1-D40
22 44 25 47 30 45 33 39 NS100N/H/L STR22ME 30/50 LC1-D50
15 52 30 59 30 55 30 51.5 37 42 NS100N/H/L STR22ME 48/80 LC1-D65
18.5 64 37 64 37 55 NS100N/H/L STR22ME 48/80 LC1-D65
22 75 37 72 37 72 45 76 55 80 45 49 NS100N/H/L STR22ME 48/80 LC1-D80
25 85 45 85 NS100N/H/L STR22ME 60/100 LC1-D95
55 60 NS100N/H/L STR22ME 60/100 LC1-D115 or LC1-F115
30 100 55 100 55 96 75 80 NS100N/H/L STR22ME 60/100 LC1-D115 or LC1-F115
37 125 55 105 75 135 75 124 75 110 90 100 NS160N/H/L STR22ME 90/150 LC1-D150 or LC1-F150
45 150 75 140 90 130 110 120
55 180 90 170 90 160 90 156 110 156 NS250N/H/L STR22ME 131/220 LC1-F185
110 180
110 210 110 200 132 215 NS250N/H/L STR22ME 131/220 LC1-F225
132 190 132 140 NS250N/H/L STR22ME 131/220 LC1-F265
160 175
75 250 132 250 132 230 160 256 160 228 NS400N/H/L STR43ME 190/320 LC1-F265
90 312 160 300 160 270 200 281 200 220 NS400N/H/L STR43ME 190/320 LC1-F330
220 240
110 360 200 380 220 380 220 360 220 310 250 270 NS630N/H/L STR43ME 300/500 LC12-F400
220 420 250 401 315 445 335 335 NS630N/H/L STR43ME 300/500 LC1-F500
150 480 250 480 250 430 335 460 NS630N/H/L STR43ME 300/500 LC1-F500
300 480 355 500 375 400 NS630N/H/L STR43ME 300/500 LC1-F630
375 530 450 480
160 520 300 570 300 510 335 540 400 570 C801N/H STR55UE 320/800 LC1-F630
C1001L 400/1000
200 630 335 630 335 580 375 590 450 630 C801N/H STR55UE 320/800 LC1-F630
C1001L 400/1000
400 750 400 690 450 720 C801N/H STR55UE 320/800 LC1-F780
C1001L 400/1000
500 530 C801N/H STR55UE 320/800 LC1-BL33
560 580 C1001L 400/1000
250 800 450 800 450 750 500 700 C1001N/H STR55UE 400/1000 LC1-BM33
560 760
500 900 500 830 500 800 600 830 C1001N/H STR55UE 400/1000 LC1-BM33
560 900
300 970 560 1000 560 920 600 960 670 920 C1251N/H STR55UE 630/1250 LC1-BP33
600 1100 600 1000 670 1080 750 1020 C1251N/H STR55UE 630/1250 LC1-BP33

306 Merlin Gerin

Star-delta starting
E34311
Magnetic circuit “Iq” breaking performance: equal to the breaking capacity

breaker (MA) of the circuit breaker
Starting: normal
Star-delta
starter
Thermal relay
M
Motors Circuit breaker Contactors Thermal relay

220/230 V 380 V 415 V 440 V (1) type rating (A) type type Irth (A)
P I P I P I P I
(kW) (A) (kW) (A) (kW) (A) (kW) (A)
0.55 2.8 1.5 3.7 1.5 3.5 1.5 3.1 NS80H-MA 6.3 LC3-D09 LR2-D13 07 1.6/2.5
1.1 4.4 2.2 5 2.2 4.8 2.2 4.5 NS80H-MA 6.3 LC3-D09 LR2-D13 08 2.5/4
1.5 6.1 3 6.6 3 6.5 3 5.8 NS80H-MA 12.5 LC3-D09 LR2-D13 08 2.5/4
2.2 8.7 4 8.5 4 8.2 4 7.9 NS80H-MA 12.5 LC3-D09 LR2-D13 10 4/6
3 11.5 5.5 11.5 5.5 11 5.5 10.4 NS80H-MA 12.5 LC3-D09 LR2-D13 12 5.5/8
4 14.5 7.5 15.5 7.5 14 7.5 13.7 NS80H-MA 25 LC3-D09 LR2-D13 14 7/10
5.5 20 9 17 9 16.9 NS80H-MA 25 LC3-D12 LR2-D13 16 9/13
11 22 11 21 11 20.1 NS80H-MA 25 LC3-D12 LR2-D13 16 9/13
7.5 28 15 30 15 28 15 26.5 NS80H-MA 50 LC3-D18 LR2-D13 21 12/18
11 39 18.5 37 22 40 22 39 NS80H-MA 50 LC3-D18 LR2-D13 22 17/25
22 44 25 47 NS80H-MA 50 LC3-D32 LR2-D33 53 23/32
15 52 30 51.5 NS80H-MA 80 LC3-D32 LR2-D33 53 23/32
30 55 NS80H-MA 80 LC3-D32 LR2-D33 55 30/40
18.5 64 30 59 37 66 37 64 NS80H-MA 80 LC3-D40 LR2-D33 55 30/40
37 72 NS80H-MA 80 LC3-D40 LR2-D33 57 37/50
22 75 45 80 45 76 NS80H-MA 80 LC3-D50 LR2-D33 57 37/50
0.55 2.8 1.5 3.7 1.5 3.5 1.5 3.1 NS100N/H/L-MA 6.3 LC3-D09 LR2-D13 07 1.6/2.5
1.1 4.4 2.2 5 2.2 4.8 2.2 4.5 NS100N/H/L-MA 6.3 LC3-D09 LR2-D13 08 2.5/4
1.5 6.1 3 6.6 3 6.5 3 5.8 NS100N/H/L-MA 12.5 LC3-D09 LR2-D13 08 2.5/4
2.2 8.7 4 8.5 4 8.2 4 7.9 NS100N/H/L-MA 12.5 LC3-D09 LR2-D13 10 4/6
3 11.5 5.5 11.5 5.5 11 5.5 10.4 NS100N/H/L-MA 12.5 LC3-D09 LR2-D13 12 5.5/8
4 14.5 7.5 15.5 7.5 14 7.5 13.7 NS100N/H/L-MA 25 LC3-D09 LR2-D13 14 7/10
5.5 20 9 17 9 16.9 NS100N/H/L-MA 25 LC3-D12 LR2-D13 16 9/13
11 22 11 21 11 20.1 NS100N/H/L-MA 25 LC3-D12 LR2-D13 16 9/13
7.5 28 15 30 15 28 15 26.5 NS100N/H/L-MA 50 LC3-D18 LR2-D13 21 12/18
11 39 18.5 37 22 40 22 39 NS100N/H/L-MA 50 LC3-D18 LR2-D13 22 17/25
22 44 25 47 NS100N/H/L-MA 100 LC3-D32 LR2-D33 53 23/32
15 52 30 51.5 NS100N/H/L-MA 100 LC3-D32 LR2-D33 53 23/32
30 55 NS100N/H/L-MA 100 LC3-D32 LR2-D33 55 30/40
18.5 64 30 59 37 66 37 64 NS100N/H/L-MA 100 LC3-D40 LR2-D33 55 30/40
37 72 NS100N/H/L-MA 100 LC3-D40 LR2-D33 57 37/50
22 75 45 80 45 76 NS100N/H/L-MA 100 LC3-D50 LR2-D33 57 37/50
25 85 45 85 NS100N/H/L-MA 100 LC3-D50 LR2-D33 57 37/50
30 100 55 100 55 96 NS100N/H/L-MA 100 LC3-D50 LR2-D33 59 48/65
Merlin Gerin 307


Star-delta starting

E34311
Magnetic circuit
breaker (MA) of the circuit breaker
Starting: normal
Star-delta
starter
Thermal relay
M
Motors Circuit breaker Contactors Thermal relay

220/230 V 380 V 415 V 440 V (1) type rating (A) type type Irth (A)
P I P I P I P I
(kW) (A) (kW) (A) (kW) (A) (kW) (A)
55 105 NS160N/H/L-MA 150 LC3-D80 LR2-D33 59 48/65
37 125 75 140 75 135 75 124 NS160N/H/L-MA 150 LC3-D80 LR2-D33 63 63/80
45 150 75 140 NS160N/H/L-MA 150 LC3-D115 LR9-D53 67 60/100
LC3-F115 LR9-F53 67
90 170 90 160 90 156 NS250N/H/L-MA 220 LC3-D115 LR9-D53 67 60/100
LC3-F115 LR9-F53 67
55 180 110 180 NS250N/H/L-MA 220 LC3-D115 LR9-D53 69 90/150
LC3-F115 LR9-F53 69
110 210 110 200 NS250N/H/L-MA 220 LC3-D115 LR9-D53 69 90/150
LC3-F115 LR9-F53 69
132 215 NS250N/H/L-MA 220 LC3-D150 LR9-D53 69 90/150
LC3-F150 LR9-F53 69
75 250 132 250 132 230 NS400N/H/L-MA 320 LC3-D150 LR9-D53 69 90/150
LC3-F150 LR9-F53 69
90 312 160 300 160 270 160 256 NS400N/H/L-MA 320 LC3-F185 LR9-F53 71 132/220
110 360 200 380 220 380 220 360 NS630N/H/L-MA 500 LC3-F265 LR9-F73 75 200/330
220 420 250 401 NS630N/H/L-MA 500 LC3-F265 LR9-F73 75 200/330
150 480 250 480 250 430 NS630N/H/L-MA 500 LC3-F330 LR9-F73 75 200/330
300 480 NS630N/H/L-MA 500 LC3-F330 LR9-F73 75 200/330
160 520 300 570 300 510 335 540 C801N/H-STR35ME 800 LC3-F400 LR9-F73 75 200/330
C1001L-STR35ME 1000
335 580 375 590 C801N/H-STR35ME 800 LC3-F400 LR9-F73 79 300/500
C1001L-STR35ME 1000
308 Merlin Gerin

Star-delta starting
E34312

Thermal-magnetic
circuit breaker (MA) of the circuit breaker
Starting: normal
Star-delta
starter
Motors Circuit breaker Contactors

220/230 V 380 V 415 V 440 V (1) type trip unit Irth (A)
P I P I P I P I
(kW) (A) (kW) (A) (kW) (A) (kW) (A)
7.5 28 15 30 15 28 15 26.5 NS100N/H/L STR22ME 24/40 LC3-D18
11 39 18.5 37 22 40 22 39 NS100N/H/L STR22ME 30/50 LC3-D18
22 44 25 47 NS100N/H/L STR22ME 30/50 LC3-D32
15 52 30 51.5 NS100N/H/L STR22ME 48/80 LC3-D32
30 55 NS100N/H/L STR22ME 48/80 LC3-D32
18.5 64 30 59 37 66 37 64 NS100N/H/L STR22ME 48/80 LC3-D40
37 72 NS100N/H/L STR22ME 48/80 LC3-D40
22 75 45 80 45 76 NS100N/H/L STR22ME 60/100 LC3-D50
25 85 45 85 NS100N/H/L STR22ME 60/100 LC3-D50
30 100 55 100 55 96 NS100N/H/L STR22ME 60/100 LC3-D50
55 105 NS160N/H/L STR22ME 90/150 LC3-D80
37 125 75 140 75 135 75 124 NS160N/H/L STR22ME 90/150 LC3-D80
45 150 75 140 NS160N/H/L STR22ME 90/150 LC3-D115 or LC3-F115
90 170 90 160 90 156 NS250N/H/L STR22ME 131/220 LC3-D115 or LC3-F115
55 180 110 210 110 200 110 180 NS250N/H/L STR22ME 131/220 LC3-D115 or LC3-F115
132 215 NS250N/H/L STR22ME 131/220 LC3-D150 or LC3-F150
75 250 132 250 132 230 NS400N/H/L STR43ME 190/320 LC3-D150 or LC3-F150
90 312 160 300 160 270 160 256 NS400N/H/L STR43ME 190/320 LC3-F185
110 360 200 380 220 380 220 360 NS630N/H/L STR43ME 300/500 LC3-F265
220 420 250 401 NS630N/H/L STR43ME 300/500 LC3-F265
150 480 250 480 250 430 300 480 NS630N/H/L STR43ME 300/500 LC3-F330
160 520 300 570 300 510 335 540 C801N/H STR55UE 320/800 LC3-F400
C1001L 400/1000
335 580 375 590 C801N/H STR55UE 320/800 LC3-F400
C1001L 400/1000
Merlin Gerin 309

coordination between Merlin Gerin circuit breakers and
Telemecanique Canalis electrical busbar trunking
When chosing a circuit breaker to protect a c the electrodynamic withstand of the Multi 9, Compact, Compact CM and
busbar trunking system, it is necessary to busbar trunking: Masterpact circuit breakers with respect to
take into account: The peak current Î limited by the circuit Telemecanique Canalis busbar trunking give
c the usual rules concerning the circuit breaker must be less than the directly, for the different types of trunking
breaker current settings: electrodynamic withstand capacity (or rated and circuit breakers, the maximum short-
Ib i Ir i Inc where peak current) of the busbar trunking. circuit current for which the trunking is
Ib = maximum load current protected.
Ir = circuit breaker current setting Coordination tables
Inc = current rating of the busbar trunking The tables for coordinating Merlin Gerin
Traditional circuit breaker Installation example Application for Compact NS

selection method range
E40701
E40700
The circuit breaker used to protect a

distribution circuit is chosen according to two
fundamental criteria: CB1 CB1 = NS400H
c the maximum load current Ib flowing in the (Breaking
supply circuit; capacity = 70 kA)
Ib = 360 A Isc = 65 kA
c the prospective short-circuit current Isc at
a point where the circuit breaker is to be
installed.
The circuit breaker is choosen such that:
CB2 CB2 = NS160H
v In circuit breaker u Ib,
(Breaking
v breaking capacity of the circuit breaker
capacity = 70 kA)
u Isc. Ib = 140 A Isc = 65 kA
Example
Consider two 630 kVA/400 V transformer What circuit breakers should be chosen
(Usc 4 %) supplying a main LV switchboard for CB1 and CB2 to protect the
for which the prospective short-circuit installation against short-circuits ?
current on the busbars is 44 kA.
From the switchboard, a 30-metre long CB1 CB2
Canalis KVA63 transmission electrical prospective Isc 44 kA 33 kA
busbar trunking system (630A) supplies a circuit breakers NS630N (45 kA breaking NS160N (35 kA breaking
capacity) capacity)
Canalis KSA63 trunking system (630A) for
Isc protection level for KVA63 45 kA
distribution with high-density tap-offs.
trunking
A tap-off on the KSA63 trunking supplies a
Isc protection level for KVA63 45 kA
Canalis KSA16 trunking system. trunking
The short-circuit level are respectively: Isc protection level for KSA16 35 kA
c 44 kA downstream of circuit-breaker CB1 trunking
and at the upstream connection of the
KVA63 trunking.
c 33 kA at the junction between the KVA63
transmission trunking and the KSA63
E39613
trunking for high-density tap-offs. 630 kVA 630 kVA

400 V 400 V
prospective Isc
44 kA
LV main
swichboard
D1 Disconnector ?
prospective Isc prospective Isc
44 kA 33 kA
Canalis KSA 63
a 30-meter KVA63
transmission EBT
system
D2 Disconnector ?
Canalis KSA
310 Merlin Gerin

the different types of Telemecanique busbar trunking
Type of busbar trunking Low power Medium power High power
Busbar trunking for transmission KVA 200 to 800 A KTA 1000 to 4000 A
and distribution with low-density KVC 200 to 800 A KTC 1000 to 4000 A
tap-offs (380/415 V - 660/690 V) (380/415 V - 660/690 V)
Busbar trunking for distribution KN 40 to 100 A KSA 100 to 800 A KHF 1000 to 4500 A
with high-density tap-offs (380/415 V) (380/415 V - 660/690 V) (380/415 V - 660/690 V)
Busbar trunking for lighting KLE, KBA, KBB
distribution and management K System
(380/415 V)
coordination tables between Merlin Gerin circuit breakers and Telemecanique Canalis
electrical busbar trunking
Voltage : 380/415 V
type of Canalis busbar trunking KLE-16/20 KBA-25 KBB-25 KBA-40 KBB-40 KN-04 KN-06 KN-10
trunking rating (in A at 35°C) 16/20 25 25 40 40 40 63 100
type of circuit breaker Multi 9 C60N16/20 10
Isc max. in kA ms. C60H16/20 15
C60L16/20 25
C60N25 10 10
C60H25 15 15
C60L25 25 25
NC100LH25 50 50
C60N40 10 10 10
C60H40 15 15 15
C60L40 25 25 25
NC100LH40 50 50 50
C60N63 10
C60H63 15
C60L63 15
NC100LH63 50
NS100N (1) 25 25 25
NS100H (1) 25 25 25
NS100L (1) 25 25 25
(1) TM-D trip unit, rating 40 or 63 or 100 A and STR22SE rating 40 or 100 A
type of Canalis busbar trunking KSA-10 KSA-16 KSA-25 KSA-40 KSA-50 KSA-63 KSA-80
trunking rating (in A at 35°C) 100 160 250 400 500 630 800
type of circuit breaker Compact NS100N 25 25
Isc max. in kA ms. NS100H 25 70
NS100L 25 90
NS160N 20 36 36
NS160H 20 70 70
NS160L 20 70 150
NS250N 17 36 36
NS250H 17 55 70
NS250L 17 55 150
NS400N 30 45 45
NS400H 30 45 70
NS400L 30 45 150
NS630N 30 45 45 45 45
NS630H 30 70 70 70 70
NS630L 30 150 150 150 150
C801N 26 30 40 50
C801H 26 30 40 50
C801L 30 40 55 80
C1001N 40 50
C1001H 40 50
C1001L 55 80
C1251N 50
C1251H 50
CMN 24 26 32 38
Masterpact M08N1 24 26 32 38
M10N1 24 26 32 38
M12N1 24 26 32 38
M08H1 24 26 32 38
M10H1 24 26 32 38
M12H1 24 26 32 38
M08H2 24 26 32 38
M10H2 24 26 32 38
M12H2 24 26 32 38
M08L1 24 32 40 50
M10L1 24 32 40 50
M12L1 24 32 40 50
Merlin Gerin 311

coordination tables between Merlin Gerin circuit breakers
and Telemecanique Canalis electrical busbar trunking (cont.)
voltage : 380/415 V
type of Canalis busbar trunking KVA-20 KVA-31 KVA-40 KVA-50 KVA-63 KVA-80
trunking rating (in A at 35°C) 200 315 400 500 630 800
type of circuit breaker Compact NS250N 35
Isc max. in kA ms. NS250H 70
NS250L 100
NS400N 35 45 45 45 45
NS400H 35 70 70 70 70
NS400L 35 150 150 150 150
NS630N 45 45 45 45
NS630H 70 70 70 70
NS630L 150 150 150 150
C801N 40 50
C801H 40 60
C801L 70 110
C1001N 40 50
C1001H 40 60
C1001L 70 110
Masterpact M08N1 33 40
M10N1 33 40
M08H1 33 40
M10H1 33 40
M08H2 33 40
M10H2 33 40
M08L1 40 55
M10L1 40 55
type of Canalis busbar trunking KVC-20 KVC-31 KVC-40 KVC-63 KVC-80

trunking rating (in A at 35°C) 200 315 400 630 800
NS250L 100
NS400N 35 45 45 45
NS400H 35 70 70 70
NS400L 35 150 150 150
NS630N 45 45 45
NS630H 70 70 70
NS630L 150 150 150
C801N 40 50
C801H 40 60
C801L 70 110
C1001N 40 50
C1001H 40 60
C1001L 70 110
M10N1 36 40
M08H1 36 40
M10H1 36 40
M08H2 36 40
M10H2 36 40
M08L1 40 55
M10L1 40 55
type of Canalis busbar trunking KTA-10 KTA-12 KTA-16 KTA-20 KTA-25 KTA-30 KTA-40
type of circuit breaker Compact C1001N 50 50
Isc max. in kA ms. C1001H 55 70
C1001L 100 150
C1251N 50 50
C1251H 55 70
M12N1 40 40 40 40
M16N1 40 40 40 40
M20N1 55 55 55 55
M25N1 55 55 55 55
M10H1 40 50 60 65
M12H1 40 50 60 65
M16H1 40 50 60 65
M20H1 60 73 75 75
M25H1 60 73 75 75
M32H1 75 75 75
M40H1 75 75 75
M50H1 90
M10H2 40 50 60 73
M12H2 40 50 60 73
M16H2 40 50 60 73
M20H2 60 73 80 86
M25H2 60 73 80 86
M32H2 80 86 90
M40H2 80 86 90
M50H2 90
M10L1 55 85 130
M12L1 55 85 130
M16L1 65 105 130 130
M20L1 65 105 130 130
M25L1 65 105 130 130
312 Merlin Gerin

voltage : 380/415 V
type of Canalis busbar trunking KTC-10 KTC-13 KTC-16 KTC-20 KTC-25 KTC-30 KTC-40 KTC-50
trunking rating (in A at 35°C) 1000 1350 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000 5000
C1001L 100 150
C1251N 50 50
C1251H 55 70
M12N1 40 40 40 40
M16N1 40 40 40 40
M20N1 55 55 55 55
M25N1 55 55 55 55
M10H1 40 50 60 65
M12H1 40 50 60 65
M16H1 40 50 60 65
M20H1 60 73 75 75
M25H1 60 73 75 75
M32H1 75 75 75
M40H1 75 75 75
M50H1 90 95
M63H1 90 95
M10H2 40 50 60 73
M12H2 40 50 60 73
M16H2 40 50 60 73
M20H2 60 73 82 82
M25H2 60 73 82 82
M32H2 82 82 90
M40H2 82 82 90
M50H2 90 95
M63H2 90 95
M10L1 55 85 130
M12L1 55 85 130
M16L1 65 105 130 130 130
M20L1 65 105 130 130 130
M25L1 65 105 130 130 130
type of Canalis busbar trunking KHF KHF KHF KHF KHF

trunking rating (in A at 35°C) 1000 1200/1450 2200/2500 3000/3400 4000/4500
type of circuit breaker Compact C801N 28
Isc max. in kA ms. C801H 28
C801L 45
C1001N 28 50
C1001H 28 50
C1001L 45 80
C1251N 28 50
C1251H 28 50
CMN 28 38 70 70
CMH 28 38 85 85
M10N1 28 38
M12N1 28 38
M16N1 28 38 40
M20N1 28 38 55 55
M25N1 28 38 55 55
M08H1 28 38
M10H1 28 38
M12H1 28 38
M16H1 28 38 65
M20H1 28 38 75 75
M25H1 28 38 75 75
M32H1 75 75 75
M40H1 75 75 75
M50H1 90 100 100
M63H1 90 100 100
M08H2 28 38
M10H2 28 38
M12H2 28 38
M16H2 28 38 90
M20H2 28 38 90 100
M25H2 28 38 90 100
M32H2 28 38 90 100 100
M40H2 90 100 100
M50H2 90 120 125
M63H2 90 120 125
M08L1 35 50
M10L1 35 50
M12L1 35 50
M16L1 28 42 130
M20L1 28 42 130 130
M25L1 28 42 130 130
Merlin Gerin 313

voltage: 660/690 V
type of Canalis busbar trunking KSA-10 KSA-16 KSA-25 KSA-40 KSA-50 KSA-63 KSA-80
type of circuit breaker Compact NS100N 8 8
Isc max. in kA ms. NS100H 10 10
NS100L 20 75
NS160N 8 8 8
NS160H 10 10 10
NS160L 20 75 75
NS250N 8 8 8
NS250H 10 10 10
NS250L 15 20 20
NS400N 10 10 10
NS400H 17 20 20
NS400L 14 28 35
NS630N 10 10 10 20
NS630H 20 20 20 20
NS630L 35 35 35 35
C801N 25 25 25 25
C801H 26 29 35 40
C801L 26 30 45 60
C1001N 25 25
C1001H 35 40
C1001L 45 60
C1251N 25
C1251H 40
CMN 24 26 32 38
M10N1 24 26 32 38
M12N1 24 26 32 38
M08H1 24 26 32 38
M10H1 24 26 32 38
M12H1 24 26 32 38
M08H2 24 26 32 38
M10H2 24 26 32 38
M12H2 24 26 32 38
M08L1 24 26 32 38
M10L1 24 26 32 38
M12L1 24 26 32 38
type of Canalis busbar trunking KVA-20 KVA-31 KVA-40 KVA-50 KVA-63 KVA-80
trunking rating (in A at 35°C) 200 315 400 500 630 800
NS250L 20
NS400N 10 10 10 10 10
NS400H 20 20 20 20 20
NS400L 20 75 75 75 75
NS630N 10 10 10 10
NS630H 20 20 20 20
NS630L 35 35 35 35
C801N 33 25
C801H 33 40
C801L 50 60
C1001N 33 25
C1001H 33 40
C1001L 50 60
M10N1 33 40
M08H1 33 40
M10H1 33 40
M08H2 33 40
M10H2 33 40
M08L1 33 40
M10L1 33 40
314 Merlin Gerin

voltage: 660/690 V
type of Canalis busbar trunking KVC-20 KVC-31 KVC-40 KVC-63 KVC-80
trunking rating (in A at 35°C) 200 315 400 630 800
NS250L 20
NS400N 10 10 10 10
NS400H 20 20 20 20
NS400L 20 75 75 75
NS630N 10 10 10
NS630H 20 20 20
NS630L 35 35 35
C801N 25 25
C801H 36 40
C801L 60 60
C1001N 25 25
C1001H 36 40
C1001L 60 60
M10N1 36 40
M08H1 36 40
M10H1 36 40
M08H2 36 40
M10H2 36 40
M08L1 36 40
M10L1 36 40
type of Canalis busbar trunking KTA-10 KTA-12 KTA-16 KTA-20 KTA-25 KTA-30 KTA-40
Icc maxi en kA eff. C1001H 40 40
C1001L 60 60
C1251N 25 25
C1251H 40 40
M12N1 40 40 40 40
M16N1 40 40 40 40
M20N1 40 40 40 55
M25N1 40 40 40 55
M10H1 40 50 60 65
M12H1 40 50 60 65
M16H1 40 50 60 65
M20H1 60 65 65 75
M25H1 60 65 65 75
M32H1 75 75 75
M40H1 75 75 75
M50H1 85
M10H2 40 50 60 73
M12H2 40 50 60 73
M16H2 40 50 60 73
M20H2 60 73 80 85
M25H2 60 73 80 85
M32H2 80 85 85
M40H2 80 85 85
M50H2 85
M10L1 40 50 65
M12L1 40 50 65
M16L1 50 65 65 65
M20L1 50 65 65 65
M25L1 50 65 65 65
Merlin Gerin 315

voltage: 660/690 V
type of Canalis busbar trunking KTC-10 KTC-13 KTC-16 KTC-20 KTC-25 KTC-30 KTC-40 KTC-50
trunking rating (in A at 35 °C) 1000 1350 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000 5000
C1001L 60 60
C1251N 25 25
C1251H 40 40
M12N1 40 40 40 40
M16N1 40 40 40 40
M20N1 40 40 40 55
M25N1 40 40 40 55
M10H1 40 50 60 65
M12H1 40 50 60 65
M16H1 40 50 60 65
M20H1 60 65 65 75
M25H1 60 65 65 75
M32H1 75 75 75
M40H1 75 75 75
M50H1 85 85
M63H1 85 85
M10H2 40 50 60 73
M12H2 40 50 60 73
M16H2 40 50 60 73
M20H2 60 73 80 82
M25H2 60 73 80 82
M32H2 80 82 85
M40H2 80 82 85
M50H2 85 85
M63H2 85 85
M10L1 55 65 65
M12L1 55 65 65
M16L1 50 65 65 65
M20L1 50 65 65 65
M25L1 50 65 65 65
type of Canalis busbar trunking KHF KHF KHF KHF KHF

trunking rating (in A at 35 °C) 1000 1200/1450 2200/2500 3000/3400 4000/4500
type of circuit breaker Compact C801N 28
Isc max. in kA ms. C801H 28
C801L 45
C1001N 28 28
C1001H 28 40
C1001L 30 60
C1251N 28 28
C1251H 28 40
CMN 28 38 50 50
CMH 28 38 50 50
M10N1 28 38
M12N1 28 38
M16N1 28 38
M20N1 28 38
M25N1 28 38
M08H1 28 38
M10H1 28 38
M12H1 28 38
M16H1 28 38 65
M20H1 28 38 75 75
M25H1 28 38 75 75
M32H1 75 75 75
M40H1 75 75 75
M50H1 85 85 85
M63H1 85 85 85
M08H2 28 38
M10H2 28 38
M12H2 28 38
M16H2 28 38 85
M20H2 28 38 85 85
M25H2 28 38 85 85
M32H2 28 38 85 85 85
M40H2 85 85 85
M50H2 85 85 85
M63H2 85 85 85
M08L1 28 38
M10L1 28 38
M12L1 28 38
M16L1 28 38 65
M20L1 28 38 65 65
M25L1 28 38 65 65
316 Merlin Gerin

coordination between circuit breakers and Telemecanique
Canalis electrical busbar trunking
cascading and reinforced discrimination
Circuit breaker selection taking The use of current-limiting circuit breakers Coordination techniques are described and
coordination into account makes it possible to implement coordination recognised by the following standards:
techniques. This improves circuit breaker c product standards IEC 947-1 and 947-2;
performance in terms of breaking capacity c installation standards IEC 364,
and continuity of service. NF C15-100, etc.
Cascading Principle Application for Compact NS range

The use of a current-limiting circuit breaker Cascading Cascading
upstream to reinforce the breaking capacity
E40703
E40702
of a downstream circuit breaker.
CB1 CB1 = NS400H
Reinforced
break. cap.
70 kA
CB2 CB2 = NS160N

Isc = 65 kA (Breaking
cap. = 35 kA)
CB2 breaking capacity ➚
Discrimination Principle Application for Compact NS range

In the event of an electrical fault on one Cascading and reinforced discrimination Cascading and reinforced discrimination
outgoing circuit, discrimination is the ability
of the electrical installation to maintain the
E40704
E40702
continuity of electrical power supplied to the

other circuits not concerned by the fault. CB1 CB1 = NS400H
As a general rule, cascading and
discrimination techniques are applied
independently.
Schneider has developed an exclusive
system to conciliate cascading and Break. cap.
renforced
discrimination. 70 kA
This system ensures discrimination up to the CB2 CB2 = NS160N
reinforced breaking capacity of the (Break. cap. = 35 kA)
association of circuit breakers CB1 and CB2.
CB2 breaking capacity ➚

Discrimination ensured up to the reinforced
breaking capacity of CB2 ➚
Merlin Gerin 317

coordination between Merlin Gerin circuit breakers and
Telemecanique Canalis electrical busbar trunking
cascading and reinforced discrimination (cont.)
Cascading, reinforced discrimination and Application to a Canalis distributed

reinforced protection of busbar trunking distribution system:
systems (BTS) c reinforcement of the breaking capacity of
This technique is the direct application of the NS 160N (CB2) up to 70 kA;
cascading and discrimination techniques to
the protection of busbar trunking systems. Source
For various upstream circuit breakers and
E40705
upstream busbar trunking systems, the
tables below give directly:
CB1 = NS400H
c the level of short-circuit protection of the
busbar trunking;
c the downstream circuit breaker and
associated busbar trunking;
c the cascading breaking capacity of the KSA40 (400 A)
downstream circuit breaker;
c the level of reinforced discrimination of the
upstream and downstream circuit breakers;
c the level of reinforced protection of the
downstream busbar trunking. CB2 = NS160N
KSA16 (160 A)
70 kA
c discrimination between CB1 and CB2

ensured up to 70 kA;
c protection of Canalis KSA 16 busbar
trunking up to 70 kA.
Example of a table corresponding to the

above diagram.
rated current of the upstream busbar trunking: 315 and 400 A

Upstream circuit breaker NS400N NS400H
NS400H
NS400L
Associated trip unit STR23SE/STR53UE STR23SE/STR53UE STR23SE/STR53UE
STR23SE/STR53UE
Upstream busbar trunking KSA / KVA / KVC KSA / KVA / KVC KSA
KSA // KVA
KVA // KVC
KVC
315 and 400 A 315 and 400 A 315
315 and 400 A
and 400 A
Level of protection of the 45 70 70
150
upstream busbar trunking (kA)
Downstream circuit breaker NS100N NS160N NS100N NS160N NS100H
NS100N NS160N
NS160H
Associated trip unit TMD/STR22SE TMD/STR22SE TMD/STR22SE
Downstream busbar trunking KSA KSA KSA KSA KSA
KSA KSA
KSA
100 A 160 A 100 A 160 A 100 A
100 A 160 A
160 A
Discrimination limit between
upstream and downstream
circuit breakers (kA) 45 45 70 70 150
70 150
70
Reinforced breaking capacity
of the downstream circuit
breaker (kA) 45 45 70 70 150
70 150
70
Reinforced protection of
the downstream busbar
trunking (kA) 45 45 70 70 25
70 70
70
318 Merlin Gerin

and Telemecanique Canalis electrical busbar trunking
voltage: 380/415 V Source
E39614
upstream
circuit breaker
level of protection
of the upstream
busbar trunking upstream
reinforced cascading busbar trunking
and discrimination
between the 2 circuit
breakers
downstream
circuit breaker
reinforced protection downstream

of the downstream busbar trunking
busbar trunking

Upstream circuit breaker C1251N C1251N
Associated trip unit STR35SE / STR55UE STR45AE
Upstream busbar trunking KTA-12 / KTC-13 KTA-12 / KTC-13
1200 and 1350 A 1200 and 1350 A
Level of protection of the 50 50
Downstream circuit breaker NS100N NS160N NS250N NS400N NS630N NS100N NS160N NS250N NS400N NS630N
Associated trip unit TMD / STR22SE STR23SE / STR53UE TMD / STR22SE STR23SE / STR53UE
Downstream busbar trunking KSA KSA KSA KSA / KVA / KVC KSA KSA KSA KSA / KVA / KVC
100 A 160 A 250 A 315 - 400 A 500 - 630 A 100 A 160 A 250 A 315 - 400 A 500 - 630 A
circuit breakers (kA) 50 50 50 45 40 50 50 50 50 50
of the downstream
circuit breaker (kA) 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
Reinforced protection of the
downstream busbar trunking(kA) 25 50 50 50 50 25 50 50 50 50

1200 and 1350 A 1200 and 1350 A
Downstream circuit breaker NS100N TMD / STR22SE NS100N TMD / STR22SE
Associated trip unit 40 A 63 A 100 A 40 A 63 A 100 A
Downstream busbar trunking KN KN KN KN KN KN
40 A 63 A 100 A 40 A 63 A 100 A
circuit breakers (kA) 50 50 50 50 50 50
of the downstream
circuit breaker (kA) 50 50 50 50 50 50
downstream busbar trunking(kA) 50 50 50 50 50 50
Merlin Gerin 319

rated current of the upstream busbar trunking: 1200 and 1350 A (cont.)
Upstream circuit breaker C1251H C1251H
1200 and 1350 A 1200 and 1350 A
100 A 160 A 250 A 315 - 400 A 500 - 630 A 100 A 160 A 250 A 315 - 400 A 500 - 630 A
of the downstream

1200 and 1350 A 1200 and 1350 A
40 A 63 A 100 A 40 A 63 A 100 A
of the downstream
320 Merlin Gerin

rated current of the upstream busbar trunking: 1000 A
1000 A 1000 A
100 A 160 A 250 A 315 - 400 A 500 - 630 A 100 A 160 A 250 A 315 - 400 A 500 - 630 A
of the downstream

1000 A 1000 A
40 A 63 A 100 A 40 A 63 A 100 A
of the downstream

1000 A 1000 A
100 A 160 A 250 A 315 - 400 A 500 - 630 A 100 A 160 A 250 A 315 - 400 A 500 - 630 A
of the downstream

Associated trip unit STR35SE / STR55UE STR45UE
1000 A 1000 A
40 A 63 A 100 A 40 A 63 A 100 A
of the downstream
Merlin Gerin 321


Upstream busbar trunking KVA-80 / KVC-80 KVA-80 / KVC-80
800 A 800 A
Downstream circuit breaker NS100N NS160N NS250N NS400N NS100N NS160N NS250N NS400N
100 A 160 A 250 A 315 - 400 A 100 A 160 A 250 A 315 - 400 A
circuit breakers (kA) 50 50 50 35 50 50 50 35
of the downstream
circuit breaker (kA) 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
downstream busbar trunking(kA) 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50

800 A 800 A
40 A 63 A 100 A 40 A 63 A 100 A
of the downstream

800 A 800 A
Downstream circuit breaker NS100N NS160N NS250N NS400N NS100N NS160N NS250N NS400N
100 A 160 A 250 A 315 - 400 A 100 A 160 A 250 A 315 - 400 A
circuit breakers (kA) 70 70 70 35 70 70 70 35
of the downstream
circuit breaker (kA) 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70
downstream busbar trunking(kA) 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60

800 A 800 A
40 A 63 A 100 A 40 A 63 A 100 A
of the downstream
322 Merlin Gerin

Upstream circuit breaker NS630N NS630H NS630L
Upstream busbar trunking KSA / KVA / KVC KSA / KVA / KVC KSA / KVA / KVC
500 and 630 A 500 and 630 A 500 and 630 A
Downstream circuit breaker NS100N NS160N NS250N NS100N NS160N NS250N NS100H NS160H NS250H
Associated trip unit TMD / STR22SE TMD / STR22SE TMD / STR22SE
Downstream busbar trunking KSA KSA KSA KSA KSA KSA KSA KSA KSA
100 A 160 A 250 A 100 A 160 A 250 A 100 A 160 A 250 A
circuit breakers (kA) 45 45 45 70 70 70 150 150 150
Reinforced breaking capacity of
the downstream circuit breaker (kA) 45 45 45 70 70 70 150 150 150
downstream busbar trunking(kA) 45 45 45 70 70 70 70 70 70

500 and 630 A 500 and 630 A 500 and 630 A
Downstream circuit breaker NS100N TMD / STR22SE NS100N TMD / STR22SE NS100N TMD / STR22SE
Associated trip unit 40 A 63 A 100 A 40 A 63 A 100 A 40 A 63 A 100 A
Downstream busbar trunking KN KN KN KN KN KN KN KN KN
40 A 63 A 100 A 40 A 63 A 100 A 40 A 63 A 100 A

315 and 400 A 315 and 400 A 315 and 400 A
Downstream circuit breaker NS100N NS160N NS100N NS160N NS100H NS160H
Downstream busbar trunking KSA KSA KSA KSA KSA KSA
100 A 160 A 100 A 160 A 100 A 160 A
the downstream circuit breaker (kA) 45 45 70 70 150 150

315 and 400 A 315 and 400 A 315 and 400 A
40 A 63 A 100 A 40 A 63 A 100 A 40 A 63 A 100 A
Merlin Gerin 323

cascading and reinforced discrimination (cont.)

200 and 250 A 200 and 250 A 200 and 250 A
Downstream circuit breaker NS100N NS100N NS100H
Downstream busbar trunking KSA-10 KSA-10 KSA-10
100 A 100 A 100 A
circuit breakers (kA) 36 36 36
of the downstream
circuit breaker (kA) 36 70 150
downstream busbar trunking(kA) 36 70 70

200 and 250 A 200 and 250 A 200 and 250 A
40 A 63 A 100 A 40 A 63 A 100 A 40 A 63 A 100 A
of the downstream
circuit breaker (kA) 36 36 36 70 70 70 150 150 150

Associated trip unit TMD / STR22SE TMD / STR22SE
Upstream busbar trunking KSA / KVA / KVC KSA / KVA / KVC
200 and 250 A 200 and 250 A
Downstream circuit breaker C60N C60N NC100L C60H C60H NC100L NC100LH
Associated trip unit (rating A) 16 25/40 25/40 16 25/40 25/40 25/40
Downstream busbar trunking KLE KBA / KBB KBA / KBB KLE KBA / KBB KBA / KBB KBA / KBB
16 A 25 - 40 A 25 - 40 A 16 A 25 - 40 A 25 - 40 A 25 - 40 A
circuit breakers (kA) 25 25 36 40 40 50 70
of the downstream
circuit breaker (kA) 25 25 36 40 40 50 70
downstream busbar trunking(kA) 25 25 36 40 40 50 50

Upstream busbar trunking KSA / KVA / KVC KSA / KVA / KVC
200 and 250 A 200 and 250 A
Downstream circuit breaker C60N C60N NC100L NC100L C60H C60H NC100L NC100L NC100LH NC100LH
Associated trip unit 40 A 63 A 40 A 63 A 40 A 63 A 40 A 63 A 40 A 63 A
Downstream busbar trunking KN KN KN KN KN KN KN KN KN KN
40 A 63 A 40 A 63 A 40 A 63 A 40 A 63 A 40 A 63 A
of the downstream
324 Merlin Gerin

Upstream busbar trunking KSA KSA
160 A 160 A
Downstream circuit breaker C60N C60N NC100L C60H C60H NC100L NC100LH
Associated trip unit (rating A) 16 25/40 25/40 16 25/40 25/40 25/40
Downstream busbar trunking KLE KBA / KBB KBA / KBB KLE KBA / KBB KBA / KBB KBA / KBB
16 A 25 - 40 A 25 - 40A 16 A 25 - 40 A 25 - 40 A 25 - 40 A
circuit breakers (kA) 25 25 36 40 40 50 70
of the downstream
circuit breaker (kA) 25 25 36 40 40 50 70
downstream busbar trunking(kA) 25 25 36 40 40 50 50

Upstream busbar trunking KSA KSA
160 A 160 A
Downstream circuit breaker C60N C60N NC100L NC100L C60H C60H NC100L NC100L NC100LH NC100LH
Associated trip unit 40 A 63 A 40 A 63 A 40 A 63 A 40 A 63 A 40 A 63 A
Downstream busbar trunking KN KN KN KN KN KN KN KN KN KN
40 A 63 A 40 A 63 A 40 A 63 A 40 A 63 A 40 A 63 A
of the downstream
Merlin Gerin 325

326 Merlin Gerin
LV circuit breakers
Compact
80 to 1250 A
catalogue numbers
page
Compact NS80H-MA
complete device 328
accessories 328
Compact NSC100N
complete device 329
accessories 329
Compact and Vigicompact
NS100 to 250
complete device 330
comprising 334
installation and connection 336
accessories 337
Compact NS100 single-pole 341
NS400 to 630
complete device 342
comprising 345
accessories 346
C801 to 1251
complete device 350
comprising 352
accessories 353
source changeover
catalogue numbers
page

and C801 to C1251 358
Merlin Gerin 327

Compact: catalogue numbers
Compact NS80H-MA (70 kA at 380/415 V)
complete device
Compact NS80H-MA with built-in trip unit MA
Compact NS80H-MA fixed/FC

rating 3P 3t
MA1,5 28106
MA2,5 28105
MA6,3 28104
MA12,5 28103
MA25 28102
MA50 28101
push
to
trip
MA80 28100
accessories
long terminal shields (1 pair)
connection accessories 3P 28034
auxiliary switch (changeover)

electrical auxiliaries OF or SD 29450
OF or SD low level 29452
voltage releases
AC 50/60 Hz voltage (V) MX MN
48 28070 28080
110/130 28071 28081
220/240 28072 28082
380/415 28073 28083
440/480 28074 28084
DC voltage (V) MX MN
24 28075 28085
48 28076 28086
110/125 28077 28087
250 28078 28088
MN 220/240 V AC with time delay 29421
composed of: MN 250 DC 28088
delay unit 220/240 V 50/60 Hz 29427
rotary handles standard black handle 28050
ON
red handle on yellow front 28051
I
MCC conversion accessory 28054

O
OFF

standard extended rotary handle 28052
ON
I

O
OFF
ON
I
tripped ∅5...8
reset
O
OFF
indication auxiliary
2 early make contacts 28055
1 early-break contact 28056
wiring accessory for early-make contact (CAF) 29336
removable locking device for 3 padlocks 29370

miscellaneous 100 identification labels 29314
DIN rail plate 28040
328 Merlin Gerin

Compact NSC100N
complete device
Compact NSC100N with built-in MA trip unit
Compact NSC100N fixed/FC
rating 3P 3t 4P 4t
TM16D 28120 28130
TM20D 28121 28131
TM25D 28122 28132
TM32D 28123 28133
TM40D 28124 28134
TM50D 28125 28135
TM63D 28126 28136
TM70D 28127 28137
TM80D 28128 28138
TM100D 28129 28139
Compact NSC100NA switch-disconnector

rating 3P 4P
Compact NSC100NA fixed/FC 28140 28141
accessories
Vigi module 0,03/3A
Vigi module bottom connection 3P 28000
4P 28001
T R top connection 3P 28002
4P 28003
long terminal shields (1 pair)

connection accessories 3P 28034
4P 28035

electrical auxiliaries OF or SD
OF or SD low level
voltage releases
42 28069
48 28070
110/130 28071
208 28067
220/240 28072
277 28068
380/415 28073
440/480 28074
24 28075
48 28076
125 28077
250 28078
direct rotary handles
ON
I
O
OFF
extended rotary handles

28053
ON
red handle on yellow front

I
O
OFF
ON
I
tripped ∅5...8
reset
O
OFF
indication auxiliary
2 early make contacts 28055
1 early-break contact 28056
wiring accessory for early-make contact (CAF) 29336
45mm standard front face 28039

miscellaneous DIN rail plate 28040
100 labels 29314
removable locking device for 3 padlocks 29370
Merlin Gerin 329

Compact NS100N (25 kA at 380/415 V)
Compact NS160/250N (36 kA at 380/415 V)
complete device
Compact NS100/160/250N with standard thermal-magnetic trip unit TM-D
Compact NS100N fixed/FC

rating 3P 2t 3P 3t 4P 3t 4P 4t 4P 3t+rN
TM16D 29625 29635 29645 29655
TM25D 29624 29634 29644 29654
TM32D 29627 29637 29647 29657
TM40D 29623 29633 29643 29653
TM50D 29626 29636 29646 29656
push
to
trip
4
Im
5
TM63D 29622 29632 29642 29652
6
29621
Ir Im
TM80D 29631 29651 29661

3
29641
Ir 8
.9
.85 .95 2
10
.8 1.5
xIr
.98
.7
1
.63
TM100D 29620 29630

xIn
29640 29650 29660

TM80D 30623 30633 30643 30653 30663
TM100D 30622 30632 30642 30652 30662
TM125D 30621 30631 30641 30651 30661
TM160D 30620 30630 30640 30650 30660

TM125D 31623 31633 31643 31653 31663
TM160D 31622 31632 31642 31652 31662
TM200D 31621 31631 31641 31651 31661
TM250D 31620 31630 31640 31650 31660
Compact NS100/160/250N with electronic trip unit STR22SE

rating 3P 3t 4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN
40 29772 29782
100 29770 29780

22 DE
40 30773 30783
push
to
trip STR
90 %Ir Hz test
105 50/60
Im
5 alarm
4 6
Ir
100 30771
.9 3
30781
.85 .95 8 Ir Im
.8 2
.98 10
1.5
.7 xIr
1
.63
xIn
160 30770 30780

100 31772 31782
250 31770 31780
330 Merlin Gerin

Compact NS100/160/250NA switch-disconnector
Vigicompact NS100N (25 kA at 380/415 V)
Vigicompact NS160/250N (36 kA at 380/415 V)
complete device
Compact NS100/160/250NA switch-disconnector
Compact NS100NA fixed/FC

rating 2P 3P 4P
100 29619 29629 29639

rating 2P 3P 4P
160 30619 30629 30639
push
to
trip

rating 2P 3P 4P
250 31619 31629 31639
Vigicompact NS100/160/250N with standard thermal-magnetic trip unit TM-D

Vigicompact equiped of MH Vigi module (220 to 440 V)
Vigicompact NS100N fixed/FC
rating 3P 3t 4P 3t 4P 4t 4P 3t+rN
TM16D 29935 29945 29955
TM25D 29934 29944 29954
TM32D 29937 29947 29957
push
to
trip
TM40D 29933 29943 29953
TM50D 29936 29946 29956
TM63D 29932 29942 29952
TM80D 29931 29941 29951 29961
TM100D 29930 29940 29950 29960

TM80D 30933 30943 30953 30963
TM100D 30932 30942 30952 30962
TM125D 30931 30941 30951 30961
TM160D 30930 30940 30950 30960

TM125D 31933 31943 31953 31963
TM160D 31932 31942 31952 31962
TM200D 31931 31941 31951 31961
TM250D 31930 31940 31950 31960
Vigicompact NS100/160/250N with electronic trip unit STR22SE

Vigicompact equiped of MH Vigi module (220 to 440 V)
40 29972 29982
100 29970 29980
push
to
trip
40 30973 30983
100 30971 30981
160 30970 30980

100 31972 31982
250 31970 31980
Merlin Gerin 331

Compact NS100/160/250H (70 kA at 380/415 V)
complete device
Compact NS100/160/250H with standard thermal-magnetic trip unit TM-D
Compact NS100H fixed/FC
TM16D 29675 29685 29695
TM25D 29674 29684 29694
TM32D 29677 29687 29697
TM40D 29673 29683 29693
TM50D 29676 29686 29696
push
to
trip
4
Im
5
6
TM63D 29672 29682 29692
3 Ir Im
TM80D 29671 29681 29691 29701

Ir 8
.9
.85 .95 2
10
.8 1.5
xIr
.98
.7
1
.63
xIn
TM100D 29670 29680 29690 29700

TM80D 30673 30683 30693 30703
TM100D 30672 30682 30692 30702
TM125D 30671 30681 30691 30701
TM160D 30670 30680 30690 30700

TM125D 31673 31683 31693 31703
TM160D 31672 31682 31692 31702
TM200D 31671 31681 31691 31701
TM250D 31670 31680 31690 31700
Compact NS100/160/250H with electronic trip unit STR22SE

40 29792 29802
100 29790 29800

22 DE
40 30793 30803
push
to
trip STR
90 %Ir Hz test
105 50/60
Im
5 alarm
4 6
Ir
100 30791 30801

.9 3
.85 .95 8 Ir Im
.8 2
.98 10
1.5
.7 xIr
1
.63
xIn
160 30790 30800

100 31792 31802
250 31790 31800
332 Merlin Gerin

Compact NS100/160/250L (150 kA at 380/415 V)
complete device
Compact NS100/160/250L with standard thermal-magnetic trip unit TM-D
Compact NS100L fixed/FC
TM16D 29715 29725 29735
TM25D 29714 29724 29734
TM32D 29717 29727 29737
TM40D 29713 29723 29733
TM50D 29716 29726 29736
push
to
trip
4
Im
5
6
TM63D 29712 29722 29732
3 Ir Im
TM80D 29711 29721 29731 29741

Ir 8
.9
.85 .95 2
10
.8 1.5
xIr
.98
.7
1
.63
xIn
TM100D 29710 29720 29730 29740

TM80D 30713 30723 30733 30743
TM100D 30712 30722 30732 30742
TM125D 30711 30721 30731 30741
TM160D 30710 30720 30730 30740

TM125D 31713 31723 31733 31743
TM160D 31712 31722 31732 31742
TM200D 31711 31721 31731 31741
TM250D 31710 31720 31730 31740
Compact NS100/160/250L with electronic trip unit STR22SE

40 29812 29822
100 29810 29820

4
push
to
trip
Im
5 alarm
90 %Ir
105
STR
22 DE
50/60
Hz test
40 30813 30823
Ir 6
100 30811 30821

.9 3
.85 .95 8 Ir Im
.8 2
.98 10
1.5
.7 xIr
1
.63
xIn
160 30810 30820

100 31812 31822
250 31810 31820
Merlin Gerin 333

Compact NS100/160/250N/H/L
Vigicompact NS100/160/250N/H/L
comprising:
fixed/FC basic frame
2P (3P frame) 3P 4P
NS100N 29000 29003 29008
NS100H 29004 29009
NS100L 29005 29010
NS160N 30400 30403 30408
NS160H 30404 30409
NS160L 30405 30410
push
to
trip
NS250N 31400 31403 31408

NS250H 31404 31409
NS250L 31405 31410
+ trip unit
Ir 4
Im
5
6
90 %Ir
105
alarm
STR
50/60
22 DE
Hz test
standard protection: trip unit TM-D
.9
rating 3P 2t 3P 3t 4P 3t 4P 4t 4P 3t+Nr
3
.85 .95 8 Ir Im
.8 2
.98 10
1.5
.7 xIr
1
.63
xIn
TM16D 29025 29035 29045 29055

TM25D 29024 29034 29044 29054
TM32D 29027 29037 29047 29057
TM40D 29023 29033 29043 29053
TM50D 29026 29036 29046 29056
TM63D 29022 29032 29042 29052
TM80D (1) 29021 29031 29041 29051 29061
TM100D (1) 29020 29030 29040 29050 29060
TM80D (2) 30423 30433 30443 30453 30463
TM100D (2) 30422 30432 30442 30452 30462
TM125D 30421 30431 30441 30451 30461
TM160D (3) 30420 30430 30440 30450 30460
TM160D (4) 31422 31432 31442 31452 31462
TM200D 31421 31431 31441 31451 31461
TM250D 31420 31430 31440 31450 31460
standard protection: electronic trip unit SE
rating 3P 3t 4P 3t, 4t, 3d+Nr
STR22SE - 40 A 29072 29082
STR22SE - 80 A (2) 30471 30481
STR22SE - 100 A 29070 29080
STR22SE - 160 A 30470 30480
STR22SE - 250 A 31470 31480
type G protection: trip unit TM-G
rating 3P 2t 3P 3t 4P 4t
TM16G 29145 29155 29165
TM25G 29144 29154 29164
TM40G 29143 29153 29163
TM63G 29142 29152 29162
type G protection: electronic trip unit GE
rating 3P 3t 4P 3t, 4t, 3d+Nr
STR22GE - 40 A 29076 29086
STR22GE - 100 A 29075 29085
STR22GE - 160 A 30475 30485
STR22GE - 250 A 31475 31485
motor protection: trip unit MA
rating 3P 3t 4P 3t
MA2,5 29125
MA6,3 29124
MA12,5 29123
MA25 29122
MA50 29121
MA100 29120 29130
MA150 30500 30510
MA220 31500 31510
motor protection: electronic trip unit ME
rating 3P 3t
STR22ME - 10 A 29177
STR22ME - 12,5 A 29176
STR22ME - 20 A 29175
STR22ME - 25 A 29174
STR22ME - 40 A 29173
STR22ME - 50 A 29172
STR22ME - 80 A 29171
STR22ME - 100 A 29170
STR22ME - 150 A 30520
STR22ME - 220 A 31520
options: SDTAM 110/240 V AC/CC 29424
SDTAM 24/48 V AC / 24/72 V DC 29430
(1) for NS100 switch-disconnector NA
(2) for NS160/250 2P (3P frame) 3P 4P
(3) for NS160 NA (NS100) 29200 29201 29202
(4) for NS250 NA (NS160/250) 30456 30456 30457
334 Merlin Gerin

+ Vigi module
3P 4P
ME type for NS100/160 29212 29213
MH type for NS100/160 (220 to 440 V) 29210 29211
MH type for NS250 (220 to 440 V) 31535 31536
MH type for NS100/160 (440 to 550 V) 29215 29216
MH type for NS250 (440 to 550 V) 31533 31534
connection for a 4P Vigi 29214
on a 3P breaker
Merlin Gerin 335

Vigicompact NS100/160/250N/H/L
fixed/RC device = fixed/FC device + RC kit

3P 4P
short RC kit 29237 29238
comprising:
short RCs 3P 3x 29235
4P 4x 29235
3P 4P
mixed RC kit 29239 29240
comprising:
kit 3P short RCs 2x 29235
long RCs 1x 29236
long RCs 2x 29236
plug-in configuration = fixed/FC device + plug-in kit

2P (3P frame) 3P 4P
kit for Compact 29288 29289 29290
comprising:
base 2P 1x 29265
3P 1x 29266
4P 1x 29267
push
to
trip
safety trip 3P/4P 1x 29270

short terminal shields 3P 1x 29321
4P 1x 29322
power connections 2P 2x 29268
3P 3x 29268
4P 4x 29268
3P 4P
kit for Vigicompact 29291 29292
comprising:
base 3P 1x 29266
4P 1x 29267
4P 1x 29322
4P 4x 29269
3P 4P
long terminal shields kit for plug-in base 29332 29333
comprising:
adapter 3P (1 pair) 1x 29306
4P (1 pair) 1x 29307
long terminal shields 3P (1 pair) 1x 29308
4P (1 pair) 1x 29309
phase barriers kit for plug-in base 29334 29311
comprising:
4P (1 pair) 1x 29307
phase barriers set of 6 1x 29328
withdrawable configuration = fixed/FC device + withdrawable kit

2P (3P frame) 3P 4P
kit for Compact 29298 29299 29300
comprising:
plug-in kit 2P 1x 29288
3P 1x 29289
4P 1x 29290
fixed part of chassis 2P/3P/4P 1x 29282
moving part of chassis 2P/3P/4P 1x 29283
3P 4P
comprising:
4P 1x 29292
fixed part of chassis 3P/4P 1x 29282
moving part of chassis 3P/4P 1x 29283
336 Merlin Gerin

accessories
rear connections
connection accessories 2 short 29235
(Cu or Al) 2 long 29236

snap-on, 95❏ ; ≤ 160 A set of 3 29242
for cable 1.5 to set of 4 29243
185❏ ; ≤ 250 A set of 3 29259
set of 4 29260
voltage plug for 185❏ bare cable connector set of 2 29348
clips for bare-cable connector set of 10 29241
distribution terminals set of 3 29248
for six 35❏ cables set of 4 29249
with phase barriers
"Polybloc" terminal block (for bare cable)
160 A (40 °C) 6 cables S ≤ 10❏ 7100
250 A (40 °C) 9 cables S ≤ 10❏ 7101
terminal extensions
right-angle terminal extensions set of 3 29261
set of 4 29262
straight terminal extensions set of 3 29263
set of 4 29264
spreaders 3P 31563
4P 31564
supplied with 2 (or 3) phase barriers
crimp lugs for copper cable
for cable 120❏ set of 3 29252
set of 4 29256
set of 4 29257
set of 4 29258
crimp lugs for aluminium cable
set of 4 29505
set of 4 29507
terminal shields
short (1 pair) 3P 29321
4P 29322
long (1 pair) 3P 29323

4P 29324
Insulation kit U ≥ 600 V

(long terminal shields 3P 29326
+ insulating screens) 4P 29327
phase barriers set of 6 29329
2 insulating screens (fixed breaker) 3P 29330

4P 29331
. consult us
Merlin Gerin 337

accessories
connection accessories OF or SD or SDE or SDV 29450
(Cu or Al) OF or SD or SDE or SDV low level 29452
SDE adapter for trip unit TM or MA 29451
voltage releases
24 29384 29404
48 29385 29405
110/130 29386 29406
200/280 29387 29407
380/440 29388 29408
525/600 29389 29409
12 29382 29402
24 29390 29410
30 29391 29411
48 29392 29412
60 29383 29403
125 29393 29413
250 29394 29414
MN 48 V AC with time delay 29420
composed of: MN 48 V DC 29412
delay unit 48 V 50/60 Hz 29426
delay unit of 220/240 V 50/60 Hz 29427
AC 50/60 Hz voltage (V) MT100/160 MT250
48/60 29440 2
31548
110/130 29433 31540
1
220/240 29434
I
31541
auto
manu/ O ON
push
OFF
push
380/440 29435 31542

DC voltage (V) MT100/160 MT250
24/30 29436 31543
48/60 29437 31544
110/130 29438 31545
250 29439 31546
motor mechanism accessories 29449
locking device with Ronis keylock
communicating auxiliary switches for Compact NS circuit breakers
LV installation control and OF, SD and SDE communicating auxiliary switches for Compact 29453
monitoring (Digipact) NS100/160/250 (the SDE adapter SDE for thermal-magnetic
trip units is included)
communicating "connected/disconnected" position indication switches

for Compact NS circuit breakers
"connected /disconnected" position indication switches 29296
for Compact NS100/250
motor mechanism + communicating auxiliary switches for Compact NS circuit breakers

MT100/160 220-240V AC + communicating OF, SD, SDE 29441
2
1
I
MT250 220-240V AC + communicating OF, SD, SDE

to
O
31549
manu/au ON
push
OFF
push
for Compact NS250
ammeter module
indication and rating (A) 100 160 250
measurement modules 3P
4P A
29455
29456
30555
30556
31565
31566
ammeter module I max.

rating (A) 100 160 250
3P 34849 34850 34851
rating (A) 100 150 250
3P 29457 30557 31567
4P 29458 30558 31568

3P 29459
4P 29460

29325
338 Merlin Gerin

accessoires
ON
I 29339
O
CNOMO conversion accessory

OFF
29342
standard extended rotary handle
ON
29340
I

O
29343
ON
telescopic handle for withdrawable device

OFF
I
OFF
accessories
locking devices 29344
ON
I
keylocks
Ronis 1351.500 41940
pr
of
al
O
ux
Profalux KS5 B24 D4Z 42888
OFF
indication 1 early-break switch 29345

auxiliary 2 early-make switches 29346
early-make wiring terminal 29336
locks, interlocking toggle locking device for 3 padlocks
removable 29370
fixed 29371
interlocking
mechanical for circuit breakers with rotary handles 29347
mechanical for circuit breakers with toggles 29354
keylock type Ronis 41950
(2 locks, 1 key) Profalux 42878
front-panel escutcheons
installation accessories toggle 29315
Vigi module 29316
rotary handle, motor mechanism module or extended escutcheon, IP40 29317
Vigi module or ammeter IP405 29318
toggle cover 29319

sealing accessories 29375
DIN rail adapter 29305
auxiliary connections
plug-in/withdrawable 1 9-wire fixed connector (for base) 29273
configuration accessories 1 9-wire moving connector (for circuit breaker) 29274
1 support for 2 moving connectors 29275
9-wire manual auxiliary connector (fixed + moving) 29272
plug-in base accessories
long insulated terminals set of 3 29276
set of 4 29277
2 IP4 shutters for base 29271
chassis accessories
extended escutcheon toggle 29284
Vigi module 29285
locking devices (not included) 29286
2 position indicating switches (connected/disconnected) 29287
parts of plug-in kit
plug-in base FC/RC 2P 29265
3P 29266
4P 29267
set of 2 power connections for
push
to
trip
standard 29268
Vigi module 29269
safety trip for advanced opening 29270
parts of withdrawable kit
fixed part (for base) 3P/4P 29282
moving part (for circuit breaker) 29283
push
to
trip
Merlin Gerin 339

accessories
10 lever extensions 29313
spare parts screwbag 29312
12 snap-in nuts (fixed/FC)
M6 for NS100N/H/L 29234
M8 for NS160/250N/H/L 30554
100 identification labels 29314
sheet-metal enclosure IP547 for
individual enclosures Compact NS100/160 29463
Vigicompact NS100/160 29464
Compact NS250 31571
push
to
trip
Vigicompact NS250 31572

insulating enclosure IP557 for
Compact NS100/160 29465
push
Compact NS250 31573

to
trip
Vigicompact NS250 31574

Visu module
Compact NS equipped with NS100 3P 29217
Visu module 4P 29218
NS160 3P 29217
4P 29218
NS250 3P 31537
push
to
trip
4P 31538
upline connection (Visu block)
terminal 1 cable 3P 29220
4P 29221
right-angle terminal extensions 3P 29261
4P 29262
straight terminal extensions 3P 29263
4P 29264
spreaders 3P 31563
4P 31564
upline + downline connection
long rear connections 1 pole 29219
terminal shields short 3P 29222
4P 29223
long 3P 29224
4P 29225
auxiliary connection
auxiliary switch OF or CAM advance on opening, 42906
depending on set-up
earthing contact for neutral in “OFF” position 42415
locking of Visu module in “OFF” position
by 3 padlocks (not supplied) built-in
1 Ronis key lock 1351.500 41940
1 Profalux key lock KS5 B24 D4Z 42888
accessories for Trayvou L 1P 1E lock 42417
test kits
test kits mini test kit 43362
portable test kit 34547

-
wiring kit (spare part) 34546
340 Merlin Gerin

Compact NS100/160N/H single pole
Compact NS250N single pole
Compact NS100/160N/H two poles
complete device
Compact NS100/160N with standard thermal-magnetic trip unit TM-D

rating 1P 1t (Icu=25 kA at 220/240 V) 2P 2t (Icu=85 kA at 220/240 V and 25 kA at 380/415 V)
TM16D 29585 29605
TM20D 29588 29608
TM25D 29584 29604
TM30D 29587 29607
TM40D 29583 29603
TM50D 29586 29606
TM63D 29582 29602
TM80D 29581 29601
TM100D 29580 29600

TM125D 30581 30601
TM160D 30580 30600

rating 1P 1t (Icu=25 kA at 220/240 V)
TM160D 31582
TM200D 31581
TM250D 31580
Compact NS100/160H with standard thermal-magnetic trip unit TM-D

TM16D 29595 29615
TM20D 29598 29618
TM25D 29594 29614
TM30D 29597 29617
TM40D 29593 29613
TM50D 29596 29616
TM63D 29592 29612
TM80D 29591 29611
TM100D 29590 29610

TM125D 30590 30611
TM160D 30589 30610
accessories
rear connections
connection 2 short 29235
accessories 2 long 29236

snap-on, for cable 1,5 to 95❏ ; ≤ 160 A set of 2 29246
snap-on, for cable 1,5 to 185❏ ; ≤ 250 A set of 2 29247
pads
straight terminal extensions set of 2 29251
terminal shields
short (1 pair) 1P 29320
short (2 pairs) 2P (2x) 29320
toggle locking device for 3 padlocks
locks removable 29370
front-panel escutcheons
installation accessories with toggles 29315
Merlin Gerin 341

Compact NS400/630N (45 kA at 380/415 V)
Compact NS400/630H (70 kA at 380/415 V)
Compact NS400/630L (150 kA at 380/415 V)
complete device
Compact NS400/630N with electronic trip unit
STR23SE
3P 4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN
Compact NS400N fixed/FC 150 A 32719 32720
250 A 32707 32708
400 A 32693 32694
Compact NS630N fixed/FC, 45 mm pitch 32893 32894
STR53UE
3P 4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN
push
Compact NS400N fixed/FC 150 A 32725 32726

to
trip
90 %Ir
105
alarm
23 SE Im5
STR
4
Ir .93 6
250 A 32713 32714

.9 3
Io .95 8 Im
Ir
.8 .88 2
.63 .98 10
1.5 Ir
.85 x
1
1 .8
x Io
.5
x In
test
400 A 32699 32700

Compact NS630N fixed/FC, 45 mm pitch 32899 32900
Compact NS400/630H with electronic trip unit

STR23SE
3P 4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN
Compact NS400H fixed/FC 150 A 32721 32722
250 A 32709 32710
400 A 32695 32696
Compact NS630H fixed/FC, 45 mm pitch 32895 32896
STR53UE
3P 4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN
push
to
trip
alarm
90 %Ir
105
Compact NS400H fixed/FC 150 A 32727 32728
23 SE Im5
250 A 32715
STR
32716
4
Ir .93 6
.9 3
Io .95 8 Im
Ir
.8 .88 2
.63 .98 10
1.5 Ir
.85 x
1
1 .8
x Io
.5
400 A
x In
test 32701 32702

Compact NS630H fixed/FC, 45 mm pitch 32901 32902
Compact NS400/630L with electronic trip unit

STR23SE
3P 4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN
Compact NS400L fixed/FC 150 A 32723 32724
250 A 32711 32712
400A 32697 32698
Compact NS630L fixed/FC, 45 mm pitch 32897 32898
STR53UE
3P 4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN
push
to
Compact NS400L fixed/FC 150 A 32729 32730
trip
STR
23 SE
Ir .93
3
4
Im5
alarm
6
90 %Ir
105
250 A 32717 32718

.9 .95 8
400A
Io Ir
Im
32703 32704
.8 .88 2
.63 .98 10
1.5 Ir
.85 x
1
1 .8
x Io
.5
x In
test
Compact NS630L fixed/FC, 45 mm pitch 32903 32904
Compact NS400/630H/L with electronic trip unit MA for motor protection

MA320
3P
Compact NS400H fixed/FC 32750
Compact NS400L fixed/FC 32751
MA500
3P
Compact NS630H fixed/FC, 45 mm pitch 32950
Compact NS630L fixed/FC, 45 mm pitch 32951
342 Merlin Gerin

Compact NS400/630H (70 kA at 380/415 V)
Compact NS400/630NA (switch-disconnector)
Vigicompact NS400/630N (45 kA at 380/415 V)
complete device
Compact NS400/630H with trip unit MP for DC applications
MP1
3P
MP2
3P
MP3
3P
Compact NS400/630NA switch-disconnector

3P 4P
Compact NS400NA fixed/FC 32756 32757
Compact NS630NA fixed/FC, 45 mm pitch 32956 32957
push
to
trip
Vigicompact NS400/630N
Vigicompact equiped of MB Vigi module (220 to 440 V)
STR23SE
3P 4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN
Vigicompact NS400N fixed/FC 32733 32734
Vigicompact NS630N fixed/FC, 45 mm pitch 32933 32934
push
to
trip
Compact NS400N 1000 V (10 kA at 1150 V)

Compact equiped of insulation kit
STR23SP
3P
Compact NS400N 1000 V fixed/FC 150 A 32672
250 A 32671
400A 32670
Merlin Gerin 343

Compact NS400/630N/H/L

3P 4P
mixed RC kit 32477 32478
comprising:
long RCs 1x 32476
push
to
trip
long RCs 2x 32476
plug-in configuration = fixed/FC device + plug-in kit

3P 4P
kit for Compact 32538 32539
comprising:
base 3P 1x 32516
4P 1x 32517
push
to
trip
4P 1x 32563
4P 4x 32518
3P 4P
comprising:
base 3P 1x 32516
4P 1x 32517
4P 1x 32563
4P 4x 32519
3P 4P
long terminal shields kit for plug-in base 32588 32589
comprising:
4P (1 pair) 1x 32585
long terminal shields 3P (1 pair) 1x 32586
4P (1 pair) 1x 32587
phase barriers kit for plug-in base 32591 32592
comprising:
4P (1 pair) 1x 32585
phase barriers set of 6 1x 32571
withdrawable configuration = fixed/FC device + withdrawable kit

3P 4P
kit for Compact 32542 32543
comprising:
4P 1x 32539
push
to
trip

3P 4P
comprising:
4P 1x 32541
fixed/FC configuration 52.5 mm or 70 mm pitch = fixed FC configuration 45 mm pitch + spreaders

Pitch of all Compact and Vigicompact NS400/630/N/H/L is 45 mm.
A set of spreaders is available for connection : fixed front connections or withdrawable with pitch of 52.5 or 70 mm.
upline or downline clearance
52,5 mm 3P 32490
4P 32491
70 mm 3P 32492
push
to
trip
4P 32493
344 Merlin Gerin

comprising:
3P 4P
NS400N 32403 32408
NS400H 32404 32409
NS400L 32405 32410
NS630N 32803 32808
NS630H 32804 32809
NS630L 32805 32810
push
to
trip
+ trip unit
electronic trip unit STR23SE
3P, 4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN
STR23SE 32420
electronic trip unit STR53UE(basic offer)
3P, 4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN
STR53UE F 32424
electronic trip unit STR53UE(with options)
3P, 4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN
%Ir
105
90
75 I
60 6
4
53 UE Im5 8
STR 4 3
Ir .93 6 10
.9 3 2
Io .95 8 12
1.5 up x In
32425
.8 2
STR53UE FT
.88 pick-
.63 .98 10
1.5 Ir
.85 up x
1 pick-
1 .8 et x Io .3
.3
.5 curr.s tm .2
240 (s) .2
x In tr 120 .1
60 .1
0
0 2t off
I
32426
30 240 on
STR53UE FI
15
1.5 Ir
tr test (s) at
tm
Im I
Ir
STR53UE FTI 32427

options: ZSI wiring 32442
COM wiring 32441
3P, 3t,
STR43ME F 32430
options: SDTAM 110/240 V AC/DC 29424
SDTAM 24/48 V AC / 24/72 V DC 29430
STR43ME FI 32431
options: SDTAM 110/240 V AC/DC 29424
SDTAM 24/48 V AC / 24/72 V DC 29430
COM wiring 32441
Exchange battery option for STR53UE or STR43ME 32434
+ Vigi module
3P 4P
type MB 220 à 440 V 32455 32456
440 à 550 V 32453 32454
connection for a 4P Vigi 32457
on a 3P breaker
NS 400 extension with 150 and 250 A ratings:

3P 4P
NS400N 150 A 32382 32387
250 A 32392 32397
NS400H 150 A 32383 32388
250 A 32393 32398
NS400L 150 A 32384 32389
250 A 32394 32399
All the above trip units lan be included in this offer.
push
to
trip
Merlin Gerin 345

accessories
rear connections
connection accessories 2 short 32475
(Cu or Al) 2 long 32476

for 1 cable from 35 to 300❏ set of 3 32479
set of 4 32480
for 2 cable from 85 to 240❏ set of 3 32481

set of 4 32482
Voltage plug for bare cable connector set of 2 29348
terminal extensions
set of 4 32485
edgewise pads set of 3 32486
set of 4 32487
spreaders 52,5 mm 3P 32490
4P 32491
70 mm 3P 32492
4P 32493
crimp lugs for copper cable
set of 4 32501
set of 4 32503
crimp lugs for aluminium cable
set of 4 32505
set of 4 32507
terminal shields
short, 45 mm (1 pair) 3P 32562
4P 32563
long, 45 mm (1 pair) 3P 32564
4P 32565
Insulation Kit U ≥ 600 V

45 mm pole distance 3P 32580
4P 32581
for spreaders, 52,5 mm 3P 32582
4P 32583
phase barriers set of 6 32570
2 insulating screens 52,5 mm pitch 3P 32576

(fixed breaker) 4P 32577
70 mm pitch 3P 32578
4P 32579
346 Merlin Gerin

accessories
electrical auxiliaries OF or SD or SDE or SDV 29450
OF or SD or SDE or SDV low level 29452
voltage releases
24 29384 29404
48 29385 29405
110/130 29386 29406
200/280 29387 29407
380/480 29388 29408
525/600 29389 29409
12 29382 29402
24 29390 29410
30 29391 29411
48 29392 29412
60 29383 29403
125 29393 29413
250 29394 29414
MN 48 V AC with time delay 29420
delay unit 48 V 50/60 Hz 29426
delay unit 220/240 V 50/60 Hz 29427
AC 50/60 Hz voltage (V) MT400 MT630
48/60 32639 2
32839
110/130 32640 1
32840
I
220/240 32641 32841

auto
manu/ O ON
push
OFF
push
380/415 32642 32842

440/480 32647 32847
DC voltage (V) MT400 MT630
24/30 32643 32843
48/60 32644 32844
110/130 32645 32845
250 32646 32846
motor mechanism accessories 32649
locking device with Ronis/Profalux keylock (not included)
operations counter 32648
communicating auxiliary switches for Compact NS circuit breakers
LV installation control and OF, SD and SDE communicating auxiliary switches 32551
monitoring (Digipact) for Compact NS400/630
communicating "connected/disconnected" position indication switches

for Compact NS circuit breakers
"connected /disconnected" position indication switches 29296
motor mechanism + communicating auxiliary switches for Compact NS circuit breakers

MT400 220-240V AC + communicating OF, SD, SDE
2
32652
manu/auto O
push
OFF
for Compact NS400
I
push
ON
1
MT630 220-240V AC + communicating OF, SD, SDE 32848

for Compact NS630
ammeter module
indication and rating (A) 400 630
measurement modules 3P
4P
32655
32656
A
32855
32856
ammeter module I max.

rating (A) 400 630
3P 34852 34853
rating (A) 400 600
3P 32657 32857
4P 32658 32858

3P 32659
4P 32660

32566
Merlin Gerin 347

accessories
ON
I 32599
O
CNOMO conversion accessory

OFF
32602
ON
32600
I

O
32603
ON
telescopic handle for withdrawable device

OFF
I
OFF
accessories
locking devices 32604
ON
I
keylocks
Ronis 1351.500 41940
pr
of
al
O
ux
OFF
indication auxiliary 1 early-break switch 32605
2 early-make switches 29346
toggle locking device for 3 padlocks
locks, interlocking removable 29370
fixed 32631
interlocking
mechanical for circuit breakers with rotary handles 29347
mechanical for circuit breakers with toggles 32614
keylock type Ronis 41950
(2 locks, 1 key) Profalux 42878
templates for front panel cut-outs

installation accessories toggle 32556
Vigi module 29316
rotary handle, motor mechanism module or extended escutcheon, IP40 32558
Vigi module or ammeter IP405 29318
toggle cover 32560

sealing accessories 29375
auxiliary connections
plug-in/withdrawable 1 fixed withdrawable part with 9 wires (for base) 29273
configuration accessories 1 moving withdrawable part with 9 wires (for circuit breaker) 32523
1 support for 3 moving connectors 32525
9-wire manual auxiliary connector (fixed + moving) 29272
plug-in base accessories
long insulated terminals set of 3 32526
set of 4 32527
2 IP4 shutters for base 32521
chassis accessories
extended escutcheon toggle 32534
Vigi 29285
locking devices (not included) 29286
2 position indicating switches (connected/disconnected) 29287
parts of plug-in kit
plug-in base FC/RC 3P 32516
4P 32517
set of 2 power connections for standard 32518
push
to
trip
Vigi 32519
safety trip for advanced opening 32520
parts of withdrawable kit
fixed part (for base) 3P/4P 32532
moving part (for circuit breaker) 32533
push
to
trip
348 Merlin Gerin

accessories
100 identification labels 29314
spare parts battery for STR43ME or STR53UE 32434
lever extension 32553
screwbag 32552
sheet-metal enclosure IP547 for
individual enclosures Compact NS400 32663
Compact NS630 and Vigicompact NS400/630 32664
push
to
trip
insulating enclosure IP557 for

Compact NS400 and NS630 32665
push
to
trip
Visu module
equipped with Visu module NS400 3P 32459
4P 32460
NS630 (*) 3P 32823
4P 32824
(*) Earth fault protection provided by a Vigirex relay (not possible with a Vigi module).
push
to
trip
Utilisation limited to transformers ≤ 400 kVA / 410 V.

upline connection (Visu block)
bare cable 1 cable 3P 32462
connectors 4P 32463
2 cables 3P 32468
4P 32469
right-angle terminal extensions 3P (2x) 44815
4P (2x) 44815
spreaders 3P 44841
4P 44842
upline + downline connection
long rear connections 1 pole 32461
terminal shields short 3P 32464
4P 32465
long 3P 32466
4P 32467
auxiliary connection
auxiliary switches OF or CAM advance on opening, 42906
depending on set-up
2 OF 47757
1 Ronis key lock 1351.500 41940
test kits
test kits mini test kit 43362

-
Merlin Gerin 349

Compact C801/1001/1251N (50 kA at 380/415 V)
Compact C801/1001/1251H (70 kA at 380/415 V)
Compact C801/1001L (150 kA at 380/415 V)
complete device
Compact C801/1001/1251N with electronic trip unit
STR25DE (adjustable: 4 settings)
3P 3t 4P 3t 4P 4t 4P 3t+rN
Compact C801N fixed/FC 46600 46601 46602 46603
STR35SE
3P 3t 4P 3t 4P 4t 4P 3t+rN
STR45AE
3P 3t 4P 3t 4P 4t 4P 3t+rN
Compact C801/1001/1251H with electronic trip unit

3P 3t 4P 3t 4P 4t 4P 3t+rN
Compact C801H fixed/FC 46605 46606 46607 46608
STR35SE
3P 3t 4P 3t 4P 4t 4P 3t+rN
STR45AE
3P 3t 4P 3t 4P 4t 4P 3t+rN
Compact C801/1001L with electronic trip unit

3P 3t 4P 3t 4P 4t 4P 3t+rN
Compact C801L fixed/FC 46690 46691 46692 46693
STR45BE
3P 3t 4P 3t 4P 4t 4P 3t+rN
Compact C801/1251NI (switch-disconnector)

3P 4P
Compact C801NI fixed/FC 46045 46046
Compact C1251NI fixed/FC 46048 46049
Compact C1251N DC with magnetic trip unit

3P
Compact C1251N P21 46034
DC fixed/FC P41 46036
350 Merlin Gerin

3P 4P
N/H flat or edgewise RC kit 46415 46416
comprising:
RCs 3P 6x 46958
4P 8x 46958
4P 2x 46992
3P 4P
L flat RC kit 46417 46418
edgewise RC kit 46419 46420
comprising:
flat RCs 3P 6x 46916
4P 8x 46916
edgewise RCs 3P 6x 46913
4P 8x 46913
4P 2x 46992
withdrawable device = fixed/FC device + drawout kit

3P 4P
N/H flat pad kit 46423 46424
edgewise pad kit 46425 46426
mixed kit 46427 46428
comprising:
moving chassis 3P 1x 46824
4P 1x 46825
fixed chassis 3P 1x 46820
4P 1x 46821
4P 2x 46992
plugs 3P 3x 46896
4P 4x 46896
pads flat 3P 6x 46990
4P 8x 46990
edgewise 3P 6x 46988
4P 8x 46988
mixed 3P 3x 46990
3x 46988
4P 4x 46990
4x 46988
3P 4P
L flat pad kit 46429 46430
edgewise pad kit 46431 46432
mixed kit 46433 46434
comprising:
moving chassis 3P 1x 46824
4P 1x 46825
fixed chassis 3P 1x 46822
4P 1x 46823
4P 2x 46992
plugs 3P 3x 46915
4P 4x 46915
pads flat 3P 6x 46990
4P 8x 46990
edgewise 3P 6x 46988
4P 8x 46988
mixed 3P 3x 46990
3x 46988
4P 4x 46990
4x 46988
Merlin Gerin 351

Compact C801/1001N/H/L
Compact C1251N/H
comprising:
3P 4P
Compact C801N 46101 46102
Compact C801H 46104 46105
Compact C801L 46119 46120
Compact C1001N 46107 46108
Compact C1001H 46110 46111
Compact C1001L 46122 46123
Compact C1251N 46113 46114
Compact C1251H 46116 46117
Compact C1251N 1000V 400 A 46031
800 A 46032
1250 A 46033
+ electronic trip unit
standard protection (distribution)
3P, 4P
Ir
.9
.85 .95
Ir
.8
.9 .98
.85 .95
Ir .7 1
.8
.9 .98 .63
.85 xIn
.95
.7 1
.8 Ir
.98 .63
xIn .9
.7 .85 .95
1 Ir
.63 .8
xIn .9 .98
.85 .95
Ir .7 1
.8
.9 .98 .63
.85 xIn
.95
Ir .7 1
.8
.9 .98 .63
T .85 xIn
.95
.7 1
Ir .8
STR25DE N/H/L
.9 .98 .63
46500
xIn
.85 .95 .7 1
.8 .63
.98 xIn
.7 1
.63
xIn
STR25DE fine adjustment N/H/L 46501

protection of generator powered circuits
3P, 4P
STR35GE N/H/L 46506
selective protection
3P, 4P
STR35SE N/H/L 46504
STR45AE N/H 46531
STR45AE RF N/H 46532
STR45AE TRF N/H 46533
STR45AE RFC N/H 46534
STR45AE TRFC N/H 46535
Compact L selective protection
3P, 4P
STR45BE C L 46527
STR45BE RC L 46528
STR45BE TC L 46529
STR45BE TRC L 46530
motor protection
3P, 4P
STR35ME N/H/L 46505
universal protection
3P, 4P
STR55UE N/H/L 46512
STR55UE RF N/H/L 46516
STR55UE TRF N/H/L 46517
STR55UE FC N/H/L 46520
STR55UE RFC N/H/L 46522
STR55UE TFC N/H/L 46524
STR55UE TRFC N/H/L 46525
ZSI selective logic N/H/L 46485
summary of options C: (COM); communication
R: charge monitoring
F: front panel fault indication. Powered by 24 to 240 V AC or DC external source.
T: “Residual” type “earth fault” protection
+ sensors for neutral protection or “earth fault”

neutral protection
installation on neutral pole inside the circuit-breaker
500 A (reduced neutral) 46223
800 A 46220
1000 A 46221
1250 A 46222
"earth fault" protection
Installation on outgoing neutral conductor protected outside the circuit-breaker
800 A 46248
1000 A 46249
1250 A 46250
352 Merlin Gerin

accessories
terminals for bare cable (with 1 terminal shield)
connection accessories 1 complete set (long terminal shields) 3P 46961
for 3 cables 70❏ ≤ S ≤ 185 ❏ 4P 46965
1 complete set (long terminal shields) 3P 46960
for 4 cables 70❏ ≤ S ≤ 240 ❏ 4P 46994
connection pads
for Compact N/H/L fixed/FC edgewise pads (1 piece) 46988
for fixed/RC Compact N/H* edgewise pads (1 piece) 46958

flat pads (1 piece)
for fixed/RC Compact L* flat pads (1 piece) 46916
edgewise pads (1 piece) 46913
for N/H/L* withdrawable chassis flat pads (1 piece) 46990
edgewise pads (1 piece) 46988
* these pads are included in the part number of the complete fixed/RC or withdrawable device
additional pads for cables (for Compact equipped with edgewise pads)
for 4 cables S ≤ 300 ❏ fitted with crimped cable lugs (1 piece) 46902
fixed/FC spreaders
1 upline or downline clearance 3P 46864
4P 46865
sealable terminal shields
short (1 piece) 3P 46993
4P 46992
long (1 piece) 3P 46999
4P 46995
auxiliary switch
electrical auxiliaries 1 OF + 1 SD 44900
3 OF + 1 SD 44901
1 CAM for rotary handle 44827
changeover micro-contact "plugged-in" position 46963
"withdrawn" position 46837
SDE contact Compact T with remote control 46962
Compact TS with remote control 46967
voltage releases
MX AC 50/60 Hz or DC voltage (V)
(shunt trip) 24 44910
48/60 44911
110/130 44912
220/300 44913
380/480 44914
MN AC 50/60 Hz voltage (V)
(undervoltage 48 (50 Hz) 44924
release) 110/130 44925
220/250 44926
380/415 44932
440 (60 Hz) 44932
DC voltage (V)
24/30 44923
48 44924
110/130 44925
250 44926
300 44932
delay unit 220/240 V 50/60 Hz 29427
auxiliary wire block
moving part short wires N/H type 3 term. 42942
6 term. 42943
long wire L type 3 term. 42944
6 term. 42945
N/H/L type 10 term. 46894
fixed part all types 3 term. 42940
6 term. 42941
10 term. 46893
pack of 24 female clips 42946
disconnectable socket for auxiliary circuits
socket (6 wires) with plunger extension for testing 46841
additional socket (6 wires) 41928
testing devices
battery operated (battery not included) 43362

-
Merlin Gerin 353

Compact C1251N/H
accessories
motor mechanism modules T801/1001/1251
motor mechanism modules AC 50/60 Hz voltage (V)
110/127 46928
220/240 46929
380/415 46930
440/480 46931
DC voltage (V)
24 46917
48/60 46918
110/125 46919
220/250 46920
motor mechanism modules TS801/1001/1251
AC 50/60 Hz voltage (V)
110/127 46876
220/240 46877
DC voltage (V)
48/60 46880
110/125 46874
specific accessories for remote controls
locking device for Ronis key lock 1351.500 44876
or Profalux KS5 B24 D4Z
(lock not supplied, cannot be fitted on source changeover system)
1 Ronis key lock 1351.500 41945
rotary handles standard with black toggle 46933
wateright shield (CNOMO) 44940
extended rotary handles

with door locking
front door short shaft (=46933+42882) 46935
long shaft (=46933+42884) 46937
rear door short shaft (=46933+42889) 46871
long shaft (=46933+42897) 46872
without door locking
front door short shaft(=46933+45853) 46938
transformation accessories with extended rotary handle
with door locking
front door short shaft 42882
long shaft 42884
rear door short shaft 42889
long shaft 42897
without door locking 45853
front door short shaft
shaft bracket for short shaft 42868
(always included on rotary handles with long shaft)
354 Merlin Gerin

accessories
locking by padlock and/or key lock
locks, interlocking of the toggle (in "OFF" position)
by 3 padlocks (not supplied) 44936
of the rotary handle (circuit-breaker in "OFF" position)

1 key lock Ronis 1351.500 41940
withdrawable chassis locking
locking device for 1 or 2 keylocks (not supplied) 46833
keylocks for locking in draw-out position (free key)
1 key lock Ronis 1351.500 41940
1 set of 2 keylocks Ronis 1351.500 41950
(1 key only) Profalux KS5 B24 D4Z 42878
keylocks for locking in draw-in position (free key)
1 key lock Ronis 1351A 41945
door interlock, connected position locking device 46834
racking interlock locking device 46835
mechanical interlocking (for fixed breakers with rotary handle)
mechanical device 46946
mechanical interlocking (for fixed breakers with rotary handle)

1 set of 2 keylocks Ronis 1351.500 41950
(1 key only) Profalux KS5 B24 D4Z 42878
door cut-out grommet
installation accessories for fixed breaker 44938
escutcheon with handle extension (IP 40), 46977

for fixed or withdrawable device without remote control
IP40 door frame with inspection windows 46831

for fixed or withdrawable device with manual control
IP40 door frame with inspection windows 46832

for fixed or withdrawable device with rotary handle
accessories for C801/C1251N/H withdrawable multifunction chassis

IP40 door frame for multifunction chassis 46830
IP20 fine wire cover 39967

plug-in clip shutter
on fixed chassis (1 piece) 46987
sealing accessories
for trip unit (1 set) 46939
for cover (1 set) 44937
circuit label-holder
set of 10 42976
Merlin Gerin 355

Compact C1251N/H
accessories
cover
spare parts 3P/4P 46997
extended toggle
standard 46998
long for extended escutcheon (withdrawable device) 46996
toggle for
rotary handle black 46970
red 46971
visu module V801 to V1251 47759
plug-in clip for withdrawable chassis (pair) 46991

watertight metal plate cabinet
separate cabinets without fixed Compact (IP557) C801/C1001/C1251N/H 46888
appliance H x L x D: 1000 x 600 x 275 mm
fixed Visucompact (IP307) C801/C1001/C1251N 46889
H x L x D: 1200 x 600 x 275 mm
Visu module
Compact C equipped with V801 with intermediate cover 3P 46907
Visu module 4P
without cover or accessories * 3P
46908
46940
4P 46941
V1001 et V1251 with intermediate cover 3P 46909
4P 46910
without cover or accessories * 3P 46942
4P 46943
* To assemble the Visu module separately from the Compact circuit-breaker
(cablelength limited to 3 m).
specific auxiliaries and accessories for the fixed Visucompact
auxiliary switch for Visu module V801 à V1251
OF or CAM advance on opening, 42906
depending on set-up
2 OF 47757
(compulsory if transformer neutral is earthed after
the Visucompact)
1 Ronis key lock 1351.500 41940
terminal shield for Visucompact
upline: phase separator 3P/4P 47756
downline: long terminal shields 3P 46999
4P 46995
356 Merlin Gerin

LV circuit breakers
source changeover
catalogue numbers
page

and C801 to C1251 358
357
source changeover
manual source changeover

mechanical interlocking
for toggle controlled circuit-breakers NS100...250 29354
NS400...630 32614
for rotary handled circuit-breakers NS100...630 29347

C801...1251 46946
key lock interlocking

for rotary handled or remote controlled circuit breakers
2 locks, 1 key Ronis 1351.500 41950
inverseur de source télécommandé

plate + IVE source /source 24/250 V DC 48/415 V AC 50/60 Hz
"normal" "replacement" (identical voltages) 440 V 60 Hz
NS100...250 /NS100...250 29351 29350
composed of: plate 29349 29349
IVE (1) 29356 29352
auxiliary switches 2 OF + 2 SDE 4 x 29450 4 x 29450
back sockets option add:
only long RC (2) (2)
plug in base option add:
plug in kit (2) (2)
NS400...630 /NS100...630 32611 32610
IVE (1) 29356 29352
auxiliary switches 2 OF + 2 SDE 4 x 29450 4 x 29450
back sockets option add:
only long RC (2) (2)
plug in base option add:
(2) plug in kit (2)
1 x 32618 adaptator kit for NS100...250 1 x 32618
C801...1251/C801...1251 46954 46955
IVE (1) 46957 46956
auxiliary switches 3 OF + 1 SD 2 x 44901
contact SDE for Compact with T remote control 2 x 46962
back sockets option (2) (2)
control unit option 220/240 V AC 380/415 V AC
50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
MERLIN
multi
P25M
9
GERIN
0 . OFF
MERLIN
multi
P25M
660V
9
AC3-IEC292-1
GERIN
0 . OFF MERLIN
GERIN
R
UR
N
440 V 60 Hz
UN =
O
0,5s
660V
UN
ACP + control unit BA

AC3-IEC292-1
29471
N
29470
I 0,5s
ON /
I /O
Test ON / OFF R
1
UN =
/O
OFF
Test
fault
fault
stop
test
manu
composed of: plate ACP (1) 29363 29364

N
control unit BA (1) 29376 29377

B US
GERIN O
MERLIN UN =
ACP + control unit UA

N
29472 29473
UR
R
UN
N I
ON /
I R
ON / /O 1
OFF UN =
/O
OFF
fault
fault
auto

stop
test
manu r
STOP
generato
R
control unit UA (1) 29378 29380

ACP + control unit UA150 (communication option) 29474 29475
control unit UA150 (1) 29379 29381
wiring cable between BA/UA and ACP/IVE 29368 29368
(1) the supply voltages BA/UA control unit, ACP plate, IVE and the remote control must be identical whatever the source changeover type.
(2) see products pages.
connection accessories
downstream coupling accessories
"normal" /"replacement"
NS100...250 /NS100...250 250 A 3P 29358
4P 29359
NS400...630 /NS400...630 630 A 3P 32619
4P 32620
358 Merlin Gerin

typical composition of remote controlled source changeover
remote controlled source changeover
5
1 normal device N (1)
+ 1 replacement device R (2)
+ 2 remote controls (3)
2 + 1 plate with interlocking (4) with IVE (5) and its wiring (8)
+ 2 plug-in kits (if plug-in version)
1 6 + 1 adaptor kit for NS100...250
4
4
Im
5
.8
.7
.85
.63
Ir
xIn
.9
1
.95
.98
3
2
4
1.5
Im
xIr
5
10
6
8
Ir Im
3
plug-in (if NS400...630 with NS100...250)
6
+ auxilary switches (6)

3 Ir Im
Ir 8
6
.9
.85 .95 2
10
.8 1.5
xIr
.98
.7
1
.63
xIn
2 x (1 OF + 1 SDE) for Compact NS100...630

3 2 x (3 OF + 1 SD) for Compact C801...1251
+ 1 downstream coupling accessory (7) for Compact NS100...630 (option)
7 8 + long RC (if back connection)
IVE voltages and remote controls are identical.

associated control unit
9 10
1 source changeover without associated control unit
+ 1 ACP (9) with BA control unit (10)
MERLIN
9
GERIN
0 . OFF
multi
P25M
660V
0 . OFF
AC3-IEC292-1
GERIN
MERLIN
9
multi
P25M
660V
AC3-IEC292-1
GERIN
Test
MERLIN O
UN =
N
Test
UR 0,5s
R
or + 1 ACP (9) with UA control unit (11)

UN
N I 0,5s
ON /
I /O
ON / OFF R
1
UN =
/O
OFF
fault
fault
stop
test
manu
or + 1 ACP (9) with UA150 control unit (11)

R
11 note: the cable (12) between ACP and BA/UA must be produced
by the person doing the installation
B U S
GERIN O
MERLIN UN =
N
UR
R
UN
N I
ON /
I R
ON / /O 1
OFF UN =
/O
OFF
fault
fault
auto
stop
test
manu r
STOP
generato
12
R
IVE voltages + remote control + ACP + BA or UA are identical.
Merlin Gerin 359

trip units for Compact NS100 to NS250 (cont.)
electronic trip unit STR22SE and STR22GE

t
E24096
1
1 7 3 8
In=100A STR 22 SE alarm %Ir 3

90
105
Io Ir Im
.8 .9 .9 .93 5 6 4
.7 1 .88 .95 4 7 + -
.63 .85 .98 3 8
5
.5 .8 1 2 10
Ir Im x In x Io x Ir test
0 Ir Im I
protection c LT (long time) overload protection with

adjustable Ir threshold (1), based on the
actual rms values of the current, as per
IEC 947-2, appendix F;
c ST (short time) short-circuit protection:
v with adjustable Im threshold (3);
v with fixed time delay (4);
c INST (instantaneous) short-circuit
protection, with fixed threshold (5).
c on 4P circuit breakers, neutral protection is
E21395
selected using a sealable 3-position setting:

4P 4d
4P 3d (neutral unprotected), 4P 3d +N/2
(neutral protection at 0.5 Ir), 4P 4d (neutral
protection at Ir), where Ir is the trip unit
current setting.
trip units for STR22SE STR22GE

rating (A) In 20 to 70°C (*) 40 80 100 160 250(*) 40 100 160 250(*)
for circuit Compact NS100 N/H/L c c c c
breaker Compact NS160 N/H/L c c c c c c c
Compact NS250 N/H/L c c c c c c c c c
overload protection (long-time)

tripping threshold(A) Ir ajustable (48 settings) ajustable (48 settings)
0.4...1 x In 0.4...1 x In
tripping time (s) at 1.5 x Ir 90...180 12…15
at 6 x Ir 5...7.5 -
at 7.2 x Ir 3.2...5.0 -
neutral 4P 4d 1 x Ir -
protection 4P 3d +N/2 0.5 x Ir -
4P 3d no protection -
short-circuit protection (short-time)

tripping threshold (A) Im adjustable (8 settings) adjustable (8 settings)
2...10 x Ir 2...10 x Ir
time delay (ms) maximum overcurrent fixed fixed
time before tripping i 40 i 40
total breaking time i 60 i 60

tripping threshold (A) Im fixed fixed
u 11 x In u 11 x In
(*) If the STR22SE or the STR22GE 250 A is used at high operating temperature, the setting must take into account the
thermal limits of the circuit breaker: the overload protection setting cannot exceed 0.95 at 60°C or 0.90 at 70°C.
24 Merlin Gerin
other functions Test
Test connector in front (8) for connection
to a mini test kit or calibration test kit
(see page 0049) to check circuit breaker
operation.
Indications
Load indication (LED) in front (7);
c lit at 90% of Ir setting threshold;
c flashing at 105% or more of Ir setting
threshold.
Setting example
E25979
What is the overload protection threshold of Io Ir
an NS250 equipped with trip unit STR22SE
- 160 A rating where Io = 0.5 and Ir = 0.8? .8 .9 .9 .93
Answer: .7 1 .88 .95
In x Io x Ir = 160 x 0.5 x 0.8 = 64 A.
.63 .85 .98
.5 .8 1
x In x Io
160 x 0.5 x 0.8 = 64 A
Merlin Gerin 25
protection of LV distribution networks
trip units for Compact NS400 and NS630
c for AC networks, Compact NS400 and current setting (A)

NS630 circuit breakers can be equipped with 60 150 250 400 500 630
E23161
electronic trip units STR23SE or STR53UE.
4 circuit breaker ratings are available: STR23SE
v NS400: 150, 250 and 400 A,
STR53UE
v NS630: 630 A;
c for DC networks, the Compact NS400/630 STR23SE
are equipped with MP trip units (magnetic,
non interchangeable). STR53UE
MP
standard protection protection for protection for DC

with discrimination generator-supplied networks
networks, protection for
long cable runs
Trip units STR23SE and STR53UE For example, trip unit STR23SE with
Protection for all types of loads, from 60 to maximum settings, has a tripping threshold
630 A, is possible with only two catalogue of:
numbers: v 250 A, if mounted on a Compact NS400 -
c trip units STR23SE and STR53UE can be 250 A rating,
mounted on all Compact NS400 and NS630, v 630 A, if mounted on a Compact NS630;
types N, H or L. Trip unit STR53UE offers a c electronic trip units adapt to both 3P and
greater number of protection settings and 4P circuit breakers. 4P circuit breakers are
optional indication, measurement and equipped as standard with a sealable three-
communication functions; position neutral protection setting: 3d
c trip units do not have a predefined rating. (neutral unprotected), 4d (neutral protection
The tripping threshold depends only on the at Ir), 3d + N/2 (neutral protection at 0.5
circuit breaker rating and the long time times Ir) where Ir is the trip unit current
protection setting. setting.
trip unit for STR23SE STR53UE

Compact NS400 and NS630
rating (A) In 20 to 70°C 150 250 400 630 150 250 400 630
for circuit breaker Compact NS400 N/H/L c c c c c c
Compact NS630 N/H/L c c
overload protection (long time)
tripping Ir 20 to 70°C (*) adjustable (48 settings) adjustable (48 settings)
threshold (A) 0.4...1 x In 0.4...1 x In
adjustable neutral 4P 3d no protection no protection
protection 4P 4d 1 x Ir 1 x Ir
4P 3d + N/2 0.5 x Ir 0.5 x Ir
tripping time (s) fixed adjustable
(min...max) at 1.5 x Ir 90...180 17...25 34...50 69...100 138...200 277...400
at 6 x Ir 5...7.5 0.4...0.5 1.6...2 3.2...4 6.4...8 12.8...16
at 7.2 Ir 3.2...5.0 0.5...0.7 1.1...1.4 2.2...2.8 4.4...5.5 8.8...11
short-circuit protection (short time)
tripping Im or Isd adjustable (8 settings) adjustable (8 settings)
threshold (A) 2...10 x Ir 1.5...10 x Ir
time delay (ms) max. overcurrent fixed adjustable (4 settings + constant "I2t = function")
time before tripping i 40 i 15 i 60 i 140 i 230
total breaking time i 60 i 60 i 140 i 230 i 350
tripping Ii fixed adjustable (8 settings)
threshold (A) 11 x In 1.5...11 x In
other functions
indication of type of fault c (standard)
zone selective interlocking (ZSI) c
communication (COM) c
built-in ammeter (I) c
"earth-fault" protection (T) c
(*) If the STR23SE/STR53UE, are used at high operating temperature, the setting must take into account the thermal limits of the circuit breaker; the overload
protection setting cannot exceed 0.95 at 60°C and 0.90 at 70°C for the Compact NS400, and 0.95 at 50°C, 0.90 at 60°C and 0.85 at 70°C for the Compact NS630.
26 Merlin Gerin
electronic trip unit STR23SE
E21003
t
E24094
8 1 7 3 1
90
2
STR 23 SE alarm
105 %Ir
Io Ir Im
.8 .9 .9 .93 5 6
.7 1 .88 .95 4 7
.63 .85 .98 3 8
3
.5 .8 1 2 10
x In x Io x Ir
Ir Im
4
+ -
test
5
0 Ir Im I
protection c LT (long time) overload protection, c ST (short-time) short-circuit protection:

adjustable threshold, based on the actual v adjustable threshold Im (3),
rms current as defined by IEC 947-2, v fixed time delay (4), with or without
appendix F: constant I2t function;
v adjustable threshold (1) using six lo base c I (instantaneous) short-circuit protection,
settings (0.5 to 1) and fine adjustment Ir with fixed threshold (5).
eight settings ranging from (0.8 to 1),
v non-adjustable tripping time (2);
other functions Indications Test

Load indication (LED) in front (7): Test connector in front (8), for connection to
c goes on at: 90 % of Ir threshold; a mini test kit or calibration test kit (see page
c flashes at: >105 % or more of Ir threshold. 73) to check circuit breaker operation after
fitting the trip unit or other accessories.
setting example What is the overload protection threshold of

E25979
a Compact NS400 equipped with trip unit Io Ir

STR23SE .8 .9
where Io = 0.5 and Ir = 0.8
.9 .93
Answer: .7 1 .88 .95
In x Io x Ir = 400 x 0.5 x 0.8 = 160 A .63 .85 .98
The same trip unit with the same settings,
mounted on an NS630 will have the .5 .8 1
following tripping threshold:
In x Io x Ir = 630 x 0.5 x 0.8 = 250 A x In x Io
400 x 0.5 x 0.8 = 160 A
Merlin Gerin 27
protection of LV distribution networks
trip units for Compact NS400 and NS630 (cont.)
electronic trip unit STR53UE t
E21004
1
E33944
8 1 2 3 4 5 6 9 7
6
2
STR 53 UE %Ir >Ir >Isd >Ig test fault
7
Io Ir Isd Ii Ig µP
.8 .9 .9 .93 4 5 4 6 .5 .6
.7 1 .88 .95 3 6 3 8 .4 .7 > Ir 3
.6 .85 .98 2 8 2 10 .3 .8 A
tr
.5
x In
1 .8
x Io
1 1.5
x Ir
10 1.5
x In
11 .2
x In
1 > Im 4
tsd
tr tsd tg > Ih
test 8 16 .3 .3 .4 .4 In I1 I2 I3
4 (s).2 (s) .3 5
+ - .2
.1
.3
.2
Ir Isd li
2 .1 .2
1 16 0 0 .1 .1
(s) @ 6 Ir on I2t off on I2t off
0 Ir Isd Ii I
protection c LT (long time) overload protection, c ST (short-time) short-circuit protection:

adjustable threshold, based on the actual v adjustable threshold Isd (3),
rms current, as defined by IEC 947-2, v adjustable time delay (4), with or without
appendix F: constant I2t function;
v adjustable threshold (1) using six lo base c Ii (instantaneous) short-circuit protection,
settings (0.5 to 1), and fine adjustment Ir adjustable threshold (5).
with eight settings ranging from (0.8 to 1),
v adjustable tripping time (2);
other functions Overload indications (%Ir) occurs, the LED indicating the type of fault
c LED goes on when the current exceeds goes off after about 10 minutes to conserve
0.9Ir; battery power.The information is however
c LED flashes when the current exceeds the stored in memory and the LED can be re-
long-time threshold Ir. illuminated by pressing the battery/LED test
Fault indications pushbutton (9). The LED automatically goes
LEDs indicate the type of fault that caused off and the memory is cleared when the
tripping: circuit breaker is reset.
c overload (LT protection) or abnormal Test
component temperature (>Ir); c test connector in front (8) for connection to
c short-circuit (ST or instantaneous a mini test kit or calibration test kit (see page
protection) (>Isd); 73) to check circuit breaker operation after
c earth fault (if earth fault protection option is fitting the trip unit or other accessories;
present) (>Ig); c test button (9) for (%Ir), (>Ir), (>Isd) and
c microprocessor malfunction (both (>Ir) and (>Ig) LEDs and battery.
(>Isd) LEDs go on, plus the (>Ig) LED if the Self-monitoring
earth fault protection option is present). The circuit breaker trips for:
Battery powered. Spare batteries are c microprocessor faults;
supplied in an adapter box. When a fault c abnormal temperatures.
magnetic trip units MP

E26028
MP
Im(A)
30005000
4400
2500
3800 3500
5700
2000 4000
In Im
The MP are magnetic trip units for Compact

NS400 and NS630 circuit breakers (3P,
integrated trip units MP1 MP2 MP3
type H), designed particularly for the for circuit breaker Compact NS400H c c
protection of DC networks. Compact NS630H c c c
These trip units are not interchangeable and
the circuit breaker/trip unit set is supplied
fully assembled. tripping threshold (A) Im adjustable
The electrical characteristics indicated on 800...1600 1250...2500 2000...4000
page 16 are identical and all circuit breaker
enhancements (auxiliaries and accessories)
are possible.
28 Merlin Gerin
options for electronic trip unit STR53UE
"earth fault" protection (T) type residual current
tripping threshold Ig adjustable (8 settings)
0.2 to 1 x In
accuracy ± 15%
tripping time (ms) maximum overcurrent adjustable (4 settings + constant "I2t =
function")
time before tripping 60 140 230 350
total breaking time i 140 i 230 i 350 i 500
ammeter (I) A digital display continuously indicates the

current of the phase with the greatest load.
E33945
By pressing a scroll button, it is also

possible to display successively the
readings of I1, I2, I3 and I neutral.
LEDs indicate the phase for which the
A current is displayed.
Ammeter display limits:
c minimum current u 0,2 x In (lower currents
In I1 I2 I3 are not displayed) ;
c maximum current i 10 x In.
zone selective interlocking A number of circuit breakers are The trip unit STR53UE can only handle the
interconnected one after another by a pilot- downstream end of a zone selective
(ZSI) wire. interlocking function. Consequently, the
In the event of a short-time or earth fault: zone selective interlocking option cannot be
c if a given trip unit STR53UE detects the implemented between two Compact NS
fault, it informs the upstream circuit breaker circuit breakers.
which applies the set time delay;
c if the trip unit STR53UE does not detect Opto-electronic outputs
the fault, the upstream circuit breaker trips The use of opto-transistors ensures total
after its shortest time delay. isolation between the internal circuits of the
In this way, the fault is cleared rapidly by the trip unit and the circuits wired by the user.
nearest circuit breaker. In addition, the
thermal stresses on the circuits are
minimised and time discrimination is
maintained throughout the installation.
communication (COM) Transmission of data to Digipact distribution c cause of tripping (overload, short-circuit,
monitoring and control modules. etc.).
Transmitted data:
c settings;
c phase and neutral currents (rms values);
c highest current of the three phases;
c overload condition alarm;
possible combinations c I; c ZSI;

c T; c ZSI + I;
c I + T; c ZSI + T;
c I + COM; c ZSI + I + T;
c I + T + COM; c ZSI + I + COM;
c ZSI + I + T + COM.
Merlin Gerin 29
trip units for Compact NS100 to NS250
Compact NS100 to NS250 circuit breakers tripping threshold (A)

may be equipped with thermal-magnetic
13 16 25 40 63 80 100 125 200 250
E23160
(TM) or electronic (STR22SE) trip units.
All trip units may be installed on all circuit
breakers (NS100, NS160 and NS250, TM-D
types N, H and L). However a mechanical
mismatch feature prevents installation of
STR22SE
a trip unit on a circuit breaker with
a lower rating.
TM-G
STR22GE
TM-D
TM-G
standard protection protection for protection for

generator-supplied DC networks
networks, protection
for long cables
protection of single-pole and two-pole Compact NS100 and NS160

The Compact NS100 and NS160 single-pole rating (A) In 16 20 25 30 40 50 63 80 100 125 160
and two-pole circuit breakers are equiped
for circuit breaker
with integrated thermal-magnetic trip units.
Compact NS100 N/H c c c c c c c c c
Compact NS160 N/H c c
overload protection (thermal)
tripping Ir 40°C fixed
threshold (A) 16 20 25 30 40 50 63 80 100 125 160
tripping Im fixed
threshold (A) 190 300 300 300 500 500 500 640 800 1000 1250
22 Merlin Gerin
thermal magnetic trip unit TM
t
E19528
1
1 3
Ir Im 10 5 TM 250 D
250A / 40°C
9 6 3
1 .8 7
.9 8
x 250A x 250A Ir Im
0 Ir Im I
protection c adjustable-threshold thermal protection

against overloads (1);
c adjustable or fixed threshold (depending
on ratings) magnetic protection against
short-circuits (3).
trip units for TM16D to TM250D TM16G to TM63G

rating (A) In 40°C 16 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200 250 16 25 40 63
for circuit breaker Compact NS100 N/H/L c c c c c c c c c c c c
Compact NS160 N/H/L c c c c c c c c c c c c c c
Compact NS250 N/H/L c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c
overload protection (thermal)
tripping threshold (A) Ir adjustable adjustable
0.8…1 x In 0.8…1 x In
neutral protection (A) 4P 3d no protection no protection
4P 3d + N/2 56 56 63 0.5 x Ir
4P 4d 1 x Ir 1 x Ir
tripping threshold (A) Im fixed adjustable fixed
Compact NS100 190 300 400 500 500 500 640 800 63 80 80 125
Compact NS160/250 190 300 400 500 500 500 1000 1250 1250 1250 5…10 x In 63 80 80 125
Merlin Gerin 23

MerlinGerin Compact 80 1250 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

MerlinGerin Compact 80 1250 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Compact: presentation

1 terminals is today Europe’s leading manufacturer of

c source changeover c switch-disconnectors

IEC 947-2 cat A IEC 947-2 cat A IEC 947-2 cat A

rated current (A)

ultimate breaking capacity Icu (kA rms)

Even when equipped with standard trip

A wider range of add-on modules makes it

16 connection accessories are the same for all

System of add-on modules for Compact NS100N/H/L to NS250N/H/L.

Compact 80 A 100 to 250 A 400 to 630 A 800 to 1250 A

Numerous connection possibilities, including

Connection parts for Compact NS.

plug-in and withdrawable Plug-in and withdrawable versions for:

Withdrawable Compact NS250N on a chassis.

prefabricated Compact NS circuit breakers can be

Each Compact device provides different

Compact NS100... 630 On Compact NS100 to NS250 circuit

electronic trip units are interchangeable and

breakers, the electronic trip units are

Electronic trip unit STR22SE.

Compact C801... 1251 Electronic trip units allow perfect adaptation

of the protection to each circuit in the

electrical distribution network, and, at the

Compact C1251H circuit breaker.

Compact NS250L with ammeter module.

options for trip unit On Compact NS400/630 circuit breakers,

trip unit STR53UE offers:

Digipact: electrical installation management Compact circuit breakers incorporate or may

personal computer PC or programmable

PM150 CLS150 circuit breaker or Multi 9 control UA150 automatic

motor mechanism A motor mechanism can be fitted to the front

face of Compact NS100 to C1251 circuit

Vigi earth-fault protection Vigi modules can be added to Compact NS

circuit breakers to provide earth-fault

Compact NS250H with Vigi earth-fault protection module.

Compact range and its applications 10

circuit breakers for protection of low voltage distribution networks page 16

Compact NS100 NS160 NS250 NS400 NS630 C801 C1001 C1251

Compact NS400 N 1000 V

circuit breakers for motor protection page 40

motor rating 0.37 … 37 1.1 … 220 110…250 160…670

Compact NS80 NS100/160/250 NS400/630 C801/C1001/C1251

circuit breakers and relays for earth fault protection page 38

Compact NSC100 N NS100 N/H/L NS400 N/H/L

log Vigirex earth fault relays separate toroids

circuit breakers all Compact NS equiped by a voltage release (MN or MX)

Compact NSC100NA NS400NA C801NI

rated 40…63…80 100…125...160 250…400...630 1000...1600... 2500

log Interpact INS40 INS100 IN250 IN1000

rated 50...63 125...160 250...400 630

conformity with standards Compact circuit breakers and auxiliaries tropicalisation

discrimination upstream Compact NS160N NS250N NS400N NS630N

(OFF position); c the absence of leakage currents;

installation in class II Installation requires no special operations

with direct rotary handle standard / VDE IP40

circuit breaker installed in switchboard

with direct rotary handle standard / VDE IP40

with extended rotary handle IP55

with motor mechanism IP40

circuit breakers Compact circuit breakers

rated insulation voltage (V) Ui

ultimate breaking capacity Icu AC 50/60 Hz 220/240 V

800 1000 () 1250 ()